HAS seq rg at
a Oia A
f)
i
w
: ed
‘
[ bralarvers
i? 9
i:

AA AA “ey
aa
eee. A
Na Aa Sah
itans wie
\
u eae
iy At
0) tty :
we ¢"" A 1
Mh RCE,
eye , K ‘
‘ J Cass Strat ,
aa aia
4 5 ra
ek Parte rra ‘3 X
ee er" ; “ Df ane, 4
Aaa ie unre w ere) ae
PUD nT. OMIA Bret eit
a ACN AERIS HR Seta
ay Henteasint »
A ee
; eh a
rainie piece eloavs
andy an hs
Oe pe
;
te

"t

FAL hats ase

PE Cate

ett

ral
Un}

Dat y' Sane
SA aoe
eRe aaa

uy J

4},
a sal s

eit
sine
Wa ita
dj "e

CALL Bren
We)

ey iyo Bn eh
Ba ar
a ie Me i

Mi
AY aes
Pate
oSy5, fy
Thy aisha

Rens?

By ACR
is tytay
nee
My

tv
wales
Srey
at)
pain Hebyt
Pig ‘ ‘
Vato ng wR Arey i)
Whine 68 ha 4 are
; : we Coy yt a
sy aras
pba ea
A dyes Oe!
AB a
> 0)
a
PES et PRC
4
wi 0 we
Tay Mah
Ce a
Pe OER ARTO
EW OA Way he fel
eg
. yy 4 er
Rag HA
ee Sak:
Pe PY
DEN aan a SA f
a Woy a Fe
Oca 9 !
ek at
oath
Hwee
yy
J ft we
f : wine intra =the
ata perpen
\ is
‘ae ethno 8 evs !
erie et K
aa
Wa grgeatn lati
ea

eC tay ere Felt Eye
TH OH Rg ees WAN Re ae
"a ( Seen)

fet ea ay

apse oer | - Sf £°%
ed : Ai Auf we ;

3 3 / re) iO Few !
yy Fag Pe y) ,
701 a FF

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

LOS, yol. i

(JANUARY—APRIL.)

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.
LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
PATERNOSTER ROW.

Hells. de
OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1905.
COUNCIL.
His Grace Tue DuxKe or Beprorp, K.G., President.
Sir ALEXANDER Barrp, Br. | J. Jackson Lister, Esq., M.A.,
Grorce A. Bovutencer, Esq., | FE.RS.
F.RS., Vice-President. | Sir Epmunp Gries Loper, Br.

Tromas H. Burroucues, Esq. EH. G. B. Mreape-Watpo, Esa.
Freperic G. D. Drewirt, Esq., | P. Coatmers MircHetn, Esq.,

TSI) Level BK Oh] 2s | M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.
Hereert Druce, Esq., F.L.S., | E. Lorr Painups, Esa.

Vice-President. | Howarp Saunpers, Esq., Vice-
CHARLES DrumMMoND, Esq., | President.

Treasurer. _#H.S.H. Prince Francis oF
Siz Epwarp Duranp, Br.,C.B. | Trcx.
FREDERICK GILLETT, Hsa. | CHartes 8S. Tomes, Esq., M.A.,

F. DuCaxe Gopmayx, Esq, | F.R.S., Vice-President.
D.C.L.,F.R.S., Vice-President. | Augustus F. Wrener, Esq.
W. R. Ocrvie-Grant, Esq. _ Henry Woopwarp, Esq.,LL.D.,

E.R.S., Vice-President.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. CuALMERS Mircwet, Esq., M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

R. I. Pocock, Esq., Superintendent of the Gardens.

CHARLES GABRIEL SELIGMANN, Esq., M.R.C.S., ID IR ACEP...
Pathologist.

Me. F. H. Wateruouse, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Cots, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Grorce ArtHur Dovusiepay, Clerk of Publications.

Mr. ArrHur THomson, Assistant Superintendent of the
Gardens.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

January 17, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
MenaeericnmeDecem ber sho OAT yee we-ree. vs coracee eects
The Secretary. Exhibition of a photograph of an Indian
RUM OGEL OS sae ee ead RS: BPP etal a eed eet AE eee

1. Some Notes on the Cranial Osteology of the Mastigure
Lizard, Uromastix. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A.,
F.R.S., Prosector to the Society

i)

. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Frilled Lizard
(Chlamydosaurus kingi) and some other Agamide. By
Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the
OGLE Ug caus ueh ac eis tut nacemec: yioasiad sGonulas ee bk cepemerae sere

3. A Note on the Brain of the Black Ape, Cynopithecus
niger. By Frank EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector
LO AME SS OIE ype ahi! le easecn arte Ne se rm ea slenes oractse mmemte aoe ec

4. On a Collection of Sipuneulids made at Singapore and
Malacca, By W. F. Lancuester, M.A., Assistant
Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology in University
Clolllleais, IDTWAMNCIEE! Godnonosepnboeeccorooscedsn* iam nmebieaae soap eOGy

Or

. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Hast Africa,
from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years
1901 and 1902.—Gephyrea. By W. F. LaNcuEstsr,
M.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology
in University College, Dundee. (Plate 1.) ...............

Page

9
a

1v

6. On the Sipunculids and Echiurids collected during the
“Skeat ” Expedition to the Malay Peninsula. By W.
F. Lancuester, M.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demon-
strator in Zoology in University College, Dundee.
(Ela teanle) cae a. sak os oaacim sash ctindactinas car imomweometul tra:

7. On the Oral and Pharyngeal Denticles of Hlasmobranch
Fishes. By A. D. Ivms, B.Sc. (Lond.), Zoological
Laboratory, University of Birmingham. (Plate IIT.)...

8. Note on some recently discovered Remains of the Musk-Ox
(Ovibos moschatus Zimmermann, sp.) from the Pleistocene
Beds of Southern England. By C. W. Anprews, D.8c.,
F ZS. (British Museum, Natural History) ...............

9. Descriptions of Three new Species of Birds obtained
during the recent Expedition to Lhassa. By Henry
EK. Dresser, M.B.O.U., F.Z.8. (Plates TV. & V.) ......

February 7, 1905.

The Secretary. Exhibition, on behalf of the Hon. Walter
Rothschild, of a pair of mounted Gorillas ..................

Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S. Exhibition of some mounted
heads of the Rocky Mountam Goat ...1......0........0..-.

Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
specimens made from the viscera of an Indian Rhinoceros
paat hadkdivedemetnesGardenswaceneeren- eee cee eee reer

1. On Abnormal Ranid Larvee from North-Eastern India.
By Netson ANNANDALE, B.A., Deputy Superintendent
of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. (Plate VI.)............

2. Ona Second Collection of Fishes made by Mr. 8. L. Hinde
in the Kenya District, Hast Africa. By G. A. BouLencur,
BARS. bVORZ:S. - (Plate: Va.) an ice ete re elec

3. Notes on the Mammals of Southern Cameroons and the
Bemto., By GEORGE TUG BATES Secs eeeeece eee oa ee

4. A Contribution to the Study of the Function of the
Antenne in Insects. By Macurop Yrarstey, F.R.C.S.,
ABLES oes ew Sa wiser ite ciclo tin ee ee ETI ACRE EF ets ORE ce eG OER

Page

35

A]

50

54

65

85.

Vv

Or

_ Notes on a small Collection of Heterocera from the Fiji
Islands, with Descriptions of some New Species. By
G. T. Beraune-Baxer, F.LS., F.Z.S. (Plates VIII.
Gy ID). “gupue nopsonondeascncacocepma suSdo= 2 boule sosonepaDaegecotnns

6. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Theriodont Reptile
Diademodon. By R. Broom, M.D., C.M.ZS., Victoria
College, Stellenbosch. (Plate X.) .........:e:etenreeeereeees

7. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Arteries of the
Brain in the Class Aves. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A.,
E.R.S., Prosector to the Society .............seetseseeee seen

February 21, 1909.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in January 1905............0:eeeeseee ee eeeeee ete

Mr. Henry Scherren, F.Z.8. Exhibition, on behalf of
Mr. Rowland Ward, of a melanistic specimen of the
Blackbuck

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of specimens of the
South-African Millipede, Spirosireptus pyrocephalus......

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled
“A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Varieties of
Lacerta muralis in Western Europe and North Africa.”

1. On the Nigerian and Kilimanjaro Giraffes. By R.
LypeKKer. (Plates XI. & XII.)

HOO UCOOODDODUCODOOUO DODO EOG

bo

On Dolphins from Travancore. By R. LybeKker.
(Plate SLUM)... shee esos essen

O5

The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—II. List of
Mammals from the Wakkerstroom District, South-
Basten Transvaal. By Oupristp Tuomas, F.RB.S.,
F.Z.S., and Harotp ScHWANN, F.Z.8. 2.0.0... eee

4. On the Greater Kudu of Somaliland. By R. I. Pococg,
Superintendent of the (GENRGIGINS condyancecopssosvaousbacooeess

Page

88

96

102

118

118

118

118

val

March 7, 1905.

Dr. Albert A. Gray. Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides
of, and remarks upon, the Membranous Labyrinth of
certain animals

Sete ee eee cee eer eee ees sore eee ee oeseseseeeevetevercoese

Mr. Henry Scherren, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, illustrations of a Zebra in works by Aldrovandus
and Ludolphus

Ceo e eee e cers eee nese ee eee eesees essere esereesssierece

Mr. J. Lewis Bonhote, F.Z.S. Remarks on the Hybri-
disation of Ducks, illustrated with specimens ............
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Exhibition of a series of Fishes
from Lake Chad and the Shari River....................000.

1. A Revision of the Fishes of the South-American Cichlid
Genera Crenacara, Batrachops, and COrenicichla. By
C. Tare Reean, B.A., F.Z.8. (Plates XIV. & XV.) ...

2. Notes on a New Oribi Antelope from the Kenya District,
British Hast Africa. By Capt. R. MbrtnertzHacsn,
de Jee SRE RO ne Rr Pers SS PAPO AL aan oe a eran atiancndes et ccceeet ss

3. The Cicology and Deposits of the Cape Verde Marine
Fauna. By Oxrit Crossnranp, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S.,
Carnegie Fellow and Fellow of the University of
St. Andrews

Cree eee ete eee ee eee eee sete ee ee here eeser eee eeerereerecer

March 21, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's
Menagerie in February 1905

Mrs. 8. L. Hinde, Extract from a letter from, giving an
Hiccount ala Amtelope alllraagasbmcden ceeepecee eran ence
Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, a photograph of a wounded Oryx hiding in
bushes

Sees eee emo reer ares eas eee eee ereese reer ese eseresesestevesereseere

Mr. OC. Tate Regan, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, a series of sketches of Fishes of the Rio Negro

169

186

187

187

son IKShe

Vili

Mr. Macleod Yearsley, F.Z.S. Exhibition of an X-ray
photograph of a Snake with two Frogs within it .........

Mr. R. E. Holding, Exhibition of Antlers of Deer showing
arrest of development due to Castration ............0.006

1. The Effects of Castration on the Horns of the Prongbuck
(Antilocapra americana). By R. I. Pococs, F.LS.,
F.Z.8., Superintendent of the Gardens .........5...........

i)

. Notes on the Mammals and Birds of Liberia. By Sir
Harry H. Jonnston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.8S. .........

3. On some Abnormal Remains of the Red Deer (Cervus
elaphus) from the Post-Pliocene Deposits of the South
on tneland:s By WARN Ac) Cs ENRON) 2c e200 55s:

4. On the Affinities of the Primitive Reptile Procolophon.
By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc., C.M.Z.8., Victoria College,

Srellomboschh. Caper Colomyome. cacccer soca tees oe eee ?

Or

. On the Primitive Reptile Procolophon. By H. G. SEeury,
SUSE SUA Ha Zi Scot one cease cout auton sciahictedaa une ete vcs gee nee

April 18, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Nileracerag aan Mel MOOS: scsdnsacssdocnosseseabesdsoceupoone:

Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
(HLS LavoverON Ne asl UTAU See osaneadsonoeaoRt ota nana gues soser cab HOE

Dr. W. J. Holland, F.Z.8. Remarks, illustrated with
Lantern-slides, on the discovery of the skeleton of
DD UDLOROCUSICOTIVEIOT woes jersey okra hcmen ioe eee ee eee

1. On Parts of the Skeleton of Cetiosawrus leedsi, a Sauro-
podous Dinosaur from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough.
By A. Surre Woopwarp, LL.D. WORS., E.Z.S, .........

2. Ona Young Female Giraffe from Nigeria. By P. CHALMERS
Mircueni, M.A., D.Sc., Secretary to the Society .........

3. Notes on Ento-Parasites from the Zoological Gardens,
London, and elsewhere. By A. E. Suipiny, M.A.,
F.RS., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge,
and University Lecturer in the Morphology of the

JETaNYENETHYEY Ov re ye Vena A Poem Ce lets ck bap eA at a a :

210

230

231

231

244

vil

Page
. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—III. List of
Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant in Zululand. By
OLDFIELD THomas, F.R.S. F.Z.8., and Haro~p Scuwann,
EZ:S...o( Plate 2X VL. )\n a eee epee a Ore enna ee 254

. Description of a new Newt from Yunnan. By G. A.
Boutencer, F.R.8., V.P.Z.8. (Plate XVII.) ............ 277

. On Hybrid Hares between Lepus timidus L. and Lepus
europeus Pall. from Southern Sweden. By Ervar
ONNBER Gia ChINIEZS sna eee seen eee ee 278

. On the Giant Eland of the Bahr el Ghazal, Vaurotragus
derbianus gigas (Heugl.). By A. L. Burupr, F.ZS.,
Superintendent of Game Preservation, Soudan............ 288

. Notes on the Muscular and Visceral Anatomy of the
Leathery Turtle (Dermochelys coriacea). By R. H.
IBS OTEASH Del Bele Gard AA aA ne oll AIR ncn wee IN 291

J Tel dN Cue by Ab O'S) th

Or THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

ANDREWS, CHARLES WILLIAM, D.8c., F.Z.S., of the British
Museum (Natural History).

Notes on some recently discovered Remains of the
Musk-Ox (Ovibos moschatus Zimmermann, sp.) from the
Pleistocene Beds of Southern England .....................

ANNANDALE, Nextson, B.A., Deputy Superintendent of the

Indian Museum, Calcutta.

On Abnormal Ranid Larvee from North-Eastern India.
(@Bllaibe SVM) alas. eo cecietes Souls stiaisei netted Pere ets aeros ory arses ee

Bares, GeorceE L.

Notes on the Mammals of Southern Cameroons and the

BYE NMIHEO) nes Ao Om RIN RODE oa etl Ciao a an ee eS

Page

50

x
BEDDARD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

Some Notes on the Cranial Osteology of the Mastigure

Teed NOG Toy IU Aeon neo moncoconndnbodcadoas boopboodobs bobbera:

A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Frilled Lizard
(Chlamydosaurus kingi) and some other Agamude .........

A Note on the Brain of the Black Ape, Cynopithecus

GUUEP 2o500ss00cb 75550 543n ao nHsodo soos CONSE sooKOCdeveCRsDbOSIC Pa

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Arteries of the
Ieveewbor sey lave, OHEISS LENKES sehen scan ose code vonced opassbonnnenevodccd

Breruune-Baxer, G. T., F.LS., F.Z.S.

Notes on a small Collection of Heterocera from the Fiji
Islands, with Descriptions of some New Species. (Plates
NAD Eses 1D. aes ch neon o on docioiydonono sobcsomscosan cme onpuoadosadés:

Bonnorts, J. Lewis, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

Remarks on the Hybridisation of Ducks, illustrated

WALLY IS) HUAINEINS, Yogb saoosooseseponaponoodoogaossooouDsesquoanenseuN

Bouuencer, Grorce AuBert, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.

On a Second Collection of Fishes made by Mr.8. L.
Hinde in the Kenya District, Hast Africa. (Plate VII.)

Notice of a Memoir entitled ‘‘ A Contribution to our
Knowledge of the Varieties of Lacerta muralis in Western
[Dhesey oe BUNCl INfoseila, AUTAICZh © ca coococoeoosacicdssacncagsde0s 2209:

Exhibition of a series of Fishes from Lake Chad and the

STAT TUR T ee Sou a As ia ice Ua ora Nese eae opeyare Seveeare Pore CNS

Description of a new Newt from Yunnan. (Plate
DCWVIUI. pho egse50 ont soos gecsndonponns400 07cn0 ndnoogoeosonuemAuDED

Page

22

102

88

147

62

118

151

xa

Broom, Rosert, M.D., C.M.Z.S., Victoria College, Stellen-
bosch, Cape Colony.

On some Points in the Anatomy of the Theriodont
Reptile Diademodon. (Plate X.)

See swear rec rere reas ceer er oeesen

On the Affinities of the Primitive Reptile Precolophon.

Burne, RicHAarD Hiaerns, B.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens made from
the viscera of an Indian Rhinoceros that had died in the
Gardens

CeO en eC Ce Ce aca)

Notes on the Muscular and Visceral Anatomy of the
Leathery Turtle (Dermochelys coriacea)

Ce ee

Butier, ArrHur Lennox, Superintendent of Game Preserva-
tion, Soudan.

On the Giant Eland of the Bahr el Ghazal, Tauwrotragus
CEROUMIESGUG USI CCUG eee re ecient sds cni tinction sede ee cleaee

CrossLAND, Cyrit, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.8., Carnegie Fellow and
Fellow of the University of St. Andrews.

The Cicology and Deposits of the Cape Verde Marine
Fauna

were e sees ese ses eee sere rere eoeeessseeseteoeseseressssoaaseHeseese

Dresser, Henry H., M.B.O.U., F.Z8.

Descriptions of Three new Species of Birds obtained
during the recent Expedition to Lhassa. (Plates 1V.& V.)

GILLETT, FREDERICK, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of some mounted heads of the Rocky
IMlowmannmiin GENG) “pooaonagoodesosoonssoo ono cboon ccouggouenuendsaac0n

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of a
wounded Oryx hiding in bushes .........-:eeseeeeeceeee eee es

Page

96
212

291

288

170

187

Gray, Dr. ALBERY A.

Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides of, and remarks
upon, the Membranous Labyrinth of certain animals

Hrnbe, Mrs. 8. L.

Extract from a letter from, giving an account of an
Antelope killing a bird

Coo econ e ee eseseseroresessseseeresessscosor®

Hinton, Martin A. C.

On some Abnormal Remains of the Red Deer (Cervus
elaphus) from the Post-Pliocene Deposits of the South of
England

See erecsserececesneeeeserevoeseecoooesereocoeseoeseeeeoerEeseesese®

Hoxpine, R. E.

Exhibition of Antlers of Deer showing arrest of
development due to Castration

eee eee ree eee se sere esses eeeseseoes

Houianp, The Rev. Wittiam J., Ph.D., D.D., D.Se., LL.D.,
F.Z.8., Director of the Carnegie Institute, Pitts-
burg, Pa.

Remarks, illustrated with Lantern-slides, on the
discovery of the skeleton of Diplodocus carneyit

@eseveeceene

Iuus, A. D., B.Sc. (Lond.), Zoological Laboratory, University
of Birmingham.

On the Oral and Pharyngeal Denticles of Elasmobranch
Fishes. (Plate IIT.)

ee oecesereccesresseoeeoecereeoesovereoeeoeeoeee

JOHNSTON, Sir Harry H.,G.C.M.G_ K.C.B., F.Z.S.

Notes on the Mammals and Birds of Liberia

eee cere re oee

Page

143

187

210

190

231

XH1
Lancurster, W. F., M.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demon-
strator in Zoology in University College, Dundee.

On a Collection of Sipunculids made at Singapore and
IVI AC CASI Ate eC oP GE ia cals NU lea eee Mannan Binh can

The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Hast Africa,
from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years
LO OWE mci 9020 Gephumecaa) (Plate ¥)y mas eeacseeeneee

On the Sipunculids and Echiurids collected during the
““Skeat ” Expedition to the Malay Peninsula. (Plate IT.)

Lonnpere, Dr. Eryar, C.M.Z.8., Vetenskapsakademien,
Stockholm.

On Hybrid Hares between Lepus timidus L. and Lepus
europeus Pall. from Southern Sweden........................

LypexKer, Ricuarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On the Nigerian and Kilimanjaro Giraffes. (Plates

BXGTEE EC PNGIIR NES eae est! S orld girs exciktere taal) 4h a el Bas

On Dolphins from Travancore. (Plate XIII.) .........

MEINERTZHAGEN, Capt. R., F.Z.S.

Notes on a New Oribi Antelope from the Kenya District,
British hast eA cay, ary sencvs deuce « peretes i atetna oe 4 SANaN Ca «Tee

Mittais, J. G., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the horn of an Urus.

Mircuetit, P. CuAtmurs, M.A., D.Sc., Secretary to the
Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
December OO aa ce cet (cas ane eee ae een es. ora 2

Page

278

169

231

X1V

Page
MircHEun, P, Cuaumers, M.A. (Continwed.)

Exhibition of a photograph of an Indian Rhinoceros... it

Exhibition of, on behalf of the Hon. Walter Rothschild,

OE Ay jo Ce NOH Ch COVAMAG J. soocvcasadsoducocdonossosenboos 56

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Januany, 1I0D is: eae, eee See en en Rn ne 118

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Pebruaryel QOS estes era e Geele seed pac ee Nn te ede ARE 186

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
sMilaviec ne Oo er. We crsttiastey sees isc Ole chee eerie Se RE ea ee 230

On a Young Female Giraffe from Nigeria ............... 244

Pocock, RecinaLpD Innes, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Superintendent of
the Gardens.

Exhibition of specimens of the South-African Millipede,

SOU ROSIIE/ DUS TOUTROGA INES aoqccncanodgsca0s 505208008 oag000450505> 118

Onvthe GreatersKenduiot Somaliland ease cree ere ee 139

The Effects of Castration on the Horns of the Prongbuck
(A UOCTITRE, CHMAPUGEIOG) 5x6 ono ndeaccabsngseaa.enosoteGodeascooEeNs IS)

Reean, OC. Tater, B.A., F.Z.8., of the British Museum
(Natural History).

A Revision of the Fishes of the South-American
Cichlid Genera Crenacara, Batrachops, and Crenicichla.
(Riles DCI IV. a5 SX 2V rare epee Oia ae ne et 152

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of sketches of
IRISINES! Cit slaves JEW UN etn dOarmpeadaecoddcocede 4 Sbascboonodebsousseoce 189

SCHERREN, Henry, F.Z.8.

Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Rowland Ward, of a

melanistic specimen of the Blackbuclk ................:......- 118

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, illustrations of a
Zebra in works by Aldrovandus and Ludolphus............ 145

XV

Page
Scuwany, Haro, F.Z.S., and THomas, OLDFIELD, EORS.,
E.ZS8.

The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—II. List of
Mammals from the Wakkerstroom District, South-
1Dingiveian A Meaineweall baehancudaeensnooseeoose jocosecodaauson dds oo Ant 129

The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IIT. List of
the Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant in Zululand......... 254

Surtey, Prof. H. G., F.B.S., F.Z.8.
On the Primitive Reptile Procolophon err Gav ssrsan ecaclata 218
Surpruy, A. E., M.A., F.R.S., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s
College, Cambridge, and University Lecturer in the
Morphology of the Invertebrata.

Notes on Ento-Parasites from the Zoological Gardens,

London, and elsewhere ..........:cceeeeee erence eee eet ene e en eees 248
Tuomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Scuwany, Harorp,
E.ZS.

The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—ITT. List of
Mammals from the Wakkerstroom District, South-
1Dpsierany UbaarneWwaell goccebesnosdncsedeuenepococccsccdas=dsgc50a00n0 129

The Rudd Exploration of South Africa. Ill. List of
the Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant in Zululand,
(Plate XVI.) ...ccccece eee seesee nes cet enc t sate ee seen ceesecennss 254

Woopwarp, Dr. ArtHur Sirs, LL.D., BRE Ss EZ.

On Parts of the Skeleton of Cetiosawrus leedsi, a
Sauropodous Dinosaur from the Oxford Clay of
Peterborough ........cesseeeeesnee sense eee eee nen eeec ence ee nese ees BBA

Xvi

Page
YeEARSLEY, Macueop, F.R.C.S8., F.Z.8.
A Contribution to the Study of the Function of the
Amtenne in Insects. seascece te Chere eee eee re een ooeeare 85

Exhibition of an X-ray photograph of a Snake with two

Progsiwablan ib: 2: 5. coktencncer ener meter acct soca caer 190

LIST OF PLATES.

1905.—Vot. I.

Plate Page
I. Gephyrea from Zanzibar ....-..---..eeeeee eee en eee: 28
II. Gephyrea from the Malay Peninsula ..........++++--5- 30
Ill. Pharyngeal Denticles of Klasmobranchs ...........-..+- 4]
IDY, JPiaone WEED 5 Baan og cen ongoo de sdodd dob Ine Sundo 5A
V. 1. Lanius lama. 2. Garrulax tibetanus ........0r eevee
VI. Abnormal Ranid Larve...........0. see eee tense eee 58
VIL. 1. Discognathus hindit. 2. Barbus thikensis. 3. Amphilius
GATES (Uo on noone ne dope sooo o don ope DOU HOUsD Op: 62
ee Heterocera from the Fiji Islands ...........---.e++000> 88
X. Diademodon mastacus.... 01.0... cere veneer ec ene cerenes 96
XI. Giraffa camelopardalis tippelskirchi (Immature female) ..
XII. Figs. 1,2. Head and neck of Giraffa camelopardalis peralta. 119
Fig. 8. Back view of head of G. ¢. cottont ..........
XIII. Dolphins from Travancore ..........eseee essere ee eee 122
XIV. 1. Batrachops punctulatus. 2. Crenicichla wallacn. 3. C.
HOUMIROQUUS op oe aboodnusb oc nUOUCU Odo Dep OOECUOUNCT 152
XV. 1. Crenicichla strigata. 2. C. ornata ..seesereveveeeet
XVI. 1-38. Amblysomus. 4,5. Pronolagus ....cessseeveeee 254
XVII. Molge wolterstorffi ... cece cece cece nee eee nee ees 277

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. b

LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES.

1905.—Vot. I.

Page
1. Ventral view of skull of Uromastix spinipes ..........0000.. 3
2. Lateral view of the skull figured on p. 3...............0--5, 5
Jo packewiewnon the skull fomnredson paloieiyereeiiae sore elee 6
4, Squamosal region in various Lizards................+ee00e0: 8
5. Lung of Chlamydosaurus, opened to show internal structure 10
6. Lung of Physignathus, opened to show internal structure ...... 11
7. Ventral view of liver of Iguana, to show relation of umbilical
Nisam einity gee ricaraytce sasdeverssata lo codes ijaepa ase he taps tae beaeees eR ame 12
8. Ventral view of liver of Physignathus, to show relation of
umbilical ligament ........... ai as sgh aner ay STORING aT sees nash aRepleta s 18
Gh JalronGh Gl CMO WOES oc gogudesve doce odvonouengoudueoe 20
NO, LEMON JES UA: a BGO badaadaseensuaoho cRaGanabee 7 oc 21
11. Brain of Cynopithecus niger (dorsal aspect)..........-....5-- 24
12. The same Brain as that represented in text-fig. 11 (lateral

EAST OXROLB) sy ameter A ETB TERA Sc COE REDS GRE PERIL ANPRPR ETA Bt 0 ono 25

. Axis vertebra of Musk-Ox, from Brick-earths of the Thames at

PR rim St Gal aay steve hea hs honed: eat atans uaa dra cut clara ene eee 50

. Two views of skull of Musk-Ox, from near base of bed of gravel

at Frampton-on-Severn, Gloucestershire .................. 52

. Brain of Struthio masaicus (ventral aspect), showing the principal

branches;of therartenalesystemmeenc aes ser 103

. Brain of Ara hyacinthina (ventral aspect), showing the principal

branchesvotithejartenial system cers sree aeciact 106

. Brain of Pelecanus fuscus (ventral aspect), showing the principal

ibranchesjof the arterialisystemi. 10a 108

. Brain of Spheniscus demersus (ventral aspect), showing the

principal branches of the arterial system.................. 110

. Brain of Tantalus ibis (ventral aspect), showing the principal

bronchesjottherartentalisysteml nr ena ner aeniee ie 112

xx

Page

20. Brain of Gymnorhina leuconota (yentral aspect), showing the
principal branches of the arterial system.................. 115
DieaCharizot theiCapesVierd ellislanc/sinn ears i tee nee 171
DY, Wey) OF Sim Aino m@ eval Si, UNE. 55 s0s0cesoadqoc0gagadus 173
23: Map of Sts JagO. 52). cccatue usenet aces ictal erent er ree 174
24° Map of Bonavista... <a.ccnsieteeece ety ayers oan ak een eee 175
25.-Chart of Porto Praya: ores ee eee mee 180
96; Chart of Porto Grande tac sero ince Cera oie 183
OTe Wounded) Orysqhidingsmybushcs meee nee terre 188

28. Lateral view of head of a castrated Prongbuck, showing the

abnormal growth and shape of the horns.................. 191

. Section of the left compound horn-sheath of a castrated Prong-

buck, slightly diagrammatic, showing the five component
SHA EMSE o's sealers Gene molasses Gr tee gon use ree anne are ae a 195

30. Type specimen of Procolophon minor, from Donnybrook ...... 218
31. Type specimen of Procolophon trigoniceps, from Donnybrook .. 220
32. Type specimen of Procolophon laticeps, from Donnybrook,
showing the vertical occipital plate and the postorbital
5K07 C2 10012) Ne MRNAS, Stns Shas ssuc ub x reruran hbase ies ry sabe ter ac 223
33. Palate of Procolophon cuneiceps, showing the molar teeth; from
Donnybrook sci aca patent ee eon ane, Gree ee nen aera 224
34. Impression of a palate of Procolophon, showing crowns of the
AOV MENGE, LBL A, [SSMU Cary pocia didlos uno melban opeoisncoss 225
35. Outline showing the truncated snout of Procolophon platyrhinus, —
from ‘Mermrocks:3)540. Aeon eet neh aie eee era i, Sane a ora a 226
36. Outline showing the wedge-shaped snout of Procolophon spheno-
rhonus, trom Rernnocks) tent deli e re nae ee orale 227
37. Hind limbs of Procolophon, from Fernrocks.................. 228
38. Humerus and adjacent bones of fore limb, from Fernrocks .... 229
39. Cetiosaurus leedsi, from Upper Jurassic (Oxford Clay), Peter-
borowo lh ‘hx Paks ee gee ieeern ratory wee <8: hones ena. Se ene en 233
AQ. Cetiosaurus leedsi.imPosterior dorsal vertebra, lacking neural
spine; posterior and right lateral aspects ................ 234
41. Cetiosawrus leedsi.—Anterior caudal vertebra; anterior and left
LACET ANAS PE CES ES Ors oe tangce mayer peered y nen ete (et: eet ae 235
42, Cetiosaurus leedsiicAnterior caudal vertebra ; posterior and
meing lateraltaspe chsive scene tae meee er ae easter 237
43. Cetivsaurus leedst.—Middle caudal vertebra ; left lateral, anterior,
and“posterior aspectsst wey mies ce eos eles ee ee: mee 238
44, Cetiosaurus leedsiimPosterior middle caudal vertebra: left
lateral, anterior, and posterior aspects .................... 238
45, Cetiosaurus leedsiOne of the terminal caudal vertebre, left
lateralaspect.) oid. Ski eahiae. minemenninn cette tert. fiers chat 239
AG) Cetzosainus leedst.—Chrevron=hones ... 225: --6 5.4228: see ee 239
47. Cetiosaurus leedsii—Right humerus, anterior aspect, and: trans-
verse section showing internal cavity ...:..0-....-5--.4.- 240
48, Cetrosaurus leedst—Upper portion of right radius and ulna,

anterior aspect; and upper articular end of the same ...... 240

ia
No)

Or Ot Or Or
Noro

ce

Xxl

Cetiosaurus leedst—Right femur, posterior aspect; upper end,

transverse sections of shaft, and lower end................
Young female Giraffe from Nigeria .......... Sahat i 3,3 oResseiis
Hleadhoig(Gunatiel trom Nigeria) per verisntewer etter irra sig
SROROCT INTIS (WOVCIOTUODIOS. oon cho ooo leo occ ons Nabd sc 24595
First premolar of the maxillary of Teams 6 cur omens, of L, timidus,

andvotelnybridi between both (yr aan esets a nercier iia steerer: sta
Anterior part of the zygomatic arch of Lepus europeus, of
i. temidus, and of hybrid between both ........ ty¥......-

» Dermochelys corvacea, muscles of the neck 22)... 44.) soe ae
. Dermochelys coriacea, anterior part of the vestigial muscles
Ore (lv) [WCE aa nava gods PPA de Gm No oS hid d oo. ge eee Haro 86-0
Dermochelys cor incea, inner are of the sllawiacern Beis Sane

. Dermochelys coriacea, muscles of the right shoulder, ventral

AISVECH ooonccooce sdnoddgcad0000D000KGC s900Dd0d0NRDODeCH
Dernochelys coriacea, left shoulder-girdle, anterior view ......
Dermochelys coriacea, right shoulder-girdle, dorsal view ......

. Dermochelys coriacea, left shoulder-girdle, ventral view ......
. Dermochelys coriacea, right fore limb, extensor surface........

Dermochelys coriacea, muscle-attachments upon the extensor
Suctacevoltnetorearmandnamds aes ale aeiclcis eiaysne eles
Dermochelys cortaced, right fore limb, flexor sonia Regn Ae cte

Dermochelys coriacea, left hind limb, ventral aspect ..........
Dermochely ys cortacea, muscle-attachments to the left hind

5 Der mail ys corvacea, suinselictih inohamernre 0) the dorsal arias

Oo wae lew Intnl lateness cee ebaedes ob bousonuenoodnudos
Dermochelys coriacea, lids of the left eye e seen thew within ....

. Dermochelys coriacea, cesophagus.—A. Bifid process from the

middle part. 5B. Tri fid process from the lower end........
Dermochelys coriacea, abdominal viscera seen from the ventral
ANSEL cocossbocosougvoenscondanades oobdagde0ngoUndaS

. Dermochelys cor ee, diagrammatic transverse section through

the mid-region of the santioreel SAGE ee ahaa

. Dermochelys coriacea, left kidney with its associated veins

GUNG. BHAI oat n ace Pavcs Barrer ren yeszees cerca icin Sue eaters aiies
Dermochelys corvacea, part aa wall ae uro- -aortiall « sinus, ath
termination of oviduct and ureter (right Hie) Ser eh afotey te bas

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1905, Vo. I. c

Page

BOERST RSS
Ovum He
me N or bo

NEW GENERIC TERM

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1905, vot. L.).

TRNAS OMIES (BNE) socancocoooconouoecs soon sopononangana 2300 VeDEsoauTgCdsdBAdabasaDeeaas0a9 89

ERRATUM.

Page 118, line 11 from bottom, fur 243” read 243".

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THI

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1905, Vol. I. (January to April).

January 17, 1905.

G. A. BouLencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1904 :-—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of December were 125in number. Of these 47 were acquired
by presentation, 3 by purchase, 29 were received on deposit, 5
were bred in the Gardens, and 41 were received in exchange.
The total number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 163.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—

1. A young male Greater Koodoo (Strepsiceros strepsiceros) from
Somaliland, presented by Major Irvine, I.M.S., on Dec. 12th.

2. A BDairy-eared Bear (Ursus piscator) from Manchuria,
presented by Mr. Frederick Ringer on Dec. 13th.

3. Two Victoria Crowned Pigeons (Goura victorie) from Jobie
Island, purchased on Dec. 15th.

4. A young specimen of Pousargue’s Guenon (Cercopithecus
pousarguet) from Northern Nigeria, presented by Mr. L. Lester
on Dec. 29th. New to the Collection.

The Secretary exhibited an enlarged photograph, taken by
Mr. H. Sandland and presented by him to the Society, of “ Jim,”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905 Vou. 1. No. I. I

2 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE CRANIAL [Jan. 17,

the Indian Rhinoceros which had recently died in the Gardens
after an existence there of forty-one years.

The following papers were read :—

1. Some Notes on the Cranial Osteology of the Mastigure
Tizard, Uromastix. By Frank H. Bzpparp, M.A.,
F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received December 13, 1904.1
(Text-figures 1-4.)

During a recent examination of a number of Reptilian skulls,
I noted some features in the palate, as well as in other regions of
the skull, of Uromastia spinipes which are undoubtedly of some
interest. The most recent papers on the skull of Uromastix with
which J am acquainted are by Busch* and Siebenrockt. The
former writer deals only with the palatal region and principally
with the soft tissues of that region in the Lacertilia and in
Hatteria, A number of dry skulls are also figured, and among
them Uromastix, with which figure, however, my own observa-
tions do not agree completely. It must be remembered, however,
that Dr. Busch and I had before us different species, he dealing
with Uromastix hardwickui and I with U. spinipes. Whether age
may have anything to do with these differences I do not know;
but in any case the skull of Uromastix spinipes, upon which I
report here, measures 43 mm. from the occipital condyle to the
tip of the premaxille, which agrees pretty well, as do the other
measurements of the body, with those given by Boulenger ¢
for this species, which is considerably larger than Uromastix
hardwickii.

Dr. Busch describes the bony palate of Uromastix in the follow-
ing way, and his figure corresponds with that description. The
two pterygoids are divided by a suture from each corresponding
palatine, which has a very oblique course. This results in the
cutting off of a large piece of each palatine from approximation
in the middle ventral line of the skull. In this there is a
difference from the allied Calotes and Jguana, both figured by that
author; in fact a dissimilarity from the Lacertilia in general.
Inasmuch, however, as this is but a very slight exaggeration of
the usual obliquity of this suture among the Agamide and some
other lizards, the author of the paper to which I refer does not
lay any stress upon it.

Dr. Siebenrock does not figure the skull of this genus; nor does

* “Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gaumenbildung bei den Reptilien,” Zool. Jahrb.
(Abth. f. Anat.) xi. p. 441 (1898).

+ “ Das Skelet der Agamide,” SB, k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, civ. p. 1112 (1895).
£ Catalogue of Lizards in B. M. vol. i. p. 407 (1885).

1905. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE MASTIGURE LIZARD. 3

he emphasise certain of the following points in the structure of the
palate of Uromastix spinipes.

In the latter species (see text-fig. 1) the anatomy of the bony
palate is somewhat different from that of Uromastia hardwicki.
As Dr. Busch has mentioned in the case of the latter species, the
pterygoids and palatines nowhere meet their fellows in the middle
line; the palate is so far completely schizognathous. But while
in Uromastix hardwickii the palatines might, so to speak, meet
each other in the middle line in the way that occurs in many
Lacertilia, this is rendered impossible in Uromastia spinipes by the
forward growth of the pterygoids to reach, or very nearly reach,

Text-fig. 1.

Ventral view of skull of Uromastia spinipes.

__A.P1., anterior bar of palatine; PU., palatine; Pé., pterygoid; Tv., transverse ;
V., vomer.

the vomers. These bones (the pterygoids) are at first divided
from the palatines by an oblique suture; this suture later becomes
parallel with the long axis of the pterygoid itself, and only dies
away anteriorly, close to, if not in actual contact with, the vomers.
If the vomers of that lizard happened to be rather larger than
they actually are in this species, and as they undoubtedly are in
some lizards, there would be a prolongation forward of the ptery-
goids to the vomers. As it is, their forward growth results in the
complete severance from each other of the palatines, except
possibly for a very minute space anteriorly. These facts are to be
noted in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 1),

1

4 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE CRANIAL [Jan. 17,

I believe that this extension forwards of the pterygoids and
subsequent cutting off of the palatines from forming the median
portion of the hard palate is a new fact so far as concerns the
Lacertilia. It is at any rate clear that the fact, if known and on
record, has escaped general attention. For in the elaborate
account of the development of the skeleton of Hatteria by Prof.
Howes and Mr. Swinnerton*, the greater part of the ‘“ Introduc-
tion” is devoted to emphasising the characters of the palate in
Hatieria, from which introduction I extract the following sentences,
viz. :—‘ One of its (1. e. Hatteria’s) most distinctive characters is
the forward prolongation of the pterygoids to meet the vomers with
apposition in the middle line. The mere forward prolongation
referred to is a feature already recognisable among the Batrachia
and Stegocephalia.” The authors then proceed to refer to those
reptiles and birds in which this forward prolongation with or with-
out apposition occurs ; but they mention no Lacertilian in which
this state of affairs exists. It is plain therefore that it is meant
to contrast Hatterva with Lizards in the arrangement of the bones
of the palate.

I am thus able to record here a new (or at least little known
and overlooked) morphological fact which has been held to be of
considerable importance.

“It would thus appear that the peculiarities of the palate of
Hatteria as distinguishing that reptile from the Lacertilia have
been somewhat overrated, of course through ignorance of the con-
ditions which obtain in the lizard which forms the subject of the
present communication to the Society. Apart altogether from the
new facts contained in the present paper, the difference between
Hatteria and the Lacertilia as regards the palate is not greater
than between the Emu and a Rail, and is, indeed, almost exactly
the same so far as the point under discussion is concerned. The
analogy may now, it will be observed, be pushed still further.
Uromastix is Lacertilian so far as its general anatomy is concerned,
but shows in its palatea likeness to Hatteria, just as the Tinamou
and some other birds f are carinate in most features but
“struthious ” in certain palatal arrangements. A ‘ Rhyncho-
cephalian ” character of the bird palate, as Prof. Howes and Mr.
Swinnerton term the thrusting forward of the pterygoids, has
heen shown to be transitory in some birds and subsequently lost
through co-ossification. Whether this is the case with any true
Lacertilia I am not aware.

It must not be understood that I am arguing for a special
likeness between Hatteria and Uromastiz among the Lacertilia.
I am only urging that a character supposed to be peculiar to
Hatteria as contrasted with the Lacertilia is not peculiar to that
reptile but is found in a Lacertilian.

In regard to the palate there is another fact which requires

eu the Development of the Skeleton of the Tuatera,’ Tr. Z. 8. xvi. p. 2
T See Pycralt, “ Contributions to the Osteolozy of Birds,” P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 973.

1905. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE MASTIGURE LIZARD. 5)

attention. The junction of the palatine with the maxilla—the
direct junction, not that through the transverse bone—is long
and firm in Hatteria, a fact which, possibly, is correlated with the
existence and position of the palatine teeth. Their groundwork
is thus strengthened. As possibly comparable to this, it is mter-
esting to note a slip of bone in Vromastiax (text-fig. 1, A.Pl., p. 3),
continuous with and not segmented off from the palatine, which
runs forward in close apposition to the maxilla. Among the
immediate allies of Uromastix, e. g. Amphibolurus, Iguana, this
process of the palatine is aborted. Finally (so far as concerns the
palate), it is important to notice that the palatine bones have not
merely the long forward extension that has been referred to, but
that they also extend a long way back, reaching, indeed, the
transverse bones on either side. This has been noted in Uromastix,
and it exists also in some other Lizards, but it is not a universal
feature of the Lacertilia. I mention the matter here in order to
suggest that these two features are an indication of the partial
retention of a formerly more extensive palatal bone such as persists
in Hatteria.

T now turn to the consideration of certain points in the skull
which do not appear to have been recorded, though I do not pretend
that they bear upon the retention of any archaic characters.

LA

SE:

Lateral view of the skull figured on p. 3.

Fr., frontal; J., jugal; M.H., mesethmoid; N., nasal; P., parietal; q., quadrate ;
pf, posttrontal ; po., postorbital; Pt., pterygoid; Sq., squamosal ; S¢., supra-
temporal.

The orbital and postorbital regions offer some characters not
without interest, and, as it appears to me, are not well known.
Gegenbaur has figured and contrasted side views * of three Lacer-
tilian skulls including Uromastiv and Iguana. In the latter is
correctly represented a large postorbital and a small postfrontal
bone. I cannot, however, agree with Gegenbaur’s figure of
Uromastix—on the assumption, of course, that the species figured

* Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbelthiere, vol. i. p. 391.

6 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE CRANIAL [Jan. 17,

by him is Uromastix spinipes, or that in the particulars to be
referred to there is no difference between U. spinipes and other
species of the genus. In Uromastix, Gegenbaur figures a rather
smaller postorbital than in /guana, and represents the postfrontal
of the latter lizard as absent. This interpretation of the bone
bounding the orbit posteriorly and intervening between the jugal
and the parietal is, I believe, correct; but, as will be seen from the
annexed figure (text-fig. 2, p. 5), the postfrontal is not absent. The
postfrontal is a very much smaller bone, both actually and rela-
tively, than it is in a skull of /guana tuberculata at my disposal.
Furthermore, the postorbital in Uromastix spinipes has not the
shape that it is represented to have in the drawing of Gegenbaur.
It extends backwards along the jugal for a much greater distance,
but does not, as 1s the case with the postorbital of Zguana, reach
the squamosal.

The squamosal in Uromastia spinipes requires some consideration
since it appears to differ greatly from that of the Uromastix figured
by Gegenbaur, and, indeed, from the squamosal of other Agamid
lizards. There is, however, a likeness to the conditions obtaining in
Iguana, a fact which encourages me in adopting a different view.
The bones in question are depicted in the accompanying drawing
(text-fig. 2, p. 5). As in other Agamids, the squamosal is a bifid

Text-fig. 3.

Back view of the skull figured on p. 3.

S¢2, second supratemporal; other lettering as in text-fiz. 2.

hone, of which one limb is applied to the jugal and the other to the
parietal. Posteriorly the squamosal is in contact with the quadrate
and appears to be in contact also with the lateral process of the
occipital. The whole of this bone is not however, as I think, to
be regarded as squamosal. It is true that the examination of this
region in the skull of some Lizards might lead to that inference.
But in Uromastix (at any rate in U. spinipes) (text-fig. 3) the
posterior undivided region of the bone in question is seen to be
divided off by a suture, which is equally clear on both sides of
the skull. The piece thus cut off from the supposed squamosal
is in contact with the quadrate below and with a small bonelet
laterally, to which reference will be made immediately, and which
interposes between it and the lateral extension of the occipital,

1905.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE MASTIGURE LIZARD. a

That half of the supposed squamosal which is applied to the
parietal rests upon a thin splinter of bone which is, I think, but
am not quite certain, continuous beneath with the cut-off portion
of the supposed squamosal. The latter therefore evidently consists
of two quite separate parts, which are not distinguished in
Gegenbaur’s figure already referred to. The question is, what are
these two bones? but, before attempting to answer it, we will
consider the same region of the skull of Zgwana which is figured
(not very satisfactorily) i in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreichs’*. In that lizard
(see text-fig. 4, B, p. 8) a rounded bone lies between the parietal,
occipital, quadrate, and reputed squamosal. This bone may be
the segmented-off portion of the squamosal complex in Uromastix,
ov it may be the tiny bone in the same lizard which les (see
text-fig. 4, C) closer to the occipital, and which must be a
supratemporal. If we compare the arrangement of the bones
in the squamosal region of Uromastix with that in Lacerta as
figured by Parker 7, it would seem that we have, as in that lizard,
two supratemporal bones of unequal size: the smaller of these is
that wedged in close to the occipital ; the larger is the external bone
overlapping the real squamosal and commonly termed squamosal.
Parker observes ¢ that “in many kinds (of lizards)... . the first
‘supratemporal is wanting, the second is constant.” If by the
latter half of this statement the constant presence of a sepa-
rate second supratemporal is meant, I venture to disagree with
Parker. It does, however, apparently exist commonly, and is
figured, for example, in Gerrhonotus by Siebenrock$. I use the
word “apparently ” advisedly ; for IT am not yet convinced that,
the bone in question is not in reality, as I have already suggested,
the squamosal.

I may point out that the way in which I have ventured to
interpret the bones of the region of the skull is quite in accord
with Shufeldt’s description of the skull of Heloderma ||. In this
lizard, Shufeldt describes as squamosal the bone which I have so
named in Uromastix spinipes, and describes as a “fragment of
the hinder end of the zygomatic arch” a rudiment which un-
doubtedly corresponds with the squamosal maltorwm auctorwi.
I detect in a specimen of Heloderma forming part of the collection
in the Society’s prosectorium (text-fig. 4, D, p. 8) a bony nodule
lying between the occipital and the squamosal, which I identify with
the second supratemporal of Lacerta and of Uromastix spinipes.
Siebenrock §] has come to the same conclusion with regard to the
bone that is in my opinion to be regarded as the true squamosal.
But he terms that bone which I venture here to call supra-
temporal, “‘ Paraquadratum.” He does not appear to have seen

* Vol. vi. Reptilien, Taf. 68. f. 7.
Phil. Trans. 1879, pl. 42. fig. iv.
Loe. cit. p. 599.
“Zur Kenntniss d. Kopfskelet. d. Scincoiden,’ Aun. k.-k. Hofmus. Wien, vii.
pl. xu. fig. 8.
|| “Contributions to the Study of Heloderma suspectum,’ P. ZS. 1890, p, 148.
© “Das Skelet der Agamidie,’ SB. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, ciy. p. 1112.

Ont 4

8 ON THE CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE MASTIGURE LIZARD. [Jan. 17,

in Uromastix spinipes the small bone which I term, following
Parker, second supratemporal.

On the dorsal surface of the skull I desire to direct attention
to three features. In the first place, the parietal foramen lies
entirely in front of the fronto-parietal suture. Secondly, the

Text-fig. 4.

Squamosal region in various Lizards.

A. Lacerta. B. Iguana. C. Uromastix. D. Heloderma.
(Lettering as in text-figs. 2 & 3.)

unpaired frontal bone (text-fig. 2, p. 5) shows an unusual character,
which is, however, approached in the Monitor. On each side,
anteriorly, the bone sends a thin forwardly and outwardly directed
process which passes between the prefrontal and nasal of each side
and reaches the nasal vacuity,

1905. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED LIZARD. 9

In front of the frontal bone, between it and the nasals, is a
squarish piece of bone distinct from both of these. In many
Agamide there exists, according to Siebenrock, a fontanelle in this
region, and the same occurs in Zguana and Phrynosoma. It is,
however, according to Siebenrock, filled up in the full-grown lizard,
and thus a character of youth. The plugging up of the vacuity
by a separate bone in Uromastix, not mentioned by Siebenrock,
leads me to the inference that this bone is to be looked upon not
as a detached fragment of the frontal—a wormian bone, but as an
ossified mesethmoid comparable to that which exists upon the
surface of the skull in some Struthious birds, &e.

2. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Frilled Lizard
(Chlamydosaurus kingi) and some other Agamide. By
Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.
[Received November 29, 1904.]

(Text-figures 5—19.)

Except for its muscular anatomy, which has been described by
Mr. de Vis *, and for certain points in its osteology which have
been described by Dr. Mivartt and Prof. Dollo {, the structure
of the genus Chlamydosaurus appears to be but little known,
though the external characters $ and habits || have been studied
and recorded by many naturalists. The following pages contain
a contribution—to our knowledge of this Lizard as compared
with allied genera among the Agamide, of which family it is un-
doubtedly to be reckoned a member.

Lungs.—Seeing that the lungs of the Lacertilia are evidently
capable of considerable variation 4] and that the habits of Chlamy-
dosaurus and Physignathus are very different, itis not remarkable
that their lungs show certain differences of structure. They
are, however, broadly similar and constructed upon a plan which
characterises the family Agamidee—to which these two genera
belong—and the Iguanide. This is seen in the fact that the
lung (both right and left) is divided into two non-communicating
compartments, only communicating—that is to say—aindirectly
through each bronchus. -The tip of each lung which is continued
headwards beyond the bifurcation of the bronchi constitutes the
second and smaller compartment of the lung. This, however,

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. viii. 1883, p. 300.

+ Article “ Reptilia,’ Encycl. Brit. 9th ed.

t Rev. Quest. Sci. xix. p. 318.

§ Gray in King’s Survey of Australia, ii. p. 424; Duméril and Bibron, Erpétol.
Gén. p. 440; Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat.; Beddard, P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 82,
Encyel. Brit. 9th ed., Article “ Lizard.”

|| Savile Kent, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 712.

| Milano, “ Beitrage z. Kenntniss d. Reptilienlungen,” Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f. Anat.)
vii. p. 545; he does not deal with either of the types described above.

10 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 17,

does not, as it does in /gwana, overlap the larger compartment of
the lung posteriorly. It ends exactly on a level with the entrance
of the bronchus into the main division of the lung.

The interior of the lung in both genera is slightly sacculated,
and the accompanying drawings (text-figs. 5, 6) illustrate the
conditions obtaiing in the two genera. It will be noticed that
in Chlamydosaurus the dorsal sacculations, though fewer, are
more pronounced and deeper than in Physignathus, while the

Text-fig. 5.

Lung of Chlamydosaurus, opened to show internal structure.

deeper honeycombed structure of the lung itself implies a larger
respiratory surface and so far a greater etticiency as an organ of
breathing. It appears to me to be a fair inference that this is
associated with the bipedal and more active gait of Chlamydo-

saurus. In both genera the mesentery tying the ling to the

1905. ] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED LIZARD. 11

dorsal parietes extends to the very tip of that organ. It is not
superfluous to direct attention to the fact, since the membrane in
question is not always coextensive with the lung in Lizards.

Furthermore, in Physignathus the left lung, but not the right,
has an attachment to the ventral body-wall by a mesentery
extending for about half its length. Ihave also observed this
ligament in Agama colonorum.

Text-fig. 6.

Lung of Physignathus, opened to show internal structure.

Liver.—The liver is bound down to the ventral parietes by a
double umbilical ligament, the presence of which distinguishes
Chlamydosaurus from Uromastix. In possessing this double

12 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 17,

umbilical ligament, Chlamydosaurus differs from at least some
others among the Agamide, but exactly agrees with Varanus,
where also the two umbilical ligaments form a VY when seen in
transverse section : that is to say, the hgaments converge at their
insertion on to the liver and diverge to be inserted separately on
to the parietes. In the Skinks, on the other hand, the V is as it
were upside down; the attachments of the ligaments to the liver
are separate and wide apart, but they converge to be inserted on
to the ventral parietes *.

Text-fig. 7.

Ventral view of liver of Iguana, to show relation of umbilical ligament.

G., gall-bladder; ., liver; o., esophagus and stomach; U., umbilical ligament.

In Physignathus the arrangement of the umbilical ligament
(text-fig. 8, p. 13) departs from that of Chlamydosaurus, and is really
more like that of the Skinks. ‘The membrane has a double origin
from the last third of the liver and anteriorly is single. The
attachment to the ventral parietes is, however, single throughout.
The umbilical hgament of this Lizard furthermore differs from

* See Beddard, “ On Certain Points in the Visceral Anatomy of the Lacertilia,
particularly of Monitor,” P. Z. S. 1888, p. 98; and Cope, P. Acad. Sci. Phil. 1896,
p. 308.

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED LIZARD. le

that of Chlamydosaurus in the strong development of muscular
fibres in the posterior double region of the ligament. These
fibres pass out on either side over the liver. That muscular
fibres occur in the mesenteries of Saurians is of course a quite
well-known fact, and is dealt with further on in this commu-
nication. That there should be this difference between allied

Text-fig. 8.

Ventral view of liver of Physignathus, to show relation of umbilical ligament.

m., muscular fibres in gastrohepatic ligament ; other lettering as in text-fig. 7.

forms is not without interest. This double and muscular region
of the umbilical ligament suggests a portion of the posthepatic
septum of the Teide™*.

* Butler, P. ZS. 1889, p. 466.

14 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 17,

The umbilical ligaments of Amphibolurus are more like those
of Physignathus than those of Chlamydosaurus; but the con-
ditions observable are at the same time somewhat intermediate
between those in the other two. The umbilical ligament divides,
as in Physignathus, before the posterior end of the liver, but
rather nearer to the end than in that genus. In Chlamydo-
saurus the conditions are not really different; it presents us
merely with the third term in a series, for the umbilical ligament,
as mentioned, arises as one sheet from the liver up to the
very point of its bifurcation into two lobes; it then follows
both, leaving the gall-bladder between. In Physignathus a tiny
fragment is cut off each of the two lobes of the liver, and these
lie between the tent-like folds of the posterior region of the
umbilical ligament. Finally, in Amphibolurws a large piece of
liver-substance belonging to the left lobe as well as a small piece
belonging to the right lobe, in addition, of course, to the gall-
bladder, lie sheltered by the posterior divided region of the
umbilical ligament. As in Chlamydosaurus, no muscular layer
passes out upon the liver.

It is plain, therefore, that in these characters Chlamydosaurus
does not stand markedly apart from its allies. The liver, however,
is rather more compressed and not quite so broad from side to
side as in Physignathus and Amphibolurus, especially in Amphi-
bolurus. In all these genera the long prolongation of the right
lobe (the “ Hohlvenenfortsatz” of Hochstetter) extends right
down to the testis of its side of the body. There is no great
length of vena cava left between testis and liver such as exists in
some lizards, e. g. Tiliqua. In the Agamidz, moreover, there is
not always so marked a prolongation of the liver-lobe towards the
gonad ; for while in a 2 Agama colonorum the liver-lobe was
nearly in contact with the ovary, there was in a 9 Uromastix
acanthinurus a considerable stretch of vena cava between the
two.

Mesenteries of Colon.—In Uromastix acanthinurus, which is a
vegetable-feeder, the large intestine is particularly long, and the
wide colon with thin greenish walls is sharply to be distinguished
from the narrow thick-walled rectum. ‘The whole of the colon
and the greater part of the rectum lie outside of the shelter of
the pelvic bones. In these particulars Uromastix contrasts with
Physignathus.

Associated with this is a peculiarity in the arrangement of the
mesenteries which is so far peculiar to the genus. In addition to
the median dorsal mesentery tying down the gut to the parietes,
the colon has a second mesentery which affixes it to the elongated
process of the right lobe of the liver and to the vena cava behind
the point where the lobe of the liver ends. This membrane forms
the mesorectum at the beginning of the rectum, but it is distinct
from it, as is shown by the fact that it is not pigmented, while
the mesorectum is, and that its muscular fibres are more abundant
and larger.

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED LIZARD. 15

Muscular fibres in the Mesenterics.—The existence of muscular
fibres in the mesenteries of Saurians is well known*. That they
have not been recorded in the genera with which I deal in the
present communication is less important to me than to note
their distribution in those mesenteries.

The aorta in Uromastix lies between the two halves of the
dorsal median mesentery, which are attached to it laterally and to
the esophagus above in the thoracic region of the body. The
two mesenteries spring from the sides of the vertebre ; they are
much invaded by muscular fibres which have a dorso-ventral
direction. The pulmonary mesenteries vary in this respect;
those which bind each lung to the dorsal parietes are free from
muscular fibres except towards their posterior region; on the
other hand the (right) pulmo-hepatic ligament is much more
invaded by muscular fibres. The mesogastrium and mesentery
proper are not muscular, in which the former contrasts, as already
pointed out, with the hepato-colic ligament. The oviducal
mesenteries are very muscular. The umbilical hgament is also
provided with muscular fibres. The gastro-hepatic membrane, on
the other hand, is very slightly if at all muscular.

The three other genera which I compare with each other and
with Uromastix show differences as to the amount of the invasion
of the several mesenteries by muscular tissue. In considering the
ligament which binds the liver to the ventral parietes (umbilical
ligament) I have already referred to its partial muscularity in
Physignathus. The muscles in question are very strong at their
insertion on to the ventral body-wall; besides giving off fibres to
the liver as already described, they give off other fibres which run
along the gastro-hepatic ligament and pass out on to the cesophagus.
There is no question here, it must be noted, of a muscular con-
nection between the liver and the esophagus and stomach. The
fibres cross this membrane. Similarly the pulmo-hepatic ligament
on the opposite side is traversed by muscular fibres, arising, how-
ever, in this case from the mesogastrium, which pass out on to
both liver and lung. From this it results that the free extremity
of the lung is attached by muscular fibres to the dorsal parietes
behind the liver. The pulmonary ligament itself of this lung
(the right), 7. e. that which attaches the lung to the dorsal parietes,
is completely free from muscle. In the case of the left lung,
however, which possesses no pulmo-hepatic hgament, the pulmo-
parietal ligament, though generally free of muscle, has a few slips
at the very tip of the lug which may correspond physiologically
with those of the right side, though their relation to the pulmonary
ligament is different. The mesogastrium is also muscular; but
the fibres by no means form such a thick dense mass as they do
in Chlamydosaurus, which will be dealt with immediately. They
are more sparsely scattered, with wider non-muscular intervals.

®
* Brucke, “Ueber ein in Peritonaum von Psammosaurus griseus aufeefundencs
System von glatten Muskelfasern,’ 5B. Wien. Akad. vil. p. 246.

16 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 17,

These muscles are limited to the membrane of the stomach and
cesophagus, and do not extend behind the extremity of the lungs.
The bands of muscle vary in size.

In Chlamydosaurus there are some differences in detail from
the conditions characteristic of Physignathus. The mesogastrium
is much more distinctly double than the mesogastrium in
Physignathus, owing to the greater size of the stomach, which
lies across the dorsal middle liver, instead of to the left only.
With this is associated not only the much more distinctly double
character of the mesogastrium, but its much greater muscularity.
The membranous intervals between the muscular strands are so
much reduced, that each mesogastrium looks like a thin muscle of
coarse texture.

I have already mentioned that the umbilical ligament is not
muscular. If there are muscles in the pulmo-hepatic, pulmo-
parietal, and gastro-hepatic ligaments, they must be microscopic.
The mesentery proper has only muscular fibres at its very
beginning, and these run at least chiefly to the stomach.

Amphibolurus is somewhat intermediate between Physignathus
and Chlamydosaurus. There is some development of muscle in the
umbilical ligament posteriorly, which for the most part passes
out upon the gastro-hepatic ligament and ends in contact with the
walls of the stomach, and not, so far as I can make out, upon the
liver. The posterior end of the pulmo-hepatic ligament is
similarly invaded by muscular strands. The mesogastrium is
very distinctly muscular, but not so markedly as in Chlamydo-
saurus, though perhaps rather more so than in Physignathus.

That the Iguanide and the Agamidz are very closely allied
familiesis admitted. It is not therefore without importance to
compare the conditions which obtain in /gwana in respect of the
invasion of the mesenteries by muscular tissue. IJ have examined
from this point of view two specimens of Iguana tuberculata, and
find the following state of affairs:—The umbilical ligament is
absolutely single and does not divide into two sheets posteriorly ;
it lies entirely to the left of the gall-bladder and contains no
muscular fibres. The mesogastrium is invaded by a moderate
amount of muscular tissue, but none of the other mesenteries
that have been referred to in the foregoing account of various
types of Agamide shows any such thick strands of invading
muscular tissue in /gwana as they do in some of the Agamide.
Tt seems likely therefore that this character will be of some use
in framing descriptions of the several families of Lizards.

Some Arteries in Uromastix*—The epigastric arteries ori-
ginate in Uromastix, as in Jguana, from the subclavians. In the
former genus, the artery pursues a rather complicated course
before passing down the inside of the abdominal wall as the epi-
gastrie artery. The main branch of the subclavian traverses the
sternal region and appears on the ventral surface of the sternum,

* See Calori, Mem. Ac. Bologna, 1862, p. 525, for other details of vascular system.

1905. ] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED LIZARD. 1b

when it immediately gives off a branch to the pectoral muscles.
After this the artery again perforates the body-wall close to a rib
and reappears upon the peritoneal face of the ventral musculature,
where it runs back and constitutes the epigastric. The conditions
which obtain in this genus are not universal among the Lacertilia.
The origin of the epigastric in Monitor is described by Corti*
as being quite different. I can confirm this. It originates in the
Monitor from the carotid artery before it divides Sane two, but
still some way in front of the heart.

The relationship between the intercostal and esophageal arteries
is worth remarking upon in this Lizard. The left aorta is not, as
it appears, concerned with the circulation of either the cesophagus
or the body-wally. But the right aortie arch gives off branches
to both. There are two pairs of intercostals in front of the union
of the two aorte ; both of them on the right side only give off a
twig to the walls of the cesophagus. After, that is posteriorly to,
the junction of the two aorte, one trunk arises on each side of the
aorta, Which branches into an intercostal and an csophageal
branch. From this point backwards the branches to the ali-
mentary canal arise separately from the intercostals. On the
right side there are four of these arteries, on the left only two.
There is not, therefore, an accurately paired arrangement.

It is noteworthy that the intercostal arteries {do not plunge
so deeply into the musculature of the back as they do in some
Lizards; the arteries in question can be followed for a long
distance towards the ventral extremities of the ribs, lying as they
dlo very superficially in the musculature. In guana, on the other
hand, the arteries in question are lost to view directly they touch
the dorsal musculature on either side of the middle line.

Tt does not appear that the aorta gives off in the gastric region
any branches to the liver ; the hepatic artery, which is single, arises
asa branch of the celiac. It is important to remark this fact
because in some Lizards there are such arteries. In Lacerta
galloti, for example, each of the last two intercostal arteries which
le in the liver region gives off a branch to that organ, which
branches lie close to the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins. In this
particular Jguana agrees with Uromastix.

Skull.—The skull of Chlamydosaurus is much like that of its allies
Amphibolurus and Physignathus. On the whole, it comes nearer
to the former than to the latter, as the following facts tend to
show. It has also peculiarities of its own. On a general aspect
of the skulls the supratemporal fossa is seen to be very much more
elongated in Physignathus than in the other two genera. This
is actually due to the greater proportionate length of the median
unpaired portion of the parietal in Physignathus. The relative
lengths of the median portion of the parietal and the diverging

* «De systemate vasorum Psammosauri grisei, 1847.

+ Calori, however, figures an esophageal artery arising from the left aorta just at
junction with the right, and no others on either right or “left half arch.

t These arteries are deliberately not dealt with by Calori.

Bagel FOOL. Soc. — 1905, Vou, I. Nos Ee 3

18 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 17,

vosterior limbs of that bone in the three types under consideration
are :—

Physignathus vp2e-ekenes HOF TG
Chlamydosaurus ......... 5:14
Amphibolurus .......-.+.- @ 2 1

Chlamydosaurus and Amphibolurus are thus much closer together
than either 1s to Physignathus.

The parietal foramen is quite different in the three types. In
Physignathus it is very minute; in Amphibolurus it is large and
longitudinally oval, and the suture between the frontal and parietal
bones touches the foramen equatorially. In Chlamydosaurus
the foramen les much further back and is quite in the middle
of the anterior median piece of the parietal bone ; it is intermediate
in size between the foramina of the other two types. The occipital
region of the skull is much more depressed below the level of the
posterior limbs of the parietal in Physignathus than in the two
remaining genera.

Anteriorly the dorsal aspect of the skull shows differences in
these Agamid Lizards. In both Chlamydosaurus and Amphibolurus
the premaxillary bone extends back beyond the posterior level of
the nostrils. In Physignathus the bone, which is broader than
in the other two types, does not extend so far back as to the
posterior boundary of the nostrils; it follows that more of the
nostrils are bounded by the nasal bones in Physignathus than in
its allies.

On the palatal aspect of the skull, Chlamydosaurus shows a
peculiarity which is not shared by either Amphibolurus or Phy-
signathus; that is, that the palatines fail to meet in the middle
line except for a short space anteriorly. This is not a matter of
deficient ossification, as is shown by the clear rounded margins
which bound the area where the palatines do come into contact.
There is no question, however, here of the pterygoids pushing
their way in between the palatines and preventing the latter
from articulation, such as I have recently called attention to in
Uromastix spinipes*.

In none of these Lizards is therea distinctly separate postfrontal
bone; nor can I detect between the occipital and the first supra-
temporal any rudiment of the second supratemporal.

_ In all three genera, as well as in Uromastia, the columella
(epipterygoid) does reach the parietal bone above; inasmuch as
this bone does not reach the parietal in Jgwana (as noted by
Shufeldt +) or Phrynosoma, it seems likely that this character
will prove useful in distinguishing the two families Agamide and
Tguanide.

In all three genera—Chlamydosaurus, Amphibolurus, and
Physignathus—the quadrate is directed backwards. In Jguana,
on the other hand, it is nearly straight, that is, at right angles

* Supra, p. 3.
+ “Contributions to the Study of Heloderma,”’ P. Z.S. 1890, p. 222.

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED LIZARD. 19

to the long axis of the skull. This character, though uniting the
three Agamid genera mentioned, is of no use for differentiating
the families Agamide and Iguanide; for in Uromastix and
Phrynosoma this bone is directed forwards, as in Varanus and
Heloderma.

The three genera furthermore agree (to differ from Uromastix)
in the comparative shortness of the basipterygoid processes, from
which results a less divergent course in the pterygoids themselves,
and asa consequence a narrower skull. It is interesting to note
that the Iguanide show a similar pair of contrasts. It is plain
from Dr. Busch’s figures *, as well as from skulls before me, that
Iguana has short basipterygoid processes and that Phrynosoma
has long ones.

Finally, Chlamydosaurus, Physignathus, and Amphihbolurus
possess a long process of the lower jaw behind the articular cavity
which is not paralleled in Uromastia.

Hyoid.—The hyoid of Chlamydosaurus differs in a good many
respects from that of Physignathus and Amphibolurus, as may be
seen by a comparison of the accompanying figures (text-figs. 9, 10,
pp. 20, 21). The basihyoid sends back no long basibranchial
processes in either Chlamydosaurus or Amphibolurus, though there
are faint rudiments of them in the former. In Physignathus, on
the other hand, there are two long basibranchial processes, as in
Iguana and Anolis. I imagine that the absence or presence of
these long processes is related to the absence or presence of the
“dewlap” in the forms under consideration.

In these three Lizards, as in others, the hyoid and branchial
arches [7.e. the anterior and posterior cornua] articulate with
each other as well as with the median copula at their insertion on
to that. There is, however, a marked difference in the angles at
which the hyoid and branchial lie with regard to each other.

In Chlamydosaurus the two visceral arches are at about right
angles to each other where they join the copula: Physignathus
isat the other extreme; the parts in question are nearly in the
same straight line. In this particular 4mphibolurus comes nearer
to Physignathus than to Chlamydosaurus. The fact that in
Chlamydosaurus the posterior cornua are much longer than the
anterior cornua than in the other types, I put down to the frill
in Chlamydosaurus which is supported by these posterior cornua.

There is a final point to which I desire to direct attention
which is of some little importance. In Amphibolurus, as in the
majority of Lizards‘, the backwardly and dorsally directed half of
the hyoid arch is perfectly continuous with the extremity of the
ventral bit of the arch that is attached to the copula. In both
Chlamydosaurus and Physignathus the arrangement is as seen in
the annexed figures (text-figs. 9, 10, pp. 20, 21), i.e. the ventral
half is prolonged dorsally of the point of attachment to it of the

* “Beitrag z. Kenntniss d. Gaumenbildung bei den Reptilien,”’ Zool. Jahrb. (Anat.

Abth.) xi. pl. 35. fig. 7 a, and pl. 36. fig. 10 a.
+ Bronn’s ‘Thierreichs, Band vi. (Reptiles) pl. 72,
; Qe

20 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 17,

dorsal half of the hyoid. It appears to me that this projecting
bit of cartilage (a) is the equivalent of the thickened region of
the hyoid of Lacerta figured by Parker*. This projecting bit in

Text-fig. 9.

Hyoid of Chlamydosaurus.

a, projecting cartilage of hyoid arch.

Chlamydosaurus is ossified and segmented off from the adjoining
bones, with which it articulates by definite joints and is not
merely continuous. If it could be shown that this piece does

* “On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Lacertilia,” Phil. Trans.
1879, pl. 40. fig. xi. and pl. 42. fig. v. In the latter figure the lettering “ch.”
points to the thickening,

1905. ] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED LIZARD. 21

not in reality belong to the arch to which it is attached, but is a
persisting fragment of the second postoral arch, we should be
able to bring the Lacertilia into line with the Chelonia, where
the true hyoid arch is small and is followed by two better developed
branchial arches. At present, however, I can only make the
suggestion, after recording the facts.

Text-fig. 10.

Hyoid of Physignathus. a as in text-fig. 9.

Vertebral Column and Ribs.—I find in Chlamydosaurus that
there are 23 presacral vertebre and 49 caudals; of the latter [am
inclined to think that none are missing. Of cervical veriebre,
that is vertebre entirely without ribs, I found in two individuals
jie, which is one or two more than the usual number. The last
intercentrum of the anterior vertebre lies between Nos. 6 and 7.
The dorso-lumbar vertebre all possess ribs, even the last of the
series, which in the Agamidez generally * does not bear free ribs.

_* Siebenrock, “ Das Skelet der Agamide,”’ SB. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. civ.

22 MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 17,

The free ribs of the last dorso-lumbar were, however, present only
upon one side. Four ribs reach the sternum on each side, of
which the last pair are attached tothe xiphisternum. The sternum
shows the unusual character of being not fenestrated.

Between the first and second of the caudal vertebre begin the
intercentra. The first, however, are two small nodules only. The
chevrons do not commence until the next vertebra. ‘Towards the
end of the series the chevrons are occasionally replaced by small
nodules.

As regards the shoulder-girdle, I have only to remark that the
clavicle arises from a point a little way down the scapula.

These facts may be supplemented by a comparison of them with
the corresponding facts in the osteology of Physignathus lesueurt,
a genus not investigated by Siebenrock in his extensive survey of
the osteology of the Agamide.,

The presacral vertebrae are 24. Of caudal vertebre I counted
53, and am convinced that not more than one or two are missing.

The true cervical vertebre are four instead of five, in which
Physignathus agrees with two individuals out of three of Amphi-
bolurus barbatus which I examined from this point of view. In
the third specimen there was at least one rib on vertebra 4.

The spines of the dorsal vertebre are much longer in Phy-
signathus than in Chlamydosaurus, while they are still more
depressed in Amphiboluruws. The last intercentrum lies between
vertebre 5 and 6.

The ribs of Physignathus are in all 19 pairs, of which the fifth
to the eighth pairs reach the sternum. ‘The first two pairs show
a peculiarity not observable in Chlamydosaurus. Hach is expanded
at its free end, this expansion being specially marked in the
case of the second, The last of the sternal ribs is attached much
nearer to the proximal end of the xiphisterna than is the
corresponding rib of Chlamydosaurus, The sternum itself has in
Physignathus the usual two foramina present in so many lizards.
It is only the last of the dorso-lumbar series that has no free
ribs

3. A Note on the Brain of the Black Ape, Cynopithecus niger.
By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the
Society,

[ Received November 29, 1904. |
(Text-figures 11 & 12.)

In a recent communication to this Society *, I described among
a number of others the brain of Cynopithecus niger, the Celebesian
Black Baboon. That brain is still in my possession and is that of
a female, Since then I have been able to compare this brain

* POL. S. 19038) voli pele.

1905.] BRAIN OF THE BLACK APE, 23

with another, this time of a male and of about twice the size of
the former brain. More exact measurements are as follows :—

@ brain. 6 brain.

Length of hemispheres ....... .. 63 mm. 83 mm.

Length of occipital lobe ......... 10 mm. 24 min.
Mesial end of fissure of Rolando

to front end of brain ......... 36 mm. 48 mm.

Greatest breadth of hemispheres 52 mm. 65 mm.

On again studying the smaller brain, I cannot find that my
description and figures are inaccurate. There remain, so far as
that brain is concerned, all the points of resemblance to Semno-
pithecus which I indicated in the paper which I have already
referred to. The second brain is so strikingly different from the
first, that it obviously occurred to me that error might have crept
in. Instances of a confusion of labels and bottles are not
unknown in Zoology. But a revision of the collection in the
Prosectorium appears to disprove this.

The second brain, in fact, shows no resemblances to the Semno-
pithect in any of the points in which the first brain undoubtedly
does. As to the size, in the first place it is necessary to note that
the smaller female brain was preserved in alcohol, the effect of
which is to cause the brain to shrink and diminish in size; the
larger brain, on the other hand, was preserved in formol, which
swells out the brain.

I found it impossible to refit this brain into the skull. Thus
the difference in size between the two brains must be discounted
on both sides. They are in reality more nearly equal than would
appear from the above measurements. Nevertheless, there still

remains a considerable difference, which must imply a difference
in age, if not due to sex.

The brain upon which I report here is that of a nearly adult
male. The permanent dentition is complete save for the last upper
molars, which have not quite reached the level of the other teeth.
The brain is quite like that of other Baboons. The occipital
lobes are smooth above except for the lateral occipital fissure and
for the front limb of the T-shaped calcarine fissure which appears
upon the upper surface of the brain.

The inferior occipital sulcus is not small, as in the first
described brain of this species; it is quite Macacine in extending
right round to the posterior face of the occipital lobe. The
collateral sulcus is concealed, as in Macaques, by the cerebellum.
The inferior temporal sulcus is represented, as in Macaques, by a
deep furrow at the lower end of the temporal lobe; there is also
an wpper piece which does not jom the inferior occipital sulcus.
The Sylvian fissure in this brain does join above (on the right
side only) the parallel’ fissure; this is a common character in
Macaques, but certainly rare in Semnopithect. The original brain
of Cynopithecus agreed in this particular with the Semnopithect.

24 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 17,

The intraparietal suleus of brain No. 2 of Cynopithecus is
precisely like that of a Macaque or a Baboon, in that it does not
bend outwards before joining the Simian fissure ; this intraparietal
fissure does not reach the fissure of Rolando. The fissure of
Rolando itself only cuts the inter-hemispheral suleus on the right
side of the brain. The median parieto-occipital sulcus in the
brain of Cynopithecws which I describe here for the first time has
a forward inclination as in the Macaques.

Text-fig. 11.

Brain of Cynopithecus niger (dorsal aspect).

c. Lateral occipital fissure; Ca. Calcarine fissure; d. Intraparietal fissure ;
A. Fissure of Rolando; S. Sylvian fissure.

It will be observed, therefore, that in every feature in which the
smaller brain of the female Cynopithecus differs from the Macacine
and agrees with the Semnopithecine brain, a contradiction is
shown in the larger brain of the male Cynopithecus. This latter
brain, in short, is most emphatically a Baboon’s brain; it belongs
to the Macacine type.

The only certain conclusion to be drawn from these facts is
that the brain of Cynopithecus may show all the typical Macacine
characters. Though this is a conclusion which might be expected
in view of the other zoological characters of the Celebesian

1905. | BRAIN OF THE BLACK APE, 20

Baboon, it is nevertheless important to point it out, particularly
so in view of the second brain, which may or may not invalidate
the general applicability of the above statement as to the brain of
Cynopithecus.

The question of course as to the second brain is, whether its
differences are variations in an adult brain or are due to youth or
sex, or both. This smaller ape only lived for six months in the
Society’s Gardens, and as there is no further evidence as to its age,
it is impossible to be certain upon the point. Iam disposed, how-
ever, to think that this small brain is comparatively undeveloped,
and the differences which it shows from the larger brain would
have lessened with age.

Text-fig. 12.

The same Brain as that represented in text-fig. 11 (lateral aspect).

a. Inferior occipital fissure; P. Parallel fissure.
Other lettering as in text-fig. 11.

These differences, it will be observed, can be mostly explained on
that view. The simple calcarine fissure is simply minus the top
bar of the T, which will ultimately appear; the Sylvian fissure
has not yet grown sufficiently far back to meet the parallel
fissure; the lower portion of the inferior temporal sulcus is
undeveloped ; a further growth forward of the operculum would
alter the bending of the intraparietal fissure and perhaps shift
forward the direction of the internal parieto-occipital. In fact,
all the peculiarities of the smaller Cynopithecus brain may con-
ceivably be explained on this view.

If this be correct, we can draw the interesting inference that
the Semnopithecine brain is relatively to the Macacine at a lower
level. If, on the other hand, the differences between the two
brains are variations of completely adult structure, it is no longer

26 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON SIPUNCULIDS Jan. 17
e . 9

possible to draw a fixed line in brain-structure between the
different groups of the Cercopithecide.

The above observations as to the adult brain are quite in accord
with those of Zuckerkandl*, who, however, figures only the
ealcarine and adjacent fissures in a memoir which appeared about
the same time as my own already referred to.

[I have just examined a third brain of Cynopithecus (a young
female, which died on the 7th inst.), and find it like that of the
male described above.—March 9th, 1905. |

4, On a Collection of Sipunculics made at Singapore and
Malacca. By W. F. Lancuesrer, M.A., Assistant
Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology in University

College, Dundee +.
[Received November 1, 1904.]

During a joint expedition on the part of the late Mr. F.
P. Bedford and myself to the Malayan region, I turned my
attention in part to the collecting of Gephyrea. In the relatively
limited area which we examined, it was perhaps not to be expected
that much would be found in the way of species in this compara-
tively small group, but even allowing for this the results are
distinctly disappointing. I have examples of only five species,
belonging to three genera; in addition, I include another species
from Borneo, a specimen of which Dr. Hanitsch, of the Raffles
Museum, kindly handed over to me. All the specimens but one
were obtained by digging in wet sand or ooze, in which they were
very common; but many were rejected as being individuals of the
same species as those already caught. This I now regard as a
mistaken proceeding, and I would again urge on collectors that
a great deal of interest is probably lost through following this
method. More specialisation and less heterogeneous collecting
seem the main desiderata nowadays.

In preserving specimens I found the method (recommended,
I think, by Lo Bianco) of narcotising by pouring alcohol on sea-
water to be very uncertain ; and after two or three experiments
decided on the use of fresh-water as a narcotising agent, afterwards
preserving the animals in 3 per cent. chromic acid. TI believe
this method to be the best on the whole ; though, seeing that even
Sipunculids have their individual idiosyneracies (and the different
effects of the same method on different individuals is most
surprising), it is only the best as applied to an average number of
specimens.

a * aa Morphologie des Affengehirns,” Zeitschr. Morph. u. Authr. vi. 1908, pl. xii-
g. 16.

+ Communicated by the SrcRETARY.

1905. | FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 27

I. Genus SrpuNcULUS.

1. SrpuncuLus Ropustus Keferstein.
K. Selenka, Die Sipunculiden (Semper’s Reisen, iv. p. 97).

Loc. Singapore. Teluk Ayer; twospecimens. Pasir Panjang ;
two specimens.

The longitudinal muscles do not anastomose at all, and number
26-27, both in front and behind, in three dissected specimens.
The ventral retractors arise in one instance from muscle-bands
1—5 on both sides, and in another instance from muscle-bands 2-5
on the right side, 2-6 on the left side; in all cases the outer
origins are small, about half the size of the inner.

Colour in spirit, ash.

2. SIPUNCULUS CUMANENSIS Keferstein.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 104.

Loc. Singapore. Pasir Panjang; several specimens of var.
opacus, and three of var. vitreus.

In the specimens dissected I find the nerve-cord thickening
-anteriorly, the thickening beginning at the level of the ventral
retractors, whence the cord gradually expands into a dorso-ventrally
flattened band running up the introvert.

Among the specimens referred to var. opacus are several in
which the hinder portion (or half) of the body presents the trans-
parent colourless appearance of var. vitreus. In fully extended
individuals a greater or less portion immediately behind the ten-
tacles is also colourless or whitish.

The specimens all have 20 longitudinal muscle-bands, except
one example of var. vitrews which has 26.

3. SIPUNCULUS BOHOLENSIS Semper.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 109.

K coll. Hanitsch. Four specimens of this large species.

Loc. Gaya Island, British North Borneo.

Hab. Sandy shore, low water.

In the specimen dissected the longitudinal muscles number 31
or 33 in the front and mid-regions of the body, and only 30 in
the hind part. The dorsal retractors arise each from four muscle-
bands, the ventral from, on the left side two, and on the right
side three bands.

e Il. Genus PHASCcOLOSOMA.

4, PHASCOLOSOMA VULGARE de Blainville.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 20.

Loc. Singapore. Raffles Lighthouse, ooze under stones
seven specimens. Pasir Panjang, muddy sand; one specimen.

The only difference I can discover between these individuals and
Selenka’s description of Ph. vulgare is that the ventral retractors
arise at the anterior border of the posterior half of the body,

28 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Jan. 17,

instead of at the anterior border of the middle third; in conse-
quence of which the kidneys do not nearly reach to these origins.

The individual from Pasir Panjang was, in life, coloured orange,
with the tip of the tail black.

5, PHASCOLOSOMA PELLUCIDUM Keferstein.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 32.

Loc. Singapore. Pasir Panjang; one specimen.

Malacca. Pulau Jawi; two specimens, from under deep stones.

Selenka says in regard to the kidneys in this species: ‘‘ Segmen-
talorgane von halber Ké6rperlinge.” Keferstein, on the other
hand, says: ‘“Segmentalorgane kurz”; and his figure accords
with this description. These specimens agree with Keferstein’s
description in this respect; the kidneys are only one-sixth of
the length of the body in the individual from Singapore, a little
more than one-sixth in those from Malacca.

There are no hooks on the introvert in any of these examples,
and in those from Malacca the retractors are notably thicker than
in the Singapore specimen.

On the tails of these individuals (7. e. from both localities) is
fixed a species of the Entoproctous Polyzoan Loxosoma, which
Dr. Harmer has kindly undertaken to examine.

III. Genus Puyscosoma.

6. Puyscosoma scouops Sel. & de Man.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 75.

Loc. Singapore. Rafiles Lighthouse ; two specimens. S’alat
Sinki (strait between Pulau Brani and Blakang Mati), 5 fathoms,
bottom of mud and stones; one small specimen.

In one example, the largest, the introvert is even longer than
the body, being 13 times the length of the latter. As regards
the longitudinal muscle-bands, there are only 17-19, instead of
20-21; the retractors, moreover, do not fuse till very far forward
in the introvert.

d. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Hast Africa,
from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years
1901 and 1902.—Gephyrea. By W. F. Lancunster,
M.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology
in University College, Dundee *.

[Received November 1, 1904. ]
(Plate I.7)

This collection was made by Mr. Crossland in East Africa during
the years 1901-1902; it includes in all examples of 20 species,

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 35.

PG ola OS, volmlee male

Z
Z
4

~<

E Wilson, Cambridge.

GEPHYREA FROM ZANZIBAR.

1905. | GEPHYREAN WORMS OF ZANZIBAR, ETC. 29

16 being Sipunculids and 4 Kehiurids. Of the Sipunculids three,
and of the Echiurids one, are new; the latter, a Thalassema,
presents the novel feature of four pairs of nephridia, the greatest
number hitherto met with in that genus. Unfortunately the
Echiurids are not at all well preserved, and it is evident that the
preservation of these animals needs even more careful attention
than in the case of the Sipunculids. In this group, moreover,
I notice that, whether due to contraction or otherwise, the
nephridia and anal trees are apt to lose their characteristic
appearance, the nephridia appearing small or even absent, and
the anal trees simple in a species in which they are really
dendritic.

SIPUNCULIDA.
I, Genus SIPUNCULUS.

1. SrpuncuLus rInpicus Peters.
Arch. f, Anat. u. Phys. p. 382 (1850).

Loc. Pemba Island.

Hab. From the eastern reefs in sand near the shore.

Two large specimens, the internal organs of which are not
sufficiently well preserved to enable me to add anything to our
knowledge of their general anatomy.

2, SIPUNCULUS EDULIS Lamarck.
Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijds. Nederl. Ind. xlv. p. 484 (1886).

Loc. Chwaka Bay, Zanzibar.

Hab. Shore at low tide.

Several examples; in one of which the transverse dissepiments
are absent.

3. SIPUNCULUS CUMANENSIS Kef.
Selenka, Die Sipunculiden (Semper’s Reisen, iv. p. 104).

Loc. Chwaka Bay, Zanzibar.

Three specimens corresponding with Grube’s var. semirugosus.
Loc. Zanzibar.

Two specimens of var. vitreus.

4, SIPUNCULUS TITUBANS Sel. & Biilow.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 57.

Loc. Chwaka Bay, Zanzibar; two large specimens.

This is a very clearly defined species, and these specimens
agree closely with the description. The only comment I have
to make on the original account is that, so far at least as concerns
these examples, the papille on the introvert, though certainly
“von dreieckiger Form,” are not so obviously so as in the case of
S. endicus: the angles are rather softened down. This character
together with the relative positions of the nephridial and anal

30 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Jan. 17,

openings serve to clearly distinguish it, externally, from the latter
species, to which it appears at first sight very similar.

This species, originally known fron America, has also been
described by Fischer from Madagascar.

5, SIPUNCULUS BILLITONENSIS Sluiter.
Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xlv. p. 487.

Loc. Pemba Island.
Hab. From eastern reefs in sand near the shore.
One specimen.

6. SIPUNCULUS AUSTRALIS Kef.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 90.

Loe. Chwaka Bay, Zanzibar.

One specimen.

This specimen, a large one, agrees in all features with Selenka’s
description, but is without any hooks on the introvert. The
presence of hook-bearing individuals in species that normally
possess no hooks has already been recorded, but I am not aware of
an instance being known of the opposite phenomenon. That
some of the hooks may drop off is, however, recognised, and it
would seem that we have here the same occurrence carried to
completion, owing either to age or causes that cannot be definitely
specified. Of course we may be dealing with a case of local
variation, but of this there is no evidence.

Il. Genus Puyscosoma.

7. Puyscosoma scotors Sel. & de Man.
Selenka, tom. cit. pp. 75-76.

Loc. British Kast Africa.

Hab. Among coral at low tide; 2 specimens. Muddy shore
at low tide; 1 specimen. 10 fathoms; 4 specimens.

Loc. Chwaka Bay, Zanzibar; 1 specimen.

These individuals correspond with the variety mossambicense of
Selenka and de Man, in which the dark lines bordering the clear
spaces in the hooks are curved and not bent at an angle. The
accessory process varies, in the hooks of an individual, from being
present as a distinct small tooth through intermediate stages to
complete absence.

8. PHYSCOSOMA NIGRESCENS Kef.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 72.

Loc. Zanzibar Channel, 5 fathoms.

One specimen in which, as in Selenka’s Mauritius form, the
papille on the base of the introvert are slightly larger than those
on the body, and the hooks slightly different.

Loc. Chwaka Bay.

One large specimen. The longitudinal muscles do not anasto-
mose immediately in front of the anus, but extend a little distance
up the introvert. Hooks typical.

1905. ] GEPHYREAN WORMS OF ZANZIBAR, ETC. 3]

9. PHYSCOSOMA EVISCERATUM, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

Loc. Chwaka, Zanzibar.

There is only a single specimen present, in which all the
internal organs, including even the muscle-layers, have entirely
disappeared. The part of the introvert that bears the tentacles
is also broken away. But the hooks and papille present features
which prevent me from placing the specimen in any known
species.

The introvert is as long as, or a little longer than, the body ;
it is not possible exactly to mark the limit between the two, so
that perhaps, roughly speaking, it is better to describe them as
equal in length, the introvert being at any rate not shorter than
the body. Both are covered entirely, except for a small piece
at the extreme anterior end of the introvert, with large conical
papilla, which are largest at the extreme hind end and smallest
in the middle of the body; generally colourless, at irregular
intervals over the body a single papilla appears dark-brown and
very distinct as against its surroundings. The appearance of the
papille under the microscope is shown in Pl. I. figs. la & 16;
those from the hind end are characteristically raised, in their basal
regions, into small secondary papille.

The rows of hooks are numerous. In the region behind the
mouth I find 15 rows (but these may in reality be more numerous,
allowing for the tearing above mentioned) ; then comes a narrow
interval, and again some 15 rows of hooks, and then after a
similar interval 30 rows. All the hooks are alike in structure ;
fig. le gives a representation of one, and the characteristic feature
to which I wish to draw attention is the presence of a distinct
process projecting from the dark curved line bounding the convex
border of the light central area and encroaching on the latter.

Finally the body, which is markedly broader than the introvert,
is unpigmented save for the isolated papillae mentioned above ;
while the introvert is more or less brown, the coloration tending
to be concentrated along a line that is probably either mid-dorsal
or mid-ventral; only the narrow areas which separate the three
areas of hooks are whitish.

III. Genus PHAscoLogsomMa.

10. PHASCOLOSOMA SEMPERI Sel. & de Man.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 37.

Loc. Chwaka Bay ; two specimens.
On one of these Mr. Crossland has the following note: “Opaque
white skin like fine sand-paper in appearance.”

11. PHAScoLOSOMA VULGARE Blainy., var. nov. SELENK#®,
(Plate I. fig. 2.)

Of. Selenka, tom. cit. p. 23 (1883); and var. tropicwm Sluiter,
Siboga-Exp. p. 33 (1902).

32 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [| Jan. 17,

Loc. British East Africa, 10 fathoms; 2 specimens, small.
Chwaka, Zanzibar; 2 specimens, large.

These individuals evidently correspond with a form described
by Selenka from the Red Sea, which differed from the type in the
following particulars: the papille on the hind end were a little
shorter and thicker, the hooks a little shorter, and the ventral
retractors tending to be inserted a little more posteriorly. Selenka
was unwilling to establish a variety on a single specimen, but it
would seem better, now that we have these additions, to distin-
guish the form as a variety. The papille on the introvert are
exactly similar to those on the hind end of the body; but even
shorter and broader. I figure these, and one of the hooks
(v. figs. 2 a, 2 6).

12, PHASCOLOSOMA GLAUCUM, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

Loc. Zanzibar Channel, 10-15 fathoms.

In this species, which is represented by a single specimen, there
are no hooks, and only two retractors. The muscle-layers are so
loosely attached to the skin that they readily tear away from it
on opening the animal; the retractors themselves arise, as strands
obviously split off from the longitudinal layer of the muscle-
system, from the anterior border of the hinder quarter of the body,
and meet each other round the cesophagus at the level of the
base of the introvert. The body is 13 mm. (approximately) in
length, the introvert 5 mm. only; the latter hasa slightly darker
tinge, owing to the crowding together of the pigmented papillate
bodies, which are very low and not visible to the unaided eye,
but distinctly so with the lens, under which they appear as distinct
black spots. The papille on the body are visible under the lens
as distinct clear spots; under the microscope they appear as
elongated bodies with a clear apical opening and carried on fields
roughly oblong in shape.

Internally, we find the cesophagus running back with the
retractors as far as their insertion, and then bending sharply
forward for a little distance before entering the intestine ; the
latter contains about 16 spiral turns, and is not attached to the
hind end of the body. The rectum is without a diverticulum,
and opens by the anus just behind the level of the base of the
introvert. Two muscle-strands support the intestine anteriorly,
and two more, arising from close to the nerve-cord on each side
of it, support the cesophagus at the angle where it bends forward.
There is a contractile vessel, thickly beset with little diverticula,
along the length of the cesophagus where it les between the
retractors. The nephridia are colourless, and open ee in front
of the level of the anus.

13. PHASCOLOSOMA WASINI, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 4.)

Loc. Wasin, British East Africa; 10 fathoms.

Six specimens, of which the largest is 15 mm. in length. The
most characteristic feature of this species is the numerous rows of

56

1905. ] GEPHYREAN WORMS OF ZANZIBAR, ETC. | 30

hooks of the Physcosoma type that lie in the introvert. Generally
the hooks in Phascolosoma are simple, slightly curved structures,
and in only one other form, the Ph. papilliferwm of Keferstein
(=Ph. dissors Sel. & de Man), do the hooks, so far as I know,
acquire the features that are generally found in those of a
Physcosoma, namely the greatly curved apex borne ona broad base,
the more or less sharply differentiated clear central space, and
often an accessory lobe. As regards the internal anatomy, the
following are the most important features :—There are four
retractors, of which the ventral arise fairly close to the nerve-cord
and just behind, the dorsal just in front of, the middle of the
body ; these unite very soon to enclose the esophagus, above which
lies the simple contractile vessel. The intestine is not much
twisted, and the rectum, which is moderately long, opens a little
in front of the origin of the dorsal retractors; a little in front of
the anal opening again are the openings of the nephridia, which
latter are short, rather broad, and unpigmented. The intestine
is held to the hind end of the body by a fine muscle-strand, and
two other somewhat stouter strands run (a) from the left side
of the nerve-cord to the commencement of the intestine, and
(6) from near the anus, along the rectum, to the intestine. Two
very distinct eye-spots may be seen just above the mouth.

Externally the body is covered with numerous, conical, often
brown-coloured papilla; in the middle, however, these are lower,
less numerous, and more finger-shaped. These papille, moreover,
extend a little way up the introvert, gradually becoming fewer and
lower, till they reach the rows of hooks (which reach more than
halfway back along the introvert); in between the rows they
appear as flattened elliptical bodies with a conspicuous central
opening.

TV. Genus CLozosiPHoN.

14. CLoEOSIPHON ASPERGILLUM Quatrefages.
Selenka, dom. cié. p. 126 (1883).
Loc. Chwaka Bay, Zanzibar; 2 specimens. British Hast
Africa ; 1 specimen.

V. Genus ASPIDosiPHON.

15. ASPIDOSIPHON ELEGANS Cham. & Hysenh.

Selenka, tom. cit. p. 124 (1883); Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijdschr.
Ned. Ind. 1. p. 116 (1890), and Siboga-Exp. p. 19 (1902).

Loc. Wasia, British East Africa.

Hab. Among coral, at low tide.

Several specimens. In Selenka’s key to the species of this
genus he includes A. elegans amongst those in which the anal
shield is calcified. But there is certainly no calcification in the
specimens I have seen, nor does Selenka mention the fact in his
description.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—!905, Vou. I. No. LIT. 3

34 ON THE GEPHYREAN WORMS OF ZANZIBAR, ETC. [Jan. 17,

16. AsprpostPHON TRUNCATUS, Kef.
Selenka, tom. cit. p: 118 (1883); Sluiter, Siboga-Exp. p. 17
ctoO2)):
foc. Wasin, British East Africa; 10 fathoms. One very
small specimen.

ECHIURIDA.

VI. Genus THALASSEMA.

17, THaLassEMA BARONE Greeff.

Greeff, Die Echiuren, Nov. Act. Acad. N. Cur. xl. p. 151,
pl. vi. fig. 64 (1879).

foc. Zanzibar Channel.

Hab. Shore, above lowest tide-level.

The anal trees appear simple and not dendritic in this single
specimen, as they do also in at least two among those collected by
Dr. Willey. This character, together with the lack of any traces
of the nephridia (which I cannot find either in this or in one of
Dr. Willey’s specimens), I take to be due to the fact that the
individuals in question may be young. There is also a small
globular diverticulum on the dorsal side of the rectum in this
species.

Mr. Crossland has a note on the colour of this specimen to the
following effect: ‘Crimson-lake colour, with light-green pro-
boscis.” Previous deseriptions of the colours in this species give
them as being dark-green in the body with violet stripes. Evi-
dently, then, the colour-character is not necessarily constant, for,
despite the absence of nephridia, I feel no doubt asto the correct-
ness of my diagnosis on anatomical grounds, especially after
comparing them with the specimens from Dr. Willey’s collection.

18. TTHALASSEMA MOEBIT Greeff.
Greeff, tom. cit. p. 152.

Loc.. Chwaka Bay, Kokotoni Bay.

Hab. In sand in sheltered bays like the above.

Two specimens, on which Mr. Crossland has the accompanying
note :-—“* Abundant in sheltered bays in sand above low-tide level,
but extremely difficult to secure, as the burrows extend into
crevices in the rocks below the sand. The larger specimens I
uever succeeded in obtaining. They occur with proboscides a foot
or more long ” (this presumably refers to those of large size) “ when
lying extended on the sand. Colour pink, owing to ccelomic fluid
seen through skin. Proboscis cream-coloured and more opaque.”

19. THALASSEMA sp. ?

Loc. Chwaka, Zanzibar.
A single specimen in a very bad state of preservation. It is
impossible to refer this specimen with any certainty to any known

PAS I9O5s vol Pie

3C

7b

i
|
| ‘
}

E.Wilson, Cambridge.

CEPHYREA FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

1905. | SIPUNCULIDS, ETC. OF THE ““SKHAT” EXPEDITION. BD
species, though it might possibly be referable to Th. pellucidum
Fischer, which is, however, a Western form.

The muscles number 12 or 13, but some of them are so indistinct
as to make it impossible to be quite certain. The anal trees
are quite short, brown, tapering, and simple. No other internal
features can be made out. The proboscis is 10 mm. in length as
compared with a body length of 40 mm., and in this agrees with
Fischer’s species (cf. Shipley, Willey’s Zool. Res. part iil. p. 351).

Each ventral hook has an accessory hook of about the same size
lying close to it.

20. THALASSEMA DECAMERON, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 5.)

Loc. Chwaka, Zanzibar.

Had. In sand.

One specimen.

This species is characterised by the presence of four pairs of
nephridia, which are, however, small in this individual and only
slightly elongated. Two of them, moderately distant from each
other, lie behind the sete; and the other two, much closer
together, in front of the sete.

The body-wall is extremely thin; internally it is possible to dis-
tinguish ten, fairly broad, but inconspicuous, longitudinal muscles,
which can also be seen from the outside shining through the skin.
The anal trees are long, broad and brown at the base, but soon
tapering and becoming transparent; simple and not dendritic in
this individual.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE T.

Fig. 1. Physcosoma evisceratum (p.31). a. Papilla from the front end of the body.
6. Papilia from the hind end of the body. c. Hook.
. Phascolosoma vulgare, var. selenke (p. 31). a. Papilla from the introvert.
6. Hook.
Fie. 3. Phascolosoma glaucum (p. 32). a. Dissection showing internal anatonzy.
}. Papilla from the front end of the introvert.
Fig. 4. Phascolosoma wasini (p. 32). a. Dissection showing internal anatomy.
6. Papille from introvert.
Fic. 5. Thalassema decameron (p. 35). a. Body laid open, to show nephridia,
muscles, and anal trees. 6. Skin from mid-body.

vx}
RS)
to

6. On the Sipunculids and HWchiurids collected during the
“Skeat””? Hxpedition to the Malay Peninsula. By
W. F. Lancuuster, M.A, Assistant Lecturer and De-
monstrator in Zoology in University College, Dundee *.
[Received November 1, 1904. |
(Plate II.t)

This collection, which Mr. Shipley kindly put into my hands
for determination, contains 12 species of Sipunculids and 1| of
Eehiurids; the latter is a new form, as are also four of the

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 41.

3*

Q = oa
36 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON THE SIPUNCULIDS [Jan. 17,

Sipunculids. I will do no more here than call attention to the
discovery of an Eastern form (= Physcosoma gaudens, nov.)
corresponding rather closely to the Western Ph. weldonii, and to
the somewhat curious position of the anus in the new form
Phascolosoma pyriformis.

SIPUNCULIDA.
I. Genus Srpuncuuus.

1. SIPUNCULUS CUMANENSIS Kef.
Selenka, Die Sipunculiden (Semper’s Reisen, p. 104).

Loc. Penang.

Two specimens of the variety opacus.

The bodies of these two individuals are much longer, relatively
to the introvert, than was stated by Selenka, who wrote “ Riissel
ungefahr ein Drittel der Korperlinge”: here, however, the
introvert is only one-sixth of the body-length. The measure-
ments for the two specimens are :—

(a) Introvert 43 mm., body 253 mm.
(6) 3 28mm., ,, 150 mm.

Probably this difference is due to the different relative con-
traction of the two parts of the animal in these as opposed: to
Selenka’s specimens.

2. SIPUNCULUS AUSTRALIS Kef.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 90.
Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.
Two specimens.
In the one specimen dissected the ventral retractors arise from
three, instead of four or five, muscle-bands, those three being the
first to the third on each side of the nerve-cord.

II. Genus Puyscosoma.

3. PHyscosoMA ScoLops Sel. & de Man.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 75.

Loe. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Numerous individuals.

In several of these specimens the skin is less transparent, so
that the longitudinal muscle-bands do not shine through it;
gradations may be traced, in others, between this and the typical
transparent form.

“4, PHYSCOSOMA NIGRESCENS Kef.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 72.

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.
Three large, and one very small, specimens,

1905.] AND ECHIURIDS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT” EXPEDITION. aT

5. PayscosoMA LURCO Sel. & de Man.
Selenka, fom. cit. p. 61.

Loc. Trengganu.

Numerous examples.

In the text Selenka speaks of “zwei vorderen Retractoren,”
but in the figure he shows them as arising in the same transverse
line ; in these specimens the dorsal retractors arise behind the
ventral in the same longitudinal line, and so from the same
muscle-bands, namely the first and second. Moreover, according
to Selenka’s figure, the four retractors fuse, after a short
course, to form two retractors, and these two, again after a
short course, again fuse to form one; here, however, the four
retractors fuse immediately into one after a short course.
Further, I may mention that the anus is not necessarily con-
spicuous as described by Selenka. In many cases it is quite
indistinguishable ; in many others it appears as a rather sunken
cleft-formed opening, and in only a few cases as a round opening
raised on a high papilla. As in the case of Sip. cwmanensis, this
difference of detail may be explained, without doubt, by the
differing states of contraction in the various examples, either of
the animal as a whole or of the anal sphincter or of both.

6. PHYscosoMA socIUM, sp. nov. (Plate II. fig. 1.)

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Three specimens.

Introvert nearly half as long as the body and thickly covered,
especially in front, with flattened dark papille, which posteriorly
become more conical, smaller, lighter in colour, and less densely
crowded. Those on the extreme hind end of the body are very
like those on the front of the introvert, but over the body
generally they are much more widely scattered, appearing as
brown spots against the paler background of the semitransparent
skin. These papille are formed of numerous concentric plates,
and very closely resemble those of Ph. psaron Sluiter (v. fig. 1 6).
There are no hooks on the introvert. The longitudinal muscles
number 18-21 in the middle of the body, with occasional anasto-
moses ; close to the posterior end there is a distinct convex line
along which they again anastomose slightly, so that behind this
line there are relatively fewer muscles. The four retractors fuse
as soon as they meet; the ventral pair arise just behind the
middle of the body from muscles 2—6, the dorsal just in front of
the middle of the body from the 5th-6th muscles. The contractile
vessel is without diverticula. The intestine has few (about 8-10)
spirals ; it is held to the posterior end of the body by the spindle-
muscle and anteriorly by two strands inserted to the left of the
nerve-cord; the rectum is long and opens near the base of
the introvert. The nephridia are attached for two-thirds of their
length, which is about half that of the body; their anterior halves
are much swollen and their openings lie just behind the level of
the anus,

38 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE SIPUNCULIDS —[Jan. 17,

Examination under the microscope of the skin of the introvert
shows that, for about half its length, the papille are similar to
those on the body, but that anteriorly they gradually become
flatter, the plates becoming much smaller and losing their con-
centric arrangement, so that the whole appears as a granular
area surrounding the central opening. In the dorsal half of this
anterior region, moreover, they become surrounded by thick
bands of brown pigment which form a dense network between
them and tend to obscure their height, but in the ventral half
the pigment is absent and it is easy to trace their gradual
fiattening (PI. II. fig. 1 ¢).

This species is obviously very like Ph. psaron, but there are
certainly no spines on the introvert and the papille differ in
certain features. Thus Sluiter says “Sonst kommen im Riissel
nur dunkle Leisten vor, aber keine gesonderte Papillen,” which
hardly agrees with the arrangement found here. Otherwise the
general anatomy is closely simular, save only that the nephridia
are half and not three-quarters the length of the body, and
attached for two-thirds and not one-third of their own length.
Sluiter’s description is rather brief and he has not figured his
species, but I feel reasonably certain that the two forms are
distinct.

7. PHYSCOSOMA GAUDENS, sp. nov. (Plate IT. fig. 2.)

Loe. Pulau Bidan, Penang.
_ ‘Three specimens.

This form would appear to be the Hastern representative of the
Western Ph. weldonii, Shipley. In all general features it closely
resembles the latter, but in regard to the papille of the body it is
distinctly different; these consist, in Shipley’s species, of a
number of brown horny plates with pigment in between, while in
the present species they consist of two rings of small transparent
plates round the central opening, then a ring of about six large
brown plates, and then another more or less complete ring of
shghtly smaller irregular brown plates, pigment granules being
absent (fig. 2). The actual resemblances between the. two forms
are the relative shortness of the introvert and absence of hooks,
the brown papillz especially crowded on the introvert, the
presence of only two retractors, and the diverticula on the con-
tractile vessel. The differences, except as regards the body-
papille, are slight and obviously only differences of degree, and I
give them in tabular form :-—

Ph. weldonit.

_ Longitudinal muscles 10-12, splitting
infa two in the middle of the body, and
fusing at hind end.

Opening of nephridia a little behind
anus.

Retractors arise at a level hetween the
amterior two-thirds and the posterior
ane-third of the body.

Ph. gaudens.

Muscles 14, splitting in the middle of
the body, but into more than two, so that
posteriorly there are as many as 84; not
fasing at hind end.

Opening of nephridia at anus level.

Retractors arise at the level of the
nudele of the body.

1905. | AND ECHIURIDS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT” EXPEDITION. 39

IIT. Genus PHAscotosoma.
8. PHASCOLOSOMA PYRIFORMIS, sp. nov. (Plate II. fig. 3.)

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Numerous specimens.

The expanded animal is pyriform in shape, the introvert being
considerably shorter than the body. The skin is thick, without
papilla when seen under the lens; in most of these specimens
the colour is a dirty-white with a slight tinge of very pale green
which may be due to the reagent. Some, however, are distinctly
reddish-brown (7. e., a lightish copper), and in nearly all it is
noticeable that the skin is covered with splashes of white, which
just behind the tentacles are aggregated into a broad white
ring.

Internally the most peculiar character is that both anus and
nephridia open on the introvert, the anus halfway between its
base and the tentacles, the nephridia just in front of its base
(vw. fig. 3a). The muscle-layers are continuous, and there are
two broad and short retractors which arise within the middle
third of the body and fuse directly they meet. The esophagus,
covered by a contractile vessel with numerous black-tipped
diverticula, extends to the extreme hind end of the body (at
which point the contractile vessel ceases), and then bends sharply
forward dorsal to the intestine to enter the latter at the anterior
end of the body ; in its anterior half this part of the cesophagus
is held in place by three small muscles which converge to be
inserted fairly close together in the mid-dorsal line. The in-
testine is much coiled and opens at the anus by means of a rather
short rectum ; it is not held down to the hind end of the body,
but is attached in front by means of the spindle muscle. The
nephridia are about a quarter of the body-length, hardly pig-
mented, their anterior portion swollen.

The papillate bodies consist of (a) a low circular papilla, with a
wide central opening, on the external body-wall, (6) of the
glandular portion, lying rather deep down below the cutis and

epidermis, and (c) of a fairly long, more or less straight duct,
leading to the external opening (v. figs. 36, 3c).

TV. Genus CLoncsiPHon,
9. CLOEOSIPHON ASPERGILLUM Quatrefages.
Selenka, éom. cit. p. 126.
Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.
One specimen.
V. Genus Asprposipron,
10, ASPIDOSIPHON STEENSTRUPII Diesing.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 116.

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. ag:
- One specimen, ;

40 SIPUNCULIDS ETC. OF THE “‘SKEAT” EXPEDITION. [Jan.17,

11. AsprIposIPHON ELEGANS Cham. & EHysenh.
Selenka, tom. cit. p. 124.

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.
Fifteen small specimens.

12. ASPIDOSIPHON INSULARIS, sp. nov. (Plate II. fig. 4.)

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang,

Two damaged specimens.

The longitudinal muscles are split into bundles which anasto-
mose rather freely ; they appear stronger behind the level of the
retractors, where they number about 22, but in front of this level
the transverse bands appear more prominent and the longitudinal
muscles number only 15. ‘The retractor muscles are four in
number, and take their origin a little behind the middle of the
body, the ventrals arising from longitudinal muscles 2-6, the
dorsals from 5-6 only, a very little distance in front of the ven-
trals; the pairs unite very quickly, but the united pairs do not
join till moderately close to the tentacles. The nephridia are
long, extending from their opening, at the same level as the anus,
close to the base of the introvert, to some little distance behind
the retractors; they are brown in colour, and attached only in
their front portion, which is slightly swollen. A well-marked
spindle-muscle holds the intestine down to the hind end of the
body, which, in the specimen figured, is invaginated for a little
distance.

Externally the body is a dirty-white and dotted with small
brown papille, which in the middle of the body are only visible
under the lens, but which increase in size towards the hind end.
The anal shield is circular, and formed of crowded, large, brown
papille. The introvert is less than half the length of the body ;
in front it carries a few rows of hooks (fig. 46), and behind
rather large papillz, each of which terminates in a dense, almost
tooth-like structure (fig. 4c). Along the dorsal line the papille
are enclosed by a dense brown pigment.

ECHIURIDA.
VI. Genus THALASSEMA,

13. THALASSEMA SABINUM, sp. nov. (Plate II. fig. 5.)

Loc. Tale Sab, Singora. ‘In channel at top of brackish
part.” Five specimens.

The characteristic features of this species are as follows :—

a. The proboscis is short as compared with the body ;

b. There are two pairs of nephridia with spiral openings ;
c. The muscle-sheath is continuous ;

d. The anal trees are short ;

which conjunction of characters at once separates it from the
other members of the genus. The animal is small, measuring in

P Z.S. 1905, vol.). Pl

A.D.Imms del.
M.P. Parker lith. Parker & West imp-

PHARYNGEAL DENTICLES OF ELASMOBRANCHS.

1905.] ON THE DENTICLES OF ELASMOBRANCH FISHES. 4]

one instance 10 mm., of which the proboscis forms only the fifth
part, 7.e. 2 mm. ‘The ventral hooks lie close up behind the
proboscis. ‘The skin is rather thin, and only partially transparent
so far as concerns most of the internal organs, but the nerve-cord
is clearly visible from the outside. The structure of the papillate
bodies is shown in fig. 5.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Physcosoma socium (p. 37). a. Dissection showing internal anatomy.
b. Papilla from mid-body. ec. Skin of introvert, showing gradual flat-
tening of the papille.

Fig. 2. Physcosoma gaudens (p. 38). Papilla from the hind end of the body.

Fig. 3. Phascolosoma pyriformis (p. 39). a. Dissection showing internal anatomy.
b. Papilla from the front end of the body, surface view. c. The same in
section.

Fig. 4. Aspidosiphon insularis (p. 40). a. Dissection showing internal anatomy.
6. Hooks. ce. Papilla from the base of the introvert.

Fig. 5. Thalassema sabinum (p. 40). Skin from the front of the body.

7. On the Oral and Pharyngeal Denticles of Elasmobranch
Fishes*. By A. D. Iums, B.Sc. (Lond.), Zoological

Laboratory, University of Birmingham.
[Received November 1, 1904. ]

(Plate IIT.+)

It is well known that in the Elasmobranch Fishes true teeth are
carried only in relation with the palato-quadrate and mandibular
cartilages. Minute denticles, however, may be present in greater
or less abundance in many parts of the lining of both the oral
and pharyngeal cavities. Very little has been written with regard
to these structures, and, although reference is made to them by
Hertwig, Popta, and others, the only general description of them
is that recently published by Steinhard {.

I have been led to devote some attention to them as the outcome
of an account which I have recently given of the structure of the
gill-rakers of the Ganoid Fish Polyodon spathula§. In that
paper I suggested that the gill-rakers of Polyodon may perhaps
be regarded as scales (or denticles) which have migrated from the
exterior of the body on to the branchial arches, and have there
become greatly modified into long setiform structures. In order
further to test the possibility of this suggestion, ] have examined
examples of species belonging to a considerable number of genera
of Elasmobranchs for the purpose of ascertaining whether denticles
of any description are present on the branchial arches in those
Fishes. Given the presence of denticles on the branchial arches
in such forms, it would not be difficult to conceive that the type of

* Communicated by Prof. T. W. Bripes, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 49.

~ Archiv ftir Naturgesch. lxix. Bd. i. 1903, pp. 1-46, Taf. i. & i.
§ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, vol. 11. pp. 22-85, pl. 11,

42 MR. A, D. IMMS ON THE DENTICLES [Jan. 17,

gill-raker met with in Polyodon and Cetorhinus might have been
derived from them through their spinous portions becoming greatly
elongated. As the result of this examination, I have found that
denticles are of very frequent occurrence both on the branchial
arches and on the mucous membrane lining the mouth and
pharynx in these Fishes. A brief account of the observations
which I have made on these structures is embodied in the present
article. I am indebted to Prof, T. W. Bridge, F.R.S., for helpful
criticism and for his kindness in placing at my disposal a number
of examples of various fishes. To Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., I
also owe a debt of gratitude for allowing me to examine specimens
of several genera of Klasmobranchs in the Collection of the British
Museum. My investigation of this subject was commenced about
the time when Steinhard’s paper was published, and I did not
become awave of the latter until my work was nearing completion.
When I came to read his paper, I found that I had conducted my
studies on similar lines and, moreover, that about half the species
examined by me had already been investigated by him. As the
result of this coincidence, | found it necessary to curtail the
present paper considerably below its original dimensions, and, in
its emended form, I offer it as a small additional contribution to
a knowledge of these denticles.

In his paper Steinhard refers to the oral and pharyngeal
denticles as ‘Schleimhautschuppen,” or “mucous membrane
scales,” and he describes their form, arrangement, and distribution
in a number of cases. The first part of his description treats of
their occurrence among the Selachoidei, and the following species
‘of the latter were examined by him :—-Heptanchus cinereus,
Mustelus vulgaris, Carcharias glaucus, Pristiurus melanostomus,
P. sp., Acanthias vulgaris, Centrophorus sp., Scylliwm burgert,
S. canicula, Galeorhinus japonicus ?, Spinax niger, and Squatina
vulgaris. He points out that from among these twelve species
nine out of them possessed ‘‘Schleimhautschuppen.” In some
forms (Heptanchus, Mustelus, Carcharias) the whole of the mucous
membrane lining the mouth and pharynx down to the commence-
ment of the cesophagus is closely covered with them. In others
(Acanthias, Pristiurus sp.) they invest the mucous membrane of
the branchial arches, but their distribution over the rest of the
mouth and pharynx is more restricted. In Pristiwrus melano-
stomus, Centrophorus sp., and Scylliwm burgeri denticles were
only present over the mucous membrane covering the branchial
arches, while in Squatina they are confined to the lining of the
oral cavity. The second part of the paper deals with Galeorhinus
canis and the Batoidei. In the former, he describes the whole of
the oral and pharyngeal cavities, together with the branchial
arches, as being completely covered with denticles which extend
as far back as the commencement of the esophagus. A similar
condition was met with in Pristis perotetéi, which he considers in
this respect to be the most primitive of the Batoidei. The other
members of the group which he examined were Ahynchobatis

1905. | OF ELASMOBRANCH FISHES, 43

djeddensis, Raja clavata, Torpedo marmorata, and Trygon sephen,
together with Chimera monstrosa. The paper is accompanied by
numerous figures which show the varied forms assumed by these
denticles. ‘Those of Heptanchus in nowise differ in their form
from the placoid scales of the skin in that genus. Those of
Mustelus and Pristis ave regarded as being intermediate in form
between the teeth of the respective species on the one hand and
the placoid scales on the other. In other genera their resemblance
to the placoid scales becomes more remote. The author briefly
refers to the function of these structures, and suggests that they
may serve in grinding up the food. For that purpose a slight
side rubbing-movement of the jaws and gill-apparatus might
suffice. By means of such a motion the scaly mucous membrane
would act like two rough surfaces. Mention is also made of the
difficulty to account for the presence of such structures over an
area like the pharynx, which is of hypoblastic origin. He shares
the view of Hertwig that their presence in that region 1s more
likely due to a migration of the ectoderm rather than to the
possibility of the hypoblast having acquired a scale-forming
capacity.

My observations on the presence and distribution of oral and
pharyngeal denticles have been made on specimens belonging to
eighteen genera of E!asmobranchs.

A. SELAGHOIDEI.
Fam. CARCHARUD.

1. CarRcHARIAS GLAUCUS Rond.—In an individual which measured
39 em. in length, denticles were present over the floor of the oral
cavity and along the pharyngeal margins of the branchial arches.
Steinhard remarks that in an example of this species which he
studied, measuring 46 cm. long, the whole of the cavity of the
mouth and pharynx, together with the branchial arches, were
covered with denticles which extended as far back as the com-
mencement of the cesophagus.

2. C. uaricaupus Mill. & Henle—An examination of four
specimens of this species, varying in length from 18-42 em.,
showed that the oral cavity was closely covered with minute
denticles, which extended backwards to about the level of the first
gill-clift. In the region of the pharynx they were found only
along the inner or concave margins of the branchial arches. In
a fifth example of this fish, 26 cm. long, no denticles were to be
detected except a few along the branchial arches.

3. SPHYRNA (ZYGEHNA) MALLEUS Risso.—In this species the whole
of the lining of the oral and pharyngeal cavities, as far back as
the entrance into the esophagus, was covered with a complete

* In this classification I have followed Gtinther, Brit. Mus. Cat, Fishes, vol. yui.
1870.

44 MR. A. D. IMMS ON THE DENTICLES [Jan. 17,

pavement of denticles very closely packed together. A similar
investment covered the branchial arches up to the bases of the
gill-filaments, The specimen examined measured 56 cm. in length,

4, Musretus tayis Rond.—In an example measuring 150 em.
long the distribution of denticles over the mouth and pharynx
was similar to that in Sphyrna. It will be seen on referring
to Pl. III. fig. 1, that the denticles of this species are rhomboidal
in shape with rounded angles, and each has a well-defined basal
plate. They are very closely packed together, so that each partially
overlaps two or more of its fellows immediately behind. Their
basal plates are also seen to closely interdigitate with one another.

5. GALEUS (GALEORHINUS) CANIS Rond.—Denticles in this
species have a distribution identical with that found in Sphyrna
and Mustelus. In Pl. III. fig. 2 is represented a strip of the
mucous membrane of the pharynx with the denticles in situ. It
will be observed that they are closely and regularly arranged
together, but no imbrication takes place as in M/ustelus. The fish
examined measured 155 cm. in length.

Fam. Lamy,

6. Lamna (OxyRHINA) CoRNUBICA Gmelin.—In a specimen
measuring 79 cm. in length the denticles had a distribution
identical with that found in the three preceding genera.

Fam. NorrpANIp&.

7. Normpanus (HEPTANCHUS) CINEREUS Gmelin.—In an example
of this species measuring 65 cm. in length denticles were found to
be generally distributed over the lining of the mouth and pharynx,
and also to extend over the pharyngeal edges of the branchial
arches. They were absent, however, from the anterior and
posterior faces of the latter. In form they are characteristically
tricuspid, as is represented in Pl. III. fig. 3, and are identical
in all respects with the placoid scales of the skin.

Fam. ScyLLiD#.

8. ScyLLium canicuLA L.—After an examination of a number
of examples of this fish, which were used for class demonstrations,
no denticles were to be detected over any part of the lining of
the mouth or pharynx,

9. CHILOsCYLLIUM INDICUM Gmelin.—In a specimen 34 em. long
denticles were found scattered somewhat irregularly over the
lining of the mouth and pharynx, but they did not extend on to
the branchial arches.

10, Pristiurvs MELANostomts (Rafinesque) Blainv.—In a very
young individual, 14 em. in length, oral and pharyngeal denticles

1905. | OF ELASMOBRANCH FISHES. 45

were entirely absent. In two much larger specimens (47 cm, and
58 em. long respectively), studied by Steinhard, denticles were
found to be present on the mucous membrane investing the
gill-arches.

Fam. HErERODONTIDA.

11. Herrropontus (Cesrracton) puiiipri (BI.).— In a museum
specimen, measuring 60 cm. in length, coarse denticles were pre-
sent on the roof and floor of the mouth and pharynx, but as the
specimen was not available for dissecting purposes I was unable
to determine the precise limits of their distribution.

Fam. SPINACID.

12. CENTRINA SALVIANI Risso.—In an example 23 cm. long oral
and pharyngeal denticles were found to be entirely wanting.

13. ACANTHIAS VULGARIS Risso. —An examination of several
specimens of this fish, whose length averaged about 60 cm., showed
that denticles were present over the floor of the mouth and pharynx,
and extended from the latter on to the mucous membrane covering
the branchial arches, where they extended as far as the bases of
the gill-filaments and even over the gill-rakers also. In a young
fish, 26 em. long, the denticles had not yet appeared above the
surface of the mucous membrane, with the exception of a small
patch over the region of the basi-branchial cartilage. A portion
of the mucous membrane, from the floor of the pharynx of this
species, containing denticles, is represented im Pl. III. fig. 4.

Kam. RHINIDA.

14. Rurya squatina L.—In an example of this species measuring
80 cm. long denticles were found sparsely scattered in an irregular
manner over the roof and floor of the oral cavity, and they
extended also on to the pharyngeal margins of the hyoidean and first
branchial arches. The denticles of this species are very remarkable
in their form (vide Pl. III. fig. 5), Each consists of a large basal
plate, irregular in its outline, and in its centre is a boss-like pro-
tuberance which has its surface intersected by several blade-like
ridges. The protuberance appears to be the last remnant of the
spinous portion of the denticle which attains its full development
in the placoid scales of the skin.

Steinhard deals with this species in considerable detail, and he
regards the denticles as being placoid scales which have not reached
their full development owing to an insufficient supply of lime salts,

B. BATOIDEI.
Fam. RHINCBATID.

15. Ruropatus Propucrus Girard.—In this species, closely
arranged denticles completely invest the lining of the mouth and

4G MR. A. D. IMMS ON THE DENTICLES [Jan. 17,

pharynx and extend backwards to the junction of the latter
with the cesophagus. No denticles, however, extend on to the
branchial arches, and the junction of the mucous membrane
covering the latter with that of the pharynx is clearly defined, as
the denticle-covered area ceases very abruptly. As the specimen
examined measured only 27 cm. in length, this condition is pro-
bably owing to the denticles not having yet attained their full
development.

Fam. ToRPEDINID.

16. TorpEDo oceLLaTA Rudolphii—In two examples of this
species, each of which measured a little over 30 em. long, no
denticles were to be detected over any part of the lining of the
mouth or pharynx.

Fam. RAsip#.

17. Raza cuavata L.—In a young specimen, 30 cm. long, very
minute denticles were found irregularly distributed over the
mucous membrane of the branchial arches and the adjacent
portions of the roof and floor of the pharynx. The denticles
are spine-like in form and have relatively large basal plates.

Vide Pl. III. fig. 6.

Fam. TrRyGontD&.

18. Trreon watcaA Mill. & Henle.— Oral and pharyngeal
denticles were totally absent in an example of this species
measuring 47 cm. long.

Fam. My LioBatip®.

19. Myziosatis AguitA L.—In a specimen 40 cm. long oral
and pharyngeal denticles were likewise totally absent.

HoLocEPHALA.

20. Cuimara Monstrosa L.—In two examples of this fish, one
of which measured about 69 em. to the tip of the tail, no traces
of denticles were to be detected in any part of the mouth or
pharynx.

To this list may be added two species, examples of eh ner of
which have been examined by Steinhard nor by myself, Viz.
Alopias vulpes (Kam. Lamnide) and Hehinorhinus spinosus de,
Spinacide), “Dr. Popta* in a recent paper entitled “‘ Les Appen-
dices des Arcs Branchiaux des Poissons,” which deals with the gill-
rakers and pharyngeal armature of Teleostomes, has some rome
on these two Elasmobranchs. With regard to Alopecias he
says :—‘‘ Les ares n’ont pas d’appendices et, il n’y a pas des dents
pharyngiales, mais les bordes larges et la partie supérieure de la

* Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. t. xii, 1900, pp. 1389-216.

1905. ] OF ELASMOBRANCH FISHES. AT

largeur des arcs, la place des dents pharyngiales inférieures et
partiellement la place des dents pharyngiales supérieures sont
couvertes de trés petites écailles rudes et poimtues, la pointe
dirigée en arriére.” On Hcehinorhinus he remarks, ‘ Appendices*
deux cdtés 1%, 2°, 3°, 4° et cété extérieur 5¢ arc, longs sans dents,
longs Ghmmt =. 22" “Pas dey dents pharyngiales | “inférieures a
voir. Pas de dents pharyngiales supérieures 4 voir.’

In his account of the primitive Shark Chlamydoselachus an-
guineus, Garman? mentions that both the mouth and_ throat
of that fish are covered with scales which are largest on the i inner
edges of the gills.

Tt will be noted from the foregoing account that the presence
of denticles in the lining of the mouth and pharynx is of very
wide distribution among the Elasmobranchii. Out of the nine-
teen species which I have examined, only five were found to be
totally devoid of them. If there be added to these the species
examined by Steinhard and Popta we have a total, with Chlamydo-
selachus, of thirty-two species, out of which only nine (or about
28 °/,) have no denticles whatever.

The facts and conclusions that are to be gleaned from a study
of these denticles may be summarised as follows :—

1. In Heptanchus cinereus, Chlamydoselachus anguineus, Mus-
telus levis, Galeus canis, Sphyrna malleus, Lamna cornubica, and
(probably) Rhinobatus productus, denticles are uniformly distributed
over the whole of the mucous membrane of the mouth, pharynx,
and branchial arches, and extend backwards to the commencement
of the cesophagus. Since this condition is met with in such gene-
ralised types as the two first named genera, there is good reason
to believe that it represents the primitive method of distribution
which has been inherited by them from the ancestral forms of
existing Hlasmobranchs. It seems probable that the variations
in the distribution of the denticles which are met with in other
species have been derived from this condition through their
becoming restricted to certain areas only. The first and simplest
modification is exhibited in Acanthias vulgaris. In this species
the denticles are wanting from the roof of the mouth and pharynx.
In Alopecias vulpes these structures are absent from both the
roof and floor of the mouth and pharynx, and hence they are
restricted to the pharyngeal margins of the branchial arches. In
Rhina squatina they have ceased to be developed in the pharynx
except on the mucous membrane covering the hyoid and first
branchial arches. ‘They are retained, Ingmernere, over a considerable
area on both the roof and floor of the oral cavity. In Seylliwm
canicula, Hchinorhinus spinosus, Myliobatis aquila, Torpedo ocel-
lata, and Trygon walga denticles have become lost altogether.

2. In all cases where I have examined the denticles micro-
scopically, their structure and form proved that they were un-

* Tie. gill-rakers.
+ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. vol. xii. No. 1, 1885, p. 2, pl. v.

48 Mn. A, D, IMMS ON THR DENTICLES [Jan. 17,

doubtedly placoid scales. I have omitted to give an account of
their characters in the various species since they are described in
detail for many forms by Steinhard, and I need only add that my
own observations are in entire accordance with his results.

3. The facts which I have been able to make out lend but little
support to the possibility of these structures performing any
definite function. There appears to be no relation between the
extent of the development and distribution of the denticles and
the nature of the food of the various species in which they are
found. For instance, in both Galeus canis and Mustelus levis
the denticles are distributed over an exactly similar area, and
there is but a small difference in the form of the individual
denticles in the two cases. Nevertheless, Galeus preys on other
fish, and has its teeth modified for that purpose, while in Mustelus
the teeth are pavement-like, and are used for crushing the shell-
fish &e. on which it feeds.

The spinous portions of the denticles were found in all cases
to be directed towards the caudal extremity of the fish, and this
renders it possible that the denticles may perhaps serve to
roughen the mouth and, by this means, assist in the swallowing
of the food. There is also the suggestion make by Steinhard,
that they may serve to some extent in grinding up the food,
but it is difficult to conceive that they could be of much utility
in this direction, for in not a a few cases the denticles are so
small as to only produce a barely perceptible roughness to the
touch.

It is possible that the denticles may subserve one or both of
these functions, although their value in these respects must be
very slight. A more probable view, and one more in accordance
with their variable distribution and the absence of any obvious
correlation between the nature of the food and the presence,
absence, or degree of development of the denticles, is that these
structures are vestigial organs. It is well known how tenaciously
vestigial structures persist, even when they do not subserve any
conceivable function, so long as their retention is harmless to
the organism. In the case of the denticles, their persistence’
would not involve any serious tax on nutrition during their
development, nor be detrimental in any other way, and under
such circumstances, once they had been evolved for any special
purpose, the tendency of heredity might be sufficient to secure
their retention, even though their primitive physiological value
had become lost. The fact that the denticles are relatively late
in developing argues strongly in favour of their being vestigial
organs. Thus in an Acanthias vulgaris 26 cm. long, although
the teeth and dermal denticles were present, oral and pharyngeal
denticles had only commenced to develop over a very limited area.
In a Carcharias glaucus 39 cm. long these denticles had not yet
attained their full development; and in a Pristiurus melano-
stomus 14 cm. long no indications of them were to be detected.

Unfortunately we know nothing concerning the habits of the

1905, | OF ELASMOBRANCIL FISHES. AQ

ancestral Vertebrates or for what particular mode of feeding the
structure of their mouth was adapted. It is highly probable
that some light might be thrown on the primitive use of the oral
denticles, if one knew the precise nature and disposition of the
skeletal structures which bounded the oral cavity in the primitive
Vertebrates before the anterior branchial arches ceased to be
purely gill-bearing and had acquired the special characters of jaws,
as seen in the most primitive of existing Gnathostomata. In the
primitive Vertebrata it 1s possible that the seizure, holding, or
perhaps even the crushing of the food may have been effected
by the movements of the ventral portions of the arches towards
the roof of the oral cavity, after the fashion of the hypopharyn-
geal teeth in connection with the hinder branchial arches in many
Teleosts. If there be any truth in this suggestion, it will not be
difficult to appreciate the physiological value of an extensive
distribution of denticles over the greater part of the oral and
pharyngeal mucous membrane in the primitive Vertebrates.
With the evolution of special jaws at a later period, the functional
denticles would naturally tend to become restricted to them and
constitute ordinary teeth, leaving, however, the residue of the
stomodeal invasion of dermal denticles to become pharyngeal teeth,
or gill-rakers, or to remain as vestigial structures, or to vanish
altogether.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

The figures are all magnified about 80 times and are from preparations examine
in vlycerine, which, in_the case of figs. 1-4, rendered them sutticiently transparent
for the internal structure of the denticles to be seen.

The spiuious portions of the denticles are directed towards the caudal extremity of
the fish,

Reference Letters.

b.p.=basal plate; d.t.=dentine tubuli; m.i.=imucous membrane ;
p-¢.=pulp-cavity.

Tig. 1. A piece of the lining from the floor of the oval cavity of Ifustelus levis
(p. 44), showing the very closely arranged denticles.

Fig. 1a. A single denticle from the same, viewed laterally.

Fig. 2, A strip of the mucous membrane from the floor of the pharynx cf Galezs
canis (p.44). ‘The denticles are seen to have a regular and orderly arrange-
ment, but are not so closely disposed together as in MWusfelus.

Fie, 2a. A single denticle of Galeus, viewed laterally.

Fiz. 3. A portion of the mucous membrane lining the floor of the pharynx of
Notidanus cinereus (p. 44).

Vie. 4. A portion of the mucous membrane from the pharynx of Acanthias vulgaris
(p. 45), taken from where the last two branchial arches join the floor of the
same.

Fig. 5. A piece of the lining of the roof of the oral cavity of Rhina squatina (p. 45).

Fie. 5a. A single denticle trom the same, viewed laterally.

Fig. 6. A strip of the mucous membrane lining the roof of the pharynx of Raju
clavata (p. 45), taken from near the last two branchial arches. In this
species and in Rhina the denticles have lost their regular arrangement and
are scattered over the mucous membrane as if at random.

Proc: Zeou. Soc.—1905, Vou. L. No. IV. 4

50 DR. C. W. ANDREWS ON [Jan. 17,

8. Note on some recently discovered Remains of the Musk-
Ox (Ovibos moschatus Zimmermann, sp.) from the
Pleistocene Beds of Southern England. By C. W.
Anprews, D.Se., F.Z.S. (British Museum, Natural
History).

[Received January 9, 1905. |

(Text-figures 13 & 14.)

Since 1855, the date of the discovery by Lord Avebury and the
Rey. Charles Kingsley of a skull of the Musk-Ox in the low-level
gravels of the Thames at Maidenhead, only some half-a-dozen
instances of the occurrence of remains of this animal in Britain
have been recorded.. Details of these finds are given by Prof.
Boyd Dawkins in the Memoir on the Pleistocene Mammals of
Britain, Pt. V., published by the Paleontographical Society *.
Remains of this animal being so rare, no apology will be needed
for drawing attention to two recent discoveries of further evidence
of its former existence in this country. The first of these was
made in 1902 by the Rev. B. Hale Wortham, who found in the
Brick Earths of the Thames at Plumstead an axis vertebra, part
of a right femur, and the shaft of a radius, which were presented
to the British Museum, where they were determined by Dr.
A. Smith Woodward as belonging to this species.

The axis (text-fig. 13) has been compared with that of a large

Text-fig. 13.

( \ Ad Yo oe iN

as Yip}
Nas Zz YY /// y
RQ ZZ Ai
<LL LD
SS eee Fa

Axis vertebra of Musk Ox, from Brick-earths of the Thames at Plumstead.

male Musk-Ox from North America, and has been found to differ
from it in size and in some details of structure. It is considerably

* Mon. Paleont. Soc. 1872.

1995. ] REMAINS OF THE MUSK-OX. 51

larger and more massively constructed, the neural spine especially
being much thicker. The posterior part of the pedicle of the arch
is perforated by a channel which opens anteriorly into the groove
for the second spinal nerve, and posteriorly on the hinder Fave of
the base of the transverse process. This latter opening is present in
the recent vertebra, but the passage from it seems to lead into the
substance of the bone of the centrum. The posterior zygapophyses
are considerably more massive in the fossil, The dimensions of
the recent and fossil axes are as follows :—

Fossil. Recent.
em. cin.
Width of anterior face of centrum ...... 11:8 11-0
Height Seale MS ei Ne Ua hak BM D4 4-9

Thenath from tip of ‘adlamicté. to middle
of posterior face of centrum ............ (G5)

Width of posterior face of centrum...... 70)

Height Ei eit eae atom FRAN te Ph 2 SP 5:8 4-9

Length of ventral sur flee of cenit um . 6°2

A portion of a left ulna from Plumstead consists of the shaft
only. As in the case of the axis, this bone is larger and stouter
than that of the recent animal, with which it was compared as far
as its incomplete condition allowed. It was probably three or four
centimetres longer: the least width and circumference of the
shaft are 4-5 em.and 12:3 em. respectively, as compared with 4 em.
and 10°8 em. in the recent bone. Professor Boyd Dawkins gives
the circumference of a radius measured by him as 4:4 in. (appr OX1-
mately 11 em.).

An imperfect femur, also wanting the extremities, was found in
the same place. It seems to have been longer and at the same
time more slender than in the recent animal. Its length from the
tip of the lesser trochanter to the middle of the supra- Goumhy ee
fossa is 18 em.: the width and circumference of the shaft are 5-1
and 11 em. respectively. In the recent animal these measurements
taken at corresponding poimts are -—length 17:3, width 3-4,
circumference 1i-7 cm.

The most recent find of Musk-Ox remains consists of an in-
complete skull of an old bull (text-fig. 14, p. 52): this specimen,
which is much rolled and water-worn, was discovered by Mr. Wm.
T. Rennie near the base of a bed of gravel about eleven feet thick,
new Frampton-on-Severn, about five miles from Stonehouse,
Gloucestershire. Both this specimen and a humerus of Bos pri-
migenius from a few feet above it have been presented to the
British Museum by the finder.

The skull has lost the whole of the facial region in front of the
orbits above and the cribriform plate below. Moreover, nearly all
the prominent points are greatly abraded: thus the ends of the
horns, the occipital condyles, and the mastoid region together
with the paroccipital processes are wanting. he obliteration

: Ae

52 DR. C. W. ANDREWS ON [Jan. 17,

of most of the sutures and the large size of the horns indicate
that the animal was an old male. The basioccipital shows the

Text-fig. 14.

SSS
—————SSS ee

hie

\\ ‘i ) A

\
; - "a
\ { \: ()
Ve /
WA

Two views of, skull of Musk-Ox, from near base of bed of gravel at
f=)
Frampton-on-Severn, Gloucestershire.

1905. ] REMAINS OF THE MUSK-OX. 53

characteristic quadrate form: both the anterior and posterior
muscular prominences are almost completely worn away, and just
the base of the fused pterygoid plate remains as a rounded ridge.
The tympanic is wanting, a circumstance which, together with the
abrasion of the paroccipital and other prominences, gives the skull
a very peculiar appearance, differing much from the recent type:
but comparison of the foramina and other features not affected
shows that in fact scarcely any difference exists.

The occipital surface is quadrate owing to the removal of the
ventro-lateral region. The base of the horn-cores and the roof of
the skull between them are much less raised above the lambdoidal
crest than in the recent skull, and the same is the case with the
specimen from Maidenhead. On the other hand, the skull from
Crayford described by Professor Boyd Dawkins is more like the
recent form, so that perhaps this peculiarity is merely due to
difference of age or to individual variation. The cranial portion
of the horn-core is more concave from side to side and longer from
before backwards than in the specimen from Maidenhead.

The dimensions of the skull here referred to are given (in centi-
metres) In column A; those of the Crayford specimen (where
possible) in B, of the Maidenhead skull in C, and of that of a
recent adult bull in D.

| A. Bots dlinia@s D.
| Greatest width of cecipital surface ............| 132 us ee 20 app. 75 |}
Height from foramen magnum to top of| |
| JerraleGlonGlell GREE 4.5 o09 cc8 aconadeossen6esceG058n8 Sy eee 9-0 932)
| Height from foramen magnum to roof of |
(Wipes Keil Ty ah ene ere tr uemeceney tha cul halse eS | aT) 133
| Least width of skull behind orbits ............ 15°5 oo | US ehaD. 135 |
Length of base of horn-cores ..................| 18 | 228 | 174 | 20 app. |
| Distance between bases of horn-cores ......... 10 Hi IS 13
| Width of foramen DOVTOHTD, soconsavcssncna sab une or) | ah ae 30 |
| Height of foramen magnum ......... ........ 27 ne es 2°8 |
|

Although careful examination of the specimens above referred
to supplies no reason for supposing that the Musk-Ox of Pleis-
tocene Britain differed specifically from the existing animal, it
may be suggested that it was somewhat more heavily built, and
perhaps, on the average, rather larger. These differences are
probably the natural result of living in a less rigorous climate and
with more abundant food than the recent form, conditions that
may be fairly inferred from the fact that the fossil remains are
from deposits which contain an abundant mammalian fauna,
including such large herbivores as Los primigenius and Bison
priscus.

5A MR. H. E. DRESSER ON NEW [J an. 17

9, Descriptions of Three new Species of Birds obtained
during the recent Hxpedition to Lhassa. By Huyny
I. Dresser, M.B.O.U., F.Z.8.
[Received January 17, 1905. |
(Plates EVE oc We)

Gol. Waddell, C.B., who has recently returned from India,
having been one of the officers on the Tibet expedition, when there
made a collection of birds, most of which, he tells me, he was able
to identify by my ‘ Manual of Palearctic Birds.’ Some, however,
he failed to recognize, and these he kept by him, and has sent
them on to me for identification, requesting me to describe any
that are new. The rest, however, were with his baggage, and
were unfortunately lost on the return march from Lhassa.

Amongst the birds which were fortunately saved I find the
following to be undescribed, viz. :—

BaBAX WADDELLI, sp.n. (Plate IV.)

Adult male (Tsangpo Valley, Tibet, 25th Sept., 1904).—Upper
parts dull ashy grey, each feather with a broad central blackish
stripe, the rump slightly less striped than the rest of the upper
parts; wing blackish brown, most of the feathers externally
margined with ashy grey; tail blackish brown, much graduated ;
under parts similar to the upper parts, but somewhat paler and
more narrowly striped; bill and legs piumbeous, iris dull orange.
Total length about 12°60 inches, culmen 1:40, wing 5°10, tail 6°50,
tarsus 1°70.

The nearest ally to this species appears to be Bubaa lanceolatus,
from which, however, it differs considerably, being larger (wing
5°10 against 3°75, tail 6°50 against 5-0), and, as will be seen by the
above description, it differs considerably both in colour and
markings. It is, Col. Waddell says, ‘‘called by the Tibetans
‘ Teh-Téh, in imitation of its call. It frequents poplar and alder
thickets remote from villages. It was gregarious, going about in
parties of 8 to 10 individuals, but was not so active and secretive
in its movements as the Garrulax, alongside of which it was met
with.”

GARRULAX TIBETANUS, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 2.)
Adult male (Tsangpo Valley, Tibet, 25th Sept., 1904).—Upper

parts dark brown with a tinge of olivaceous, the crown slightly
darker; lores and a patch through the eye with the ear-coverts
blackish chocolate ; quills blackish, externally margined with slate
or dark lavender-grey ; wing-coverts like the back; tail graduated,
blackish brown broadly tipped with white; under parts rather
paler than the upper parts; a broad white stripe below the eye,
and a few white feathers above the eye indicating a stripe; under

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 55.

PILE BENGE. IME OWS VASL

Mid 1124

Pe SOUS Olsyeviol tek

H.Gronvold delet lith Mintern Bros. imp.
Te IGVAINUUUNSS TVAUMIA 2 GOARIRIUIVA OC WINBNE JUAN IOS:

1905.] BIRDS FROM TIBET, a)

tail-coverts and lower flanks chestnut-red. Bill and legs dark
plumbeous, iris dull crimson. ‘Total length about 10°50 inches,
culmen 0°90, wing 4:50, tail 6°40, tarsus 1:50.

From its nearest ally Garrulax sannio, this species differs in
having the upper parts much darker and more uniform in colour,
the crown not chestnut-brown, the under parts darker, without
any white or ochraceous on the belly, and in the tail having a broad
white terminal band. Col. Waddell informs me that ‘it is called
by the Tibetans ‘Jomo,’ or the Lady; it is found in the same
poplar and alder thickets as the Babax, but also comes up quite
close to the villages. It has the characteristic habits of a Babbler
in a marked degree, roves about in parties of eight or more
individuals, chatters more noisily, uttering its fluty call of
Whoh-hee, Whoh-hee, is always on the move scampering along the
branches, is very secretive, seldom showing itself, and flying very
low across a clearance to the next cover.”

LANIUS LAMA, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 1.)

Adult male (Tsangpo Valley, Tibet, Sept. 1904). —Head, nape,
and upper parts generally dark plumbeous, much as in Lanius
algeriensis ; a narrow line across the forehead, the lores, and a
broad band through and behind the eye deep black; lower rump
and upper tail-coverts rufous; wings black, the inner secondaries
and larger wing-coverts narrowly margined with dull white; tail
uniform blackish brown, rather pale at the extreme tip; under
parts white, the breast, flanks, and under tail-coverts washed with
rufous fawn. Total length about 10°10 inches, culmen 0°83,
wing 4°20, tail 5°0, tarsus 1:12.

Lanius schach appears to be the nearest ally to the present
species, but the latter has only a narrow black line across the
forehead, the upper parts are much darker, it has no rufous on the
back or scapulars, but only on the lower rump and upper tail-
coverts, and has no trace of a white alar speculum.

The other birds sent are Pica bottanensis, Turtur orientalis,
Otocorys elwesit, a young Lark which I cannot separate from
Alauda arvensis, and Parus cinereus, which, however, has a slightly
larger bill and longer wing than typical examples, but without a
series it is impossible to say if it can be regarded even as a
subspecies.

All the above-mentioned birds were obtained in the Tsangpo
Valley, near the Chuksam Ferry, at an elevation of 12,100 feet
above the sea-level.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate IV.
Babax waddelli, p. 54.

PuatTEe V.

Fig. 1. Lanius lema, p. 5a.
Fig. 2. Garrulax tibetanus, p54.

D6 MR. R. II, BURNE ON ‘LTE VISCERA | Feb. 7,

February 7, 1905.

Howarp Savunpers, Esq., F.L.8., Vice-President
in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of the Hon. Walter
Rothschild, F.Z.8., a pair of Gorillas, mounted by Mx. Rowland
Ward. Heremarked that these Gorillas appeared to be on the eve
of becoming adult, and that they were probably from twelve to
thirteen years old. He added that Mr. Rothschild had called his
attention to the unusually large red patch on the head of the male,
and to the absence of the patch in the female. This difference in
the coloration of the sexes confirmed Mr. Rothschild’s opinion
that Gorilla castaneiceps of Slack was not a valid species or
subspecies, but was based on individual variation.

Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S., exhibited some mounted heads of
the Rocky Mountain Goat ({aploceros montanus), and made the
following remarks :—

“T have brought here to-night, specimens of the Rocky Mountain
Goat, with the object of pointing out a gland which lies at the
base of each horn and acts, one might almost say, as a pad to it.
Under the external skin these glands consist of a soft red tissue
saturated with a milky substance, like the udder of a cow. Jn the
specimen at our Gardens these glands are partially covered up by
long hair at the present time, but in October and November they
are more conspicuous. ‘The older the animal, the more pronounced
are the glands.”

Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.S., showed specimens made for the
Royal College of Surgeons Museum from the viscera of the Indian
Rhinoceros (2. wnicornis), known as “Jim,” that had lately died
at the Society’s Gardens, and made the following remarks :—

The specimens include parts of the following organs:

Stomach *,—A section showing the line of demarcation between
the cardiac and glandular regions. The epithelium of the cardiac
region, as in other Perissodactyles, is similar to that of the
csophagus—a stratified epithelium with easily separable corneous
superficial layer. The deeper parts of the epithelium project into
the submucosa in the form of elongated papillae. These are
peculiarly long and resemble very closely those in the cesophagus
of the Horse. A microscopic section taken from the glandular
region of the stomach, 1 ft. in front of the limit of the lower parts
of the cardiac region, shows a deep layer (6 mm.) of peptic glands.
The gland-tubules were about ‘04 mm. in diameter.

A section taken about | ft. 6 in. in front of the last, from the

* Owen, “Anatomy of the Indian Rhinoceros,” Trans. Zocl. Soc. vol. iv. 1862.
p. 0.

1905. | OF AN INDIAN RHINOCEROS. of

pyloric dilatation (Owen, J. c. pl. xi. figs. 1 & 2), shows a layer of
pyloric glands 2 mm. thick. The gland-tubules have about twice
the diameter of those of the peptic glands, but are far shorter and
more branched. They are separated into groups of various size by
septa running up from the submucosa.

Duodenum.—A._ portion, taken about 1 ft. 6 in, from the
stomach, showing the papilliform valvule conniventes (Owen, J. c.
pl. xii. figs. 1 & 2). Microscopie sections show that the papiliform
processes are covered with villi. The interior of each process
contained a number of follicles belonging to Brunner’s glands.
The ducts from these open upon the surface of the process
between the villi. Branner’s glands were only observed within
the papilliform processes, and not in the general submucosa of the
intestinal wall. With hematoxylin they stained a vivid blue, in
marked contrast to the pinkish purple of the surrounding tissues.

Gervais, who describes the histology of the small intestine
of the Rhinoceros *, makes no mention of Brunnev’s glands ;
probably his sections were taken from a point further down the
intestine below the level of these glands. He, however, speaks of
Crypts of Lieberkahn lying between the papilliform processes.
These were not seen in the present sections.

Llewm.—Owen, l.c. pl. xii. fig. 3.

Cecum.—This organ is lined by a voluminous mucous
membrane, separated from the muscular wall by an extremely
loose submucosa, and thus easily thrown into transient folds.
The mucous membrane consists, as usual in this part of the gut,
of an even and close-set series of Crypts of Lieberkuhn. They
are °25 mm. long, only about half as long as in the cecum of the
Horse.

The Larynx.—(Owen, l.c. pl. x. figs. 1 & 2, pl. xv. figs. 1 & 2.)
The epiglottis is intranarial. The outer walls of the ventricles
and lateral pouches are covered by gland-tissue. The two folds of
mucous membrane that run upwards, outwards, and backwards
from the anterior attachment of the vocal cords and form the
anterior lips of the ventricles (Owen, p. 48) are strongly developed ;
they are even more marked in the Sumatran Rhinoceros, but are
absent in the Tapir and Horse. Above the anterior point of
union of the vocal cords is a vertical indentation of the mucous
membrane of the epiglottis. In this position in the Horse and
Ass there is a definite median saccus.

The Parathyroid Body.—The external appearance and position
of this body are accurately given by Owen (l.c. p. 48). In
histological structure it conforms to Welsh’s type 47, consisting of
small cells clustered so as to form globular alveoli. In some parts
the masses of cells apparently do not surround a lumen, and in
these places there is more resemblance to Welsh’s type 3. The

* Gervais, “Structure de l’intestine gréle chez le Rhinocéros,” Journ. de Zool. t. iv.
(1875) p. 465.

+ Welsh, ‘Concerning the Parathyroid Glands,” Journ. Anat. & Physiol. vol. xxxit,
(1898) p. 392.

58 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON | Feb. 7,

individual alveoli and cell-masses are separated from one another
by a delicate packing of connective tissue.

The Kidney.— (Owen, l.c. p. 44, pl. xiv. fig. 3.) Except at the
hylus the kidney is not lobulated. Thickenings of the capsule
along certain anastomosing lines give it, however, superficially a
lobulated appearance.

In the entire absence of any pyramids projecting into the pelvis
there is more resemblance to the Tapir than to the Horse.

The Bladder and Urethra.—(Owen, l. c. p. 49, pl. xvi.) The
seminal vesicles and prostate are more complex than one would be
led to suppose from Owen’s description and figure. When fully
dissected out, the seminal vesicles can be resolved into a number
of convoluted tubes, that converge towards the neck of the
bladder and unite to forma pair of common ducts which open
into the vasa deferentia shortly before their entry into the
urethra, This condition is similar to that described by Forbes *
in the Sumatran Rhinoceros, but is very different to the
arrangement seen in the Sondaic Rhinoceros by Beddard and
Treves t, where the seminal vesicles and prostate are quite simple
and compact, more nearly resembling the same organs in the
Tapir.

The prostate is larger and more branched than represented by
Owen.

There was a well-marked uterus masculinus, not noted by Owen.

The following papers were read :—

1. On Abnormal Ranid Larvee from North-Eastern India.
By Nutson Annanpare, B.A., Deputy Superintendent
of the Indian Museum, Caleutta {.

[Received December 13, 1904. ]
(Plate VI. $)

The two specimens on which the following notes are based were
found in a bottle of miscellaneous specimens in the Indian
Museum, which had been purchased in 1893 and were said to have
come from Northern Cachar, in Assam. Unfortunately no
information can be obtained as to the environment in which the
tadpoles (which are not in a good state of preservation) were
found. They were the only Batrachians in the bottle, but the
Museum also possesses a number of specimens from Tenasserim of
what I take to be the normal form of the same larva. Some of

* Worbes, “On the Male Generative Organs of the Sumatran Rhinoceros,” Trans.
Zool. Soe. vol. xi. p. 107.

+ Beddard & Treves, “On the Anatomy of the Sondaic Rhinoceros,” Trans. Zool.
Soc. vol. xii. p. 195.

~ Communicated by G. A. BounmnceEr, V.).Z8.

§ For explanation of the Plate, sce p. 61.

© Za, US)O'S), oll IL Jel Wil,

A.C Chowdhary, del. Bale & Damelsson,L'*

JJ) IN| OQIRIMIZNIE, IR /ANINS 11D) IL JN IR WAS,

1905. ] ABNORMAL RANID LARVA. 59

these have been submitted to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, whom I have
asked to add a note as to their identity. I need only say that
they appear to belong to the genus Rana *. My observations are
of necessity confined to the external appearance and osteological
characters of the abnormal specimens, with a general consideration
of their visceral anatomy, for their muscular tissues are too
decomposed for proper investigation. Even cartilagmous struc-
tures have degenerated greatly.

As regards visceral anatomy, the more advanced of the two
tadpoles (which I shall call A) has an alimentary canal resembling
that of a young frog, well-developed and apparently healthy.
The tongue and palate are asin an adult. The lungs are large,
extending nearly to the posterior end of the body-cavity; the
kidneys seem to be normal, but I cannot trace any part of the
generative system. The heart and larger blood-vessels are
apparently normal. The condition of the viscera is less advanced
in the other specimen (B), in which the mouth is that of a
typical Ranid larva, except that there are no horny teeth. The
intestine is still coiled in a spiral, and the lungs are small.

It is in the structure of the limbs and axial skeleton that the
main abnormalities are found in both specimens. Figs. 1, la, 2,
2a, of Pl. VI., show that there is no hind limb in either specimen,
and that while the fore limbs are well-developed in A, they can be
seen through the skin in B.

The dimensions of the two specimens are :—

A. B.
mm. Imm.
Motalalem otherwise serene ter 78 82

Gib AS MOM UBL ON VIET by se ceincti a aejacietarantaoe A? 28 (ap.).
Ie We cloth che acteteietstat ikea ine «8 35 54
Tagielimh ey eiaW Os aan oe oce Adeee dees oboe 30 16
ID RN ent A cae eS ERROR aE ee ne ce cee ZO Wy

Before dissecting A, I was led by deceptive appearances to
believe that the hind limbs were developed beneath the skin, and
I have to thank Mr. G. A. Boulenger for suggesting a further
examination, which showed that I had been wrong in this belief.
A dissection of the pelvic region led to an examination of the
skull and vertebral column of A; in BI could find very little,
owing to the fact that its skeleton had been chiefly cartilaginous.

Although the head of A looked like that of a young frog, the
lower jaw was quite unossified and soft, and the cranium was ina
very simple condition. The cranial box was well ossified above
and on the sides, the bone being stout and sculptured on the
surface. Its floor was represented by a delicate membrane,
through which the remains of the brain could be seen. Below
this, but not in close contact with it, lay a large, well-ossified

* [They are undoubtedly referable to Rana alticola Blgr., of which larve are
tigured in the Brit. Mus. Catalogue of Batrachia Ecaudata, p. 63.—G. A. B.|

60 MR, NELSON ANNANDALE ON [ Feb. 7,

parasphenoid, extending along nearly the whole length of the
cranium. The auditory capsules had fused with the cranium and
were well-developed, although there was no external tympanic
membrane visible. The orbital arches were not formed, but the
structures connected with the gills had entirely disappeared. The
dorsal surface of the cranium is divided longitudinally by a simple
suture, which expands behind into a wedge-shaped cleft.

The first seven vertebre are normal in structure and, with the
exception of the neural spine, thoroughly ossified; those of the
tail are imperfectly ossified and retain their identity. The eighth
and ninth vertebre are abnormal; they are fused together, the
anchylosis bemg complete on the dorsal surface but incomplete on
the sides and below. ‘The dorsal surtace is nearly flat, but a slight
ridge can be detected running along the mid-dorsal line, and there
is a small mound-like elevation towards the left side on the eighth
vertebra. The transverse and articular processes are deformed
and asymmetrical in a manner and to a degree best shown in
RIPWAl sess ley. We:

On the right side the only trace of the pelvic arch that can be
distinguished is a minute, irregularly-shaped fragment of bone
imbedded in a broad ligament which is attached at one end to the
right transverse process of the ninth vertebra and ends in the
muscles of the body-wall at the other. On the left side, in the
corresponding position, there is a sac lined with connective tissue
in the body-wall; it does not communicate either with the
exterior or with the body-cavity. Its shape is an elongated oval,
sloping from near the dorsal surface forwards and downwar ds
towards the belly in front of the vent. A hernia, not strangulated
but containing a portion of the intestine, pr ojects into it in front.

Lying in this sac, but terminating above and below in the body-
wall, is a sickle-shaped bone, which appears to have been provided
with muscles not continuous with those of the body-wall. Un-
fortunately they are much decomposed. The bone is only fixed
to the walls of the sac by adhesions of connective tissue. Above it
is attached to the left transverse process of the ninth vertebra by
a ligament resembling that on the right side. It slopes downwards,
forwards and inwar ds, terminating in an expansion lodged in the
muscles of the belly just in front of the vent, which has a mesial
position. Its curve is slight, as is shown in fig. 1j, which
represents it as seen from in front when held vertically ; fig. 1h
gives a view of the inner surface when the bone is lying in a
horizontal position. The relationship between it and the eighth
and ninth vertebre is accurately represented in fig. 1 f,; but the
ligament has been omitted.

Considering the form and relationships of this bone, there can
be no doubt that it represents the left ilium, though its position
and forward slope are abnormal. The ligament which attaches it
to the vertebra must represent not only its own head but also the
distal extremity of the transverse process. The fragment of bone
and the ligament on the other side of the body similarly represent

1905.) ABNORMAL RANID LARVE. 61

the corresponding bone on the right. A distorted fragment of
cartilage in the muscles of the belly near the inferior Pe etiOn
of the left ilium represents the os pubis; but I can find no trace of
the remainder of the pelvic girdle or of the skeleton of either leg.

The skeleton in B seems to have been entirely cartilaginous and
is so distorted that no satisfactory account of it can be given. I
ean find no trace of the pelvic girdle or the hind limbs.

The fore limbs in A are well developed but not symmetrical.
The right hand, measured from the wrist to the tip of the 3rd
(morphologically the 4th) finger, is 17 mm. long; the left only
15 mm. Otherwise the limbs appear to benormal. The pectoral
girdle is naturally to a great extent cartilaginous. In abnormal
larvee of the kind it is difficult to know what stage of development
to expect in any given organ or structure ; but, on the whole, I do
not think that this girdle is so advanced in development as the
condition of the arms and of the first seven vertebrae would lead
one to expect. It is quite symmetrical and not remarkable in any
other respect.

In Bthe fore limbs lay on the chest beneath the skin, which
hal ruptured in the region of either hand. I do not think that
the spiracle had persisted, and both of the apertures may have
been posthumous or of traumatic origin. The arms were readily
freed by cutting through the skin. “The measurements of them
given above were taken after this had been done. Their bones
appear to be more fully ossified than those of the remainder of the
skeleton.

To sum up:—These two tadpoles, evidently belonging to the
same species and possibly taken together, are abnormal in the
absence of the hind limbs and, in at least one case, in the partial
suppression, distortion, and asymmetry of the pelvic girdle. Inthe
same specimen there is a less remarkable deformity of the fore
limbs and the cranium is in an extremely primitive condition,

The drawings for the Plate have been prepared under my
supervision by Babu A. C. Chowdhary, to whose accuracy I am
indebted. No attempt has been made to depict the specimens in
a natural condition; they are represented as they were found in
the Museum. ‘The bodies are shrivelled and distorted, and
probably the fin-membranes, at any rate in B, were more
extensive during life. The ventral integument im this specimen
is torn, and I cannot locate the position of the vent with
certainty.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Abnormal larve of Rana alticola.

Figs. 1, 1a. A from the right side and below. Natural size.

Figs. 16, 1¢. Cranium of A from above and below. Natural size.

Fig. le. 8th and 9th vertebre of A from above. x 4.

Fig. 1f- Do. from left side, with left ilium in natural position. x 2.
Fig. 1g. Do. from right side. 4.

Figs. 1h, 17. Left iium of A. x 2.

Figs.2,2qa. 3B from the right side and below. Natural size.

ig. 20. Arms of B dissected out. Natural size.

t

62 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES [ Feb. 7,

2. On a Second Collection of Fishes made by Mr. 8. L.
Hinde in the Kenya District, Hast Africa. By G. A.
BoutenceEr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.

[Received December 29, 1904. ]
(Plate VII.*)

Nearly three years ago tI had the pleasure of reporting on a
small collection of Fishes made by Mr. 8. L. Hinde in the Mathoiya
River, among which were examples of four new species. The
British Museum is indebted to Mr. Hinde for a second collection
made in the Kenya District, partly again in the Tana River
system, partly in the wholly unexplored Nyiro River system, which
takes its source in the Aberdare Range and loses itself in the
Lorian Swamp. ‘This second collection contains examples of only
five species, two of which had been previously discovered by
Mr. Hinde, the three others being new to Science.

1. DiscoGNATHUS HINDI, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)

Body feebly compressed, its depth 5 to 53 times in the total
length. Head broader than deep, once and } to once and 3 as long
as broad; snout rounded, projecting very strongly beyond the
mouth; interorbital region flat, its width not quite half the length
of the head; eye supero-lateral, not visible from below, in the
middle of the length of the head, its diameter 4 (young) to 5 times
in the length of the head and twice to twice and a half in the
interorbital width ; width of mouth about 2 the length of the head ;
upper lip well developed, frmged; lower lip forming a mental
disk which is broader than long; two barbels on each side,
measuring 2 to 2 the diameter of the eye. Dorsal equally distant
from the centre or the anterior border of the eye and from the
root of the caudal; first branched ray longest, as long as the head
or a little shorter. Anal IT 5, first branched ray longest, about
2 the length of the head. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, not
reaching the ventral, which is situated below the middle of the
dorsal. Caudal fin deeply emarginate, as longas the head. Caudal
peduncle once and } to once and 3 as long as deep. Scales 38-42

ae, 34 or 4 between the lateral line and the ventral, 16 round
the caudal peduncle. Dark olive above, whitish beneath; usually
a few black spots on the base of the dorsal fin; young with a
more or less distinct yellowish, dark-edged bar at the root of the
caudal fin.

Total length 70 millimetres.

Numerous specimens from the head-waters of the Nyiro River,
at an altitude of 7000 feet.

In these ‘Proceedings’ for 1903 (ii. p. 531) I have given a
synopsis of the African species of Discognathus. 'The species now
added is most nearly allied to D. blanfordii, which has a lower
number of scales in the lateral line.

* Wor explanation of the Plate, see p. 64. ap Vo Ye ti WSO, im, jo. BBL,

= e E
F 0

a. é

_ f

te 2

S 3

2

oO

op)

—

Ww

N

aw

J.Green del.et lith

-AMPHILIUS GRANDIS.

3

TVNSISUS WEAN SIS.,

Z

I. DISCOGNATHUS HINDI!

2.)

en
a3

19905. | FROM THE KENYA DISTRICT, B. AFRICA. 63

. BARBUS THIKENSIS, Sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 33 times in total
length. Snout rounded, as long as the eye, wanhdn 4 s contained 34
to 4 times in length of head ; interorbital width 23 to 2% times in
length of head; mouth small, terminal; lips feebly developed,
lower interrupted on the chin; barbels two on each side, anterior
= length of eye, posterior a little shorter than eye. Dorsal ITI 7,
equally distant from eye and from root of caudal, with a straight or
slightly convex border; last simple ray bony, i ongly serrated,
about #2 length of head. Anal IIT 5, longest ray 2 length of head,
Pectoral $ 60 3 3 length of head, not ‘reaching, or nearly reaching

ventral; latter below anterior rays of dors al. Caudal peduncle
twice as long as deep. Scales 33-35 ze, 3 or 34 between lateral

line and base of ventral, 12 or 14 round caudal peduncle. Brownish,
with a more or less distinct dark streak along the middle of the
side; lateral line often blackish; fins grey; a blackish spot some-
times present at the base of the anal fin.

Total length 55 millimetres.

Numerous specimens from the Thika River, Tana system,
3000 ft.

This species agrees very closely with the description and figure
of b. gibbosus Peters * *, which differs principally in having “the

caudal peduncle more than twice as long as deep. The name
gibbosus being preoccupied (Cuvier and Valenciennes), I propose to
designate Peters’ s Barbus from the Zambesi as B. longicauda.

I also avail myself of this opportunity for changing the name
Barbus miolepis, which I bestowed on a species from the White Nile
in 1893, but which is preoccupied by a Congo species, to B. werneri,
in honour of Dr. F. Werner, who has recently rediscovered the
fish at Wady Halfa.

3. Barsus Hinpu Bler.

Fort Hall, Kenya (Tana system), 4400 feet. Grows toa length
of 390 millimetres.

4, BARBUS PERPLEXICANS Rler.

Fort Hall and Thika River. Grows to a length of 350
millimetres.

. AMPHILIUS GRANDIS, sp.n. (Plate VII. fig. 3.)

Say of body 53 to 6 times in total length, length of head 4 to
41 times. Head not or but slightly longer than broad ; ; eyes small,
in the second half of the head, 23 or 3 diameters apart; inter-
ocular width 3 or 3 length of snout; latter broadly rounded,
projecting but slightly beyond lower jaw ; posterior nostril awed
between eye and end of snout; preimaxillary teeth forming a
erescentic band, measuring 4 or 2 width of mouth; maxillary
barbel measuring about # lenoth of head, nearly re aching root of
pectoral; outer mandibular barbel 3 length of head, inner i.

Dorsal I 6, in the middle of the space between bases of pectorals

* Reise n. Mossamb, iv. p. 52, pl. xi. fig. 2

G4 ON FISHES FROM THE KENYA DISTRICT, FE. AFRICA. [Feb. 7,

and ventrals, equally distant from eu of snout and from middle
of adipose fin; first branched ray 4 length of head. Adipose fin
5 or 6 times as long as deep, twice and 4 as long as rayed dorsal.
Anal III 6, midway between root of ventral and root of caudai.
Pectoral a little longer than ventral, # length of head. Caudal
moderately emarginate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Olive-
brown above, with very indistinct darker marblings, brownish
white below.

Total length 180 millimetres.

Three specimens, from the Chania River of Tetse, Tana system,
in cold water, at an altitude of 7000 feet.

This new Amphilius is the largest yet described, exceeding in
size the A. longirostris of South Cameroon (originally described
from an immature specimen), which grows to a length of 140 iilli-
metres.

The genus Amphilius Gthr. (Anoplopterus Pfeff., Chimarrho-
glanis Vaill.), until quite lately represented by two known species
only, now includes as many as seven, the characters of which may
be thus contrasted :—

J. Dorsal above the space between pectorals and ventrals.

A. Head not or but slightly longer than broad; snout broadly rounded, its
length not more than twice interocular w idth ; base of adipose fin much
longer than that of rayed dorsal.

Length of head at least 5 times in total length;

maxillary barbel extending beyond posterior

border of head; caudal peduncle not longer

than deep ..... A. uranoscopus Pfeff. 1896.

Length of head 4: times in total length ; “maxillary

barbel not reaching posterior border of head ;

length of snout once and 3 to twice interocular

width ; caudal peduncle not longer than deep... 4. grandis Blgr. 1905.

Leneth of head 4 to 43 times in total length; max-

illary barbel not extending beyond posterior

border of head; length cf snout once and 4 to

once and 4 interocular width ; caudal peduncle

lonser tham deep) s.jseeseesseeeene see ssscueee eee eeneee ee aerplcrey chris Cutie SG:

B. Head longer than broad; snout obtusely
pointed, its length 2 (young) to 3 times inter-
ocular width ; base of adipose fin not more
than once and a half that of rayed dorsal... A. longirostris Blgr. 1901.
II. Dorsal above the ventrals.
Length of head 4 to 43 times in total length; snout

broadly rounded ; interocular width 24 to 3 times

diameter of eye; caudal pecuncle a little longer

than deep; caudal forked, with rounded lobes... A. ateswensis Bler. 1904.

Leneth of head 32 to 3% times in total length; snout

‘broadly rounded; interocular width 25 to 3

times diameter of eye; caudal peduncle as long

as deep; caudal feebly emarginate . A, brevis Blgy. 1902.

Leneth of head 4 to 45 times in total length ; “snout

“pointed ; interocular width not oreater than

diameter of eye; caudal peduncle more than

twice as long as deep; caudal emarginate......... A. angustifrons Blgr. 1902.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Discognathus hindii, p. 62.
la. 5 » Upper view of head.
1b. a 3 Lower view of head.
2. Barbus thikensis, y. 63
3. Amphilius grandis, p. 63.

3a. is * Upper view of head.

1905. | ON THE MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMEROONS. 69

3. Notes on the Mammals of Southern Cameroons and the
Benito. By Guoree L. Batzs *.

[Received January 10, 1906. ]

It does not seem worth while to repeat here the description
of the Cameroons-Gaboon forest given in connection with
Dr, Sharpe’s paper on the Birds of this Region in ‘The Ibis’ (1904,
pp. 992-595). But it is necessary to bear in mind that the whole
face of the country is absolutely covered with forest, consisting of
tall trees standing close together, with the spaces between their
stems filled with saplings and underbrush, and the whole bound
together by vines and creepers, many of them thorny. This mass
of vegetation excludes the sunlight, except in rare openings or
rifts. Walking through it is difficult, except by following the
paths. Clearings have been made for villages and plantations,
and these when abandoned do not immediately return to forest,
but for several years are possessed by a thicket of grass, bushes,
and small trees of quick growth. Thus in the more thickly
inhabited parts of the country there are considerable areas
covered by this smaller growth instead of forest. But as these
are near villages of men, and are avoided by the large animals,
they may be almost ignored in considering the nature of the
country as a habitation for mammals, though they are the
favourite haunts of many birds.

The dense and impenetrable nature of the forest, with but few
human dwellings and paths, makes it an admirable hiding-place
for animals of all kinds. Furthermore, the fact that everything
larger than a mouse or a sparrow, whether beast, bird, or reptile,
is constantly hunted for food by the natives, makes the animals
afraid of man. Hence it comes that observation of animal life
is peculiarly difficult here. The statement is often made with
reference to the animals of West Africa, in books of Natural
History, that almost nothing is known of their habits in the wild
state, because travellers have failed to record their observations.
But the truth seems to be that travellers have seen little to
record.

The remark has been made by more than one person who has
journeyed through this forest region, that animal life in it is
searce; yet it really abounds in wonderful variety. Com-
paratively few white men, and not all natives, have seen an
Elephant in this country; yet their trails through the forest,
the broken and uprooted trees where they have been feeding, and
even the mud-puddles where they have wallowed, are often seen,
Leopards may be said to abound, judging from their ravages
among domestic animals, and the frequency with which their.
tracks or droppings or leavings of their prey are found in the

* Communicated by OLDFIELD THomaAs, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1905, Vou, I, ISOs WY 5

66 MR. @. L) BATES ON THE! ~*~ - (Hebi

forest ; yet, except in a few cases where they have been trapped,
no white man I know has ever seen one alive. No white man I
know ever saw a Buffalo; but their tracks are often seen, and
natives sometimes kill them and sometimes are killed by them.

The Red River-Hog does great damage to crops, and many of
them are killed by the natives with their guns and in pitfalls ;
yet I never distinctly saw one running wild, though I have often
heard them, and seen places where they had been.

Tt is doubtless true that one walking along the paths through
the forest is never far from a company of monkeys feeding in the
tree-tops; but a person who is not thinking of monkeys may some-
times go many days’ journey without catching a glimpse of one.
No white man I know has ever seen a Gorilla wild, plainly enough
to be sure that that was what he saw; yet in certain localities
there are, at times, many of them. I once tramped around with
a native euide for several days, seeing recent tracks of Gorillas
and beds where they had slept, without once meeting one.

The natives of the country hunt the animals for food, and have
the inherited keenness of sight and hearing of savages, improved
by practice, the immense advantages of dente skins, rendering them
inconspicuous in the darkness of the forest, and a noiseless step,
by which they can approach game without alar ming it; they:
thus learn far more about the animals of the country than any
white man learns. J have no doubt that most of the scanty
information hitherto published about animal life in the Guinea
forest has been obtained from natives. Even Du Chaillu, who
gained more knowledge of this forest than any other man, must
have based his accounts on information obtained from natives.
Tt was the opinion of some of the old missionaries, whose guest he
was at times while in Africa, that many of the adventures he
relates were taken from the hunting-tales of natives, and that,
although in representing them as his own personal adventures he
may have been untruthful, he probably took conscientious care to
tell only what he beleved really had happened to some one, and
hence was not untruthful where the facts of natural history
were concerned.

‘These remarks about the difficulty of observing animal life here
are intended to furnish some excuse for the scantiness of the
information in the notes that follow. They are intended also as
an apology for recounting things told by natives. Of course not
everything told by natives has been accepted as true. A tendency
to exaggerate could be detected by comparing different accounts ;
and sometimes statements in which all accounts agree were found
to be the least trustworthy of all, since they were found to be
merely taken from tradition and not from actual observation, like
many popular beliefs about animals among white races. But
such worthless statements should be sifted out, and the statements
here given from native testimony are such as seem worthy of
belief.

Before coming to notes about particular animals or groups of

190 5. | MAMMALS OF SOUPHERN CAMEROONS. 67

animals, one more peculiarity about the nature of the forest may
be mentioned here, and that is the way in which thé colouring of
certain animals is adapted to make them invisible or inconspicuous
init. It is a matter of common observation by all who practice
shooting in this forest, that the dark skin of the naked native
men 1s better fitted to make them inconspicuous than any sort of
clothing a white man may wear. The dark colouring of many
animals doubtless has the same effect. But an acquaintance with
the forest shows also the more remarkable fact that animals with
spots or patterns of dark and bright colours, like Leopards, Monitor
lizards, Snakes, &c., are perfectly adapted to escape observation
so long as they are motionless; for the dark and sombre ground-
colour, formed by the dead leaves on the ground and the black
stems of tr ees, is dotted with innumerable bright spots. In rainy
weather the light glistens from the wet leaves, both above and
below ; and in fair weather the sunshine, where it gets through
the foliage at all, makes bright flecks on the dark ground and
trees. Then thereare other bits of brightness: sometimes golden-
yellow flowers grow right out of the black tree-trunks, yellow
fungi deck the “decaying logs, yellow withered leaves may at all
seasons be seen among the black and brown ones on the ground,
Some trees have sap of an intense yellow colour that flows out
and makes yellow streaks or blotches below every cut or insect-
puncture in the black bark.

Another thing must often serve to make the red wild hog
inconspicuous; that is, the red colour of the soil. 1 have seen
bare places on the ground, as in a path, or where a tree has
fallen tearing up the soil with its roots, where the Red River-Hog
might lie and not be noticed because it was of the same colour as
the ground, and in some of such places hogs had actually recently
lain.

THE GorILya (Gorilla).

Gorillas generally keep to the depths of the forest. When they
come into the outlying clearings of human settlements, it is
because they are attracted by some fruit or succulent plant. The
commonest attraction is the fruit of a tall cane-like endogen
(?Amomum sp.) growing thickly on abandoned garden-land. “At
one very small isolated village the people told me that they often
both saw and heard Gorillas, which actually sometimes came and
broke down the plantain-stalks behind the village, to eat the
tender heart. At that village there were only two or three men,
and they had no guns.

Usually Gorillas are very wary when they approach human
dwellings. Once I spent several days, with a native guide,
tramping about in old clearings overgrown with ‘“mejom” (the
eane-like plant above-mentioned), looking for Gorillas. We saw
many tracks, showing the imprint both of the soles of the hind
hands or feet and of the backs of the fingers of the front; we
saw also many hulls of the fruits of ‘“‘mejom,” and shoots torn

5*

68 MR. G. L. BATES ON THE [Beb. 7;

open and the tender inside eaten ; and we saw many old beds of
“mejom”-stalks broken down and matted together ; but we did
not get sight of a Gorilla. The tracks and beds on that occasion
showed that there was a family of three or four individuals there,
some of them small. On another occasion I saw a single bed, that
had been used by a solitary Gorilla only the night before. A
woman had heard the animal the evening before, breaking down
the stalks for his bed. JI was told that Gorillas sleep on these
beds, which are thick enough to keep them a foot or two up from
the ground, in a sitting posture, with the head bent forward on
the breast. The people say they sometimes hear them snore.
Even when sleeping Gorillas are hard to approach, as they waken
easily. An attempt, made at early dawn, to surround the one the
woman heard making his bed was unsuccessful.

Tn most of the cases of which I have heard, of Gorillas being
killed by natives, they were met with accidentally in the daytime,
on the ground or in low trees in the outlying clearings. Many
natives do not venture to molest a male Gorilla, even when they
see one, as he is dangerous when wounded. J was told of a boy
having been killed by one, and I saw the severe wounds in a
man’s thigh made by the biting of a wounded Gorilla.

The only case of a white man’s killing a Gorilla of which I
know is that of the German trader Paschen, in the Yaunde
country, to the north of where I have been.

They say the male Gorilla sometimes utters a deep gruff call,
but I have not heard it.

THE CHIMPANZEE (Anthropopithecus).

Chimpanzees are much more frequently killed by native hunters
than Gorillas, and nearly always in the forest, not in clearings.
When found in the forest, they are usually in companies of half-
a-dozen or so, in the trees or on the ground. They often make a
noise in the forest, which sounds very like the hallooing or excited
talking of men. Once even my guide was fooled by them, and,
on hearing them, inquired who those men hunting porcupines
could be. :

Once at a certain village, just as people were going to bed, a
Chimpanzee was heard in the forest near by, making a most
unearthly yelling. It slept ina tree near the village, and early
in the morning men went out with bows, and punctured its skin
with some poisoned arrows, before it had left its bed. When I
went out a little later, I was shown the bed where it slept, made
of branches broken and laid together, some 20 feet from the
ground. The animal had by then retreated into the top of a very
high tree, from which it could not escape except by coming nearer
the ground, and this it was afraid to do on account of the people
beneath. It was walking backwards and forwards along the
branches, screaming and beating them with its palms; this it
kept up for an hour or two. It then became stupid and sat still

1905. | MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMEROONS. 69

for a few moments, when it slid off the branch, and first catching
it with one hand and hanging a moment, it dropped to the
ground, dead. It died about 8 o’clock, and must have been first
shot with the poisoned arrows a little before 6.

This animal was wandering alone; it was an old male.

Tue Dritu (AND MANDRILL 2).

The Bulu name “sek” is applied to the Drill. The name
“zombo” seems to signify a large old male of the same species;
though possibly the Mandrill is found here also, and confounded
with the Drill.

These baboons are not plentiful, and seem to keep to the
depths of the forest, remote from villages. In such places they
are often found in large companies, though they are some-
times seen only three or four together. I have seen a place
where the dead leaves had been scratched around as if by hogs
rooting, and been told that it was where a troop of “sek” had
been feeding, hunting among the leaves for nuts or roots. I have
seen places also where little shrubby stemless palms had been
grubbed or pulled up by the roots, and this, I was told, was the
work of ‘‘sek” that were seeking the tender terminal bud which,
in the case of larger palms, is eaten by men.

Natives have told me that if a company of these animals is
surrounded while on the ground, they cannot quickly escape by
climbing trees; they are certainly not such agile climbers as the
smaller monkeys, but they do climb trees. I have known all but
one of a company of them, that were discovered in the tree-tops,
to get away by running along the branches and hiding in the
foliage, like small monkeys. J have been told that they sleep in
the tree-tops, as other monkeys do.

A wounded male I saw looked very ferocious, and the native
hunters seemed afraid he would kill a small dog they had. But
I never heard them speak of the “sek” or “zodmbo” as being
dangerous to man.

A female killed in the month of August was accompanied by a
sucking young one.

THe CEeRcopitHEecus Monkeys.

The genus Cercopithecus comprises all the common species of
Monkeys of this country. Shooting these monkeys affords much
sport to white men who get out into the forest, and is the
principal occupation of native hunters. They are not easily
approached, for they have keen sight and hearing and are shy.
They go about in small companies of a dozen or less, with one old
male for leader. Often an old male is found alone, probably a
defeated candidate for the place of leader, who has gone off by
himself. The leader may often be heard calling in a loud, gruff,
barking tone, to keep the company together. Except for the
occasional call of the leader, the company feeds silently, and the

70 MR. G, L. BATES ON THE [Feb. 7,

only sound that betrays the presence of monkeys is the rustling
of boughs as they pluck fruits or jump from branch to branch.
Only when they discover the hunter and become frightened, do
they utter a little cackling sort of chatter; then they scurry
away, and if they are in thick fohlage they hide and remain
hidden securely as long as the hunter has patience to wait for
them to come out. But if they are in an open tree they may be
shot while running, if a man is quick enough, If the leader has
passed ahead, sometimes the others will venture out in plain sight,
in order to follow him.

These monkeys very rarely come to the ground; I myself have
never seen one on or even near the ground, except when wounded.
They can pass from the branches of one tree to those of another,
not touching it, by jumping; they jump upon and grasp the
swaying outmost twigs, which bend far down with the weight,
and then spring up. The monkey merely holds on as the branch
sways down, but with the rebound he scrambles along to the
larger branches. Monkeys can cross any but the largest rivers in
this way, on the nearly meeting tree-tops.

These monkeys sleep in the trees, but do not make rude beds
of the branches as does the Chimpanzee. I have asked many
natives how monkeys manage to keep from falling while asleep,
and the answers are various. But there seems probability in the
account that they sleep sitting, and holding on to branches or to
each other.

The habits of the three commonest kinds of Cercopithecus are
very similar, and what is said above applies to all of them. The
“sdk” (C. cephus) seems to be the most nimble, and the white-
nosed “avemba” (C. wictitans) the least so; the latter kind is
rather oftener killed than the others. Different kinds are often
found together in the same company. The calls of the three
kinds, the two mentioned and the “ésuma” (C. eralebent), are
very much alike, but one can learn to distinguish them.

The habits of the little ‘“6ozem” (C. talapoin) differ in some
respects from those of the other kinds. It is never found far
from a large stream of water, and generally keeps to the trees on
the very banks of streams. At villages situated near rivers I
have been told that these little monkeys steal corn from the
gardens, They are quicker in their movements even than the
others. Their call is very different, being a little explosive
“k-sss!” that sounds like the splash of a stick thrown into the
water.

The only remaining species of Cercopithecus that I collected is
O. neglectus, called “avut” or “fun.” I obtained it only near the
river Ja, as I did also Cercocebus agilis, called “nsak.” But I
heard of them both on the Benito. They seem to be found only
near large rivers. Hunters at the Ja told me that they find both
these kinds only on the banks of streams. They hunt them on a
small tributary of the Ja, near its mouth, by wading in the
stream when the water is low.

1905. ] MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMEROONS. 71

I obtained a number of specimens of embryos taken from the
bodies of monkeys killed by natives. These were mostly brought
in May, June, and July, though some came also in October and
November.

OTHER MONKEYS.

The monkeys I have collected, not of the genus Cercopithecus,
are Colobus satanas and two species of Cercocebus, besides Cerco-
cebus agilis mentioned above.

The Colob is of local distribution, and I know nothing to tell
about it except some doubtful statements of natives. The same
is true of the Cercocebus called “kak” (? C. albigena).

The “ éka’afun” (Cercocebus collaris) is a little better known.
Monkeys of this species are not rare, but are not often killed.
They differ from those of the common kinds in that they often
descend to the ground to feed. Their call is very different from
that of the Cercopithecus monkeys. It is rather shrill, and ends
in an after-sound like that made while drawing in the breath or
gasping.

THe GALAGO LEMURS.

These little creatures have a wonderfully tight grip; their
clammy flattened fingers resemble the toes of tree-frogs.

The “émam” (Galago alleni) is found in the daytime in hollow
trees, three or four huddled together asleep. The little “ djam”
(G. demidofi) is similarly found asleep, three or four huddled
together in old nests of the squirrel ‘‘dsen.” Some people have
told me that the little Lemurs make their own nests, but it seems
more likely that these are only old squirrels’ nests. The other
species, 4. pallida, called ‘“ nsaé,” uses neither hollow tree nor old
squirrel’s nest for a hiding-place in the daytime. They are found
sleeping in bunches of as many as half-a-dozen, clinging with their
arms around each other’s bodies and around the branch of a tree.
A shrill squeaking or chirping, often heard at night among the
tree-tops of the forest, is referred by the natives to the ‘“ nsaé.”
They say that this noise is heard oftener near morning, and that
then the “father” is calling together the rest of the company, to
gather them into a huddle for the daytime.

An “éjam” that I kept alive once for several days made a
chirping noise at night, as shrill as that of a cricket. In grasping
anything with its hind hand, the clawed finger was always folded
in the palm, under and not over the thing grasped.

An “émam” that was brought to me alive showed great powers
in jumping. A monkey can jump outwards and downwards and
catch a branch, but this Galago could jump out and up and catch
hold of a branch. It died in the hot sunshine when I was away
from camp; it had probably never felt sunshine before.

Tue Porros.

The two or three species of Perodicticus of which the names

72 MR, G. L, BATES ON THE [ Feb. 7,

have been sent to me I have not learned to distinguish with
certainty ; in the little I have to say about them I must mention
them together.

They are found in the daytime curled up asleep in the trees,
tightly clinging to a branch. So tight is their grip of the branch
that specimens have sometimes come to me mutilated in the
hands, the natives who captured them declaring that it was only
by cutting the fingers that they could loosen the animal’s hold.

Pottos are sometimes caught in traps placed on a horizontal
pole or bridge crossing an open space between two pieces of forest,
such as a narrow place in a garden clearing or a stream. The
animal crosses on the pole in preference to descending to the
ground. One specimen was killed at night on the roof of a
house, to which it seemed to have wandered from the overhanging
plantain-tops.

A suckling female was caught in January, along with a half-
grown young one.

The single specimen of Arctocebus aureus that I sent to the
museum is the only one of this animal I have ever seen. I
found it in a village on the Benito River, where it had just been
killed by a native, who did not know what to call it. However, I
have sometimes heard from natives of a rare beast like the Potto,
which must be the same.

THe FRruir-EAtTinG Bats.

The commonest species of Hpomophorus (¢ HL. franqueti), called
“éndem,” probably makes more noise at night than any other
creature of this country. Their monotonous croaking racket may
be heard in the bush-growth about villages any night—at least if
any of the wild trees growing in such places are in fruit. They
were especially abundant about my house when an “ Udika ” tree
near by was bearing. Their noise, consisting of a sort of croaking
bark repeated many times in a monotone, was generally heard
coming from a thicket where the bat seemed to be hanging. But
sometimes, at dead of night, the sound was heard passing over-
head, from a bat flymg. Whenever a bunch of ripe bananas was
hanging on my porch, it was visited by the bats at night. When
the bananas got very soft, the bats would eat several of them in a
night and bite many more. They took their bites on the wing
while flying to and fro.

Boys would sometimes find these bats hanging on bushes in the
daytime, On the last day of August and the first of September
two females were brought to me, each with a half-grown young
one, which had been found clinging to the mother.

The big Hypsignathus monstrosus was very abundant in the
mangroves and palms along the banks of the Benito River, where
it made a noise like that of the ‘“bindem,” but still louder.
In the Bulu country, where there are no large streams, they are
not common, but are sometimes found hanging in the forest,

1905. | MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMEROONS. 73

especially in swampy places. One so found was discovered through
the little birds twittering around it, as they do around an owl or
a snake,

Tue HorsesHoer Bats.

The big Hipposideros commersoni I have sometimes seen flying
about over villages at evening twilight, catching insects in the
air. While doing this it makes a little squeaking sound in a
very high key, that some people (natives) said they could not
hear.

Hipposideros cyclops is very frequently found in hollow trees,
along with /diwrus and some species of Muride.

One or two species of Wycteris have been found also in hollow
trees.

THE VESPERTILIONIDA.

The little Bats of this family are generally found hanging on
bushes in the daytime, or seen flying around villages at evening.
Some of them seem to be partial to the plantains and bananas
at the back of villages, hiding under the big leaves.

Two adults and a young one (in the month of October) were
caught together, entangled in a spider’s web,

One very little bat was found in a knot-hole in a small tree
that had been cut down and carried come distance to form the
post of a house; the little bat had not been disturbed by the
cutting or the carrying of the tree, and was found by boys who
were peeling the bark.

THE WRINKLED-LIPPED Bart,

The Bat called “ éfefaé” is a member of the genus Vyctinomus.
‘“‘ Bifefaé” are found in the holes bored in dead tree-trunks by
the Barbets called ‘ év6l” (Heliobucco bonapartei). The bats and
the birds seem to live in the holes at the same time. They are
so often associated that the white eggs of the Barbets are said by
the natives to hatch out Bats.

The large Taphozous peli was obtained only on one occasion,
near the Benito River, and must be rare or local.

THe PoraAMOGALE.

Most of the specimens I have obtained of the “jes” (Potamo-
gale velox) were caught in snares set on the banks of streams, at
places were the animal’s excrement was seen. It seems to have
the habit of resorting always to a certain spot to void excrement,
The “jes” is also occasionally killed by women when fishing out
little pools in the streams. When one is discovered in the pool it
is surrounded, and all the women strike at it with their cutlasses
as it darts hither and thither in the water, till it is killed. One
specimen (a pregnant female) was said to have been dug out of a
hole in the bank of a stream,

74 MR. G. L. BATES ON THE | Feb. 7,

Two rather small young ones, also said to have been dug out of
a hole ina bank, were brought to me in the month of March.
They lived three days, drinking a little milk, and one of them
eating also bits of boiled egg, which it seized in its mouth with a
sudden motion, as if afraid they would get away. When not
curled up asleep they were continually squirming and gliding
over each other with a motion that made one think of snakes.
Their movements were very quick. They occasionally uttered a
little squeaking noise.

As to the time of breeding, it may be remarked that two
females, each with embryos in the body that would have been
born in a short time, were caught in the month of June.

Tue Leoparp (felis pardus).

As already stated, traces of Leopards are often seen, and their
ravages are frequent, though they are seldom seen themselves.
When the natives do find them in the forest, they are usually
hidden in the closest thickets, and their presence is dicated
by the alarmed chattering of squirrels and birds about them.
Hunters often find partly-eaten carcasses that leopards have left.
They say that of monkeys the Drill is most often found thus.

Leopards are said to hunt in pairs, a male and a female together.
If three are together, they are a mother and two well-grown
cubs. The she-leopard brings forth two cubs, sometimes three,
in large hollow logs or hollows under rocks.

I have often seen droppings of leopards in the path. The kind
of hair in them shows on what the leopard has been feeding.
Sometimes the long roan hair of the tail of certain antelopes is
recognised, and sometimes the quills of porcupines. I have seen
the marks of leopards’ claws on the bark of trees. Once a soft-
wood tree on old cleared land was seen with scars of claw-marks
in the bark at regular intervals clear up to the first branches,
15 or 20 feet from the ground. There appeared to have been two
animals, and the natives with me remarked that the scars were
made by a male leopard chasing a female up the tree.

The natives consider the flesh of the Leopard the best of
eating.

Tue Civer (Viverra civetia).

I have more than once heard in a thicket in the forest a
snarling noise like that of dogs fighting, and been told that it
was made by two “bezoé.” “Zoe” is the Bulu name of the
Civet. J once saw a “zoé” trotting along in the forest with its
nose to the ground, apparently smelling for worms or other
creatures under the dead leaves.

The ‘zoé” hides also in the big grass (Panicum maximum)
that comes up on old cleared ground about villages. A boy cutting
grass on the outskirts of the Mission premises found an old white-
whiskered female curled up asleep, and killed her with his cutlass.

1905. | MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMERUONS. 79

She had milk in two teats; that was in October. In April a
man showed me a young ‘“zoé” the size of a two-week’s-old
kitten—one of three found in a lair not far from a village.
About August a man shot a mother that had two or three little
ones in a nest in the same big grass mentioned above.

The Civet visits the fields of growing corn (maize) at night,
and breaks down the stalks and eats the tender ears. It prowls
about chicken-coops at night, and sometimes catches poultry.

THE GENET (Genetta).

The “nsin,” as the Genet is called, is the greatest poultry
thief of the country. From its proverbial shyness, it occupies
the place in popular talk and tales that the fox does in Europe.
It hides in the thick bushes about villages, ready to snap up any
fowl that wanders too far away. But it is also an inhabitant of
the big forest, for it is often killed far from any human habitation.

A female killed in January was suckling.

PoraNA RICHARDSONI.

This rather rare little beast is called ‘‘éyan.” It is found only
in the forest, sleeping in the daytime on thick tangled vines, and
walking only when disturbed. A female brought me in October
had milk in twoteats. A native hunter told me that the “ dyan”
produces two young.

THE NAnbDINE (Vandinia binotata).

The Nandine, or ‘“‘mvae,” lives on vegetable food, such as the
fruits of the ‘‘aseni” tree and the little gourd-like fruits of a vine
(Luffa batesii), and these are used by natives to bait traps for
catching it. It forages at night and sleeps in the daytime, in thick
tangles of vines in the tree-tops. It is sometimes seen at dusk,
either in the forest or in village clearings, creeping along the
branches of a tree. One evening, at my camp in the forest, two
were heard in the tree-tops near by, calling to each other in a
small, faint voice, like a kitten mewing.

Though it is thus arboreal, it often runs around on the ground
at night and also visits villages. It is frequently caught at
night in dead-fall traps near villages. Once in a village where I
was staying, happening to be up in the early morning before the
people had come out of their houses, I saw a “mvaé” trotting
along in the street. Another morning soon after that I noticed
that something had been gnawing during the night at the bits of
flesh left on a skeleton of a chimpanzee I had hanging up in the
palaver-house to dry. The skeleton was hung farther away from
the post of the house, but still the next night it was gnawed
again, though the animal had to go along the under side of the
ridgepole to reach it. The third night the bush-rope by which
the skeleton was hung was lengthened, so that the animal had
also to descend the bushrope; and still the skeleton showed in the

76 MR. G. L. BATES ON THE [ Feb. 7,

morning further marks of gnawing. The next night, after
watching for it till past midnight, I had just gone to bed when
the boy, who took my place watching, fired; he missed th
animal, but he saw it, and it was undoubtedly a “ mvaé.”

Though that one was hunting for meat, there is no doubt that
the usual food of the Nandine is vegetable. It never catches
chickens, as do other Viverride.

_CROSSARCHUS OBSCURUS.

Three young of this little animal, which is called “ nyamesé6’6,”
were once brought to me by a man who said he found them in
a hollow tree with the opening near the ground. They were
probably two or three weeks old. They lived only a few days,
though they drank a little milk and ate bits of meat and egg.
First, one that looked puny at the beginning died. Then one of
the others was accidentally killed, and the remaining one after
that cried continually till it died. When awake and stirring,
these little creatures made a little squeaking noise like the twit-
tering of small birds. When running about on the ground they
kept close together, one behind the other, generally with the nose
of one touching the rump of the one ahead. Once, when a gun
‘was fired not far off, the three instantly crouched down behind a
stick at the sound.

Mr. Johnston, when hunting in the forest, once killed two of
these little animals at one shot. He said they were making the
same squeaking noise my young ones made. Native hunters say
these animals always go in companies one behind the other, like
my young ones, sometimes a dozen together; and that they root
among the dead leaves and vegetable mould of the forest, looking
for worms to eat.

Tur Moncooses.

The larger Herpestes (H. naso), called ‘“‘mvak,” is one of the
small animals most frequently killed by the natives. Yet I have
nothing to record about it except that it is found in the forest in
swampy places or near streams, and is said to eat crabs.

The small Herpestes gracilis, on the contrary, lives not in the
forest, but in the thick bushes about villages, and is seldom killed,
though it does not seem to be rare. That it is so seldom killed
seems to be because of its extreme wariness. It isa great poultry
thief.

The Ldeogale nigripes seems to be found in the same kind of
place as Herpestes naso, but more rarely.

THe Larger Hoorep ANIMALS.

The Hoofed Animals form the most interesting group from the
sportsman’s point of view. So it is with regret that I have to
confess my failure to learn much about them.

The small Buffalo of this part of Africa, and the two species of

1905. | MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMEROONS. 7

Antelope of the genus Zragelaphus, of which the larger is called
“émvul” and the other “ikok,” all prefer the parts of the country
in which there are open grassy places. Hence they are more
common near the coast, where, for a mile or two back, there is
much grass, than further inland, where there is scarcely a break
in the forest; and far inland, where again there are extensive
grassy places, they are likewise more frequently met with.

The Buffalo is not absent, however, from the most densely
wooded parts of the country. Sometimes a number of them
come to feed at night in the grassy sites of deserted villages.
In such places some native hunters are bold enough to shoot
them, but they do so at considerable risk to their lives. I have
heard of more than one case of a man being killed by a Buffalo.

A large Antelope called “ ézona,” of which I have seen strips
of the skin and the spiral horns, must be the Boocercus ewrycerus.
I have heard of it only in the interior, about the River Ja.

THe Duyrsrs (Cephalophus).

The six species that I know of the genus Cephalophus, though
they differ considerably in size and colour, are much alike in
their habits. They are all inhabitants of the deep forest, coming
around village clearings only when attracted by the growing
crops. When the people find that their patches of maize or
peanuts are being visited at night by antelope, they build light
fences around them. A small gap is left in the fence, and a
snare with a strong noose of vine is fixed in the gap. In this
way they not only protect their crops, but often secure meat
besides.

When anyone finds fresh tracks of one of these antelopes in
the forest, he follows it to some thicket; and if he sees tracks
entering and none leaving the thicket, he goes to the village and
gets help. Then the men go with a long net they make and
keep for the purpose, spread it in a suitable place, and try to
surround the antelope and drive it into the net. Many are caught
in this way. Many are caught also in pitfalls.

The red “s6” (Cephalophus castaneus) is reputed to be less wary
than the others. It is sometimes found in the forest or the
borders of clearings, lying curled up, asleep. ‘“‘ The sleep of the
sO” is proverbial among the Bulu for soundness.

Young of different species of Duyker are often found asleep in
the forest, where they have been hidden by their mothers. <A
female “sé” caught on September 25th would have brought forth
one young in less than a month.

The commonest of these Duykers is the smallest one, the
“ dkwen” (Cephalophus melanorrheus). The next in abundance is
the “ mvin” (C. callipygus).

THe Piamy ANTELOPE.

The diminutive “ djoé” (Weotragus batesi), unlike the Duykers,

78 MR. G. L. BATES ON THE [Feb. 7,

is found only in the vicinity of village clearings, and never in the
depths of the forest. Hence it is most abundant in parts of the
country where there are large and old settlements. Sometimes
when it is seen and chased by natives in the grass or thick sweet-
potato vines about villages, it becomes entangled and is caught.
It is especially fond of eating the growing peanut-tops, and is
caught in noose-traps set at the edge of peanut-patches.

Tur CHEVROTAIN.

The curious little hoofed animal called “ vioi ” (Dorcatherium
aquaticum) is found only along the banks of streams of consider-
able size. The only use I have learned that it makes of the
water is as arefuge when pursued. It is said to be unable to
run fast like an antelope, and if found far from the water is
easily caught by dogs. It is hunted bya Soma of men with
dogs, as Is ; the porcupine. The dogs start it up and the men run
along the bank, and either intercept it, or, if it gets into the
water, shoot it as it swims or stands with only its innnzile out.

The “vio” is said to make a rather loud noise, something
between the little whistling bellow of antelopes and a loud-grunt.

Its meat is very white and very tender.

THe Rep River-Hoe (Potamocherus porcus).

In July 1902 several little pigs just born were brought alive
to the Mission. They had been found and caught in the forest,
in one case four in a litter. In 1903 some were brought in
August. Out of several that were brought to the Mission, the
only one to survive was “ Pet.” He early took to human ways,
and delighted in the company of the little native school-boys.
He was fond of sleeping with them, and squealed angrily when
shut up in his pen alone at night.

Tn his third month he had lost all his stripes, and was coloured
like his adult kind. The stripes began to disappear low down on
his sides when he was only two or three weeks old ; the last stripe
to go was the black one along the middle of the back.

When “Pet” was three or four months old, a companion was
caught for him in the forest. This pig, a female, being about the
size of ‘ Pet,” must have been born also about July. ‘“ Pet” had
become so accustomed to human society that he would not own
kinship with the new-comer ; though in the same pen with her,
he took no more notice of her than of an animal of another kind.
She, in turn, did not take kindly to her surroundings, and when
let out of the pen made for the “bush,” and was not caught
again.

As “ Pet.” grew large, he began to grunt or “mem,” a peculiar
emphatic sound of which the domestic pig’s grunt is only a faint
imitation. <“ Pet’s” grunt expressed lusty, strength and self-
satisfaction, with the suggestion of a threat to any one who
should molest him. As he grew he also developed carnivorous

1905. ] MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMEROONS. 79

propensities, in so far as to catch and eat chickens. When a
chicken or well-grown hen approached too near, to share his corn,
he whirled suddenly and caught her in his mouth. Then he
learned to take fowls from the roost at night, and showed much
ingenuity in getting into the chicken-house for the purpose. He
became such a nuisance on this account that he was made into
pork before he reached his full size.

The wild Red Hog’s fondness for cassava-roots causes it to do
much damage to the gardens. But what the people lose thus
they more than get back in meat by killing the hogs in pitfalls
dug where they must pass to get to the cassava. Once, in June,
there were caught in two pits near the village where I was stay-
ing two adult males, one adult female, and three half- or two-
thirds-grown young ones, probably nearly a year old. They
belonged to one band, or “sounder,” that was found in the day-
time in the neighbourhood of a clearing, and was surrounded hy
men and driven into the pits.

These wild hogs forage both by day and by night. Their
incursions into the gardens are generally made at evening.
Hunters tell me that they sleep in the latter part of the night
and in the heat of the day.

T have seen a nest or bed in the forest where a family of these
hogs had slept. It was in a damp place, and was composed of a
mass of endogenous plants such as grew there, pulled up by the
roots and piled together. Natives say the hogs do not use the
same sleeping-place more than one or two nights or days. Even
the small pigs follow the sow from place to place, and may be
heard squealing as they run after her.

These hogs are fond of dampness and of mud, as are all their
kind, and many other animals besides. But they find damp places
anywhere in the forest, and are by no means partial to the banks
of rivers.

The meat is tender and good, but with little of the character-
istic pork flavour.

Tue TREE Dasste (Dendrohyrax dorsalis).

This little animal, called “‘ ny6k,” utters at intervals during the
night a loud, long-drawn, trilling or rattling cry. This is repeated
several times in quick succession, with increasing loudness, so that
you think the animal nearer when he finishes than when he began.
The sound always comes from high up in a large tree. Natives
hearing it at night locate it in a certain tree, and go next day
and chop the animal out of the hollow high up the tree-trunk,
where it lives, and catch it alive. Sometimes two are found
together: and they say when the shining of their eyes is seen in
the darkness of the hollow tree, one eye only of each animal is
seen; if two eyes appear, there must be two animals.

The people all tell me the “nydk” descends to the ground to
feed at night, and that it feeds on the leaves of bushes; a certain

80 MR. G. L. BATES ON THE [ Feb. 7,

shrub, a species of Vitex, has been pointed out as its favourite
food. That it eats leaves is certain from what I have seen in the
stomachs of specimens. That it goes about on the ground at
night is proved by the fact that specimens have been brought to
me caught in dead-fall traps on the ground at night. The
“nydk” seems to be silent when on the ground, and utters its cry
only when up a tree.

While it is certain that this animal constantly ascends and
descends trees, it seems singularly ill-constructed for climbing, and
one seeing it would almost as soon expect a pig to have arboreal
habits. Its descent is easy, however, if it is true, as the natives
tell, that it merely lets go and tumbles down. I have seen, indis-
tinctly, an animal of the size of the “ny6k” tumble from a leaning
tree-trunk to the ground and rush off through the undergrowth.
Its mode of ascent is difficult to explain: the fact that many
trees stand leaning may help to account for it. I have been told
more than once that the “nydk” reaches its high door by means
of a ladder of tangled vines such as hang from every large tree,
sticking its feet through the loops to climb. The long projecting
front teeth look as though they might help it to climb. Buta
young specimen, the tusks of which did not project at all, was
said by the man who brought it to have been shot while climbing
a vine. The rubber-like surfaces of its long soles may help it
to keep from slipping while climbing.

This animal seems to be a favourite prey of the Leopard and
of the Crowned Hawk-Hagle.

Tue Evepuant (Llephas africanus).

In this forest country Elephants ave seldom seen. Their paths
are in the most remote parts of the forest, but they often come
on moonlight nights to outlying gardens or to deserted village
sites where a few plantains and bananas are still growing. These
they tear open, eating the tender heart. When they are feeding
the noise of the breaking of branches can be heard to a consider-
able distance. The only sight I have obtained of elephants wild
was at early dawn, in an abandoned garden, which they were just
leaving for the forest. I was then struck by the ease with which
one bounded overa large log. Many things go to show that
elephants wild are far from clumsy, and are even agile in their
movements. Their tracks often lead up or down steep hills.
They range far through the forest and travel far in a day.

The natives hang a small log, with a large iron spear-head set
in the lower end, over a place where an elephant is likely to pass,
in such a way that in passing he throws a trigger connected with
the vine by which the log is suspended, and lets it drop on his
back. When an elephant has been wounded in this way it is
tracked far through the forest, sometimes for several days, and
oceasionally it is at last found dead. With the inferior guns the
natives possess, they wisely refrain from shooting elephants, even

1905.] MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMEROONS. 81

when they come uponthem. But some men I found in the region
of the Ja bold enough to shoot darts headed with broad and sharp
chisel-like blades from their guns, and thus kill elephants. When
a native kills an elephant he secures a great prize, for a pair of
good-sized tusks are a small fortune to him, and the supply of
meat is enough for many villages.

At a village on the Benito River I saw where the people, a
few months before, had constructed a strong fence at the outskirts
of their clearing, where a herd of elephants had been coming of
nights to feed, Into the enclosure thus made they had managed
to get the elephants, and had killed six or eight of them, shooting
them from behind the stockade or from stations in large trees.

Natives sometimes find elephants dead. These may sometimes
be such as have been wounded by spears of the kind described
above; but I think that they are those that have died a natural
death.

A large elephant-skull that I once saw lying by a, path in the
forest had no sockets for the tusks, but only rudimentary holes
the size of one’s finger. The people say elephants are often
destitute of tusks.

THE Specres of ANOMALURUS.

The Anomaluri, which have in Fang and Bulu the generic name
“jigui,’ are among the most str ictly arboreal animals that exist.
T never saw one, or heard of one having been seen, on the ground ;
and I know that when one falls to the ground wounded, it is
helpless, and does not try to run away. They can ascend and
descend large smooth tree-trunks or the inside of hollow trees,
where an ordinary squirrel could not go. In such places they
have a humping mode of progress like that of a Geometer cater-
pillar, and the sharp-pointed scales on the underside of the tail
are pressed against the tree to aid them. They must be much
aided also by the wonderful sharpness and strong curve of their
claws. The claws of dead specimens were continually catching on
things—on other specimens, the side of the vessel, or even my
hand when handling’ them—and holding so that they were not
easily shaken off. I have never seen these Flying-Squirrels on the
small outer branches of trees; but they must go on the outer
branches, for they leap or sail through the air from one tree to
another.

I have often asked the natives what these animals eat. The
answers showed ignorance: it was commonly said that they eat
fruit or nuts; I was also told that the ‘““avemba ngui” (4. bee-
croftt) eats “the flesh” of trees, that is, the soft ceambiwm-layer
under the bark. A greenish pulpy mass I have seen in the
stomachs of some specimens seemed to confirm this.

The species just referred to is generally found in the daytime
clinging to the inside of large hollow trees, though sometimes, espe-
cially towards evening, it is seen crouching against thé outside of

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vor. No. VI 6

82 MR. G. L. BATES ON THE [ Feb. 7,

the trunks of trees. The “ dws feui” (A. beldent) is not found
in hollow trees—at least, not usually. It is found even in the
daytime, crouching flat against the trunks of trees, but is oftenest
seen towards evening. “The rare A. Julgens seems to be like
A, beldeni in habits. The small A. batesi, which seems also to be
rather rare, has been found in hollow trees, like A. beecrofti.

I have more than once heard a low noise in the forest at night,
between a whistle and a hoot, or like the sound of a switch rushing
through the air. It was like that made by an owl, though I know
of no owl’s ery of one syllable as this is. This noise the natives
believe to be made by the ‘“‘avemba figui” (A. beecrofti).

THe SMALLER ANOMALURIDA,

The two species of Jdiwrus, the rare Zenkerella, and the Dor-
mouse are all called by the same Bulu name “ ésV’i-ndan.” None
of these, except the Dormouse, has ever been found, so far as I
know, in any other place than hollow trees. As they seem to
spend the daytime in hiding, they must feed abroad at night.
Whenever a hollow tree is chopped down, some of these little
animals, together with bats, especially the “angon ” (Hipposideros
cyclops) ‘and certain species of Muridee, are found in it. Often
boys insert burning plantain-leaves into an opening in a hollow
tree near the evound, and the smoke ascending ‘suffocates the little
creatures above, so that they drop down and are caught.

THE SQUIRRELS,

Several of the species of Squirrel are quite abundant. The
commonest of all is the small striped one ealled ‘“ ésen,” or rather
the two called “osen.” This name is applied both to Seiwrus
isabella and S. lemniscatus, and as these are very much alike, and
I have not usually distinguished them, they must be spoken of
together. The ‘“dsen” is found both in the forest and in the
bushes of old clearings. Nests of the ‘ésen” are often found, of
dry leaves and fibres woven into a complete globe. One I once
found, with two young ones in it, had no opening apparent, and
the little mother seemed to have closed it after her when she left.
These young ones were found in February, and in the same month
I was shown other young “‘dsen” by boys who had found them.

About nests of the other Squirrels I can say nothing. But I
have seen an “ dvaé” (Sciwrus rufobrachiatus) carrying a spray of
green leaves in 1ts mouth as it ran along the branches.

The two large Squirrels (S. nordhoffi and S. wilsoni) are much
alike, though always distinguishable, if seen plainly. The former
(called ‘‘mvok”) is the commoner ; the other (called “‘nsem”) is
said to descend to the ground, which the ‘‘ mvék” seldom or never
does. These two are said by the natives to be able to gnaw
through the flinty shell of the “ ngali” nut, the hardest vegetable
substance I have ever seen; while other Squirrels are said to be
unable to do this.

1995. ] MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMERCONXS. 83

The “ édon” (S. pyrrhopus) is often seen running on the ground
or on logs. The same native name is applied to the less common
S. auriculatus. S. mystax, which is a third species closely re-
sembling the last two, was common along the banks of the Benito
River, in the Pandanus bushes growing by the water’s edge. It
is absent or rare in the Bulu country, where there are no large
rivers and no Pandanus. :

Some of the Squirrels, at least, are able to pass, like monkeys,
from one tree to another, by jumping across and catching them-
selves in the foliage. An ‘“ dvaé” was seen to spring from a limb
where it was running, outward and downward, 6 or 8 feet, ee
the thick foliage of another tree, and eatzh ‘ese on the leaves
and small twigs. An “ dsen” was seen to do the same, but not
jumping so far.

I have learned to distinguish the commonest kinds by their
chatter. The little “sep” CS. poensis) makes a sibilant noise of
one syllable, which may be written “ pish!” The ‘ 6sen’s” chatter
is that most often heard, and varies a good deal. The natives
represent it by the word ‘“ kéngé,” which does very well, only that
often a syllable is rapidly repeated many times, somewhat as a
person who stutters would do in saying “kéngé.” The “édén ”
separates the syllables more, uttering only one or two together,
thus: “ ka-paka.” The noise the “ é6vaé” makes is peculiar and
unlike a squirrel, being guttural. The “myok” makes a noise
with somewhat of the same guttural tone, though less so than
the ‘dvaé,” and with the syllables more separated and the voice
stronger and gruffer.

All the commoner kinds of S squirrels have been seen joining in
companies with little birds in the forest. It is the habit of many
kinds of little birds to feed thus in companies scattered over
several neighbouring trees, moving loosely together, and such
companies very often have a Squirr el or two in them.

Tur MuRIDa.

The majority of the little animals of the Rat and Mouse family
are inhabitants of gardens and the neighbourhood of villages.
This is the case with all those belonging to the genus Mus ; these
are all trapped by boys, with various devices, in and around
cassava-gardens.

The “mven” (Mus univittatus) is reputed to be the most
destructive of all to cassava-roots. It is the animal proverbial
for greediness, as the pig is among us. It hves and breeds in
burrows. It is bolder, an] oftener seen running around in the
daytime, than the others.

The “ndan” (Jus tullbergi) lives in hollow logs and such
places. It often comes into houses to find food an to nest, and
becomes a house-mouse.

The “abok” (Hnomys hypoxanthus) lives in the bushes growing
on waste ground immediately around villages. It makes nests of

6*

84 ON THE MAMMALS OF SOUTHERN CAMEROONS. [ Feb. 7,

dry grass in bushes, 4 or 5 feet from the ground. When meat is
scarce, the village boys often hunt ‘‘mebok” for food. They
generally hunt them at dusk, when they (the rats) begin to stir
abroad, killing them with sticks or with bow and arrow, or sur-
rounding them in the weeds and driving them into a net, or under
an old cloth or piece of bark. This hunting “ mebok” is a great
sport with the village boys. Owls often come around villages at
dusk, probably for the same purpose.

The tiny Dendromus messorius likewise makes a nest in the
weeds and grass around villages; its nests are nearer the ground
than those of the “ abok.”

The pretty little striped Arvicanthis pulchellus also lives in the
weeds and grass around villages, often coming right into the
village street, when that is weedy. It is not found within 60 or
70 miles of the coast, where the village clearings are smaller and
more scattered than they are farther inland. The people call it
“‘7e-f6,” or leopard-mouse, from its bright colour. There is a
proverb to the effect that ‘“ you do not need to tell the leopard-
mouse where to turn off the path.”

The little red Lophuromys sikapusi is another inhabitant of the
bushes and grass that grow only about villages. It is a curious
fact that most of the examples of this species caught have stumpy
tails or no tails at all. The notion of the people about it is, that
whenever the ‘ékui” (as they call this mouse) crosses a path it
loses its tail.

The “nsomian” (Deomys ferrugineus) is trapped, as the others
thus far mentioned are, in old cleared land about villages; but it
seems to live also in the forest. I have seen one caught by
smoking it out of a hollow tree.

The “ndén” (Malacomys longipes) is an inhabitant of the
forest, where it is often caught in dead-fall traps set for the large
rodent ‘“ kk6é.”

The “k06é” (Cricetomys gambianus) lives in burrows in the
forest. Trapping it is considered a pursuit worthy of men, while
other Muride are left for boys. Men go on camping-trips far
into the forest for this purpose, finding a place where the “ kdé”
are abundant, and there setting many traps and staying several
days, drying the bodies of their catch over the fire, to take back to
the village and store for future use. 1 have heard, when passing
along a forest-path at dusk, a little piping or squeaking noise that
my guide said was made by the “koe.”

The Black Rat has been introduced, and has established itself
in the villages at and near the coast. It has not yet got more
than fifty miles inland.

THE BRUsH-TAILED Porcupine (Atherura africana).

Porcupines hide in rocky places, under and between the rocks,
and in hollow logs. They are found in such places in the day-
time, and are said to walk abroad onlyat night. They are hunted

1905. | ON THE FUNCTIONS OF THE ANTENN IN INSECTS. 85

with dogs, the small native dogs entering their holes and driving
them out. Often the dogs themselves catch and kill the Porcu-
pine, seizing it by the throat, where there are no quills. If it
escapes the dogs, it is driven by men, with much hallooing, to a
place where a net is stretched, into which it runs and is caught.
Often several are caught at once in this way.

Tue Pancouins (Manis).

The one or two small species of Manis are called “ka,” and
the large one, which I have heard of but not seen, and suppose
to be Manis gigantea, is called “avi.”

They all burrow in the earth. The “ka” must be mainly
nocturnal. One brought to me was said to have been caught
walking on the ground in the forest at early morning. Another
was found in the daytime on top of one of the ants’ nests, like
huge hornets’ nests, that are found adhering to the trunks of
trees. Those |] have received as specimens have generally been
brought alive and curled up tightly. It takes much strength
to unroll them, and they are hard to kill, When forcibly un-
rolled they eject in small quantities a very pungent yellow liquid ;
some of this that fell on a porch at the Benito mission-station
permanently discoloured the paint.

4, A Contribution to the Study of the Function of the
Antenne in Insects. By Macteop Yuars.ey, F.R.C.S.,
EEZES:

[Received January 20, 1905. }

The true function of the antennz of insects has for many years
been a disputed point. As early as 1838 Lefebvre (1) disagreed
with Oken, who regarded them as auditory organs, and attributed
to them the olfactory sense. In 1847 Erichson (2), by reason of
his anatomical studies of the antenne, adhered to this view.
The subject was also investigated by Leydig (3) in 1855, who
traced the antennal nerve to the organs discovered by Erichson.
He also (4) described what he considered to be auditory end-
organs. Lowne (5) pointed out that one anatomical fact (first
noted by Diette (6) in 1876), viz., the similarity of structure
between the antennal ganglion and the olfactory bulb of
vertebrates was in itself a guide to the function of the antenne ;
and Perris (7) made systematic investigations by experiments on
living insects and established their olfactory function. It would,
however, be fruitless to attempt to mention all who have ex-
pressed opinions—supported by more or less evidence—upon the
subject. Indeed, Kraepelin gives references to more than 100
papers dealing with the question between 1730 and 1883.
Certain observations have been made by Kirby (8), Meyer,
Lehmann (9), Leydig, Gruber, Hurst (10), Hammond, and others

86 MR. MACLEOD YEARSLEY ON THE [Feb. 7,

in favour of an auditory function; but a perusal of their in-
vestigations does not convince. A more favourable verdict can
be accorded to the conclusions of Perris (11), Hausa (12), Forel
(13), and Plateau (14) in support of an olfactory function.

Lowne (15), in discussing the whole matter, thought it im-
probable that the antenne contain organs of audition in insects,
and remarks: “T think it more probably a balancing organ than
an auditory organ in the strict sense of the word.”

Lord Avebury (16) describes an individual ant (Myrmica
ruginodis) which had lost the terminal portion of both her
antenne: “She seemed to have lost her wits. I put her into
a nest, but the others took no notice of her; after wandering
about a little, she retired into a solitary place, where she remained
from 3 P.M. to 8 P.M. without moving. The following morning I
looked for her at 5.30, and found her still at the same spot.
She remained there till 9, when she came out. She remained
out all day; and the following morning I found her dead.”

Latreille (17), quoted by Lord Avebury, says: “Le sens de
Yodorat se manifestant d’une maniére aussi sensible, je voulois
profiter de cette remarque pour eu découvrir le siége. On a
soupgonné depuis longtemps qu'il résidoit dans les antennes.
Je les arrachai 4 plusieurs fourmis fauves ouvriéres, aupres du
nid desquelles je me trouvois. Je vis aussitét ces petits animaux
que j’avois ainsi mutilés tomber dans un état d’ivresse ou une
espéce de folie. Ils erroient ¢4 et la, et ne reconnoissoient plus
leur chemin. Ils m’occupoient; mais je nétais pas le seul.
Quelques autres fourmis s’approchérent de ces pauvres affligées,
porterent leur langue sur les blessures, et y laissérent tomber une
goutte de liqueur. Cet acte de sensibilité se renouvela plusieurs
fois; je l’observai avec une loupe.”

The “ condition of intoxication or species of madness” exhibited
by Latreille’s ants, bereft of their antenna, is at least suggestive
of support to Lowne’s surmise ; moreover, the results of experi-
ments carried out by Yves Delage (18) upon Cephalopoda and
Crustacea and by Clemens (19) upon Samia cecropia support it
yet more strongly.

With a view of obtaining further evidence upon the matter,
I recently (1904) made a series of experiments upon Wasps.
T captured at different times a number of specimens (30 in all)
of Vespa vulgaris, and subjected them to removal of theirantenne.
My method was to confine each wasp under a small inverted
wineglass, beneath which was placed a little powdered sugar.
By cautiously introducing a pair of fine angular scissors under
the tilted edge of the glass, I was able to snip off each antenna
at its base. The insect thus mutilated was then carried into the
garden and its movements carefully watched.

Experiments thus made on 30 wasps gave uniform results.
On first losing its antenne, each wasp kept passing its front legs
between its jaws and then rapidly drawing them over the tiny
wounds left by the scissors. Hach wasp continued this manceuvre

1905. ] FUNCTION OF THE ANTENNA IN INSECTS. 87

for from 5 to 10 minutes, after which it ceased to pay attention
to its injury and tried to fly. Attempts at flight generally
occupied another 5 minutes, and were invariably attended with
the same result. Hach time the wings were opened, the insect
was raised for about an inch from the ground and then turned
a somersault headforemost, like an acrobat. These somersaults
were always headforemost, the animal alighting on its back and
struggling to its feet again.

Hach wasp made some score or more attempts at flight, always
with the same result. They then desisted and wandered slowly
about as if uncertain of their bearings, blundering up against
obstacles. Several were placed upon a window-sill, and each one
so placed, if it reached the edge in the course of its wanderings,
unmediately fell off.

Summarised, the results of the removal of the antennz in the
30 wasps were :—

1. Loss of the power of flight.
2. Loss of the sense of direction.
3. Very noticeable slowness in all movements.

It has been suggested to me that the loss of flight and the
somersaults made headforemost every time that flight was
attempted might have been due to the loss of a balancing weight
occasioned by the removal of the antenne, and that the experi-
ment should be made of fixing on false antenne in order to
ascertain whether the insect would thus regain its power of flight.
Whilst admitting that this explanation is possible, 1 would point
out that, if the want of balance were due to the absence of the
anterior weight of the antenne, the insect would be more likely
to turn over backwards, on account of the over-balancing weight
of the abdomen, whereas the wasps experimented upon invariably
turned over headforemost.

The conclusion to be drawn from these experiments is that, in
wasps, the antenne are equilibrating in function, and in this
respect they agree with Lowne’s surmise, quoted above, and with
the experiments of Clemens on Samia cecropia, already cited.

REFERENCES.

1. ‘Note sur le sentiment olfactif des Antennes.” Ann. Soc.
Entom. France, tom. vu., 1838.

Die Fabrica et usu Antennarum in Insectis. 4to. Berolinu,
1847.

“ Zum feineren Bau der Arthropoden.” Mill. Archiv, 1855.

“ Ueber Geruchs- und Gehérorgane der Krebse und Insecten.”
Mill. Archiv, 1860.

‘The Anatomy of the Blowfly,’ vol. ii. p. 590.

“Die Organisation des Arthropodengehiins.” Zeitsch. f. w.
Zool., Bd. xxvii. 1876.

“Mémoire sur le Siége de l’odorat dans les Articulés.” Ann.
Se. Nat. sér. 11. Zool. tom. xiv. 1850.

Io RO ow

88 MR. G. T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [Feb. 7,

8. ‘Introduction to Entomology.’
9. ‘De antennis insectorum dissertatio posterior, usum anten-
narum recensens.’ 12mo. Hamburgi, 1800.
10. “On the Life-history and Development of a Gnat (Culex).”
" Trans. Manchester Microscop. Soc. 1900.
11. Loe. cit.
12. “ Physiologische und histologische Untersuchungen iiber
das Geruchsorgan der Insecten.” Zeitsch. f. w. Zool.,
Bd. xxxiv. 1880.
13. “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Sinnesempfindungen der In-
secten.” Mitt. d. Miinchener entom. Vereins, Bd. ii.
1878.
14. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg. xxx. 1886, p. exx.
15. Loc. cit. p. 592.
16. ‘ Ants, Bees, and Wasps,’ p. 96.
17. ‘ Hist. Nat. des Fourmis,’ p. 41.
18. Arch. de Zool. 2° séries, tom. v. 1887.
19. Journal of the Acad. of Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. iv.
pp. 158-160.

9. Notes on a small Collection of Heterocera from the Fiji
Islands, with Descriptions of some New Species. By

G. T. Beraune-Baxer, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
[Received November 29, 1904.]

(Plates VIII. & IX.*)

In the early part of last year I received, through the kind-
ness of my friend Mr. Waterhouse of Sydney, a small collection
of Heterocera from the island of Viti Levu (the largest of the
Fiji group), among which are several interesting new species and
some new records. The measurements of the specimens are taken
by measuring the length of the wing from the centre of the thorax
to the apex of the primary and doubling it. All the insects were
taken at Nausori on the Rewa River.

SPHINGIDA.

PSILOGRAMMA JORDANA, sp. nov. (Plate VIII. fig. 1.)

3. Head and thorax pale grey; patagia edged laterally with
black, below which is a whitish stripe, the black stripe is continued
through the metathorax and meets in the centre. Abdomen grey
with a dark central dorsal stripe, a broad lateral rust-red patch
on each side which merges into the dark lateral wedge-shaped
spots of the posterior segments. Palpi grey, with a broad lateral
dark rust-coloured stripe below the tip. Primaries whitish, basal

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 98.

F218. IOS, well, WAL. WAI.

E.C.Knight del et lith.

West, Newman imp.

SUE PIRI O (GiMBUN I TRUOUME WEIR) IPI SIGNI SE

UZ 5S, IOS, woll. IIL ID.

H.C. Knight del.et lith. West, Newman imp.
ade ERC) GI JBU TM IRNOIME AEISUa) TL IS INIDS.

1905. ] HETEROCERA FROM THE FIJI ISLANDS. 89

area suffused with grey, with a dark spot on the costa at the base
and another ata fifth, a small rust-red patch at the base of the inner
margin; a medial large grey patch to vein 2 and bounded on the
costa by two short blackish stripes, the one nearer the base
touching a whitish spot near the end of the cell and encircling it,
a double postmedial strongly serrated line terminates this medial
patch ; a subterminal deeply arched interrupted blackish dentate
line rising in a heavy black costal dash, beyond which is a wedge-
shaped dark grey patch with a white outer margin; from the apex
a dentate black oblique stripe meets the costal dash; between
veins 3 and 5 are three dark marginal patches, the uppermost one
obsolescent; cilia white, broadly intersected with rust-colour ;
between veins 3 and 4 a black, slightly curved stripe from the cell
to the subterminal line; there is a slight grey scaling beyond the
basal grey area ; secondaries rich deep rust-colour, with a broad
obscure black termen interrupted by the ground-colour at the veins,
three pale lavender-greyish patches in the tornal area. Under
surface: both wings rusty reddish, primaries with a broadish
postmedial line, secondaries with a broad medial and postmedial
line.
Expanse 106-110 mm.
The type from Nausori is in my collection.

CHROMIS EROTUS (Cram.).

My specimens are somewhat different from ordinary specimens
from Australia and New Guinea &e.,-the brown oblique nebulous
stripes in the primaries are absent, giving them an unusual
appearance; there is, however, a trace of the stripe in one
specimen,

HeEpPIALIDe.
PHASSODES, gen. nov.

Palpi porrect, end segment depressed slightly ; antenne short,
filiform ; all the legs fringed with hair on each side, hind legs with
the tarsus perfect ; tibie and femora short. Neuration as in the
genus Phassus Wlk., but with two bars close together from near
the base of vein 12 to the costa in the primaries; vein la free, le
of moderate length, a bar from 1) to le and to the median vein ;
veins 9 and 10 in both wings forming a long fork on a long stalk.
Primaries more or less excavated in both sexes below the apex,
and decidedly longer than the secondaries; near the base of the
inner margin of the primaries in the ¢ is a large gland (evidently
a scent-gland), with a semicircular opening towards the cell.

Type, Phassodes odorevalvula B.-B.

In section B the neuration and other characters are precisely
the same except that the scent-valve is absent. I am strongly of
opinion, however, that a genus should not be created on a purely
sexual character.

All the species are strongly scented.

90 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON | Feb. 7,

Section A.

PHASSODES ODOREVALVULA, sp. nov. (Plate IX. figs. 1, 2.)

3g. Head and thorax brownish grey, abdomen paler. Primaries
pale grey, almost entirely suffused with darker grey and closely
covered with spots not quite so dark ; a large scent-valve occupies the
basal area of the inner margin, with a crescentic opening towards the
costa, two parallel marks on the valve, a series of antemedial spots, a
medial series from the costa to vein 4; a silver spot at the upper
angle of the cell proper and also in the angle of vein 6, beyond which
is the postmedial series of spots from the costa to just in front of
the tornus, followed closely by a very irregular series to vein 3,
the subterminal row somewhat confluent with the terminal row ;
a pale spot on the costa above the silver spot, and two pale patches
in front of apex. Secondaries uniform pale ochreous, tornus
darkish grey.

Expanse 70-102 mm.

The type is in my collection from Nausori. I have also a
much smaller specimen from the same locality, in which the spots
are somewhat obsolescent and obliterated, the patches on the
costa are paler and contrast strongly with the darker areas, whilst
there is a broad pale patch on the inner margin in front of the
tornus. There is no doubt, however, that they are both the same
species.

Section B.

PHASSODES GUTHREI, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 3.)

3. Head, thorax, and legs pale reddish, abdomen darker.
Primaries greyish, covered nearly all over with ochreous-reddish
spots; base entirely so covered for a fifth; a narrow irregular
silvery white streak across the cell to vein 2, followed by the
confluent spots across the cell, with a silvery wedge-shaped

atch below, touching which is a long subovate spot to beyond
the middle of the inner margin ; a silvery patch in the upper part
of the cell, enclosing two small confluent spots (the lower of which
is shifted outwards) except as to their lower margin, following
which are three large confluent spots, the lower of which touches
the subovate spot; a silvery patch margins the upper spot and is
followed by two pairs of confluent spots, divided by another silvery
patch, below which is a long spot in the angle of veins 5 and 6,
with an irregular series of four roundish spots below it to the
tornus ; above the two pairs of spots is a small one margined laterally
with silvery, with a larger spot beyond and two smaller below it ;
a postmedial series of eight irregular spots from vein 8, above which
to the costa is a short twin series of three spots, the lowest spot being
the largest ; a subterminal series of spots, those near the tornus
being darkly pupilled; termenspotted with fair-sized spotsseparated
by silvery patches; a large silvery twin patch margins internally
the subterminal spots between veins 5and7. Secondaries uniform
ereamy ochreous.

1905.] HETEROCERA FROM THE FIJI ISLANDS. 91

Q. Entirely brownish grey with paler spots darkly-pupilled.

Expanse, ¢ 100-105, 2 about 120 mm.

The types are in my collection and were taken near the Rewa
River in Viti Levu.

PHASSODES BIMORPHA, Sp. Nov.

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown. Primaries darkish
brown, with the spots obsolescent ; a darkly-pupilled obscure spot
outside the cell in the angle of veins 3 and 4, and two spots equally
obscure near the termen between veins 4, 5, and 6; two slightly
paler patches on the costa towards the apex. Secondaries pale
ochreous.

Expanse 114 mm.

The type from the Rewa River, Viti Levu, is in my collection.

I have a second smaller specimen which may be of the same
species, from the same locality, but it is very much paler, and the
spots are more distinct, but the three darkly-pupilled spots are
present as in the type.

More material may prove this species to be a dark form of
the preceding one, but it is so different in colour and general
appearance that we must treat it as distinct until proved to the
contrary.

PHASSODES NAUSORI, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 4.)

3. Head and thorax pale brownish grey, abdomen pale ochreous
grey. Primaries pale grey, almost entirely covered with spots and
patches of the same colour, finely and darkly margined, and
separated by metallic silver markings, which are more pronounced
and larger in the posterior third of the wing. In the upper part
of the cell are three of these silver dividing lines which are fine ;
at the upper angle of the cell there is a silver spot, followed by a
double mark like the letter H without the central bar; above and
below this is another; there is a very interrupted and broken
posterior line of these silver marks, and a double, less irregular
subterminal line, and also a terminal row. Secondaries ochreous
grey.

Expanse 119-125 mm.

The type from Nausori on the Rewa River (Viti Levu) is in
my collection ; and I havea second specimen which I believe to be
this species, also a male, but which has no trace whatever of the
silvery markings.

PHASSODES REWAENSIS, Sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 5.)

36. Head, thorax, and abdomen dusty grey. Primaries pale grey,
with the basal area covered with crowded spots barely paler than
the ground-colour ; an irregular medial series of three large spots ;
a double postmedial series of spots, the outer series slightly smaller
than the inner, in the latter the spot between veins 3 and 4 is
darkly pupilled ; a short row of three or four spots from the costa
to vein 6; a double subterminal row, the inner of which extends

only to vein 4, and the spots are small and isolated. Termen

92 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON | Feb. 7,

spotted ; the upper part of the cell is closed by a silver spot darkly
margined, from which a dark line runs along vein 6 to a smaller
silver spot in the postmedial outer series. Secondaries ochreous
grey, slightly darker beyond the cell.

Expanse 110 mm.

The type from Nausori is in my collection.

PHASSODES VITENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 6.)

36. Head, thorax, and fore legs orange-brown, abdomen brownish.
Primaries orange-yellow, with the spots very obsolescent, except a
sharply defined silver spot closing the upper part of the cell and
an irregular ill-defined silvery dash from vein 6 to below the apex ;
beyond the first of these is a very obscure curved row of spots on
each side of which the ground is slightly paler; in front of the
silvery dash is another obscure row, the spots over the wing being
almost the same colour as the wing. Secondaries pale ochreous.

Expanse 114 mm.

The type from Nausori is in my collection.

THYRIDIDE.
RHODONEURA MYRI#A Drury.

One specimen in which there are four hyaline spots in the
primaries, the uppermost and the two lowest being quite small.

LyMANTRIIDZ.
DASYCHIRA VITENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate VIII. fig. 3.)

3. Head, thorax, and legs whitish grey ; abdomen probably the
same colour or a little darker, but only a portion of the abdomen
remains. Antenne with white shafts and reddish-brown cilia.
Primaries greyish white, with basal and subbasal lines indicated
only by two costal dots and one or two obscure marks in the cell ;
antemedial line very fine, serrate, pale reddish brown, rising in a
dark grey costal spot ; medial line fine, obscure, second medial line
double for its upper portion, serrate, inwardly oblique, fine and
paler for the lower half; postmedial line irregular, serrate, curved,
fine, pale brown ; subterminal line dark, irregular, interrupted at
the veins; fringes white. Secondaries very pale brownish white,
darker in the subapical area ; fringes white.

Expanse 44 mm.

The type from Nausori is in my collection.

ARCTIIDA.
DEILEMERA FASCIATA,

I received a single specimen of this insect.
CHONISTIS ENTELLA Cram.

One specimen of Cramer’s species which is quite typical, and not
delia Fab.

1905. | HETEROCERA FROM THE FIJI ISLANDS. 93

UTETHEISA PULCHELLA L.
One specimen in which the red stripes are almost obsolete.

NoctuiD&.

ARCILASISA PLAGIATA W1k.
One specimen of this very variable insect.

STrIcTOPTERA DESCRIBENS W1lk.
This is, I believe, a new locality for this species.

ARGYROTHRIPA NIGROSTRIGATA, sp. nov, (Plate VIII. fig. 4.)

Head and thorax whitish grey, abdomen darker grey. Primaries
pale grey, with a slightly darker basal patch on the costa having
a prominent black edging all round except on the costa; medial
and postmedial lines very irregular and dentate, almost parallel,
the area between being slightly darker in colour; subterminal line
prominent, black, slightly excurved, a small apical black spot ;
termen finely dotted with black. Secondaries whitish sub-hyaline,
with the costaand termen grey, the latter tapering rapidly towards
the tornus.

Expanse 54 mm.

The type is in my collection from the Kebea Range, British
New Guinea, where it flies in July at an altitude of 3600 ft. In
the National Collection, however, is a single specimen from Fiji,
which is almost identical with the New Guinea specimens, the only
difference being that it is slightly paler.

HyP4NA MASURIALIS Guen.
One specimen of the form ferriscitalis Wlk.

GEOMETRIDAE.

ALCIS VITENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate VIII. fig. 5.)

g. Head and thorax ochreous brown; abdomen grey, scaled
with ochreous brown. Both wings warm ochreous brown.
Primaries with basal line blackish, irregular, outwardly produced
in the centre ; median line angled at the cell, then receding slightly
basewards and slightly interrupted ; postmedial line fine, black,
dentate, angled outwards at veins 6 and 7, then receding rapidly
basewards ; a trace of a subterminal pale line which is interrupted
andirregular; termen finely darkly-dotted. Secondaries with median
dark line from upper margin of cell slightly curved; a darkish in-
definite small cell-spot pupilled with whitish; postmedial line
blackish, crenulate, with a slight outward curve in the median area ;
subterminal pale line more distinct than in the primaries, with
indefinite dark spots on itsinner margin. Abdominal fold whitish.
Both wings are somewhat irrorated with fine blackish scales.
Under surface of primaries dark brown, with blackish cell-spots, on
each side of which is a pale patch and another small pale patch at

94 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON [ Feb. 7,

the apex. Secondaries with the basal half of the wings pale, with
a blackish cell-spot; outer half dark greyish brown, with a pale
patch on the inner margin above the tornus.

Expanse 46 mm.

The type from Nausori is in my collection. I have one speci-
men which is uniformly paler, but otherwise not different from the
type. The species is nearest éongaica Btl., but the lines differ in
shape and are single, not double, the wings are broader, and the
colour quite different.

ALCIS NAUSORI, Sp. nov. (Plate VIII. fig. 6.)

3. Head and thorax pale ochreous grey, abdomen paler; legs
pale grey, scaled with darker lilac-grey ; fore tarsi blackish, palely
ringed. Both wings pale ochreous grey, finely and sparingly
irrorated with grey. Primaries with a broad oblique basal band
of lilac-grey ; a trace of a median line and a broad curved post-
medial line, a trace of a subterminal line ; a short terminal blackish
dash on vein 5, with two shorter ones above it, at the same spot is
an indefinite lilac-grey small terminal spot ; termen darkly dotted.
Secondaries with an oblique dark line just before the whitish cell-
spot; postmedial line angled about vein 5, then receding basewards
in a slight curve, the area between these two lines being filled in
with lilac-grey; termen strongly crenulate, darkly dotted in the
vein interspaces. ‘The whitish cell-spot in both wings is finely
edged with blackish.

Hxpanse 46 mm.

The type from Nausori is in my collection.

LARENTIA REWAENSIS, sp. noy. (Plate VIII. fig. 7.)

Primaries pale brownish ochreous, with the base and postmedial
area dark brownish, the latter bemg somewhat wedge-shaped in
form, broad on the costa and narrow on the inner margin, both are
finely edged with white; subterminal line narrow, brown, from
which to the termen the colour is pale brownish. Secondaries
uniform pale grey.

Expanse 18 mm.

The type is in my collection from Nausori; the sex is uncertain
as the abdomen is partly broken off, and the antennz are also
missing.

ANISODES PoRPHyRoPIS Mey.

This species is represented by a single specimen.
'THALASSODES VERARIA Guen.

One specimen only.

PyYRALIDA,
LocastRa DRUCEI, sp. nov. (Plate VIII. fig. 8.)

2. Head chestnut-brown, with frons darker; thorax pale
ehestnut-brown finely irrorated with darker chestnut-brown ;

1905. ] HMETEROCERA FROM THE FIJI ISLANDS. 95

abdomen pale greyish ochreous-brown ; legs chestnut-brown banded
with black, with blackish tarsi palely ringed. Primaries reddish
brown, finely scaled more or less all over with black; base pale with
a trace of a pale basal dentate line; a darker wedge-shaped costal
patch edged by a white stripe right across the wing, rising in an
indefinite costal patch, beyond which is a black spot at the end of
the cell, the median area below it being pale and only slightly
scaled with black: ; postmedial line white (vi ising In a whitish costal
patch), strongly serrate and curved outwardly ; terminal area
greyish ; termen darkly dotted in the nerve interspaces. Second-
aries with the basal half of the wings pale greyish; costa and
terminal half dark brownish, with a W- shaped mark on veins 2
and 3. Fringes pale, darker near the termen.

Expanse 46 mm.

The type from Nausori is in my collection.

Dicuoccrosis sect. DADESSA FLUMINALIS Btl.
One quite typical specimen.

GLYPHODES CHSALIS Wlk.

GLYPHODES PSITTACALIS Hb.

Neither of these two species appears to have been recorded from
Fiji before.

STREPSIMELA PSEUDADELPHA Mey.

Three specimens.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate VIII.

Fig. 1. Psilogramma jordana, p. 88.
*2. Deilephila placida-torenia Druce.
3. Dasychira vitensis, p. 92.
4. Argyrothripa nigrostrigata, p. 93.
5. Alcis vitens’s, p. 93.
6. Alcis nausori, p. 94.
7. Larentia rewaensis, p. 94.
8. Locastra drucei, p. 94.
*9. Hurytorna heterodoxa Meyr.
*O a, o ‘i antenna enlarged,
*10. Margarona oceanitis Meyr.

Prater IX.

Fig. 1 Phassodes odorevalvula, 8, p. 90.
2. >» Wainy eho
3. Phassodes guthr ei, 3, p- 90.
4. Phassodes nausori, 6, p. 91.
5. Phassodes rewaensis, é,p. 91.
6. Phassodes vitensis, 3, p. 92.

* The species marked with an asterisk are not mentioned in the text, but being
not well known I have taken this opportunity of figuring them,

96 DR. R. BROOM ON THE [Feb. 7

6. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Theriodont Reptile
Diademodon. By R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.8., Victoria
College, Stellenbosch.

"Received December 29, 1904. |
(Plate X.*)

Mr. Alfred Brown, of Aliwal North, to whom science already
owes so much, has recently made another discovery of considerable
importance. In the neighbourhood of Aliwal he has found a very
well-preserved Ther iodont mandible with a number of other well-
preserved bones, all belonging to the same individual; and these
he has kindly forwarded to me for examination and description.
When the remains were fully developed it was found that we had
two dentaries, two ilia, two ischia, a pubis, a femur, and a lumbar
vertebra of Diademodon mastacus Seeley. Though the type
specimen consists of only a fragment of maxilla with some molar
teeth, the molars in the pr esent mandible agree so closely in
structure and size as to leave little doubt that the remains are
those of D. mastacus.

With the exception of the anterior part, both dentaries are well
preserved, the hinder part of the left being in almost perfect
condition. The symphysis is missing, but from the impression
left it is pretty manifest that the two dentaries have been
anchylosed in front. The dentary resembles that of Gompho-
gnathus and Trirachodon in the very great development of its
posterior portion. ‘The coronoid process is of large size, but does
not terminate in a posteriorly directed po: int as in most Mammals.
The posterior part of the dentazy, as in Cynognathus, probably
almost reached the articulation, and apparently overlapped the
articular as in the better known Theriodonts. A small but distinct
angle is formed, very similar to, but better developed than, that
in 7'rirachodon.

Behind the canine there is a short diastema of about 10 mm., and
then a series of four teeth which may be regarded as premolars.
Behind the premolars are seven molars.

The first premolar is smaller than the others, but is imperfectly
preserved. It probably, however, does not differ from the others
in structure. Hach of the posterior of three premolars is a
rounded tooth in which the he:ght is about twice as great as the
antero-posterior measurement. When viewed from the outer side,
each tooth appears to be a simple pointed cone, but in reality the
top is about as broad as the base, owing to there being on the
inside of the tooth a second cusp only a little shorter than the
outer. The outer cusp in the unworn condition is probably finely
serrated on both its anterior and posterior edges. The fourth

* For explanation of the Plate, sce p. 102.

Pee Se 1905s volte ee

Parker & West imp-

RK. Broom del.
MP. Parker lith.

IMA WNC US.

DIADEMODON

1905. | THERIODOND REPTILE DIADEMODON. dF

tooth on the right side shows the anterior serrations, and the
second tooth on the right side bears indications of the posterior
serrations. At the base of the posterior edge of the outer cusp
there is seen in three of the teeth what looks like a very small
secondary cusp, but this may be merely a ridge which joins the
outer and the inner large cusps. It will thus be seen that the
premolars have crowns very like those of the human bicusps, but
differing in having the cusps more marked and with small serrations
at least on the outer side. Hach tooth that has been displayed
has a single cylindrical root.

All seven molars on the right side, and all except the second on
the left, are preserved. The first four are round teeth with flat
tops. It is probable that the flattening is largely due to wear,
and the enamel seems to have been worn off the tops of at least
the first four. In the fifth much of the enamel is worn off, but
in the sixth and seventh teeth there is no evidence of wear. In
removing the matrix, which is a fine-grained calcarequs sandstone,
the processes of the enamel were found very apt to adhere to the
matrix and to become detached from the dentine, but fortunately
almost every feature of the sixth and seventh molars is preserved
on either one side or the other.

The sixth molar, when viewed from above, has an almost
circular crown, being only very slightly broader transversely than
antero-posteriorly. There is a single prominent cusp on the
middle of the outer edge, and a second similar but slightly smaller
cusp on the middle of the inner edge. Between these two there
“is a well-developed, slightly concave ridge interrupted in the
middle by a slight elevation, and dividing the crown of the tooth
into almost equal anterior and posterior portions. The anterior
portion, which is moderately flat, slopes down from the median
ridge to the anterior edge, which is slightly elevated and supported
by three small cusps. These cusps are arranged as follows :—
one between the middle of the anterior edge and the large
external cusp, but nearer to the middle lne; the other two
immediately in front of the large internal cusp. The posterior
half of the crown is somewhat similar to the anterior, but rather
more concave; it has the posterior edge supported by a series of
small cusps. On the two sides the arrangement is slightly
different: on the right side there are four subequal cusps close
together; on the left side one larger cusp takes the place of the
centre two.

The seventh molar is considerably smaller than the sixth, but
fairly similar in structure. The posterior part of the crown is
narrower than the front part. There are two cusps on the
anterior edge, and two, with possibly a small third, on the posterior
edge.

When the lower molars are compared with the upper molars
described by Seeley, it is seen that they fit satisfactorily—the
transverse ridge on the lower molars fitting between two upper
molars, and the ridge of the upper between two lower molars.

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. VII. 7

98 DR. R. BROOM ON THE [ Feb. 7,

The outer cusp of the lower molar would fit into the hollow on the
inner side of the outer cusps of two upper molars.

The molars of Diademodon are “compared by Seeley with
the molars of Ornithorhynchus, Ctenacodon, Plagiaulax, and
Tritylodon, and by Osborn with the molars of JMicrolestes.
Although there is some superficial resemblance between the
tuberculated molars of the multituberculate mammals and those
of Diademodon, it seems to me more probable that there is no
close affinity between the teeth, and that those of Diademodon
have originated in quite a different manner from those of the
Multituberculata. The structure of the premolars in Diademodon
gives us a clue to the way in which the molars have been formed.
There we find an outer and an inner cusp, which we may perhaps
call the “ protocone” and the “‘deuterocone.” In the molar we
find evidences of the same two cusps, but instead of being long and
sharp they are here obtuse, and by the sides of the molar we have
a number of small other cusps. Like the premolars, the molars
are single-rooted, and they bear almost the same relations to each
other as do the molars and premolars in Cynognathus. Diade-
modon and the allied Gomphognathus and Trirachodon are so
closely allied in the structure of the skeleton to Cynognathus as
to suggest that the forms with broad molars are descended with
only slight modifications from carnivorous types. Among mammals
we occasionally find flat-erowned teeth in types closely allied to
others with sharp teeth—as, e. g., in the Sea-Otter (Hnhydra)
and the Common Otter (Zutra), or in the Bear (Ursus) and the
Dog (Canis); and though in Piademodon and Cynognathus the
difference probably is greater im degree, it does not seem to be
different in kind.

Gomphognathus and its near allies are regarded by Seeley as
herbivorows forms, and I an#not aware that this view has been
questioned by any later sie There is something, however, to
be said against 1t. Gomphognathus, Trirachodon, and Diademodon
have all powerful canine teeth, and in Gomphognathus and
Trirachodon, at least, these are separated by small incisors.
The condyle of the jaw js in a line with the molar teeth. There
is a very large-coronoid process and the temporal fossa is of large
size. ‘These prove conclusively that the forms with flat molars had
at least powerful temporal muscles, such as are rarely or never
found in herbivorous mammals. We have also evidence that
Gomphognathus was able to open its jaws very widely, as in the
type specimen the mandible is found open at about 90° without
much dislocation of the joint. When we look at the teeth we find
that they do not seem suited for a vegetable diet. The second
last molar in the above-mentioned specimen of Diademodon must
have been for a considerable time in use, but the enamel has not
yet begun to wear off; and as the layer of enamel is not thicker
than a sheet of notepaper, it will be manifest that whatever it
was used to crush it is not likely to have been vegetable fibre. It
seems to me probable that Diademodon and Gomphognathus fed

1905. ] THERIODONT REPTILE DIADEMODON, 99

lar sely on orignal the carcases of the large Dicynodons
that had been killed by Cynognathi.

Tt seems to me unnecessary “to discuss the supposed relationships
between Diademodon and Tritylodon, as I have recently elsewhere
endeavoured to show that Tritylodon is, as believed by Owen,
Lydekker, Cope, and others, a true Mammal, and probably not at
all nearly related to the Theriodonts.

The following are the principal measurements of the jaw and
teeth :— bad

milli.
Length from tip of coronoid process to angle ... 61
Wepth.ol (aw ab mG. .c eae eee eae eee 22
Dapoh of jaw, ata). sc cetad ce oe ee eee ee 20
Benethvof sevensmolars® <4... 500... anon ee 3D
WWWerhGlivOr WniGt tte wee ectey, Weare ree nee See ere 6-7
HMens GEOL MnO eee erence eee aie Cen eee te 6

Both ilia are well preserved, but unfortunately only the inner
sides of each are displayed, and owing to the softness of the bone
it does not seem advisable to remove the matrix from the outer
side of either. The most striking character of the ilium is the
great antero-posterior development of the crest. From the
constricted part above the acetabulum the ilium extends upwards
and forwards to end in a rounded anterior expansion, and also
extends backwards to form a sharp posterior portion. The
anterior part has its anterior edge turned considerably outwards,
so that a deep concavity is apparently formed on the front part of
the outer side of the iliac expansion. Below the constriction the
ilium expands again to form the upper part of the large
acetabulum. In Cynognathus the anterior part of the ilium is
missing, but the parts preserved are very like those of Diademodon,
and it is thus probable that Seeley’s restoration of the anterior
part is too small,

The most important difference between the Mammalian ilium
and that of the Theriodont is that, owing to the pelvis in the
mammal lying more antero-posteriorly, the anterior part of the
ilium is itself sutiicient for the attachment of the sacrum, and
hence the posterior part becomes usually greatly reduced or lost
completely. In Orycteropus the posterior part of the ilium is
unusually well developed, and not unlike the Theriodont condition,
but in most Marsupials it is practically absent. In the Monotremes
and in the Wombat there is a small but distinct posterior
portion.

The pubis is a little imperfect, as a portion of the anterior part
is missing. In general structure it is very mammal-like. Imme-
diately below the acetabular portion, the bone is somewhat
constricted, and at this point there passes inwards and forwards
a plate which is probably of a similar nature to the anterior part
of the pubis in Cynognathus; but in Diademodon it seems to be

directed more inwards than in Cynognathus. Whether it is a
7x
i

100 DR. R, BROOM ON THE | Feb. 7,

pectineal process entirely, or a process for the attachment of a
cartilaginous prepubis, the evidence does not show. The sym-
physial portion is typically mammalian.

The ischium is, on the whole, fairly like that of the mammal.
The acetabular portion is large, and there is no evidence of a
cotyloid notch in the articulation. A little distance below the
articular portion the bone is considerably constricted, and then
widens out into a broad fan-like expansion. The posterior border
of the bohe is nearly straight, being only slightly concave at its
upper part. It is fairly broad and slightly hollowed out. Pro-
bably the anterior half of the lower border of the bone formed
part of the symphysis with its neighbour. If this is so, then the
part of the symphysis formed by the ischium in Diademodon
would be considerably less than in Cynognathus.

The obturator foramen is of large size, aS in mammals
generally. It is relatively about as large as in Hehidna, and
rather larger than in Cynognathus.

The following are some of the principal measurements of the
pelvis :—

millim.
Antero-posterior length of iliac crest ...... about 68
From lowest point of ilium to nearest point of
TUTTE GN6I REIS| BF Rete oie eC BRI TOS Ae BUENO aaeubUien oid 40
Width of acetabular portion of ilium ............ 30
Greatestilene thot sp ulbis seers ese eeeere tear cee Gee 38
Greatest length of ischium ......,.............-.-.- 0+ AT

The femur is fairly well preserved, and is especially interesting
since the Theriodont femur has not hitherto been very well
known. The imperfect proximal end of the femur of Cynognathus
has been described by Seeley, and he has also described a fairly
good femur of TZribolodon showing the anterior and outer
surfaces. The femur of Diademodon as developed shows the
posterior, outer and inner sides, so that it fills up the blanks in
our knowledge of the bone. The proximal end of the femur is,
as in Oynognathus, greatly expanded owing to there being no neck,
and the large trochanter major being thus continued on to the
articular head. If we regard the condyles as pointing backwards,
then the expanded proximal end of the bone is directed backwards
and outwards from the head, and the trochanter major, which
forms the outer end of the expansion, points almost directly out-
wards. There is thus left in front of the trochanter a concavity.
Along the posterior part of the inner side of the upper third of
the shaft there is developed a prominent ridge which is directed
backwards and slightly inwards. Superiorly it ends abruptly about
the level of the lower part of the head and forms the trochanter
minor. It will thus be seen that the upper part of the Therio-
dont femur bears a greater resemblance to that of the mammal
than to that of either the Therocephalian or Anomodont. In
Oudenodon the proximal end of the femur agrees with that in

1905. | THERIODONT REPTILE DIADEMODON. 101

Diademodon in having no notch between the head and the tro-
chanter major, but differs in having the trochanter minor very
feebly developed. On the whole the mammalian femur which
most resembles that of Diademodon is the femur of Hehidna. In
Echidna, however, the trochanter major is less strongly developed,
the head hasa distinct neck, and the trochanter minor is directed
more inwards than backwards. But these points are not of much
importance, as they are found to vary greatly according to the
habits, in even closely allied mammals; and there is little doubt
that the femur in Hehidna is fundamentally similar to that in
Diademodon. In Phascolomys the small trochanter gives the
proximal end a superficial resemblance to that of Diademodon,
but the two bones are not very closely related. A more important
affinity is seen in the femur of Dasypus. Here the small tro-
chanter resembles considerably that of the Theriodont, and the
trochanter major is similarly directed forwards. The presence of
the third trochanter, however, and the deep depression in the
head for the teres ligament show that the two bones are possibly
not any more nearly related than are those of the Marsupial and
Theriodont. At the lower end of the bone the condyles are more
developed than in Hchidna and less than in Phascolomys. The
cartilaginous surface can be traced from the one condyle to the
other over the intercondylar hollow. From the shape of the
portions of the condyles preserved, I think one is justified in
concluding that Diademodon stood, when at rest, with the femur
directed downwards and forwards, making an angle of 45° with
the surface of the ground. In this respect it agrees with Ano-
modonts and Mammals generally.

The following are some of the principal measurements of the
femur :—

millim.
Gueatest) lengths (6. 15-.ee.ss-2ccae sess about 91
Wadthvol proximal endigie-er nas... acme} 1
Width ot middle ob shaftes qes0-.5.<5. if 8°5

The small vertebra which is preserved is believed to be one of
the last of the dorso-lumbar series. In structure it is exceedingly
mamumal-like. The centrum seems to be about as broad as long,
but isapparently much broader in front than behind, owing to the
autogenous transverse process or rib being attached to the side of
the anterior point of the centrum. This transverse process has a
very large attachment, the lower part of which is anchylosed to
the centrum and the upper part tothe arch. There is apparently
a small foramen passing from front to back near the line of the
suture of the arch and the centrum, and in reality making the
transverse process or rib double-headed. A part of the inner end
of the transverse process comes a little further forward than the
anterior end of the centrum and appears to form a slight articu-
lation with the centrum infront. Passing outwards the transverse
process becomes slender and is directed forward. Whether it after-

102 MR. F. HE. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 7,

wards expands and curves backwards as in Cynognathus, the
evidence does not show. The zygapophyses of the two sides are
fairly close together, and the articular surface of the post-
zygapophysis looks downwards and outwards. Below the post-
zygapophysis is a small but distinct anapophysis. The vertebra
bears a fairly close resemblance to the posterior dorsals or lumbars
of Cynognathus and Microgomphodon, but the base of the transverse
process or rib is stronger in Diademodon. The mammalian
vertebra, which most closely resembles it is perhaps the presacral
vertebra of Dasyurus. If the transverse process of this vertebra
be proved to be autogenous as in Phascolomys, then the affinity with
Dasyurus would be very manifest. The lumbar vertebre, like all
the other vertebre in the Monotremes, are so much specialised and
in some respects degenerate, that they are much less like those of
the Theriodonts than are even those of the higher Eutherians.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Side view of left dentary of Diademodon mastacus. Nat. size. Pm., pre-
molars ; m., molars.

Fig. 2. Upper surfaces of the seven lower molars of the right side. Nat. size.

Fig. 3. Inner view of left ilium. Nat. size.

Fig. 4. Outer view of left ischium. Nat. size.

Fig. 5. Inner view of left pubis. Nat. size.

Fig. 6. Restoration of left side of pelvis of Diademodon. 3% nat. size. J/. Vin.
Ts. Ischium. Pw. Pubis.

Fig. 7. Back view of left femur. Nat. size. GZ. Great trochanter. 8.7. Small
trochanter.

Fig. 8. Upper view of lumbar vertebra of Diademodon. Nat. size.

Fig. 9. Side view of lumbar vertebra of Diademodon. Nat. size.

7. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Arteries of the
Brain in the Class Aves. By Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A.,
F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received January 19, 1905. ]

(Text-figures 15-20.)

The course of the arteries of the base of the brain in birds does
not appear to have been much studied. Dr. Gadow, in the section
of Bronn’s ‘ Thierreichs’ devoted to birds, figures one brain from
the ventral surface—a figure copied from a memoir by Neugebaur*
on the vascular system generally in birds. I am not, however,
acquainted with any comparative sketch of the cerebral arterial
system in these animals. I believe, therefore, that the following
observations, based upon the study of material skilfully injected
by my assistant, Mr. E. Ockenden, will be of some use as a con-
tribution to the subject.

Struthio masaicus $.—I shall give a detailed account of the
brain of the Ostrich, which will enable me to be more brief in

* Noy. Act. Acad; Leop.-Car, xxi. 1845, p- ol7.

1905. ] ARTERIES OF THE BRAIN IN BIRDS. 103

the descriptions which follow. This brain is illustrated in the
accompanying drawing (text-fig. 15), the accuracy of which can
be tested by a reference to the actual specimen, which I have

Text-fig. 15,

Brain of Séruthio masaicus (ventral aspect), showing the principal branches
of the arterial system.

A.cer. Anterior cerebral artery; A.sp. Anterior spinal artery; C. Cerebellar arteries ;
Ca. Carotid arteries; W.cer. Middle cerebral artery ; Op. Artery to optic lobe;
Opth. Ophthalmic artery ; P.cez. Posterior cerebral artery.

104 MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 7,

handed over to the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,
where will also be found some of the other brains described here.

The basilar artery and the anterior spinal artery are quite con-
tinuous. The junction of the two appears to be marked by the
exit of what I presume to be the homologue of the mammalian
vertebral arteries. These arteries join the longitudinal vessel on
either side in a rather remarkable way. The point of entrance is
vet lateral, but ventral and median, that of the left side entering
posteriorly to the right-hand vessel. These latter, moreover, give
off a forwardly-running branch, which diminishes in calibre and
effects a second junction with the basilar artery just at the point
where the latter receives the right cerebellar artery ; this entrance
into the basilar is also ventral and median. The mimute details
being perhaps individual are not shown in the figure. The anterior
spinal artery is double for a considerable distance behind the entry
of the vertebral arteries; the two tubes, however, reunite. Both
the anterior spinals give off a large number of small trunks to the
adjacent regions of the medulla and spinal cord.

The cerebellar arteries (text-fig. 15, C., p. 103) are large and con-
spicuous; the right-hand artery aiises in front of that of the left
side; this asymmetry, it will be noticed, exactly corresponds to that
of the vertebral arteries—1. ¢., the left vertebral artery, like the left
cerebellar, 1s posterior to the right. Hach cerebellar artery, before
reaching the cerebellum, gives off a strong branch which forms the
posterior spinal artery. Of these, at least four run side by side
down the posterior face of the spinal cord, contrasting thus with
the single or, at least only for a short space, double anterior spinal.
The cerebellar artevies pass over the summit of the flocculus and
supply all parts of the cerebellum. This region of the brain is,
however, also supplied from other sources, which will be dealt
with in due course.

The basilar artery divides into two just in front of the third
nerves ; but the left-hand branch is much the larger, and indeed
the right-hand branch might easily escape attention.

The carotid arteries (text-fig. 15, Ca., p. 103) lie at the side of the
pituitary body, and of course behind the optic nerves; each artery
divides into two branches. ‘The posterior branch runs between
the corpus bigeminum and the cerebellum, and receives immedi-
ately after its origin the tasilar artery. It supplies both corpus
bigeminum and cerebellum. The anterior branch curves round
the optic chiasma and ends in the ophthalmic artery (text-fig. 15,
Opth.) of its own side: there is thus no completed circle of Willis.
This main anterior trunk of the carotid has three branches.
The first runs between the corpus bigeminum and the cerebral
hemisphere, and along the inter-hemispheral suleus, giving off
branches also to the cerebellum. The middle cerebral artery is
rather larger than the posterior. It runs along the depression
which has been compared to the Sylvian fissure, giving off branches
right and left. It bifurcates, just at the junction of the lower
surface of the brain with the upper, into two main branches, of

1905. ] ARTERIES OF THE BRAIN IN BIRDS. 105

which the anterior bends inwards and gives off branches which
anastomose with those of the anterior cerebral. The latter artery
is about equal in size to either the middle or the posterior cerebral,
and arises along the circle of Willis some way in front of the
middle cerebral. The two anterior cerebrals anastomose anteriorly
in the middle ventral line of the brain.

Dromeus novee-hollandic.—A beautifully injected brain of this
species shows some differences from that of the Ostrich.

The space enclosed by the anterior bifurcation of the spinal
artery and the reunion of the vessels to form the basilar artery
is somewhat more extensive than in Struthio. here is an
asymmetry in the relations of the cerebellar arteries to the
trunk of which they are branches; but the asymmetry is dif-
ferent. The spinal artery arisesfrom or joins the right cerebellar,
and both of the cerebellar arteries lie in front of the sixth pair of
nerves, instead of one in front and one behind asin Struthio. The
bifurcation of the basilar artery anteriorly is rather peculiar in
the specimen before me. There is the usual asymmetry, but it is
unusual in its character. Just behind the optic chiasma the
basilar artery bends to the right side of the brain and becomes
continuous with the carotid in the usual way. About halfway
between the point where the basilar artery becomes deflected to
the right and its bifurcation posteriorly to form the cerebellar
arteries, an artery of one-half of the diameter of the basilar arises
from it on the left, and after giving off branches to the medulla
runs forward and becomes connected with the left carotid.
Anteriorly the—carotids give off the usual arteries; but their
main stem is the middle cerebral artery, which passes along the
Sylvian fissure. The ophthalmic artery arises at the root of this,
and immediately afterwards, apparently almost by a common stem
with the ophthalmic, the anterior cerebral. This artery divides on
each side into two branches, fairly equisized, of which the inner
supplies the olfactory bulbs, which are here large. It is as well
developed as in Gowra (described below), and much more con-
spicuous than the minute corresponding artery of Struthio. The
outer branch of the anterior cerebral again divides into two
equisized branches, as is the case with Struthio.

Ara hyacinthina (text-fig. 16, p. 106).—The anterior spinal artery
is single throughout and slender, but shows no such great dispro-
portion in calibre to the basilar artery such as is apparent, for
example, in the Penguin, Spheniscus demersus, described below.
It is, however, rather more slender than the basilar artery. The
two arteries do not pass directly into each other; for the anterior
spinal opens into the left cerebellar artery, quite close, however,
to its point of origin from the basilar artery. The cerebellar
arteries, with the slight exception just mentioned, are symmetrical
and arise behind the origin of the sixth pair of nerves.

It is important to note that in this bird the basilar artery is

106 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 7,

connected with both carotids, and thus the circle of Willis is com-
pleted posteriorly. Nevertheless there still remains an asymmetry
in that the two posterior communicating arteries are of unequal
size. The right artery, in fact, is more than twice the diameter

Text-fig. 16.

Brain of Ara hyacinthina (ventral aspect), showing the principal branches
of the arterial system.

Car. Carotids ; other lettering as in text-fig. 15.

of the left. In both cases the posterior communicating artery
gives off the artery to the optic lobe of its side before joining the

1905. ] ARTERIES OF THE BRAIN IN BIRDS. 107

carotid. This arrangement contrasts with that to be observed in
the Penguin, where the origin of the artery of the corpus bi
geminum is in front of the junction of the carotid artery with the
circle of Willis.

Each artery to the corpus bigeminum divides, first of all, into
two principal branches, which do not, however, correspond exactly
with the two branches of the same artery, for example, in Spheniscus
(described below); for in Ara the anterior branch supplies both
the median and anterior regions of its corpus bigeminum, and the
general lie of the arteries is quite different, as will be seen on a
comparison of text-figs. 16 (p. 106) & 18 (p. 110). Both branches
are equisized and are symmetrical on the two sides of the brain.
They run parallel with each other for a considerable distance after
the origin of the main stem from the circle of Willis. The circle
of Willis has a more markedly triangular shape in this Macaw
than in many birds; and the transverse diameter of the triangle
is greater than its antero-posterior diameter. A comparison of
text-figs. 16 (p. 106) & 20 (p. 115) will illustrate this peculiarity
in the circle of Willis of Ara.

The middle cerebral arteries are the most important of the
three cerebral arteries arising on each side. Each springs from a
basal angle of the triangular circle of Willis. At the end of the
“Sylvian fissure” each vessel splits into three or four trunks, of
which that which bends inwards towards the middle ventral line
cannot be said to form the main stem of the artery, any more than
can the others. The posterior cerebral artery arises just behind
the middle. ‘The anterior cerebral artery is a much more slender
artery than either of the others, and it arises further away from
the origin of the middle cerebral than is usual among birds, where
the extreme opposite is shown in Glymnorhina, by the common
origin of both anterior and middle cerebrals.

Syrniwm alwco.—The most characteristic feature of the arteries
in this bird is the marked symmetry of their arrangement, which,
as will have been and will be noted, is not by any means usual
among birds. The posterior spinal artery is only double for a
short distance. The cerebellar arteries arise exactly opposite to
each other and in front of the 6th nerve. The two branches of
the basilar which form the posterior communicating arteries are
perfectly equal in size. The ophthalmic arteries form the anterior
termination on each side of the carotids ; they arise from the circle
of Willis just opposite the middle cerebral arteries, which supply
the whole of the fore part of the hemisphere; there are no inde-
pendent anterior cerebral arteries. The broader and shorter
cerebral hemispheres of Syrniwm are correlated with a somewhat
different branching of the middle cerebral arteries. Hach artery
is curved in a semicircular fashion, and follows a transversely-
running forward branch of the Sylvian fissure, to end in the
immediate neighbourhood of the olfactory lobes. Only one branch
of importance is given off from the inner side of each semicircle

108 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 7,

thus formed. ‘These are the rather strongly developed olfactory
arteries, which meet but do not join in the median intracerebral
fissure, along which they run towards the olfactory bulbs.

The brain of Asio mexicanus shows no differences, except in the
merest minutie.

Text-fig. 17.

Brain of Pelecanus fuscus (ventral aspect), showing the principal branches
of the arterial system.

Lettering as in text-fig. 15.

Aquila verreauwxi.—The brain of this bird shows the more general
avian asymmetry in some of its arteries. Thus the anterior spinal,
which is double for some distance, enters the left cerebellar artery
instead of being directly non vena with the basilar trunk. The
basilar artery, moreover, is connected with the right carotid only,
or if with the left also by a quite minute trunk, Shedh T have not

1905. ] ARTERIES OF THE BRAIN IN BIRDS. 109

been able to see. The middle cerebral (Sylvian) artery curves
round on each side towards the middle line, but not with so
marked a flexure as in the Owls.

The brain of Falco lanarius differs in some few particulars from
that of Aquila, but agrees in other points. The cerebellar arteries
are not asymmetrical, but the basilar is, though its asymmetry is
different. It communicates, in fact, chiefly if not entirely with
the left carotid instead of the right. The main branch of the
Sylvian shows the same flexure as that of Aquila.

Pelecanus fuscus (text-fig. 17, p. 108).—One marked feature of
this brain is the absolutely unpaired character of the anterior spinal
artery, in the course of which I could detect no bifurcation and
reunion. The cerebellar arteries arise behind the 6th nerve and
are slightly asymmetrical, the right being in advance of the left.
The main peculiarity of these arteries is the fact that on the right
side the posterior spinal artery does not arise as a branch of the
cerebellar, but as a separate trunk from the basilar artery. On
the left side the artery is not thus independent, but arises very
early from the cerebellar. The main trunk of the basilar is con-
tinued into the left side of the circle of Willis. The circle termi-
nates on either side anteriorly in an unusual way. The ophthalmic
arteries (text-fig. 17, Opth.) do not, as is the rule with birds, arise
in front of the optic chiasma and form practically the anterior
termination of the circle of Willis. They resemble those of
mammals, in arising between the origins of the posterior and middle
cerebral (Sylvian) arteries. The anterior cerebral artery divides
on each side into two branches. On the left side the second,
innermost, branch is the main trunk, and passes along the inter-
hemispheral groove to the olfactory bulbs, which are very little
marked.

Spheniscus demersus (text-fig. 18, p. 110).—In this brain the an-
terior spinal and the basilar arteries are nearly perfectly continuous,
and the former is in no place double, as it so frequently is in other
birds. The junction of the anterior spinal artery with the basilar
is effected through the right cerebellar artery, an asymmetry which
is common in the avian brain. The basilar artery has a much
greater calibre than the ensuing anterior spinal, quite three
times as great. The anterior spinal also contrasts, by its
slenderness, with the two stout cerebellar arteries, each of which
is considerably more than half the diameter of the parent basilar
artery. The cerebellar arteries arise from the basilar artery
behind the point of origin of the sixth pair of cranial nerves.
Anteriorly the basilar artery bends to the left and becomes con-
tinuous with the carotid; there is no trace, that I could discover,
of a bifurcation and a branch to the right carotid. From each
half of the incompleted circle of Willis four principal arteries and
one of minor importance arise, before the circle ends anteriorly in

110 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 7,

the ophthalmic arteries. The first of these is the artery to each
optic lobe, which arises anteriorly to the junction between basilar
and carotid, The artery, after arising from the carotid, divides
at once into two; these branches were of equal size on the left
side of the brain, but the posterior of the two was much the larger
on the right side of the brain. The two branches supply respec-
tively the anterior and posterior face of each corpus bigeminum.

Text-fig. 18.

Brain of Spheniscus demersus (ventral aspect), showing the principal branches
of the arterial system.

Lettering as in text-fig. 15.

The three following arteries which arise from the carotid are the
posterior, middle, and anterior cerebral. Just in front of the
posterior cerebral is a smaller accessory trunk, which also supplies
the cerebrum. The chief trunk cof the middle cerebral artery

1905. | ARTERIES OF THE BRAIN IN BIRDS. 111

bends inwards and runs in a course which is exactly parallel to
the anterior cerebral artery.

Cathartes atratus. — The brain arteries of this New-World
Vulture differ from those of the Old-World Falconide described
above in a variety of points. In the first place, the anterior
spinal artery is single and joins the basilar with the merest trace
of asymmetry Anteriorly the basilar divides into two branches,
of which that going to the left carotid is rather the larger.
Anteriorly, again, the carotid divides into the ophthalmic and the
common trunk of the middle and anterior cerebrals. In Aquila
and Falco the anterior cerebrals do not arise in this way, but
separately and anteriorly from the ophthalmics, as is the case
with many other birds also. The middle cerebrals do not curve
round to meet each other towards the middle line, but run
straight forward in a way much more characteristic of the
Cranes.

Psophia leucoptera.—I have examined two brains of this species
which show an absolute agreement in all characters of importance,
and indeed only one point of difference that I was able to detect.
This concerns the junction of the anterior vertebral artery with
the basilar at the point where the latter is formed by the con-
vergence and union of the cerebellar arteries. One specimen was
very nearly symmetrical in this region, the other less so. In the
former, the anterior spinal artery communicates with the basilar
only partly and indirectly by way of the left cerebellar. In the
second specimen, the point of opening of the anterior spinal was also
into the left cerebellar, but further away from the point of union
of the two cerebellar arteries. Posteriorly, as in Anthrepoides
paradisea and some other birds, the anterior spinal artery is
double. I only observed this in one specimen, but should not
like to record it as a variation, since the apparent difference may
be merely a question of deficient injection. In both specimens
the circle of Willis is, as in so many other birds, asymmetrical.
The basilar artery is, in fact, connected only with the right
carotid, as is the case with Anthropoides paradisea. Just before
joining it the basilar gives off the artery to the corpus bigeminum
of its own side. The middle cerebral artery curves round, as in
the Birds of Prey, towards the middle ventral line of the brain
to the extremely rudimentary olfactory lobes, nearly meeting its
fellow. In this feature Psophia distinctly differs from Anthro-
poides paradisea. ‘The anterior cerebral arteries arise about
halfway between the origin of the middle cerebrals and the middle
line of the brain. They are slender and not conspicuous.

Tantalus ibis.—The brain of this bird (text-fig. 19, p. 112) which
I examined is particularly well injected, and shows apparently all
the small arteries as well as the larger ones. The anterior spinal
artery (text-fig. 19, A.sp.) is double for a portion of its course, but

112 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | Feb. 7,

only for a short portion, and the two arteries reunite a con-
siderable distance behind the junction of the cerebellar arteries
to form the basilar. The anterior spinal artery is at its point
of union with these arteries slightly asymmetrical. In fact it
joins the right cerebellar artery, though only just before the
union of the latter with the left. The two cerebellar arteries
are themselves symmetrical with regard to the ventral median
line of the brain; the right-hand one, at any rate, lies in front

Text-fig. 19.

Brain of Tantalus ibis (ventral aspect), showing the principal branches of the
arterial system.

Lettering as in text-fig. 15.

of the 6th nerve. I could not detect the nerve on the other side
of the brain. The cerebellar artery divides into the two usual
branches. That which supplies the medulla is connected with a
coarse network of arteries on the upper surface of that part of the
brain which puts the artery into communication with its fellow
on the opposite side of the brain. The basilar artery gives off a

1905. | ARTERIES OF THE BRAIN IN BIRDS. 113

branch on the right side to form or join the circle of Willis; on the
opposite side is a very slender equivalent artery. The ophthalmic
(text-fig. 19, Opth., p. 112) arises from the circle of Willis in a way
which is found in some other birds, but not in all. Hach artery
arises from the circle of Willis before the latter gives off the middle
cerebral artery. The anterior cerebral is therefore quite indepen-
dent of the ophthalmic artery, instead of being a branch of it as it
is, for example, in the Ostrich. Tantalus agrees more nearly with
Pelecanus than with some other birds in the disposition of these
arteries. ‘The middle cerebral artery gives off as usual a large
series of branches, but there is not an especially conspicuous one
curving round towards the middle ventral line of the brain as in
so many birds. This region of the brain is, in fact, supplied by
the anterior cerebral artery (text-fig. 19, 4.cer.). This artery has
two chief branches: the one runs forward towards the olfactory
lobes ; the other runs along the groove lying in front of the optic
chiasma and nearly meets its fellow of the opposite side. The
position occupied by this artery is, in fact, exactly that which is
often occupied by the ophthalmic arteries in other birds. It is
remarkable that in the Ostrich (text-fig. 15, p. 103) the ophthalmic
does oceupy this position, and that, further, an artery arises from
the circle of Willis exactly in the position of the ophthalmic artery
in Vantalus, and runs to the optic nerve on either side. This
artery lies above the ophthalmic, and is shown on the right side
only in the figure (text fig. 15, p. 163).

Anthropoides paradisea.—In this Crane I have been able to
study the brain arteries in considerable detail; the injection had
been very successful. The anterior spinal artery shows the very
usual bifurcation and reunion before uniting with the cerebellar
arteries to form the basilar. The reunion takes place some little
way behind the entrance of the anterior spinal artery into the
right cerebellar artery. This union, it will be observed, is, as in
so many other birds, the cause of an asymmetry in this region of
the vascular system of the brain. The basilar arter y gives you im
its course two pairs of quite symmetrically disposed arteries to
the medulla. The basilar artery itself only supplies the right side
of the circle of Willis.

spinal artery in Cariama is, as
is usual among birds, unsymmetrical with regard to the basilar
artery; it is not in the same straight line with it, but joins the right
cerebellar. Towards the end of the medulla the anterior spinal
is double, the right-hand half being, however, the more important.
The calibre of the anterior spinal is less than that of the basilar
artery, but the difference is not so great as in some birds, for
example the Penguin. The basilar artery does not bifurcate
anteriorly, but joins the right side of the circle of Willis only ;
just before joining 16 emits the artery to the right optic lobe.
The cerebellar arteries—at any rate that of the left side—arise in

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. VIII. 8

114 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 7,

front of the sixth nerves. The arteries of the corpora bigemina
are nearly symmetrical with each other; each divides into two
branches just before reaching its corpus bigeminum, Of these
branches the anterior is the smaller. There is nothing specially
noteworthy to record concerning the cerebral arteries.

Goura coronata.—In this bird the two vertebral arteries reach
the brain just behind the medulla; before passing forward
they give off, as in the case of many mammals (as, for instance,
Man), a very delicate anterior spinal artery, thereby contrasting
with many birds, where the anterior spinal is of as great a
calibre as the basilar artery. The vertebrals then run forwar’s
separately, and unite to form the basilar artery well behind the
origin of the cerebellar arteries. The latter arise much further
forwards than in the Ostrich (described above, p. 103). Further-
more, the branch of this artery which runs backward along the
lateral aspect of the medulla differs from that of the Ostrich in its
relation to the adjacent nerve; moreover, the main continuation
of the artery to the cerebellum has also a different relation to
adjacent nerves. A final difference in the arterial system of this
region of the brain is that, while in the Ostrich the main branch
of the cerebellar artery passes over the flocculus and is distinctly
the most important artery of the cerebellum, in Goura the artery
which follows the same course is not derived from the posterior
cerebellar, but from an anterior cerebellar arising from the basilar
artery further forwards, and which is of the same calibre as the
posterior cerebellar. This artery exists in the Ostrich, but is not
nearly so large as the posterior cerebellar. The posterior cere-
bellars, it should be observed, arise symmetrically from the basilar ;
the left anterior cerebellar arises in advance of the right anterior
cerebellar, As in the Ostrich, the left posterior communicating
artery is much the stronger. The anteriorly situated cerebral
arteries have a curiously asymmetrical and compensative ar-
rangement. As in other birds, the carotids curve round and
each ends in the ophthalmic artery. The main cerebral arteries
are three in number. The first two of these are exactly as in
Struthio, lying respectively between the cerebrum and the corpus
bigeminum and along the Sylvian fissure. The third artery,
however, consists of two branches, of which the more important
approaches its fellow of the opposite side and runs mesially
forward to the olfactory lobes; the branch running forwards and
supplying the under surface of the hemisphere to the side of this
is less important. In Struthio the precise reverse is the case.
Moreover, this branch, lying to the side of the olfactory branch of
the anterior cerebral artery, is only well developed on the right
side; it exists on the left side, but is functionally replaced on
that side by a branch of the middle cerebral artery, This branch
is present on the right side but very small.

Gymnorhina leuconota.—There are a number of features (see

1905. | ARTERIES OF TILE BRAIN IN BIRCS. LS)

text-fig. 20) in which the encephalic arterial system of this bird
differs from that of other birds. The anterior spinal is double for
a considerable distance behind the origin of the cerebellar arteries ;
but I am unable to be precise as to the extent of this double region.
The anterior spinal artery is not exactly in the same straight line
with the basilar artery, but joins directly the left cerebellar artery.
There is thus, as is so often the case, an asymmetry in the cere-
bellar arteries; but the most remarkable peculiarity concerning
these arteries is that they rise very near to the circle of Willis,
and therefore well in front of the origin of the sixth pair of
nerves.

Text-fig. 20.

ee

Brain of Gymnorhina leuconota (ventral aspect), showing the principal branches
of the arterial system.

Lettering as in text-fig. 15.

The basilar artery joins the right side of the circle of Willis
only. The latter is more elongated in an antero-posterior direction
than it is in many birds.

The posterior cerebral artery among birds usually hides itself

ge

116 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 7,

deep down in the cleft between the corpus bigeminum and the
cerebrum. In Gymnorhina the conditions are rather different.
The artery in question at least mainly. supplies the corpus
bigeminum of its side, and can be seen running over the anterior
face of that division of the brain. Another amusual characteristic
shown in the brain is the origin from a common stem of both the
middle and anterior cerebral arteries. The latter, as will be seen
from the drawing, are particularly small. The middle cerebral
arteries have three main branches; but it is possible that the
innermost branch is to be looked upon as the true anterior cerebral

artery, since its distribution agrees very closely with a separately
arising artery in many birds (see text-figs. 16, 18, A.cer., pp. 106
& 110), which I have ventured to call pmterion cerebral.

§ General Account of the Cerebral Arterial System in Aves.

From the details set forth in the preceding descriptions of
various types of birds’ brains, it is possible to extract a general
account of the arteries as characterising birds.

The circle of Willis is never fully complete; it is invariably in-
complete anteriorly, there being no anterior communicating artery
as in mammals; posteriorly the asymmetrical disposition of the
basilar artery usually (but not always) fails to bring about a
direct union between the two carotids.

The two Carotids are invariably both present and are posterior
in position, never entering the imperfect circle of Willis towards
the middle of its course. They are also perfectly symmetrical
with each other and equisized. They lie behind the last cerebral
artery, and not, as in mammals, between the middle and the
posterior cerebral artery. They are alone concerned with the
circulation in the brain, the vertebral arteries being unimportant.

The Ophthalmic arteries are always large and symmetrical, and
their position varies slightly, arising as they do either behind
the origin of the middle and anterior cerebrals or in common with
the latter. In the former case, the point of origin of the
ophthalmic arteries resembles that of the Mammalia, In the
latter, which is the more usual, the condition is typical of birds
as opposed to mammals. They are never small! and inconspicuous
as is the case In some mammals.

There are invariably three pairs of Cerebral arteries, of which
the anterior is distinctly less important than the middle and the
posterior, and its supply of blood to the hemispheres is hmited to
the anterior and inferior regions of the hemispheres and to the
rudimentary olfactory lobes. The cerebral arteries are the only
arteries supplying the brain which arise from the circle of Willis.
The intercerebral region is not supplied, as in mammals, by the
anterior cerebral ar ter y, but by the middle and posterior. %

There is one principal Cerebellar artery on each side, arising
from the basilar artery where the latter becomes continuous with
the anterior spinal artery at about the middle of the medulla, and

1905.] ARTERIES OF THE BRAIN IN BIRDS, 117

as a rule, but not always, in front of the sixth nerves. The
position of these arteries is nearly exactly that of the middle
cerebellar arteries in Mammalia. Each cerebellar artery emits
a considerable branch to the dorsal side of the spinal cord before
passing, as 1t almost always (if not quite always) appears to do,
over the flocculus. The cerebellum is also supplied with blood
by a branch of the artery supplying the corpora bigemina and by a
branch of the posterior cerebral artery.

The basilar artery is short in extent, and is as a rule connected
with only one carotid, either right or left, though sometimes with
both. This asymmetrical condition of the basilar artery is very
rarely to be seen in Mammals, but it is quite characteristic of
Birds.

The following synopsis shows the connection of the basilar
artery with the circle of Willis in the types examuned :—

Basilar artery bifureate anteriorly, completing circle of Willis
posteriorly.
a. Branches equal or subequal: Syrniuwm, Asio.
6. Left-hand branch larger: Struthio, Cathartes, Goura.

e. Right-hand branch larger: Dromeus, Ara, Tantalus.

Basilar artery connected with right side only of circle of Willis :
Aquila, Psophia, Anthropoides, Cariama, Gymnorhina.

Basilar artery connected with left side only of circle of Willis:
Falco, Pelecanus, Spheniscus.

Tam unwilling to comment at length upon these facts since
they are butfew. They allow, however, of some obvious reflections
and some generalisations which can hardly be reversed by subse-

uent discovery. On the assumption (which seems to be reason-
able) that the complete and equal division of the basilar artery
anteriorly to join both carotids ig primitive, it seems certain that
the production of an asymmetry due to the shrinking or complete
suppression of one branch has proceeded along several distinct
lines, quite irrespective of such relationships as other anatomical
characters allow us to surmise. That Aquila and Falco fall into
different categories is sufficient proof of this. On the other hand,
the fact must not be lost sight of that the Crane-like birds
(viz., Psophia, Cariama, and Anthropoides) have apparently followed
the same path of modification.

Tt is furthermore interesting to note that the Striges are unlike
the Falcones, and that Cathartes is unlike either,

118 ‘HE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Feb.21,

February 21, 1905.
Howarp Saunpers, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair,

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1905 :—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the
month of January were 70 in number. Of these 24 were acquired
by presentation, 3 by purchase, 31 were received on deposit, and
12 by exchange. The total number of departures during the
sume period, by death and removals, was 158,

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to the
following :—

1 A Red Teetee (Callithrix cuprea) from Brazil, deposited on
Jan. 18th. This species is new to the Collection.

2. Representatives of two unknown specics of Lemur from
Madagascar, deposited on Jan. 25th. °

3. A pair of Mouflon (Ovis masinon) from Corsica, deposited
on Jan. 21st.

4, A Prongbuck (Antilocapra americana) from North America,
deposited on Jan. 14th. b

5. An Ethiopian Wart-Hog (Phacocherus cthiopicus) from
Africa, deposited on Jan. 13th.

6. Two Black-and-White Geese (Anseranas semipalmata) from
Australia, received in exchange on Jan. 23rd.

Mr. Henry Scherren, F.Z.S., exhibited on behalf of Mr. Rowland
Ward, F.Z.S.,a mounted specimen of the Blackbuck (Antilope
cervicapra) shot by the Crown Prince of Bhopal in Sept. 1904.
The animal was remarkable for the extent and depth of the dark
coloration, which not only covered the body but the whole of the
face, obliterating the usual white eye-patches. No such case was
mentioned by Mr. Lydekker in, his ‘Great and Small Game of
India,’ and the skin was by far the darkest which had passed
through Mr. Ward’s hands. The horns measured 243” in length,
with a circumference of 53" at the base. —

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S8., exhibited some specimens of the South-
African Millipede (Spirostreptus pyrocephalus), presented by
Mr. Guthrie, of Port Elizabeth, to the Society’s Gardens. These
Millipedes had bred in the Gardens.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., read a paper entitled “A Con-
tribution to our Knowledge of the Varieties of Lacerta muralis
in Western Europe and North Africa.”

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

Dec OOS) vel nie ie

WMantern Bros imp.

J.Smit del.et lith .
CIRAFFA CAMEL OPARDALIS TIPPEL SRIRGCHAL .
(Immature femede. )

PAS, 1905. well Lie), 20.

J. Smit del.et ith . Mintern Bros. imp .

Figs. 1,2. HEAD AND NECK OF GIRAFFA CAME LOPARDALIS PERALTA.
Fig. 3. BACK VIEW OF HEAD OF G.C. COTTONIE .

1995. ] ON THE NIGERIAN AND KILIMANJARO GIRAFFES. 119

1. On the Nigerian and Kilimanjaro Girattes.
By R. LyDEKKER.
[Received January 7, 1905. |
(Plates XI, & XII.*)

Since the appearance in last year’s ‘ Proceedings’ T of my paper
on the subspecies of Giraffa camelopardalis, the British (Natural
History) Museum has received the skins and portions of the
skeletons of two Giraffes belonging to forms hitherto insufticiently
represented in the collection. The descriptions and figures of
these two specimens will serve to complete the aforesaid paper, so
far as anything connected with the zoology of mammals can be
said to be complete.

The first specimen comprises the skin, skull, and limb-bones of
an adult bull of the Nigerian, or western, race of the Giraffe
(Giraffa camelopardalis peralta), shot by Captain G. B. Gosling
im Nigeria, and presented by that gentleman to the Museum.
The head and neck have been mounted, and form the subject of
Pl. XII. figs. 1 & 2. The second specimen is a female (apparently
not full-grown) of the Kilimanjaro Giraffe (G. c. tippelskirchi),
presented by Mr. T. F. Victor Buxton, by whom the animal was
killed in British East Africa last year. Of the former race, the
only example hitherto known is the type female, of which the skull
and limb-bones were alone preserved; while of the second no
coloured figure has, so far as I am aware, been hitherto published.

Captain Gosling’s specimen, which is that of a fully adult,
although not a very old, animal, serves to show that the Nigerian
Giraffe belongs to the northern, or typical, group of the species—
that is to say, the one in which the bulls have a large median
horn, and the legs in both sexes are white, or nearly so. When
describing the skeleton of the type female, Mr. Thomas t was
of opinion that the lengths of the skull and of the hind cannon-
bone indicated an unusually large form of Giraffe. This, how-
ever, is not borne out by the corresponding bones of the male.
The skull of the latter is, for example, not very markedly larger
than that of a Nubian or Kordofan Giraffe of the same approxi-
mate age. As regards the hind cannon-bone, this element in
Captain Gosling’s specimen is practically the same length as in
the type female skeleton; and both these bones are scarcely
longer than the corresponding bone im the mounted skeleton of a
male Nubian Giraffe from Abyssinia in the British Museum. All
that the Nigerian specimens seem to show in this respect is that
the skull and the cannon-bone have the same respective lengths
in both sexes. Whether this holds good for other races of the
species, I have no means of determining.

* Por explanation of the Plates, see p. 121.
+ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1904, 1. p. 202 e¢ seq.
t bid. 1898, p. 40.

120 MR. R, LYDEKKER ON THE [ Feb. 21,

The skull shows no very marked difference from that of the
Nubian Giraffe, with which it agrees in the comparatively
slight development of the rudimentary occipital horns. The
main horns are somewhat smaller and more slender, and the
ridge between them is perhaps somewhat less elevated ; while the
anterior horn is remarkable for the great length and rugosity of
its base. Whether these features are of any importance can only
be determined when other specimens are available, All that can
be said at present is that the skull of the Nigerian race is
certainly somewhat longer and more slender than that of the
typical Nubian fori.

As regards coloration, the most striking feature of the Nigerian
Giraffe is its extreme paleness—this being very markedly shown
in the head and neck (Pl. XII. figs. 1, 2). This paleness is indeed
much more marked than in even immature bulls of the Nubian race.
The whole head may, in fact, be said to be whitish, relieved only
by some pale fawn spots on the side of the face below the line of
the eye, and by a dash of still paler (sandy) fawn on the forehead
and the middle line of the face, Two i irregular blotches of darker
fawn immediately behind each nostril are very conspicuous; they
oceur indeed in the Nubian Giraffe, but in that form they agree
in colour with, and are joined to, the darker fawn of the middle
line of the face,

The Pale-faced, or White-faced, Giraffe would be an excellent
distinctive name for this race, were we at liberty to ignore the
term peralta, which, I fear, is somewhat misleading.

On the neck the blotches are of a somewhat darker fawn on a
whity-brown ground, These blotches ave very large, few in
number, and separated by very wide interspaces, so that the
coloration can scar cely be described as of the “netted ” type. In
shape the blotches are irregular and much elongated, and at
their edges they shade off almost imperceptibly into the ground-
colour. They are quite different in size and disposition from
those of the Nubian Girafte,

The occipital region (Pl. XII. fig, 1) is white, with a very
few large spots; and below the ears is a very large fawn blotch
covering an area which in the Nubian Giraffe is white, and in all
other Giraffes (Pl. XII. fig, 2) is marked with small spots.

As regards the body-skin, it may be mentioned that the spots
on the back are pale chestnut-brown, with trefoil-shaped dark
brown centres, Towards the hind-quarters the colour of the
spots gradually lightens, and on the hind-limbs it becomes very
pale fawn, The spots on the back are darker than in the male of
G. c. typica figured in the Proc. Zool. Soc, for 1904, vol. i. pl. 1x.,
but such a difference may be due mainly or entirely to the
immaturity of the latter. A constant distinction between the
two forms would appear to be the much greater number of the
spots on the back and flanks of peralia, these spots becoming
much broken up on the thighs. The spots are divided by a light
network, of which the strands are much broader on the fore spam

1905. ] NIGERIAN AND KILIMANJARO GIRAFFES. WD

on the hind-quarters. On the hind-quarters the colour of the
network is whity brown, but it darkens anteriorly.

The Nigerian Giraffe is evidently nearly allied to the Nubian
G. c. typica, from which it is readily distinguished by its generally
paler colour (especially on the head) and its more numerous and
differently arranged spots.

The distinctness of this very pale-coloured Giraffe from all other
representatives of the group is thus sufficiently apparent. The
contrast 1s most marked between this race (in which it may be
presumed the two sexes are approximately the same colour) and
the Baringo Giraffe (G. c. rothschildi) or “ Black Giraffe,” in which
the bulls are extremely dark. It would be interesting to know if
the countries respectively inhabited by these two races present
features which would generally accord with these two very
distinct types of coloration.

The female of the Kilimanjaro Giraffe (@. c. tippelskirehi,
Pl. XI.) requires little or nothing in the way of description, the
Plate “speaking for itself.” The specimen exhibits all the
characteristic features of the typical tippelskirchi, as represented
in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, i. p. 214, fig. 28. The spots on the body
are of the characteristic jagged type, with the intervening network
pattern very narrow, On the neck the spots are of considerable
size, with wide intervals between ; but they decrease in size and
become more approximated on the body, and on the limbs they are
very numerous. ‘They cover nearly the whole of the inner surface
of the thighs and both sides of the limbs as far downas the fetlocks.
On the lower part of the legs the ground-colour is olive-fawn, but
on the upper part-of the fore legs and shoulders it passes into whity
brown ; while on the last few inches of the neck and the whole of
the sides of the face the ground-colour is white. The spots on
the sides of the head are blackish brown, but they are elsewhere
some shade of brown-fawn, darkest on the back and gradually
paling on the legs. They nowhere show dark centres. There is
no trace of a third horn, but this is probably merely a character-
istic of the female.

Mr. Buxton’s specimen emphasises the marked distinctness of
the Kilimanjaro Giraffe from all the other races of the species.
This race 1s indeed the most beautiful of all the Giraffes, and
is especially characterised by the fulness of its spotting,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XI,

Female Kilimanjaro Giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis tippelskirchi), from the
specimen presented to the British Museum by Mr. T. F. Victor Buxton.

Prare XII.

Fig. 1. Head and neck of male Nigerian Giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis peralta),
from the specimen presented to the British Museum by Captain Gosling.
2. Occipital view of head of same.

Giraffa camelopardalis cottoni.

2? PB bb

122 MR. R, LYDEKKER ON | Feb. 21,

2. On Dolphins from Travancore. By R. Lypexxnr,.
[Received December 30, 1904. |
(Plleie: SGML)

For some years past all specimens of Dolphins stranded on the
shore or caught by the fishermen in their nets in the neighbourhood
of Trevandrum, Travancore, have been collected and preserved by
the officials of the Trevandrum Museum. This excellent work was
begun by the late Director, Mr. Harold Ferguson, and, I am glad
to say, is being continued by his successor, Major F. W. Dawson.
In most cases careful measurements have been taken of the
specimens in the flesh, while excellent coloured sketches have been
made of the more important examples by Mr. C. 8. Mudalear.
After the completion of the measurements and drawings, the
skeletons have been prepared—some of them, I am glad to say,
having been presented to the British Museum.

As the result of the drawings and specimens sent to me by
Mr. Ferguson, I have (in addition to representatives of other
genera) been enabled to determine two apparently distinct species
of the genus Zursiops, of both of which coloured figures have
been published in the ‘ Journal of the Bombay Natural History
Society’ +. To the one I gave the name 7’. fergusoni; while the
second I identified provisionally with the Australian 7’, catalania.

Since the publication of the second of the papers just referred
to, I have received from Trevandrum sketches of two other
Dolphins taken off that coast. The first of these (Plate XIII.
fig. 1) is one of a pair taken in the autumn of 1903; while
the second (Plate XIII. fig. 2) was captured in October 1904.
Curiously enough, both appear to belong to the genus 7'urszops ;
and, what is more curious still, they are unlike either of the two
specimens figured in the papers referred to above.

Regarding the specimen taken in 1903, Mr. Ferguson wrote to
me as follows :—

“T sent off last week a case containing the skeletons of two
Dolphins caught here lately. They are of the same species, and
I think of the genus 7ursiops. They are very closely allied to, if
not identical with, 7’. catalania; but they have no blotches at the
sides, and they have a dark blue band running from the eye to
the front of the adipose elevation, as in the common Dolphin.
This band is much less conspicuous in the larger and older
specimen, and may possibly disappear altogether with age. Isend
measurements of the two specimens, and a sketch of the larger
one, in which the blue line is only faintly shown.”

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 128. -

+ Vol. xv. pp. 41 & 408, pls. B& C. It may be noticed that in the second of
{liese papers no references are made to the first ; this is owing to the fact that copies
of the former had not been received in England at the time the latter was written.

SO OMMMTSI INOSEL Swieieraom =

“duit soig usozpUtpy

GEL SOTO TEES! IC

“WEDS lal LE eA GOI 7 at

1905. ] DOLPHINS FROM TRAVANCORE. 123

The following is the description of these specimens as given by
Mr. Ferguson :—

Descriptive notes on two Cetaceans caught at Villinjam in
nets by fishermen on October 15th, 1903, and obtained
by purchase.

Smaller specimen.

38h Wg
Length from tip of snout to the median cleft

ony the: tanl-flulkesty.cs-eeceere ee er eeeeee eee ere. 5 10

From tip of snout to origin of dorsal fin ......... 24. 8

a 5 pectorallidim airy eee re

“ an genitalsiennt eon eas a KO)

AMG ets epee ae eee 4 03

Antes 10r margin of pectoral fin along the curve. 1 2

GON Sil ye Re eee May 39
Tail- fluikesvalomoatherecurver i esee-- ese eesaeeee ee I Os

Ripamserots talents Ganqee Wii ed cts tok ea oon IS
Beak from groove which separates the forehead 0 93
Genital groove Taek ee {0 43
WOR as Closextogether in yee .c sonic seat Lo 08
Menetht of mowbhpiromgapeissss...64-csse---aceen ee OF 10s

Gueabestibrcamitse:cicem.jodse seosscuchn see wimecctins 0) al
. NG ernie 2 Sete AG SAIN LR abs Ore:

i GUROMMMIETCSINGS acocooosaccoscadesnccere ree es 3 it
Smallest circumference, at root of tail............ 0 83
erg hited orsallistiniy! (eke beriareackiiend socteeiue cskes QO fs
lhength-of-dersal-fin at base ......5..0....5..c.0e0- QO

Lower jaw about half an inch longer than upper. Colour dark
plumbeous, paler about the sides, reddish ashy below. A dark
blue band running from the eye to the front of the adipose
elevation on both sides, one inch broad at the eye, tapering to a
quarter of an inch at the front. Genital and anal regions fleshy
pink. Jellyfish i A 1 stomach.

Teeth = and = =< = 49 and 50.

Ribs 12 Ae “of which the first four pairs are two-headed.
One ossified presternum and two mesosterna; xiphisternum
membranous.

Wears Ck 7, 1D. 12, Ib. 16, (Ch, Ma) == Deh

Pterygoids not in contact.

Larger specimen.

ly 0M
Length from tip of snout to the median cleft
onthertall-flikesin irae sss. teeta cee ee 1G)
From tip of snout to origin of dorsal fin......... a> LeO)
a if pectoralefint ieee UN as
4 be senitals) jaan a) Oe
hs ia SUIDUIS:s NG) BAe etn eee es i

124 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON [ Feb. 21,

vie, Wie
Anterior margin of pectoral fin along the curve. 1 3
. v4 dorsal serie eee Itai
Naaletukes alonesthe teurve jeese-e eee beeeeeerseeee Latics
Eixpanse: of shail Scr bv evant sco yonseee meee reer eee aati
Beak from groove which separates the forehead O 5
Genital jor00Ve.. 3.2 .deccuceenees ee epee een ae OB
Hava ill(o) oYeraWy Rene eee one Rena RN AMAIA Sia ba noRAGes Oo it
Gapeof miouths Glz.c ads. esate nee cee tees eee Oe I
Greatest breadth soccc.ste.ccc yaaa Sere een cere i es
RS height) veh jectancttn ce eae ee eee: Po Os
es Cincumierence mae Aarne hese cn aera a) Des
SugoeMllessin GimRGMUAMNEAEINGS Goacoscgecnsaccnencoocsoor ones OO
Valerie) nin Oe Olovaseyl Uihaly eeeneraccwencyososdoadaseseen oan Se
Ibength of dorsal fin at base: 22...0.0.2. 2... meee Lrad
Greabesticincumtenenceler.eeereerra eee @ IOs
Smallest circumference ......0....:2-.2.0<u0+ +0 © s

Lower jaw about half an inch longer than upper. Colour blue-
black, paler at the sides; beneath fleshy grey. Lower jaw dull
grey; a dark blue band, same as the smaller specimen, but less
clear. Genital and anal regions fleshy pink.

‘ 9

Teeth zl and = = §5 and 53.

Wertebre: ©. 7, D. 12, i. 16, Ca, 23 = 58.

Ribs 12, of which five are two-headed.

Pterygoids not in contact.

The following are the particulars of the 1904 specimen supplied
to me from the Treyandrum Museum :—

its
iWctreme Leng. a atectaier aiciestae pase sae ees Oneal
From tip of beak to origin of dorsal fin ......... Pin dhe:
As 5 Vuln 0) OYTO Posnoeeas saa: IL pei
i y Amel @pe MIN Se secs eee 4 3
Length of flipper round the outer curve ......... Ley, 2
- orsalin sao eee sae se ego erent Ee al
IDSXORNOSS Ot WeMMWMIGS, 2 oss sbogegocusecacoeuseooavebe LE
Greatest height, including dorsal fin ............ ee
Taleriedany; @it XO | aosconsssugacoesecsocoss sp van emnccgasus Me)
(CaeeAiGS) GATES on scans>agooseoontoaeooscuosacduanso qo aye
Smo GAM oo. Sa coco sono gnosobestousoocoacen bob beonnN Vis i)

Lower jaw somewhat protruding.

Colour. Upper surface, flippers, and sides of tail glistening
dark brown, abruptly passing into dull silvery grey (paling into
light sea-green after skinning) on the sides ; facial region paler ;
under side dull pearly white, extending to a little behind the anal
opening; orbits in a dark brown oval blotch, which gradually
fuses into a tapering band running above and parallel to the basi-
rostral groove and uniting at theangle of the (Y-shaped) prenarial
adipose elevation, from which four dark faint lines diverge towards

1905. | DOLPHINS FROM TRAVANCORE. 125

the forehead, the inner enclosing a pale lappet-shaped zone which
includes Ane narial aperture, end the outer becoming obsolete
halfway up.

Eyes dark reddish brown.

Lower jaw lighter than upper.

Lips dull whitish. Fins falcate.

Length of skull 16:3 inches; breadth 7:6 inches. Symphysis
much enorter than one-fourth total length of mandible,

29 27 i
Teeth =u and 5 a = 54 and 53. Simple, conical, and pointed,

more or less compressed towards the root; antero-posterior dia-
meter 6°) mm. ‘Two teeth in the premaxille, and the first two
mandibular ones, which were concealed in the gum, much smaller
(diameter 2 mm.).

In spite of its being a somewhat immature specimen apparently
referable to the genus Tursiops, which it resembles in many
respects, the pterygoids are widely separated in the middle line,
with the posterior border divergent.

Vertebree : 6. 7, 1D, 1S, Ik 1s, Ch. Os Seo,

The atlas and axis only fused together.

Ribs 13, the first four two-headed.

Other characters as in 7’. fergusont.

From the general characters of the specimen, the number and
size of the teeth, the vertebral formula, and the relative shortness
of the mandibular symphysis, I cannot but conclude that its
reference to Z'ursiops is correct. It is true that in the divergence
of the pterygoids it differs from the typical 7. tursio; but
since the same feature occurs in the specimen identified with
T. catalania, this affords no grounds for generic separation.

In the following table are given the dental and vertebral
formulee of the Dolphins assigned to the genus 7ursiops, inclusive
of the present specimens :—

ils UESIOES tursio (Fabricius).

Teeth = 44,
\Wierdclows2 (75 1D, ls Ib IG Chi ei = OH!
Pterygoids in contact.
2. Tursiops abusalam (Riippell).
Teeth = = 52),
Vertebre: Con De 12 in 6. Car 267 Ol:
Pterygoids (?) in contact.
3. Tursiops sp. (Trevandrum, 1904.)
Teeth _ and = = 94 and 53.
Vertebre: C.7, D. 13, L. 15, Ca. 25 = 60.

Pterygoids divergent.

126 MR. R, LYDEKKER ON [ Feb. 21,

4. Tursiops fergusoni Lydekker.

2S 26
Teeth aE and zh = 50 and Jl.
25 2a

Vertebre: C. 7, D. 13, L. 17, Ca. 24 = 61.
Pterygoids divergent.
5. Tursiops catalania (Gray).
Teeth = = 50:
Vertebre: C. 7, D. 12, L. 15, Ca, 24 = 58.

Pterygoids divergent (¢).

6. Tursiops parvimanus Liitken.
Teeth 5, = 49.
Vertebre = 62.

7. Tursiops gilli Dall.

22 23 a
Teeth = and 5, = 44 and 45.

Vertebree (2).
8. Tursiops sp. (Trevandrum, 1903.)
97 bya 9 5)
2 _ Hh ADM eas el ay dl 2H 24
Teeth 38 and oq = 09 and 53, cr (in young) i and 36

= 49 and 50.
Vertebre: C. 7, D. 12, L. 16, Ca, 23 = 58.

Pterygoids divergent.

Tn this table no. 3 is the specimen figured in Plate XIII. fig. 2
and no. 8 the one shown in Plate XIII. fig. 1.

As regards the former, it will be seen that, both in respect of the
dental and the vertebral formula, it comes nearer to 7’. @busalam of
the Red Sea than to any of the others; and indeed it would take
very little (the loss of one tooth a side, which occurs in one instance,
the transference of a dorsal vertebra to the lumbar series, and the
addition of a caudal vertebra) to make the two identical in these
respects. On the other hand, Z’. abusalam is said to have the
pterygoids in contact, or, at all events, it is not stated to differ in
this respect from 7’. tursio, but I do not attach much importance
to this.

The colouring of the type, and apparently only known, specimen
of TZ. abusalam is given as follows in the original description :—
“Upper surface of the head and body, the tail and fins, dark sea-
green. Margin of the upper lip, and entire under surface of the
body to the anus whitish flesh-colour ; belly with small, irregularly
distributed, dark green spots. Iris dark green.”

With the exception that there appears to be no white margin
to the upper lip in the Indian specimen, this description accords well
with the general colour of the former (especially when dried).
On the other hand, the Indian specimen shows no spots on the
belly (which may be a character of immaturity), and the iris is
described as brown instead of green. In point of size (that
is to say, in being smaller than 7’. tursio) the two agree sufficiently

1905. ] DOLPHINS FROM TRAVANCORE. 127

well; and in both there is the same marked projection of the
lower in front of the upper jaw. The more pronounced elevation
of the region of the blow-hole in the type of 7’. abusalam* may
probably be explained by the greater age of the specimen.

On the whole, I am inclined to regard the specimen under
consideration as being the immature form of 7’. abusalam, but it
may be that the absence of spotting on the belly is distinctive of
the Indian form at all ages, although | do not think this probable.

With regard to the two specimens from Trevandrum figured in
the ‘Journal of the Bombay Society’ as 7. fergusoni and 7. catalania,
I am inclined to think that the former is the immature form of
the latter 7, despite the difference in the number of the dorso-
lumbar vertebree t. Now, if colour be worth anything in this matter
(and if it be not, we have practically nothing to go upon), the type
of fergusoni cannot be identical with the specimen here referred
to abusalam, as both are immature specimens. Moreover, the
specimens described as fergusoni and catalania differ from abusalam
(type and young) by the general colour of the upper-parts being
dark slaty instead of greenish (when the skin is dry) and in the
orange tinge of the under-parts. Accordingly, if both the former
belong to catalania (and I have practically no doubt as to the
correctness of the identification of the adult), that species would
appear to be distinct from abusalam. In addition to the difference
of colour, it would seem to have fewer teeth and one caudal
vertebra less.

Turning now to the specimen represented in Plate XIII. fig. 1,
it might appear at first that this is the adult of the one
figured in fig. 2 of the same Plate, if we could assume the
disappearance of the light under-parts with age. In the first
place, there is, however, no evidence that such a change takes
place in this group of Dolphins; in the second place, the specimen
in fig. 1 was accompanied by a younger example which had
the same coloration ; and, in the third place, the adults of both
T. abusalam and 7. catalania have light under-parts, as 1s also
the case with 7’. tursio.

Accordingly, it would appear that the Dolphin shown in fig. 1 of
the Plate, which is certainly a 7'wrsiops, is distinct from these
three species. Now the only member of the genus which is
wholly black, with the under-parts somewhat lightened, is 7’. gilli,
of the Pacific coast of North America, described on the evidence
of the skull, and only known in the flesh by ‘“‘ momentary observa-
tions” taken by Seammon. If this evidence be trustworthy, I
cannot separate the Trevandrum specimen from 7’. gilli, so far as
colour is concerned.

As regards the number of the teeth, this is less in the type
mandible of gilli, which is immature, and also in an aged skull ;
and it is possible that in the one case the full number may not

* See True, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 36, pl. ix. (1889).

+ I had not the figure of 7. fergusoni when describing 7. catalania.

+ Differences in the number of dorso-lumbar vertebra in several species of Dolphin
are noticed in Mr. True’s memoir.

128 ON DOLPHINS FROM TRAVANCORE. [Feb. 21,

have appeared, and that in the other some may have been lost.
In any case, the difference is not very great or important.

That a North-Pacifie Dolphin should be met with on the coasts
of India is little, if at all, more improbable than the occurrence
there of an Australian form (7. catalania). Accordingly (till
evidence to the contrary be forthcoming) I, propose to regard the
specimen represented in Plate XIII. fig. 1 as 7” gilli.

If I am right in the foregoing identifications (and the difficulty
of the subject is so great that every determination must be
regarded as more or less provisional), we shall have the following
external characters of the definable species of T’urstops :—

1. Tursiops tursio. Huropean Seas *.
Size large: 9 ft. 6 in.
Upper surface blackish.
Under-parts white and unspotted.

2. Tursiops abusalam. Red Sea and Indian Ocean.
Size smaller: 7 ft. 24 in. (type), 6 ft. 11 in. (India).

Upper surface dark greenish.
Under-parts whitish and spotted with green in adult;

whitish in young.
3. Tursiops catalania. WN. Australia to Indian Ocean.
Syn. 7’. fergusont.
Size about the same as last: 7 ft. 8 in. (type), 7 ft. 43 in.
(India).
Upper surface dark slate.
Under-parts yellowish*, flecked with lead-colour.

A. Tursiops gilli. N. Pacific to Indian Ocean.
Size, Indian specimen, 6 ft. 8 in.
Whole surface blackish, tending to lighten slightly on the
under-parts, with a tinge of reddish in Indian specimens.

Whether or no I am right in any or all of these identifications,
the coloured figures of the Trevandrum specimens cannot fail to
be of great value in future researches on the subject; and I
venture to hope that the authorities of the Trevandrum Museum
will continue their excellent practice of sketching and preserving
every Dolphin that may come to hand.

WXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.
Fig. 1. Tursiops gilli (2). Adult.

g. Tursiops abusalam (?)}. Immature.
Both specimens from the Trevandrum district.

* Till further evidence, I should doubt the occurrence of this species in the Indian
Ocean.

+ In the type the under-parts are said to be whitish; if the orange tint of the
Trevandrum specimens is a specific character, then the name 7. fergusoni will be
available for the Indian form.

1905.] ON MAMMALS FROM THE TRANSVAAL. 129,

3. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—II. List of
Mammals from the Wakkerstroom District, South-
Kastern Transvaal. By Oupriztp Tuomas, F.R.S.,
F.Z.8S., and Harotp Scuwany, F.Z.8.*

[Received January 24, 1905. |

On a previous occasion f we described a collection of mammals
made by Mr. C. H. B. Grant in British Namaqualand, on behalf
of Mr. C. D. Rudd, by whom they had been presented to the
National Museum.

In continuation of his scientific exploration of South Africa,
Mr. Rudd has now presented to the Museum a further series of
specimens obtained by the same collector at and near Wakker-
stroom, S.E. Transvaal, in March, April, and May 1904.

The importance of an exploration of this region lies in its being
near the north-eastern limit of South Africa proper, and on the
eastern border of the Transvaal tableland, thus presenting a
contrast to the neighbourimg area of Zululand, which has a
warmer climate and lies at a much lower elevation.

The collection is a fairly large one, and includes specimens of
twenty-six species or subspecies, mostly represented by series
of perfect skins, with skulls and measurements, and is a very
valuable accession to the National Museum.

Two localities are represented in it— Wakkerstroom itself, at an
altitude of about 1850 m.; and Zuurbron, about 20 miles to the
east of Wakkerstroom, altitude 1600 m.

While this collection has been under examination, the Museum
has received from Mr. R. C. Wroughton, already well known by
his work in Bombay, a useful series of Mammals obtained by him
at Estcourt, Natal. These have in many instances proved of
value in making out the Wakkerstroom species,

1. PreistRELLUS KUHLIL FuscATUS Thos.

3. 746. Zuurbron.

This is the first record of any Pipistrellus other than P. nanus
in South Africa.

The subspecies was described from Naivasha, British East Africa,
and specimens apparently referable to it are also in the Museuni
collection from Nyasaland.

So far as a skin can be accurately compared with a spirit-
specimen, the Zuurbron example appears to agree with the type

in every respect.

* [The complete account of the new species described in this communication
appears here; but since the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the
‘Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—Kp1rok. |

+ P. Z.S. 1904, 1. p. 171.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou, I. No. IX. 9

130 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON MAMMALS | Feb. 21,

2. RutvoLorius DentI Thos.
2in spirit. Zuurbron.
Hitherto known only from Kuruman.

3. RuinoLopHus aucurR K. And.

3. linspirit. Zuurbron.

This specimen is referred to in Mr, Andersen’s original descrip-
tion of the species*.

4, HiprosIDEROS CAFFER Sund.
4 in spirit, Zuurbron.

5, AMBLYSOMUS HOTTENTOTTUS A. Sm.

S$. 767. Zuurbron.

This specimen agrees closely with Dr. Smith’s type in the
British Museum.

““ Apparently common. Forms runs and mounds similar to
Georychus, but so much smaller as to make these animals very
difficult to trap. The specimen sent home took nearly a whole
day to dig out.” —C. HZ, B. @.

6. CROCIDURA FLAVESCENS Geoff.

@, Oil, GOT, (O09, (ALL, (4 (& sam spirit). 2. 680, 682, 688,
703. Wakkerstroom.

6. 758. @. 751, 754. Zuurbron.

“Zulu name in the Transvaal ‘Ngoso.’ Almost exclusively
nocturnal. Its favourite habitat is in the stone walls surrounding
the farm lands; it is common also in gardens and the thick
undergrowth in the bush.”—C. H. B. G.

7. Myosorex varius Smuts.

6. (40, 193. | 2. 749, 750, 757, (63, 769, 773. Aworbron

3. 716, 741. &. 742 (2 in spirit). Wakkerstroom,

Flesh measurements of an adult male :—Head and body 85 mm.;
tail 43; hind foot 14; ear 9.

On laying out the fine series of Myosorext obtained from
different localities in South Africa during the Rudd Exploration,
we find there are two very distinct species, of which one, the true
M. varius, is the smaller, grey in colour, with light-coloured feet,
and with a comparatively short, well-haired tail, which is brown
along the top and light on the sides and below. This species,
besides the localities recorded by Sclater, has been found by
Mr. Grant at Port Nolloth, in the North-west, Cape Peninsula

* Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) xiv. p. 380 (1904).
+ 46 specimens from the Rudd collection, added to half a dozen old Museum
specimens, and seven recently obtained at Estcourt, Natal, by Mr. R. C. Wroughton.

1905.] FROM THE WAKKERSTROOM DISTRICT, TRANSVAAL, 13]

(Tokai Retreat and Table Mountains), Zuurbron and Wakkerstroom
of the present series, and at Sibudeni and Umvolosi in Zululand,
where it is found side by side with the larger species next to be
described.

None of the collections made in the central parts of the Colony
have contained any J/yosorex, so that the genus would seem to
be confined to the coast districts from Little Namaqualand round
to Zululand, and corresponding to the West Cape and Hast Cape
subregions of Dr. Matschie’s zoological subdivision of Africa.

Sundevall’s “ Sorex cafer” * is clearly JZ. varius, as is shown
by its short tail, and by some measurements of the typical skull
kindly furnished us by Dr. Kinar Lénnberg.

“Zulu name in Transvaal ‘ Ngoso.’ Not common on the high
veldt, but very plentiful on the low ground under fallen trees and
in the thick vegetation near the bush. Both nocturnal and
diurnal.”—-C. H. B. G.

8. MyosorEX TENUIS, sp. n.

9. 773. Zuurbron. Z'ype of species.

This specimen being an isolated one, we have first described
an allied species on a series obtained later by Mr. Grant in Zulu-
land, as follows :—

Myosorex scuArreri Thos. & Schw.

Myosorea sclateri, Thos. & Schw. Abstr. P.Z.8. No. 15, p. 10,
Feb. 28, 1905.

Size considerably larger than in I. varius and tail longer.
General colour much darker, a warm dark bistre-brown, very
different to the grey of W. varius; approaching black in some
specimens. Under surface but little lighter than upper. Upper
side of hands and feet brown. ‘Tail longer than in J. varius,
its hairs closely adpressed and not forming a pencil at the tip, so
that it looks to the naked eye much less hairy than in the allied
species ; its colour uniformly brown above and below, or the lower
side very inconspicuously lighter.

Skull decidedly larger than in I. varius; the teeth similar
except that i' is longer, its main cusp surpassing considerably in
downward projection the tip of 1°, while in JZ, varius it is barely
longer than that tooth. [This character is not always available
for distinguishing the species, partly owing to the influence of sex,
the male having generally a longer i' than the female, and partly
to age, the tooth being occasionally so worn down as to be useless
for the purpose. |

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 99 mm.; tail 53; hind foot 16; ear 10°5.

Sknli——_back of condyle to front face of 1° 25°2; basal length 22 ;

* (fy. K. Vet.-Ak. Férh, 1846, p, 119.
9*

132 MESSRS. 0. TUOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON MAMMALS [ Feb, 21,

greatest breadth across brain-case 12°5 ; length of upper tooth-
series 10°5.

Hab. Zululand. Type from the Ngoye Hills; alt. 250 m.

Type. 3. B.M. No. 4.12.3.12. Original number 887. Cap-
tured 28 September, 1904. Seventeen specimens examined.

We have named this well-marked species in honour of Mr. W.
L. Sclater, the Director of the South African Museum, to whose
kindness Mr. Grant has been very materially indebted for assistance
in carrying out Mr. Rudd’s exploration of Hast Africa,

Returning now to the specimen from Zuurbron, we think that it
represents a small slender-footed species of Myosorex which may be
briefly described as follows :—

MYosoREX TENUIS, Sp. Nn.

Colours and length of tail as in MW. sclateri, but size about as in
M. varius; the feet small and slender ; tail close-haired and dark-
coloured as in the Zululand form. Skull small, narrow. I’ not
particularly lengthened in the type, which, however, is a female.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 76 mm.; tail 45; hind foot 14; ear 9.

Skull—back of condyle to front face of 1° 21:7; basallength 19;
greatest breadth across brain-case 10-2; length of upper tooth-
series 9:5.

Hab. Zuurbron, Wakkerstroom Highlands ; alt. 1600 m.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 4.9.1.22. Original number 773.
Collected 15 May, 1904.

9, FELIS OCREATA CAFRA Desm.

3. 784. ©. 776. Zuurbron.

These specimens are a trifle lighter in general colour than those
from Deelfontein referred by Schwann to /’. 0. cafra*, but there
is not sufficient difference to warrant their separation.

‘“‘ Apparently common, but very wary. Mostly inhabiting the
thick bush and sleeping in hollow trees. It, however, visits the
open country at night in search of food, when it is not difficult to
trap. Food consists of beetles, mice, &e. Is very destructive to
poultry, visiting the same roost night after night, finally completely
clearing it, if not stopped.”—C. H. B. G.

10. CyNICTIS PENICILLATA Cuv.

3. 729. 9. 694, 728. Wakkerstroom.

“Zulu name in Transvaal ‘ Pipi.’

‘“‘ Found on the high veldt, where it digs single holes, which serve
as a protection when suddenly disturbed. Its food is apparently

#* Aim. Mag. N. HL. (7) xiii. p. 425 (1904).

1905.j FROM THE WAKKERSTROOM DISTRICT, TRANSVAAL, 133

insects, with mice and small birds occasionally, Diurnal only.’”—
OPEB AG:

11. SuRICATA SURICATTA HAMILTONI, subsp. n.

3. 733. Wakkerstroom.

On laying out the Museum series of Suricate skins for comparison
with Mr. Grant’s specimen, it is at once apparent that they fall
naturally into four distinct groups or local races, as follows :—

1. Central (typical). Cape and Deelfontein.

2. South-easterly. Grahamstown.
3. North-easterly. Orange River Colony and Southern Transvaal.
4, North-westerly. Little Namaqualand (Klipfontein).

It is possible that sufficient modern material might show that
the Suricate of the neighbourhood of Cape Town was subspecific-
ally distinct from all these groups, but our only authentic Cape
specimen, which was collected by General Hardwicke before 1835,
is now so worn and faded that it is impossible to separate it from
the Deelfontein form.

This being the case, the latter may be referred with the Cape
one to the typical subspecies.

The synonymy of this typical subspecies will contain all the
names hitherto published, owing to the type locality having been
in each case given as “ South Africa,” without further details.

As represented by the specimens from Deelfontein, the typical
subspecies is characterised by having the head and shoulders “ drab-
gray” and the cheeks and under parts of the neck dirty white.
The tail appears to be rather more fulvous than in the other forms.

The other races may be described as follows :—

S. 8. LOPHURUS, subsp. nov.

Under this name we distinguish a South-eastern race, re-
presented by two specimens from Grahamstown remarkable for
their large size. In colour they most resemble the series from
Deelfontein, being drab-grey on the head and shoulders and dirty
white or grey on the cheeks and throat. The tail is distinctly
bushy and of the same general colour as the body, not showing
the yellow or fulvous suffusion toward the tip so generally present
in the other groups. The lengths of the hind feet are 69 and
72 mm. in the young and adult specimens respectively, as against
a maximum of 67 in other members of this species in the
collection.

The skull is characterised by the marked backward divergence
of the zygomata and its general large size.

The younger of the two specimens, No. 97.11.5.11, still retains
the rounded appearance and open basilar suture indicative of youth,
but nevertheless measures 69 mm. in greatest length as against
the 68 mm. of the oldest male specimen from any other locality.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 340 mm.; tail 200; hind foot 72; ear 18.

134 MESSRS. 0, THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON MAMMALS [ Feb. 21,

Skull—basal length 61 mm. ; greatest length 72; zygomatic
breadth 50; brain-case breadth 33.

Hab. Near Grahamstown, Cape Colony.

Type. &. B.M. No. 97.11.5.10. Presented by the Albany

Museum.

5. 8. HAMILTONI, subsp. nov.

This subspecies is based on specimens collected by Capt. G. E-
HH. Barrett-Hamilton at Vredefort Road, Orange River Colony, and
the one obtained by Mr. C. H. B. Grant at Wakkerstroom.

It is distinguished by its generally lighter colour above and below
and the stronger fulvous suffusion present on the back. One of
its best characters is a strongly marked white patch extending
from the eye to the neck and entirely surrounding the ear. The
throat is also strongly suffused with white, while it is grey in the
other subspecies. These characteristics, though not very marked
in single specimens, are very apparent when a series of skins is
compared.

The skull differs in no way from that of the typical subspecies.

Hab. Wakkerstroom, 8.E. Transvaal; alt. 1850 m.

Type. 6. B.M. No. 4.9.1.31. Collected 8 April, 1904.

S. Ss. NAMAQUENSIS, subsp. nov.

Characterised by the silvery tone of the forehead, lips, cheeks,
and shoulders, these parts being grey in the other subspecies.
Throat grey as usual. Suffusion on the tail more yellow than
fulvous, the black tip rather less strongly pronounced than in the
other races.

The silvery tone of ulns animal falls in well with the conclusions
published in our paper * on Mr. Grant’s Namaqualand collection,
where the paleness of the mammals generally was noticed.

Hab. Klipfontein, Namaqualand ; alt. 1034 m.

Type. 29. B.M. No. 4.2.3.4.2. Collected 13 May, 1903. Four
specimens examined.

The following is a rough key to the four subspecies of Stwricata
here recognised :—

A. Greatest length of skull 68 mm. at most; hind foot less
than 65 mm. ; tail less bushy.
a. Forehead and nape uniformly coloured, white cheek-
patch not passing over ears.
a’, Forehead, cheeks, and shoulders with a ey

silvery tone : Luce. Si. S. naMAaquensis.
b2. Forehead and shoulders “drab- ere ey, : ” cheeks
dirty white .. cederoavcenvnsese Sb SOMICTUEG.
b. White cheek-patch extending Bbove cars oe S. s. hamilton.

B. Skull 69 mm. or more; hind foot more than 67 mm.; tail
Very DUSHIY aktiat sree erasers ae en ates ester een ee COMES ES HLO DL OUIIISN

* P.Z.S. 1904, i. p. 172.

1905,] FROM THE WAKKERSTROOM DISTRICT, TRANSVAAL, iay

“Zulu name in Transvaal ‘Cagiti.’ Found on the high veldt
only ; not so common as Cynictis penicillata, to which its habits
are similar.” —C. H. B. G.

12. HERPESTES GRACILIS PUNCTULATUS Gray.

This Mongoose may be distinguished by its generally darker
colour and the much brighter suffusion on the head and shoulders
from its nearest ally, H. gracilis cauwi Smith *, which was
described from Kurrichaine, Western Transvaalt. By the kind-
ness of Dr. H. O. Forbes, Director of the Liverpool Museum, we
have been enabled to examine the type of Herpestes cawwi, and
find that it agrees in every way with specimens obtained at Hssex
Vale in Matabililand by Mr. F. C. Selous.

“Zulu name in Transvaal ‘ Cagiti.’ It is said by the natives
to be very fond of snakes, especially the ‘Mamba.’ They say
that when it finds the sleeping-hole of one, it digs another
directly above and behind the entrance and communicating with
it, and waits there for the return of the occupant, when it seizes
it at the back of head and instantly despatches it.”—C. H. B. G.

13. Icronyx CAPENSIS Kaup.

6. 779. Zuurbron.

3g. 696. 2. 695, 721. Wakkerstroom.

“Zulu name in Transvaal ‘Iqaqa.’ Found and trapped in
the clumps of rocks on the hillsides and under the krantzes.
Very destructive to poultry and occasionally eating carrion.”—

OC. H, B. G.

14, TATERA BRANTSII Smith.

6. 692, 701, 710: @. 699. Wakkerstroom.

The typical locality of Smith’s Gerbillus brantsii~ was the
hills towards the sources of the Caledon River,” that is to say
along the Basuto border of the Orange River Colony.

‘¢Not common, nor observed in the low veldt, but seems to
favour lands that have at one time been under cultivation.
Apparently lives in pairs with the young in small burrows of five
or six holes. Nocturnal only and a vegetarian.”—C. H. B. G.

15, Oromys 1rroratus Brants.

@. 723, 724 (1 in spirit). Wakkerstroom.

Ge US, hes Oo (0s) Auman,

“ Zulu name in Transvaal ‘Ibuusi.’ Partial to vleis, sluits, and
all damp places where sufficient cover exists, also found occa-
sionally in a clump of rocks some little distance from any water
and in farm lands.

* Report of Expedition, p. 42 (1836).
+ 25/ 40’ S., 27’ 10” E.
+ Report of Expedition, p. 43 (1836).

136 MESSRS, 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON MAMMALS [ Feb. 21,

“This rat builds a dome-shaped nest of dry grass at the foot of
some bush, where it both sleeps and breeds. It does not seem to
burrow. Their nests and runs can be easily seen when the veldt
has been burnt off. Apparently diurnal only.”—C. H. B.G.

16. Mus cotonus Brants.

3. 768 (1 in spirit), 9. 762, 766, 772. Zuurbron.
3. 681 (1 in spirit). 2. 735. Wakkerstroom.
“ Not common. Seems partial to outbuildings and stone

walls."—C. A. B. G.

17. LEGGADA MINUTOIDES Smith.

3. 698, 702 (1 in spirit). 2. 714,715. Wakkerstroom.

©. 781. Zuurbron.

“Zulu name in Transvaal ‘Ngoso.’ Not very common, in-
habiting the stone walls of the lands and kraals, and the clumps
of rocks and bushes on the hillsides and flats close to the bush.

*“« Hxclusively nocturnal.”—C’. H. B.G.

18. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO Sparrm.

6. 755, 756 764. Zuurbron.

3. 683, 736, 740. 9. 686, 704, 717, 726 (1 in spirit).
Wakkerstroom.

“‘ Very common, inhabiting the outbuildings and stone walls
and grass-lands.”—C. H. B. G.

19. DENDROMUS MESOMELAS Brants.

Dendromus A. Smith, Zool. Journ. iv. pp. 438-439 (1829).
Dendromys Smuts, Enum. Mamm. Cap. 32 (1832).

@. 765. Zuurbron.

This species was described by Brants as being red-brown on
the back, with a black stripe down the median line, with which
particulars Mr. Grant’s specimen agrees very well, although it
happens to be in rather poor fur.

“ Zulu name in Transvaal, ‘ Ngoso.’

“ Tt is hard to ascertain whether the two species obtained are
common or not, as they are very difficult to secure, and it is
impossible to learn about them from the natives, as they use the
same name for so many animals. It cannot apparently be
trapped, and is probably nocturnal. Dilligent search was made
for nests or other signs, but none were observed.”—C. H. B. G.

20. DENDROMUS MELANOTIS Smith.
@. 727. Wakkerstroom.
Hitherto the British Museum possessed only one example of

this species, the type described by Dr. Smith in 1834, so that
Mr. Grant's specimen is a very welcome addition.

1905.] FROM THE WAKKERSTROOM DISTRICT, TRANSVAAL. 137

_D. melanotis is easily distinguished from D. mesomelas by its
grey colour and by the peculiar structure of its hind toes, first
- noticed by Sclater in his ‘ Fauna of South Africa’ *.

21. MysrroMys ALBICAUDATUS FUMOSUS, subsp. nov.
6. 685, 705. Wakkerstroom.

Similar to the typical subspecies, but larger and darker.

General colour of the upper surface ‘‘ mouse-grey” freely
pencilled with black, flanks rather lighter. Individual hairs
about 12 mm. long, basal four-fifths slate-grey, terminal fifth
“olive-grey,” tip black. General colour of under surface light
grey, basal half of hairs dark slate-grey. Forehead, nape, and a
ring round eyes strongly pencilled with black, lips and cheeks
lighter ; ears large, rounded, clothed inside with silvery hair, out-
side with a thick growth of very fine black hair. Fore and hind
limbs slate-grey, the latter rather darker if anything; fore and
hind feet white above and below; in the hind feet a naked line
extends from the centre of the foot to the ankle-joint. Tail
distinctly bicolor, dark grey above, pure white beneath, the line
of demarcation very distinct.

The skull, though younger than that of the type of albicaudatus,
is considerably larger.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 161 mm.; tail 78; hind foot 27; ear 25.

Skull—ereatest length 38 mm.; basilar length 31:5; inter-
orbital breadth 4°5; zygomatic breadth 20:0; length of upper
molar series 7.

Hab. Wakkerstroom, Transvaal; alt. 1850 m.

Type. 3. B.M. No. 4.9.1.72. Collected 18 March, 1904.

The type of I. albicaudatus Smith is of a light red colour, due
most probably to fading +, and we therefore do not feel justified
in distinguishing from that form the grey specimens from the
Orange River Colony obtained by Capt. Barrett-Hamilton.

“Not by any means common, apparently solitary and strictly
nocturnal. It inhabits the stone walls of the farmlands and
deserted burrows of Gerbillus. Cats will not eat this species,
though they often kill it."—C. . B.G.

22. Lepus ocHRopus Wagn.
6. 107, 708, 718, 719. ©. 730. Wakkerstroom. -

These Hares, which appear to be confined to the high veldt, are
easily distinguished from the low-ground capensis by their yellow
nape and throat.

* Vol. ii. p. 32. ;

+ While grey does not appreciably alter under the influence of light, black and
brown are peculiarly susceptible to changes, and it is the black ends to the hairs
which we suppose to have faded in the type. (Cf. ‘ Zoologist,’ 1896, p. 406.)

138 ON MAMMALS FROM THE TRANSVAAL. [Feb. 21,

Capt. G. E. Barrett-Hamilton obtained specimens at Vredefort
Road, in the Orange River Colony, that agree well with Mr. Grant's
skins.

“ Zulu name in Transvaal ‘ Gwaja.’

“Common. Found only on the high rolling veldt, devoid of
stones. It makes a form under a tuft of grass in which it lies
very close, often rising from under one’s feet. In wet weather it
will not lie down, but remains sitting up in the form. It appears
to feed during the night only.”—C, 4. B. G.

23. LEPUS SAXATILIS Cuv.

©. 725. Wakkerstroom.

@. 777. Zuurbron.

An examination of the incisors of Z. saxatilis shows that the
extra fine line of enamel described by Thomas in LZ. angolensis *
also occurs in this Hare.

24, PRONOLAGUST, Sp.
3. (70, 783. Zuurbron.

Weare hoping to obtain specimens from the original locality
of P. crassicaudatus curryi Thos., of which the typical skin is in
very bad condition, Pending their arrival we do not propose to
express any opinion about the Zuurbron Rabbit.

“Zulu name in Transvaal ‘ Ntenash.’

“Common, but difficult to secure owing to its lying very close.
It inhabits all rocky places, both flats, krantzes, and kopjes.
Feeds at night only.”—C. H. B. G.

95. PRoCAVIA CAPENSIS Pall.

3. 744. Zuurbron.

3. 706, 732, 737, 738. 9. 700,720, 731,739. Wakkerstroom.

“ Zulu name in Transvaal ‘ Imbile.’

“Common. Inhabits the krantzes and rocks on the steep
mountain-sides, and the rocks on the deep gullies thickly over-
grown with vegetation. In this district there appear to be two
forms, one distinctly redder than the other, which can easily be
distinguished in the wild state. These colours are perhaps only
due to seasonal changes of pelage. Strictly a vegetable feeder,
often visiting the Kaffir lands and doing great damage to the
pumpkins.

“Exclusively diurnal.”—C. H. B.G.

26. CEPHALOPHUS GRIMMI Linn.

@. 780. Zuurbron.
“Zulu name in Transvaal ‘ Mpuusi.’”—C. H. B. G.

* Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) xiii. p. 420 (1904).
+ Lyon, “Classification of Hares,” Smiths. Misc. Coll. vol. xly. p, 332 (1904).

1905. ] ON THE GREATER KUDU OF SOMALILAND. 139

4. On the Greater Kudu of Somaliland.
By R. I. Pococx, Superintendent of the Gardens.

[Received February 7, 1905. ]

In 1891 * Major Inverarity, I.M.S., pointed out that the
Greater Kudus of Somaliland differ from the typical 8.-African
form in the smaller number of white stripes upon the body and
hind-quarters ; and his reproduced photograph of a recently killed
bull shows only four stripes upon the right side of the body.
This information and the evidence supplied by the much-worn
skin of an Abyssinian specimen in the British Museum prompted
the remark on p. 176 of the last volume of the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’
“that the sides of the body and hind-quarters [in the Greater
Kudu] are marked with white stripes which vary in number from
about four in the northern forms to nine or ten in the southern.”
Since these lines were written I have had an opportunity of seeing
three young male Somaliland examples, two of which are still living
in the Zoological Gardens. The two larger were deposited by
Capt. Madden in July 1904; the third and smallest was presented
to the Society by Major Irvine, I.M.S., in November of the same

ear.

d The largest of the three stands at the present time 383 inches
at the withers. The horns are 52 inches long, show the anterior
ridge, an incipient twist, and have a basal circumference of
dF inches. The ears are 10 inches long and 4 inches wide, their
span from tip to tip, when standing at right angles to the head,
being 23 inches; and the length af the face om between ine
horns to the tip of the nose is ‘10 inches, Onthe right side seven
stripes are traceable, three close together upon the haunch and
four, of which the first three are widely separated from each other,
upon the body. On the left side also seven stripes are traceable ;
of these, however, only five are complete, two on the haunches
and three on the body, the additional two being very short and
cut off from the dorsal middle ime.

The medium-sized specimen has the horns about 1 inch
long. The ear measures 9 inches along the back, 83 on the inside
space, and 4 inches wide. The face, from yee. the horns to
the nose, 83 inches. On the right side there are five stripes, on
the left six (three on the haunches and three on the body)

The third and smallest specimen stands about 37 inches at the
withers and the horns are mere bud-like excrescences. There
are five stripes (two on the haunches and three on the body) on
each side.

Thus in these three specimens the stripes vary in number from

* Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. vi. p. 463.
+ This animal is now dead, and the measurements &c. are taken from the newly
stripped flat skin.

140 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE [ Feb. 21,

five to seven on each side; but in no case are they strongly defined,
and in the example showing seven, two at least are abbreviated
and only just discernible. Their whole appearance, indeed, sug-
gests evanescence.

With these data to hand, there seems to be no cause for further
delay in concluding that a difference between the Greater Kudus
of the northern and southern areas of the species’ range not only
exists, but is sufficiently definable and constant to be accorded
subspecific rank. And since the specific name was applied origi-
nally to the southern form, which as a subspecies takes a repetition
of that title, a different racial name must be found for the northern.
There is no need, however, to publish a new one. In the ‘ Book of
Antelopes’ the following three are cited as synonyms of Sérepsi-
ceros capensis, the denomination under which the species wrongly
appears in that work :—

Antilope tendal Cretzschmar, Atlas to Riippell’s ‘ Reise im nordl.
Afrika,’ p. 22 (1826); Fischer, Syn. Mamm. p. 475 (1829).

Antilope chora iid. ibid.

Strepsiceros abyssinicus Fitzinger, SB. Akad. Wien, lix. pt. 1,
p. 176 (1869).

About the rightful claims of the first name to stand for any kind
of Kudu there is, in my opinion, great doubt. The words “in
desertis,” as applied to the habitat of Antilope tendal, suggest
rather the Addax, a large-sized, spiral-horned denizen of the
deserts of North Africa, which was probably known to the Arabs.
The name chora, however, is not to be lightly rejected. As in the
case of A. tendal, the animal is compared to a horse in size and
the horns are said to be powerful and spirally twisted in the male
and absent in the female. Moreover, the habitat, “im montosis,”
accords accurately with that of the Greater Kudus of Abyssinia
and Somaliland as attested by travellers and sportsmen of more
modern times. There is no other African Antelope known to
which these attributes apply, the absence of the horns in the
female excluding any form of Eland which might otherwise be
suggested on the score of size and spirally-twisted horns.

With regard to the third name, abyssinicus, there is no room
for doubt, for, although unaccompanied by a diagnosis, it was
definitely assigned by Fitzinger to the form of Strepsiceros in-
habiting Abyssinia, Somaliland, Senaar, Kordofan, and Bogos-
land ; and these localities do not coincide, as a whole, with the
geographical range of the Lesser Kudu, the only other member
of the genus met with in North-east Africa, where it extends
from Somaliland and the Galla country to the Kilima Njaro
district. Since, however, the name chora antedates abyssinicus
by many years, I see no escape from the conclusion that the
name for the northern race of the Greater Kudu is Strepsiceros
strepsiceros chora, with abyssinicus as asynonym ; and in that case
the trinominal title for the southern or typical race is Strepsiceros

1905. | GREATER KUDU OF SOMALILAND. 144

strepsiceros strepsiceros, with, probably, zambesiensis as one of its
synonyms.

In connection with the difference between the two races of the
Greater Kudu, an interesting point arises for elucidation. It has
been shown that the northern type is distinguished from the
southern by possessing only about half as many stripes on each
side of the body. But the Lesser Kudu (S. imberbis), which also
inhabits Somaliland, has even a greater number of stripes than
the southern race of the Greater Kudu—namely, twelve or thirteen
on each side. Thus within the limits of the genus the greatest
contrast in matter of coloration subsists between the two species
inhabiting Somaliland. And those who believe that the spots and
stripes of Antelopes have been primarily acquired or secondarily
retained, as a means of enabling species to distinguish their own
kind from others of similar or somewhat similar form inhabiting
the same area, may be tempted to parade the case of these two
Somaliland Kudus in support of the theory.

I have, however, elsewhere* brought together and briefly stated
a considerable amount of evidence that the significance of the
variegated patterns of Antelopes in general, and of the Tragela-
phines in particular, is procryptic or celative—that of the Tragela-
phines being very obviously correlated with the bush-life affected
by the majority of the species, and its absence with a life in the
desert or plains, as attested by the stripeless, dun-coloured Eland
of the Kalahari and the slate-grey or fawn-coloured Nylghaie of
India. In connection with the two species of Somali Kudus, I
cited the published statements of such reliable authorities as
Swayne and Inverarity to prove that the very beautifully marked
Lesser Kudu of that country is found in thick jungle, whereas
the relatively poorly adorned Greater Kudu frequents mountainous
broken ground less thickly overgrown with vegetation. In
confirmation of this, 1 am glad to be able to quote the testimony
of Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S., who, without being aware of the
drift of my question, told me of his own knowledge that the
Greater Kudu lives in hilly or rocky country and the Lesser in
the lower ground, very generally amongst the luxuriant growth
along the river-banks. Thus, since the species do not associate,
they furnish no case for the advocates of the theory of “ recog-
nition” marks. On the contrary, the difference of habitat, corre-
lated with the difference in coloration, practically establishes, in
the absence of any other explanation, a causal connection between
the two. This being so, it may be further inferred that the
similar, though less marked, differences between the northern
and southern races of the Greater Kudu will be found to be
associated with a corresponding difference in habitat—the southern
form approaching more nearly in this respect, as also in coloration,
to the Lesser Kudu. At present, however, there are not, so far

* “Nature, Oct. 11th, 1900, pp. 384-385.

142 ON THE GREATER KUDU OF SOMALILAND. [ Feb. 21,

as I am aware, a sufficient number of published data to establish
the truth of this hypothesis finally. Nevertheless, Selous’s * state-
ment that the 8. African Kudu, although usually partial to hilly
country covered with dense thickets, is also common in the thick |
bush along both banks of the River Chobe, where there are no
hills whatever, and Kirby’s f corroboration to the effect that in
the heavy belts of bush lining the rivers and watercourses these
animals are as at home as in rocky bush-covered hills, are very
much to the point, since they testify that the habitat of the Greater
Kudu of 8. Africa embraces the habitats of the two forms that
occur further north in that continent. Hence, if there is any
truth in the theory that the markings of these Antelopes are cor-
related with habitat, we should expect to find the markings of the
southern form of the Greater Kudu intermediate between those
of the northern form of the same species and of their smaller but
more beautiful ally Strepsiceros imberbis; and this seems to be
the case.

* PZ. S. 1881, p. 752.
+ ‘Haunts of Wild Game,’ p. 549.

1905. | THE MEMBRANOUS LABYRINTH OF CERTAIN ANIMALS. 143

March 7, 1905.

Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, C.1.E., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

Dr. Albert A. Gray, introduced by Mr. Macleod Yearsley, F.Z.S.,
exhibited a series of lantern-slides made from photographs of the
Membranous Labyrinth of some animals, and made the following
remarks :—

While the labyrinth of the fishes has been investigated by many
observers and with very satisfactory results, the structure as it
appears in reptiles, amphibians, birds, and mammals has not been
so exhaustively treated. This is due to the difficulties of preparing
the organ. ‘These difficulties recently have been toa certain extent
removed; and I propose to describe as briefly as possible some of
the features which have been discovered.

In Man there is found in many individuals an accessory ampulla,
as I propose to term it, at the posterior end of the horizontal
canal, in addition to the normal one at the anterior extremity.
This ampulla does not seem to have any special physiological
significance, since it is not supplied by a nerve, and moreover is not
found in all individuals but only in four out of six. I have not
found it in any of the lower animals except the Sturgeon, but it 1s
quite probable that with more material at hand it will be found
in some other animals.

The labyrinth of the Seal is remarkable on account of its size,
the irregular shape of the semicircular canals, and most of all on
account of the presence of otoliths of considerable dimensions.

It may be that this development of the otoliths in the Seal has
some relationship to the life of the animal in the water, as it is
well known that in the fish the otoliths reach a size far greater
than they do in any other animal. On the other hand, it may be
that the development of the otoliths, and indeed of the labyrinth
as a whole, is connected in some way with the migratory habit of
the Seal.

The perilymphatic spaces of the semicircular canals of the Seal
are, like those of Man, of considerable size, and differ in this
respect from those of the Cat and the Rabbit.

The Cat has a labyrinth typical in one respect of a large
number of mammals; that is, in the almost complete absence of a
definite perilymphatic space in the semicircular canals. Indeed,
this space is not visible except at the corners where the ampulle
of the canals debouch from the canals themselves. The cochlea
of the Cat is part of a cone sharper than that of many mammals,
put not quite so sharp as that of the Guinea-pig.

The Rabbit has a labyrinth similar to that of the Cat, but the
cochlea is blunter in appearance. As in the Cat, there is no
perilymphatic space in the canals. The ligamentum spirale is
not so well developed as in many other mammals.

In addition to the already well-known features of the labyrinth

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. X. 10

144 THE MEMBRANOUS LABYRINTH OF CERTAIN ANIMALS. | Mar. 7,

of the bird, it has to be recorded that these animals have otoliths
considerably larger than those of mammals with the exception
of the Sealas noted before. They are two in number and are
almost in contact, One is a flat plate, and lies in the upper and
posterior portion of the vestibule ; the second is round and appears
to lie on the first.

Without going into the physiology of the vestibule and canals
as ascertained by laboratory experiments, I would like to make a
few remarks on the bearing which these structures may have upon
the migrations of animals.

We know, from clinical’ and experimental evidence, that the
semicircular canals furnish the individual with an accurate know-
ledge of the extent to which the head has been rotated in space,
whether this has been carried out by a voluntary effort on the
part of the individual or by some external agency. Now, bearing
this fact in mind, it has long since occurred to me that by this
means we may, in part, be able to account for that mystery which
has long puzzled the naturalist: the faculty by which many
animals pursue their long migrations. Almost all birds migrate,
a great many fishes, and even some mammals such as the Seal.
That they cannot guide themselves by the sense of sight entirely
is obvious, since they may pursue their flight undeterred by the

darkest night and through blinding fog. Furthermore, it is.
difficult to understand how fishes and seals can obtain much
information by vision; and, indeed, it is clear that some other
sense must be employed, though vision may undoubtedly help.
The same difficulty occurs in the case of the Corn-Crake, which
appears to do its migration on foot, and vision can hardly avail it
very much on its journey.

But the sense of direction may be obtained by other means than

by the eye, namely by the semicircular canals and the vestibule.

When a particular canal of one side is injured, the animal tends
to rotate in a particular direction, thus indicating that the canal
in question regulates the movements of the animal in that
direction.

Of course this explanation does not account for the orienting
process which the bird must go through before it starts its flight,
but only for the faculty it possesses of pursuing the course
correctly through the night or fog without having recourse to the
sense of sight. How the orienting process is carried out, I do
not pretend to explain, though it may be done perhaps by
observing the position of the setting sun or by the bearing of
surrounding objects.

Few mammals migrate in the proper sense of the term, and even
those which do appear to do so, go from place to place in quest of
food. The Seal, however, is one example of amammal which does
migrate in the strict meaning of the word, returning to a circum-
scribed breeding-place every year in a manner similar to the bird
and the fish.

Now it is rather remarkable, that of all mammals the vestibule

1905. } ON OLD PICTURES OF THE ZEBRA, 145

and canals of the Seal are most like those of the bird and the fish ;
this fact thus tending to support the view that I have just
suggested.

In Man the faculty of directing himself by means of this
sense seems to have atrophied from want of use, but even in
this case it has been pointed out that in the savage state the
faculty is fairly keen. Some mammals display it occasionally in
a remarkable manner, as in those instances in which cats and dogs
find their way home from long distances, when the sense of sight
could not have availed them. The homing of pigeons seems to
me to be another manifestation of the same faculty.

Mr. Henry Scherren, F.Z.S., called attention to two illustra-
tions of a Zebra in Aldrovandus (1642) and the ‘ Commentarius’
of Ludolphus, copies of which were in the Society’s library.
Although they differed so widely, the text seemed to indicate that
they were intended for the same species—the Abyssinian Zebra ;
and with respect to the plate in Ludolphus there could, from the
text, be no doubt that this was the case. A translation of the
passage in the ‘ Historia Aithiopica,’ giving the description by
Tellez of this Zebra, had appeared in the ‘ Proceedings’* (1901,
ii. p. 2). In the ‘Commentarius,’ p. 150, Ludolphus has brought
together some references to the Abyssinian Zebra. First he quotes
Philostorgius (lib. 11. ch. 2), with this Latin version :—

‘“‘ Haec ipsa regio fert asinos agrestes maximos, et pelle versi-
colores admodum, albo nigroque colore haud parum interstinctos :
sed et zonze lis queedam sunt a spina dorsi ad latera ventremque
usque demisse, indeque divisz, et convolvulis quibusdam inter
se implicate, mirum quendam et peregrinum exhibent nexum et
varietatem.”

Gothofredus (Jacques Godefroy, 1587-1652) translated the
Greek dvous aypiovs and the Latin asinos agrestes by onagros, as
did Bochart. But the former added : ‘‘ Neminem alias varietatem
eorum ita describere.” Ludolphus presses home the argument
in this wise: If Philostorgius had meant ordinary wild asses he
would have used a single Greek word.

He then refers to Rome, “ whither all marvellous things are
sent,” quoting Martial (Epigram. xii. 101), in which onager with
the epithet pulcher occurs. Itis noted that no one would rightly
call a wild ass “ beautiful,” though the word exactly suits an
Abyssinian Zebra. Virgil (Georg. 11. 409) calls these animals
timid ; “Seepe etiam cursu timidos agitabis onagros” ;

and in the Vulgate (Osee, viii. 9) the epithet “ solitarius” is used.
Ludolphus anticipated recent writers in suggesting that this
Zebra had been brought to Rome; but he does not mention the
hippotigris. The collection of all references to the hippotigris

* The passage is marred by a mistranslation in the English version (1682) by “J. P.”’

The sentence, “ A present of great esteem, and frequently given fo the kings of
Habessinia,’”’ misrepresents what Ludolphus wrote: “In donis Reeum Habessiniz

frequens et precipuum esse solet.” ‘
Lys

146 ON OLD PICTURES OF TH ZEBRA, [Mar. 7,

is greatly to be desired. The passage from Dion Cassius (77. 6),
tiyow Kat irmdreypuy ... povevpévous év ro Oedrpw, is quoted in
Dindorf’s ‘ Thesaurus,’ and the word is thus rendered :—‘‘ Est
major tigris species, similis onagro, ut ait anonymus, in cod.
Augustano, cap. X.” Liddell & Scott looked upon the first element
as qualitative—they seem to have thought that a hippotigris was
a tiger as big as a horse, not a horse-like beast with tiger-like
stripes. Camelopard and leopard, which have Greek forms, do
not favour their definition. One would think that ‘“ hippotigris ”
must have occurred in Low Latin; it is not, however, entered in
Ducange or Forcellini.

One sentence in Ludelphus offers some difficulty: “ Attamen
caput equino aliquanto longius habent, quod hic vidi.” It is not
clear whether he saw a living animal or a picture. It is not im-
possible that a zebra may have been sent to Rome; but Ludolphus
probably refers to a picture. Aldrovandus (De Quadrup. i. 416)
mentions “figura que in libro Rome impresso patet,” and it is
certain that Father Tellez, S.J., sent home a picture of which one
would like to know more.

In 1678, apparently in reply to some inquiries, Ludolphus
received a letter from Emanuel Nawendorf, a native of Altenburg,
then resident in Batavia. He had seen two of these wild asses,
brought by an Arab envoy from the Emperor of Abyssinia to the

Governor of the Dutch Hast India Company, This personage
utilised the royal gifts ina strange way. He sent them to the
Emperor of Japan, getting in return ten thousand silver taels and
thirty Japanese garments.

Jean de Thévenot left Rome on his eastern journey in 1655,
and after some stay in Constantinople went to Cairo, where he
saw one of these zebras * :—

“ Au mois d’Octobre il arrive au Caire un ambassadeur d’Ethi-
opie, qui avait plusieurs présents pour le Grand Seigneur, entre
les autres, un Ane qui avait une peau fort belle, pourvu qu'elle fat
naturelle, car je n’en voudrais pas répondre, ne l’ayant point ex-
aminée; cet 4ne avait le raye du dos noire, et tout le reste du
corps était bigarré de rayes blanches et rayes tannées alternative-
ment, larges chacun d’un doigt, qui lui ceignaient tout le corps,
sa téte était extrémement longue et bigarrée comme le corps, les
oreilles fort larges par en haut, commes celles d’un buffle, et noires,
jaunes, et blanches, ses jambes bigarrées de méme que le corps,
non pas en longue des jambes, mais & Ventour jusqu’au bas, en
fagon de jarretiére le tout avec tant dordre et de mesure qu'il n’y
a point Alagia} si bien varié et proportionné, ni de peau de tigre
ou de léopard si belle. Il mourut & cet ambassadeur deux anes

* ©Relations d’un Voyage, i. ch. Ixviii. (Paris, 1664).

+ The only suggestion I can offer is that this word signifies some fabric with a
regular pattern [from Turk. alaja=spotted, streaked]. The ‘Century Dictionary’
has aladja, defined as “nearly the same as alatcha.” Under this, one reads: “A
cotton stuff made in Central Asia, dyed in the thread, and woven with white stripes
on a blue ground.” ‘This has reference to E. Schuyler’s “ Turkestan.” And in

‘La Grande Encyclopédie’ this entry occurs :—“ Aladja (Comm.). Sorte de bourre

de soie que Von fabrique 4 Magnésie, et qu’on emploie surtout pour les velours
d’Orient.”

1905. | MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON HYBRID DUCKS. 147

pareils par les chemins et il en portait les peaux pour présenter au
Grand Seigneur, avec celui qui était vivant.”

There is no reason to doubt that the zebra which Thévenot saw ~
at Cairo eventually reached Constantinople. In the report sent
to the Superiorat Rome, Father Tellez, $.J., gives his description
of the animal * :—

“Ce pays nourrit deux espéces d’animaux qui lui sont particu-
liers, le premier qwils nomment dane sauvage est de la grandeur
d’une moyenne mule, de bon taille, gras, le poil couché, et qui n’a
rien de l’éne que les oreilles. Il est sauvage, mais l’on l’appri-
voise aisément; ceux qui sont en Ethiopie viennent dans les
bois qui sont par dela le pays que possédent aujourd’hui les Galles ;
la bigarrure de son poil est singuliére, ce sont des bandes grises,
noires tirantes sur le roux, toutes de méme largeur et proportion,
qui se tournent en cercles vers les flanes, et ailleurs en volutes,
comme la figure vous le représentera encore mieux que le discours
ne le pourrait faire.”

It is perhaps allowable to suggest that the picture here referred
to may have been seen by Ludolphus, and was the original of his
engraving.

In continuing his story Father Tellez puts the question of the
arrival of an Abyssinian zebra in Constantinople beyond the
shadow of a doubt :—

“T?/Empereur (Ethiopie fit présent d’un de ces animaux au
Bacha de Suaquem [Suakin] qu’un Indien acheta aprés de lui
2000 sequins pour le présenter au Grand Mogol. Le meme
Empereur en. ayont encore envoyé un autre 4 un Bacha de
Suaquem a cause qwilavait laissé passer des Jesuites en Ethiopie,
sans leur faire tort; quand il fut de retour a Constantinople, il en
fit présent au Grand Seigneur, qui en fut si content quwil donna
en récompense a ce Bacha une charge bien plus grande que celle
qu’il avait exercée au par avant.”

tt may be pointed out that there is no question as to the
habitat of this zebra, and, though there are some discrepancies in
the accounts of the coloration, the authors quoted ascribe to the
animal characteristics of Grévy’s Zebra—large size, equine head,
and very large ears; and one is definite as to the narrow striping—
‘‘a finger broad.” Tull the statement of Father Tellez is shown
to be incorrect, are we not justified in believing that at least one
living example of the Abyssinian Zebra reached Constantinople in
the third quarter of the seventeenth century ?

Mr. J. Lewis Bonhote, F.Z.8., exhibited specimens and made
remarks with reference to a series of experiments on the hy-
bridisation of Ducks, which he had been carrying out for several
years past.

The hybrids exhibited dealt mainly with four species, viz. :—
the Mallard (das boschas), the Indian Spotbill Duck (Anas
pecilorhyncha), the Grey or New Zealand Duck (Anas super-
ciliosa), and the Pintail (Dafila acuta).

* Melchizedek Thévenot, ‘ Relations de divers Voyages,’ ii. pp. 6, 7 (Paris, 1696).

[ Mar. 7,

MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON HYBRID DUCKS.

148

hybrids, and

The following table shows exactly the various

examples of all of them were exhibited :—

Zs W

Sa aa

N

Sd IN
ja a
Pecpiras
W = WS 7"
|
|

‘(nynon myn) [reyuIg = d

‘(vsoyrasadns snuy) puepeez MeN = 7

‘(nysuhysonond spuf) ttqgoda = 9

‘(spyasog spuyy) pxeyeI = W
‘CUNITUMGNA SWUOY HOT

(-qjnsea oN) Sd IW ASAIN usa
23
|
NaW = Sd SAW = Sav SiN = 7
|
= di
g ht 2 cdl 7,

1905. ] MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON HYBRID DUCKS. 149

Mr. Bonhote first dealt in a general way with the appearance
of the various specimens, pointing out how the three parent
hybrids between the Mallard, Spotbill, and Pintail tended to
divide themselves into two distinct forms—a light and a dark,
which differed chiefly in the amount of white.

The light forms when bred together produced birds as light or
slightly lighter than themselves; a tendency which was confirmed
in a still more marked manner in the third generation, so much
so, that in a full-plumaged drake the only sign of its parentage
was represented by the spotted bill of A. pecilorhyncha and the
upturned tail-coverts of the Mallard.

It was further pointed out that, as in the case of the Mallard-
Spotbill hybrids*, so in the case of the Mallard-Spotbill-Pintail,
the drakes in their full plumage showed chiefly signs of the
Mallard and Pintail, whereas in the eclipse plumage the Spotbill
was largely predominant.

Mr. Bonhote then briefly discussed some of the results obtained
by hybridisation, after laying stress on the antagonism between
Natural Selection and Variation, and how the one tended to
keep the species pure and fixed in spite of the innate tendency
of every individual to vary, and also pointing out how, in spite of
Natural Selection, marked variations were constantly making their
appearance among pure species—as, for instance, in the so-called
Pavo nigripennis, or in Athene chiaradie, a peculiar form of the
Little Owl (which was described from Italy a few years ago), or,
again, in the well-known Sabine’s Snipe.

Whatever might be the actual cause, there could be no denying
the fact that hybrids tended to show a considerable amount of
variation, exhibiting characteristics which might be very mis-
leading to those who did not know their parentage.

As a rule, hybrids, while showing on most parts of their body
the characteristics of their parents, exhibited in addition other
markings. These last sometimes resembled the characters of
other species, but in certain cases showed affinity with no known
forms. Further, there was a great tendency to become white,
and this last feature was ascribed to weakness, as it tended to
increase in each generation that was further removed from the
pure wild species.

Instances were given where, in certain characters, individual
Mallard-Spotbill-Pintail showed resemblances to Teal, Gadwall,
Wigeon, etc., and where Mallard-Spotbill New Zealand crosses
showed resemblances to Teal and Pintail.

Other specimens were also exhibited, showing patterns and
markings that resembled no known species.

Mr. Bonhote did not believe these resemblances to be due
to reversion, but merely to variation; pointing out that in all
probability the progenitors of the existing Anatide had a
potentiality of variation as great as or even greater than that of
their descendants of today, and that our present species showed

* P_Z.S. 1902, vol. ii. p. 318.

150 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON HYBRID DUCKS. | Mar. G

those varieties which had proved successful. If by hybridisation
we again gave variation its play, it would be only natural that a
large number of the varieties produced should bear a resemblance
to existing species; but, on the other hand, if this view held
good, the unsuccessful varieties should also appear, which was
shown to be the case among those individuals some of the
characters of which could be referred to no known species.

Reference was made to a paper by the author *, recently read
before the Linnean Society, in which he had pointed out that
patches of colour or absence of colour tended to show themselves
first of all on certain fixed parts of the body, on both mammals and
birds, and for which the name “pcecilomeres” had been given. He
then demonstrated that the variations occurring on these hybrids
all followed the lines of the pceecilomeres.

As illustrating the foregoing remarks, Mr. Bonhote exhibited :

(1) A male Teal in full plumage, shot wild near Cambridge, and
showing on the neck the ring of the Mallard.

(2) A Sabine’s Snipe, in which the back and tail-feathers were
shown to approximate to the Great Snipe rather than to the
Common Snipe. ‘This was a constant feature in all the true
Sabine’s Snipe that he had examined.

These were exhibited as being instances of natural varieties,
showing characters more or less resembling those in other species.

A duck was also shown which had recently been shot in
England, and brought to the British Museum. There could be
but little doubt that it represented a cross between a Pintail and
Wigeon, since the back, with the exception of the scapulars,
resembled that of a Pintail, and the breast that of a young Wigeon
drake. The head, however, was very peculiar, the crown showing
a mixture of Pintail and Wigeon, while a patch behind the eye,
resembling that found in the Teal, was of a dull metallic bronze ;
the sides of the face showed an irregular line of rufous buff, and
the chin was dull brownish black. It was worthy of note that the
metallic patch was clearly noticeable, though not so marked, in
the American Wigeon; while the buff stripe across the face
was found in the New-Zealand Duck.

Attention was called to a pair of Sheldrake-Call-duck crosses,
which had been bred at Kilberry, as stated in the ‘ Field’ of
the 25th February, 1905, and kindly sent to the author by
Mr. Campbell. Whether or not they were hybrids, M1. Bonhote
could not say ; but the interest lay in the fact that all the Call-
ducks there were of the colour of the wild Mallard, and that these
specimens (as they could see) differed in having assumed patches
of white, and these patches all followed the lines of pcecilomeres,
and showed clearly that the metallic patch of the Teal, which had
been present in so many of the crosses, was in this case visible,
though to a much slighter extent, as a white patch.

Lastly, there was exhibited a pair of living birds representing

* Journ. Linn, Soce., Zool. xxix. p. 185 (1904).

1905.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES FROM LAKE CHAD, 151

a cross between four species, namely, the Mallard, Spotbill, Pintail,
and New-Zealand Duck.

In conclusion, Mr. Bonhote said that it was far too early in his
experiments to do more than quote the bare facts; but that, from
the facts he had laid before them, there could be no doubt that
hybridisation tended to produce variations that followed on the
lines of the peecilomeres, and that in so doing resemblances were
shown towards other species that had no part in their parentage.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., exhibited a series of Fishes from
Lake Chad and the Shari River, collected and presented to the
British Museum by Capt. G. B. Gosling, and offered the following
remarks :—

The fact that so many species of fishes are common to the Nile
and the Senegal-Niger, now so widely separated, has long ago led
ichthyologists to assume a former communication, in times geo-
logically recent, between these river-systems, and to regard Lake
Chad as probably representing the dwindling remains of a series
of lakes by which this communication was effected. But, with
the exception of a series sent to the Paris Museum a few months
ago and not yet reported upon in a published form, the fishes
of Lake Chad and the rivers that flow into it had never been
collected. Thanks to Capt. Gosling, we are now able to draw up
the following list of 23 species, belonging to 7 families :—

Mormyrip&. Petrocephalus bane Lacep., Mormyrus caschive
Hasselq. (jubeline C. & V.), Hyperopisus bebe Lacep., Gym-
narchus niloticus Cuv.

CuARACINIDE. Hydrocyon brevis Gthr., <Alestes baremose
Joannis, A. dentex L., A. nurse Riipp., Distichodus rosiratus
Gthr., D. brevipinnis Gthr., Citharinus citharus Geoftr.

Cyprinipz. Labeo horie Heck. (senegalensis C. & V.).

Sinurm#. Clarias lazera C.& V., Heterobranchus senegalensis
C.& V., Schilbe mystus L., Clarotes laticeps Riipp., Bagrus
bayad Forsk., Synodontis clarias L., S. batensoda Riipp.,
S. serratus Riipp.

SERRANIDE. Lates niloticus Hasselq.

Cicuitipz. TZilapia nilotica L.

Terropontip&. Tetrodon fahaka Hasselq.

All these species, without a single exception, are common to
the Nile and the Niger, thus realising in a most striking manner
our anticipations.

The following papers were read :—

152 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON SOUTH-AMERICAN [ Mar. 7,

1. A Revision of the Fishes of the South-American Cichlid
Genera Crenacara, Batrachops, and Crenicichla. By

C.TatsE Ruaan, B.A., F.Z.S.
[Received February 7, 1905. |
(Plates XIV. & XV.*)

The genera dealt with in the following revision are distinguished
from all other Cichlid by the denticulated posterior margin of
the preoperculum. I have given a list of the specimens in the
British Museum Collection on which my descriptions are based,
with the total length in millimetres of each.

CRENACARA.

Crenicara Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1875, p.99; Higenm.
& Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 619; Pellegr. Mém. Soc.
Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 169 (1904).

Dicrossus Steind. t. c. p. 102; Higenm. & Bray, t. c. p. 620;
Pellegr. t. c. p. 170.

Body ovate or elongate, more or less compressed ; scales large,
ctenoid. Two lateral lines; scales of the lateral line of the same
size as those above and below it. Mouth small; jaws equal
anteriorly ; maxillary not exposed; a band of small conical teeth
in each jaw ; upper surface of head scaly to between the orbits ;
cheeks and opercular bones scaly ; posterior border of preeoperculum
finely denticulated. Guill-rakers short, few. A single dorsal with
XIV-XVII 8-9 rays. Anal with III 7-8 rays. Pectoral
asymmetrical, with 15 rays; ventrals a little behind the bases of
the pectorals. Caudal rounded.

Two species from the Amazon and Guiana.

1. CRENACARA PUNCTULATA.

Acara punctulata (part.) Giinth. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xii.
1863, p. 441.

Orenicara elegans Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1875, p. 99,
pl. 1. fig. 1.

Crenicara punctulata Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi.
1903, p. 169 (1904).

Depth of body 24-22 in the length, length of head 33. Snout
a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 2? in the
length of head and equals the interorbital width. Depth of
preorbital ? the diameter of eye. Maxillary not extending to
below the eye; jaws equal anteriorly; cheek with 3 or 4 series
of scales, none on the preoperculum; 6 gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales 29 . 1 between lateral line and

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 168.

(Ort sald OSS ASE] 5 “UF J" [ap wesay pe

pied ICA’ GOcl S 7 4

Wie ANTELO) OD) EG WIL SOREL WWE DIDNT
Bry os emery ae a “UAT 48 Tsp uSsez9 Pp

eiela 1A e061 SZd

1905. ] FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. 153

anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI (XVII 8) 9, commencing
above the opercular cleft, the spines not or only slightly increasing
after the fifth, the last 4-2 the length of head; soft fin extending
to anterior 2 of caudal. Anal III (7) 8. Soft dorsal and anal
scaleless. Pectoral longer than the head; ventral extending
about to origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudai peduncle as
long as deep. Brownish, with a series of darker blotches on and
above the lateral line and another more distinct. series below the
lateral line; a dark stripe with white edges from eye to mouth ;
posterior part of spinous dorsal, soft dorsal, and middle part of
caudal with alternate light and dark stripes or series of spots ;
anal with a blackish edge.
R. Amazon; Guiana.

1. (104 mm.) type of the species. R. Essequibo. Mr. Ehrhardt.

2, CRENACARA MACULATA.

Dicrossus maculatus Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1875, p. 102;
Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 170 (1904).

Depth of body 31-4 in the length, length of head a little more
than 3. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 24 in
the length of head and a little greater than the interorbital
width. Depth of preorbital 4} the diameter of eye. Maxillary
extending to below the eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; cheek with
3 series of scales, none on the preoperculum. Scales 26 2 1
between lateral line and anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal
XIV 9, the spines only slightly increasing after the fifth, the
last more than 3 the length of head; soft fin extending to or
beyond base of caudal. Anal III 7. Pectoral as long as the
head ; ventral extending beyond origin of anal, sometimes to its
posterior end. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle longer than -
deep. Colour as in C. punctulata, the body with 2 series of
dark blotches, a dark stripe from eye to mouth, the vertical fins
with alternate light and dark spots.

R. Amazon.

The types described by Steindachner measure up to 60 mm. in
total length.

BATRACHOPS.

Batrachops Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 432.

Orenicichla (part.) Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 305 (1862); Higenm.
& Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 620; Pellegr. Mém, Soc.
Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 372 (1904).

Boggiania Perugia, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xviii. 1897, p. 148 ;
Pellegr. t.c. p. 371.

Body elongate, little compressed; scales moderate, ctenoid.
Two lateral lines; scales of the lateral line larger than the rest.
Mouth moderate or large; lower jaw projecting; maxillary
exposed distally ; teeth conical, in 2 or 3 series in each jaw, the
outermost series enlarged, especially in the lower jaw; none of

154 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON SOUTH-AMERICAN | Mar. 7,

the teeth depressible. Upper surface of head usually scaly about
to the level of the orbits; cheeks and opercular bones scaly ;
posterior border of preeoperculum finely denticulated. Gull-rakers
short, few. A single dorsal fin, with XXII-XXIV 10-13 rays.
Anal ‘with IIL 7- 10 rays. Pectoral symmetrical, rounded, with
about 17 rays; ventrals behind the bases of the pectorals. Caudal
rounded.

Five species from South America.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. 55-60 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral line.

Maxillary extending beyond middle of eye RARE a attceuan.
Maxillary extending to below anterior margin 1 of eye.

Il. 66-70 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral line.
A. Maxillary extending a little beyond anterior margin of
eye.
Diameter of eye 4-5 in the length of head, interorbital width 23-
(in specimens of from 85 to 250 mm. in total length)’ ......... 3. reticulatus.
Diameter of eye 44 in the length of head, interorbital width 33
a specimen “of 140 mm. in total lencth)... Loseseecsssseene Ae panetulatis.

B. Maxillary extending to below anterior 3 ae eye; diameter
of eye 35 in the length of head and nearly equal to the
interorbital width (in a specimen of 150 mm. in total
length) . aaa nee Meena a Aats deat Riastiect AUSEERRE Set Satan tt: MOMMCYAIOMOLS:

. ocellatus.
. semifasciatus.

bo

1. BATRACHOPS OCELLATUS.

Boggiania ocellata Perugia, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xviii. 1897,
p. 148; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 371 (1904).

Depth of body 4 in the length, length of head 33. Diameter
of eye 54 in the ‘length of endl length of snout 4, interorbital
width oe Nostril equidistant from eye and tip of snout.
Maxillary extending nearly to below posterior margin of eye;
depth of preorbital 4 the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth
forming 3 series in each jaw. 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part
of anterior arch. Scales feebly denticulated except on the head,
the lower parts of thorax and abdomen and anteriorly above the

lateral line, 74 5 60 in a longitudinal series below the lateral
line, 4 between last dorsal spine and lateral line, 2 between upper
and lower lateral lines. Dorsal XXII 11, the spines subequal
from about the eighth, the last nearly + the length of head. Anal
ITI 8. Pectoral $ , ventral nearly 3 the length of head. Caudal
peduncle ? as lene as deep. Olivaceous, with indistinct darker
longitudinal stripes along the series of scales; a blackish ocellus
on the upper part of the base of caudal.

Upper Paraguay.

Through the kindness of Dr. R. Gestro, of the Genoa Museum,
I have been able to examine the type of this species, which
measures 265 millimeties in total length. The posterior margin
of the preeoperculum is denticulated and the gill-membranes are
free from the isthmus, as in other species of this genus.

1905. | FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDH, 155

2, BATRACHOPS SEMIFASCIATUS.

Batrachops semifasciatus Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 436.

Orenicichla semifasciata Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 309 (1862) ;
Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 375 (1904).

Depth of body 4-5 in the length, length of head 3-33.
Diameter of eye 42-53 in the length of head, Nostril nearer to
tip of snout than to eye. Maxillary extending to below anterior -
margin of eye; depth of preorbital 3 the diameter of eye.
Anterior teeth forming about 3 series in each jaw. Scales
denticulated except on the head, the lower parts of thorax and
abdomen and anteriorly above the lateral line, 55-57 in a longi-

tudinal series below the lateral line, = in a transverse series.
Lateral line 24—264+12-15. Dorsal XXII-X XIII 10-12. Anal
TIf 7-10. Pectoral 2 the length of head. Caudal peduncle about
as long as deep. Scales of the sides of the body yellowish with
dark brown margins; a dark stripe from eye to operculum ;
sometimes 7 or 8 dark cross-bars on the upper part of the body;
a dark ocellus on the upper part of the base of caudal; fins
unspotted.

Rio de la Plata and its tributaries,

The type, from the R. Paraguay, measures 150 mm. in total
length.

3. BATRACHOPS RETICULATUS.

Batrachops reticulatus Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 433.

Crenicichla reticulata Giinth. Cat, Fish. iv. p. 309 (1862).

Crenicichla elegans Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xliv. 1882,
p. 15; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 378 (1904).

Depth of body about 5 in the length, length of head about 34.
Diameter of eye 4-5 in the length of head, length of snout 33-4,
interorbital width 23-3. Nostril nearer to tip of snout than to
eye. Maxillary extending a little beyond anterior margin of eye;
depth of preorbital 2 the diameter of eye or less. Anterior teeth
forming about 3 series in each jaw. Scales denticulated except
on the head, the lower parts of thorax and abdomen and
anteriorly above the lateral line, 66-70 in a longitudinal series
below the lateral line, = in a transverse series between origin of
dorsal and ventral fin. Lateral line 23-26+11-13. Dorsal XXTI-—
XXIV 11-12, the spies subequal from the tenth, the last 4 the
length of head or less. Anal III 8. Pectoral 2-3, ventral 3-2
the length of head. Brownish, each scale on the side of the body
with a dark brown spot at the base and a yellow margin; a dark
stripe from eye to extremity of operculum; a dark ocellus on the
upper part of the base of caudal; spinous dorsal with 3 longi-
tudinal series of dark spots, which increase in number to 6 on the
soft fin; anal with or without a few spots posteriorly ; caudal
sometimes with dark marginal bands above and below.

The type of the species, from the Rio Negro, measures about

156 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON SOUTH-AMERICAN [ Mar. 7,

250 mm, in total length. The types of C. elegans, from the
Peruvian Amazon, 85 and 105 mm. respectively.

4, BATRACHOPS PUNCTULATUS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Crenicichla reticulata (non Heck.) Pellegr, Mém. Soc. Zool.
France, xvi. 1903, p. 378 (1904).

Depth of body 52 in the length, length of head 33. Diameter
of eye 4; in the length of head, length of snout 33, interorbital
width 33. Nostril nearer to tip of snout than toeye. Maxillary
extending a little beyond anterior margin of eye; depth of
preorbital 4 the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming 3 series
in each jaw. 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch.
Scales denticulated except on the head, the lower parts of thorax
and abdomen and anteriorly above the lateral line, 805, 68 ina
longitudinal series below the lateral line, 4 or 5 between last
dorsal spime and lateral line, 3 between upper and lower lateral
lines. Dorsal XXITT (XXIV 11-12) 13, the spines subequal from
the tenth, the last nearly 2 the length of head. Anal IIT (7) 8.
Pectoral nearly %, ventral more than 3 the length of head.
Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Brownish, each scale with a
dark spot at the base; a dark band from eye to operculum, ending
in a spot above the pectoral; traces of cross-bars on the body; a
blackish ocellated spot on the upper part of the base of caudal ;
dorsal with a blackish intramarginal band.

Guiana, R. Amazon.

1. (140 mm.) type of the species. R. Essequibo, Mr. Ehrhardt.

5, BATRACHOPS CYANONOTUS.

Crenicichla cyanonotus Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xi. 1871,
p. 569; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 378 (1904).

Depth of body about 53 in the length, length of head about 33
(67 and 4 respectively in the total length, with caudal), Snout as
long as the eye, the diameter of which is 33 in the length of head
and nearly equal to the interorbital width. Maxillary extending
to below anterior 3 of eye. 66 scales in a longitudinal series
below the lateral line, 5 in a transverse series above the lateral
line (?at about the middle of the spinous dorsal), 13 between
lateral line and the ventral fin. Dorsal XXIV 11. Anal III 8.
Olivaceous; 7 oblique dark cross-bars on the body; a dark stripe
from eye to extremity of operculum; a dark ocellus on the upper
part of the base of caudal; dorsal and anal fins unspotted, blue at
the base.

The type, from the R. Maranon, Upper Amazon, measures
150 mm. in total length.

CRENICICHLA.

Crenicichla Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, i. 1840, p. 416,

Crenicichla (part.) Giinth, Cat. Fish. iv. p. 305 (1862); Eigenm,
& Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vu. 1894, p. 620; Pellegr. Mém. Soc.
Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 372 (1904).

Body oblong or elongate, more or less compressed ; scales small

1905. | FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICGHLIDA, Ubi

or moderate, ctenoid or cycloid. Two lateral lines; scales of the
lateral lines larger than the rest. Mouth moderate or large; lower
jaw projecting; maxillary exposed distally; teeth conical, in
several series in each jaw, those of the outermost series usually
shghtly or moderately enlarged; teeth of the inner series
depressible. Upper surface of head scaly about to the level of the
orbits; cheeks and opercular bones scaly ; posterior border of
preoperculum finely denticulated. Gill-rakers short, few (8-12
on the lower part of anterior arch). A single dorsal fin, with
XVI-XXV 11-19 rays. Anal with IIT 7-12 rays. Pectoral
symmetrical, rounded, with 15-20 rays; ventrals behind the bases
of the pectorals. Caudal rounded.
Sixteen species from South America.

Skeleton.

In Crenicichla johanna the skull is depressed and nearly flat
above, the supraoccipital and parietal crests being almost obsolete ;
the former gives rise posteriorly to a rather strong backwardly
directed process; a feeble transverse ridge between the orbits forms
the posterior border of a broad depression for the reception of the
premaxillary processes, which are rather short and do not reach
the frontals. The vertebral column consists of 23 preecaudal and
18 caudal vertebra; parapophyses are developed on the fourth
and succeeding precaudals and are mostly strong and almost
horizontal; the first three ribs are sessile, the others inserted on
the parapophyses ; the epipleurals, except those of the two anterior
ribless vertebre, are attached either to the ribs or to the para-
pophyses near the insertion of the ribs; none of the anterior
vertebrze shows any trace of inferior apophyses. ‘The pelvic bones
diverge anteriorly, The lower pharyngeals are united by a
straight suture and form a broad triangular piece.

In Crenicichla saxatilis the skeleton is essentially similar, but
the cranial crests are more distinct and the longer premaxillary
processes extend to the transverse ridge on the frontals. There
are 20 precaudal and 15 caudal vertebre.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Seales ctenoid, at least on the side of the body below the
lateral line; nostril equidistant from tip of snout and
eye, or nearer the latter.
A. 38-70 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral
line.
1. Maxillary extending beyond anterior margin of eye,
38-46 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral line;
depth of body 3-4 in the length. D. XVI-XVIII 13-16. 1. lepidota.
50-62 scales im a longitudinal series below the lateral line;
depth of body 32-43 m the length. D. XVII-XX 13-16. 2. saxatilis.
65-70 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral line;
depth of body 42-53 in the length. D. XIX-XX113-14. 3. Lucius,
54-57 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral line;
depth of body 5-53 in the length. D. XX-XXII11-12. 4. geayi.
¥. Maxillary extending to the vertical from anterior
margin of eye; 63-70 scales in a longitudinal series
below the lateral line.

158 MR. C, TATE REGAN ON SOUTH-AMERICAN [ Mar. 7

D. XX-XXIII 12-18. A. III 8-10; diameter of eye + the
length of head cae a specimen of. BY) STN) gonsnosse0onnonone 5. lacustris.
D. XX-XXII 10-11. A. III 7-8; diameter of eye { the length
of head (in a specimen of 225 mm. PE eter aso acer nants. 6. macrophthalmus.

3. Maxillary not extending to the vertical from anterior
margin of eye; 57 scales in a longitudinal series
below the lateral line. D. XVIII-XX 11-13.
Nea) () (6 ES an ee aero een nero inadntoa dae aepeogobeBad act 7. wallacii.
B. 84-180 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral
line.
1. Maxillary not extending to below the eye: snout
more than + the length of head.
a. Interorbital width 43-5 in the length of head.

D>. XXIII 13-14. A.IIT9-10. 84-95 scales in a longitudinal

series below the lateral line .. pace 8. vittata.
D. XXIV 14. A.IIT11. 113 stnlestl ina , lonetindtliell series
below the lateral line.. ae wo. 9. acutirostris.
b. Interorbital w ith 32 in nthe leneth of ‘Hend
1D), XOXIDWarOcOy MG, ANG JUL QO anncsenn on 6c : . 10. multispinosa.

2.* Maxillary extending to below anterior margin Pa eye
or a little beyond; snout + the length of head or
less.

a. Scales above posterior part of upper lateral line

ctenoid. D. XXII-XXIII15-17. A. 1II110-12.

93-108 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral line,

ae 16 between first dorsal spine and lateral line; snout
31-32 in the length of head.. 11. strigata.

106-113 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral line,

16-17 between first dorsal spine and lateral line; snout

3-32. im the lenetin of Meade tersesen- eee teaeetoreredrie hr 12. lugubris.
120 scales in a longitudinal series below the lateral Be 20
between first dorsal spine and lateral line............ . 13. cincta.

b. Seales above upper lateral line ane cy calla ‘e-
130 in a longitudinal series below the later: al line.
D, XXI-XXIM 17-19. A. 1 11-12.

18-20 scales between first dorsal spine and lateral line; maxil-
lary extending a little bevond anterior margin of eye...... 14. ornata.
15 or 16 scales between first dorsal spime and lateral line ;
maxillary extending to below anterior margin of eye ...... 15. lenticulata.

Il. Scales cycloid, small; nostril nearer to tip of snout than
TH GMO. csoncnoe, agaesagneusdosoinaegea oa DoKade beq sundooBan noc cba nhagaa eB VON AAMDaG,

1. CRENICIGHLA LEPIDOTA.

COrenicichla lepidota Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, i. 1840, p. 429;
Hens. Arch. f. Nat..1870, p. 55; Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxx.
1874, p. 520; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 372
(1904).

Depth of body 3— 4 in the length, length of head 3. Diameter
of eye 34-5 in the length of head, length of snout 3$—4 and equal
to the interorbital width. Nostril nearer to ae than to tip of
snout. Maxillary extending to below anterior + of eye or beyond ;
depth of preorbital 2 the diameter of eye or less. Anterior teeth

* Crenicichla brasiliensis var. marmorata (Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi.
1903, p. 383, fig.) is probably a valid species belonging to this section, but is
insufficiently described. D. XXIV 17. A. III 11. Scales 116 (. e. below the
lateral line) 35. Yellowish; an irregular brown band at the base of the dorsal; a
series of brown spots and blotches along the middle of the side. The Perca
brasiliensis of Bloch does not resemble any known species of Crenicichla and may
represent a young example of Cichla temensis Humb.

1905. | FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. 159

forming 4 series in the upper jaw, 3 in the lower. 10 or 11 gill-
rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales denticulated
except on the head and the lower parts of the thorax and
abdomen, 48-60 a 38-46 in a longitudinal series below the
lateral line, 2-32 between last dorsal spine and lateral line,
2 between upper and lower lateral lines. Lateral line 21—
944+7-10. Dorsal (XVI) XVII-XVIII 13-14 (15-16), the
spines subequal or only slightly increasing from the sixth, the
last 4-2 the length of head. Anal III 8-10. Pectoral 3-3,
ventral 4-2 the length of head. Caudal peduncle deeper than long.
Brownish ; a dark stripe from snout through eye to extremity
of operculum, continued on the body as a longitudinal band in
the young; a dark oblique stripe below the eye; a dark blotch
above the pectoral; sometimes obscure cross-bars on the upper
part of the body ; a dark spot or ocellus on the upper halt of the
base of caudal; vertical fins greyish, the dorsal sometimes with
a blackish edge, the soft dorsal and caudal sometimes with clear

spots.
Southern Brazil; Rio de la Plata.
1. (159 mm.) Rio Grande do Sul. Dr. H. von Ihering.
2. (69 mm.) Upper Paraguay. Dr. A. Borelli.
3. (75 mm.) Carandasinho, Matto Grosso, Dr. A. Borelli.
4, (162 mm.) Paraguay. Dr. Ternetz.

2. CRENICICHLA SAXATILIS.

Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. p. 65, pl. xxxi. fig. 1 (1754).
Gronov. Mus, Ichth. ii. No. 185, p. 29, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1756).

Sparus saxatilis Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. 10), p. 278 (1758).

Scarus rufescens Gronov. Zoophyl. p. 67, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1763).

Perca saxatilis Bloch, Ausl. Fische, vi. p. 79, pl. 809 (1792).

Cichla labrina Agass. in Spix, Pisce. Bras. p. 99, pl. lxu. fig. 1
(1829) ; Schomb. Fish. Guiana, p. 139, pl. ii. (1843).

Crenicichla saxatilis Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, 1. 1840, p. 432 ;
Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 308 (1862); EHigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac.
N. York, vii. 1894, p. 620; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France,
xvi. 1903, p. 373 (1904).

Cychla rutilans Schomb. t. ¢. p. 142, pl. v.

Scarus pavoninus Gronov. Cat. Fish. p. 67 (1854).

Crenicichla frenata Gill, Ann. Lyc. N. York, vi. 1858, p. 386,

Crenicichla proteus Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad, xxiii, 1872, p, 252;
Pellegr. 1. ¢.

Crenicichla proteus, var. argynnis Cope, l. ¢.

Orenicichla saxatilis, var. semicincta Steind. Denkschr, Ak.
Wien, lix. 1892, p. 376; Pellegr. t. c. p. 374.

Crenicichla argynnis Pellegr. t. c. p. 373.

Orenicichla saxatilis, var. albopunctata Pellegr. t. c. p. 374.

Orenicichla vaillanti Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1903, p. 124,
and t. c. p. 376.

Depth of body 32-42 in the length, length of head 3-32,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. XI. al

160 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON SOUTH-AMERICAN | Mar. 7,

Diameter of eye 32-54 in the length of head, length of snout
3-32, interorbital width 3-4. Nostril nearer to eye than to tip
of snout. Maxillary extending to below anterior + of eye; depth
of preorbital 4-3 the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming
4 or 5 series in the upper jaw, 3 or 4 in the lower. 9-11 gill-
rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales denticulated

except on the head and the lower parts of thorax and abdomen,
60-73 a 50-62 in a longitudinal series below the lateral line,
3-43 between last dorsal spine and lateral line, 2 or 3 between
upper and lower lateral lines. Lateral line 22-26+9-12. Dorsal
XVII-XX 13-16, the spines subequal from about the eighth, the
last 4-2 the length of head. Anal ITT 8-10. Pectoral about 2,
ventral 3-2 the length of head. Caudal peduncle ? to as long as
deep. Olivaceous; a dark stripe from eye to extremity of operculum,
sometimes continued forward on the snout, rarely edged with
white above and below ; often a dark spot or oblique stripe below
theeye; body with or without white spots, which may be numerous
and well-developed ; sometimes a continuous dark longitudinal
band from operculum to caudal, which may be represented by a
series of blotches or by a single blotch, or sometimes an ocellated
spot, above the pectoral ; a dark spot, often ocellated, on the upper
part of the base of caudal; dorsal and anal sometimes with a
narrow dark edge ; spinous dorsal sometimes with an intramarginal
series of blackish spots, one on each interradial membrane ; soft
dorsal and caudal often with alternate series of light and dark spots.
R. Amazon; Guiana; Trinidad; Rio Grande do Sul.

1. (183 mm.) Brit. Guiana. Sir R. Schomburek,
2-4, (99-145 mm.) Demerara. Dr. Hancock.
5,6. (89 and 103mm.) Brit. Guiana.
7. (200 mm.)
8,9. (171 and 226mm.) Guiana.
10,11. (73 and 108mm.) R, Cupai.

12. (217 mm.) R. Essequibo. My. Ehrhardt.
13-15. (170-271 mm.) College of Surgeons.
16-18. (150-201 mm.) Stuttgart Mus.

19. (141 mm.) Surinam.

20-22. (165-211 mm.) os My. Kappler.

23. (66 mm.) Brit. Guiana. C. W. Cottam, Esq.
24,25. (154 and 205 mm.) Berbice. J. G. Beckford, Esq.
26. (104 mm.) Tabatinga. Mus. Comp. Zool.

27. (155 mm.) Rio Grande do Sul. Dr. H. ven Ihering.

28. (185 mm.) Trinidad. FB. W. Urich, Esq.
29-35. (153-251 mm.) ne L. Guppy, Esq.

3. CRENICICHLA LUCIUS.

Crenicichla luctus Cope, Proc. Am, Phil. Soc. xi. 1871, p. 570;
Pellegr. Mém. Soc, Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 377 (1904).

Crencichla anthurus Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. xxiii, 1872, p, 252,
pl. x. fig. 1; Pellegr. 1. ¢.

Depth of body 42-54 in the length, length of head 3. Diameter
of eye 43-6 in the length of head, length of snout 34-32, inter-
orbital width 4-54. Nostril nearer to eye than to tip of snout.
Maxillary extending to below anterior 4 of eye; depth of

1905.] FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, 161

preorbital 2-3 the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming 4 or 5
series in the upper jaw, 3 or 4 in the lower. 10 or 11 gill-rakers
on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales denticulated except on

the head, the lower parts of thorax and abdomen, and anteriorly
: got pas ; ng :
above the lateral line, 75-80 55-5;, 65-70 in a longitudinal series

below the lateral line, 44-6 between last dorsal spine and lateral
line, 3 between upper and lower lateral lines. Lateral line
23-244+12-13. Dorsal XIX—XXI 13-14, the spines only slightly
increasing after the fifth or sixth, the last + the length of head.
Anal TIT 10. Pectoral 2-3, ventral 3-2 the length of head.
Caudal peduncle 11-12 as long as deep. Olivaeeous, sometimes
with white spots on the body; a dark stripe from snout through
eye to extremity of operculum; a dark ocellus on the lateral line
above the pectoral, another on the upper part of the base of caudal ;
soft dorsal and caudal greyish, with light spots.
Amazons of EKeuador,

1,2. (123 and 150 mm.) Canelos. C. Buckley, Esq.
3. (198 mm.) R. Zamora. Dr. H. Festa.

4, CRENICICHLA GEAYI.

Crenicichla geayi Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1903, p. 123, and
Mem. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 375, pl. vi. fig. 4 (1904).

Depth of body 5-53 in the length, length of head 34. Diameter
of eye 5 in the length of head, length of snout 33, interorbital
width 4. Nostril nearer to eye than to tip of snout. Maxillary
extending to below middle of eye; depth of preorbital 2 the
diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming 4 series in the upper
jaw, 3 in the lower. 9 or 10 gill-rakers on the lower part of
anterior arch. Scales denticulated, except on the head, the lower
parts of thorax and abdomen and anteriorly above the lateral line,

65 = ( =), 54 (57) in a longitudinal series below the lateral line, 4
between last dorsal spine and lateral line, 2 between upper and
lower lateral lines. Lateral line 24-254+10-11. Dorsal XX 12
(XXII 11), the spines only slightly increasing from the tenth, the
last 4 the length of head, Anal III (8) 9. Pectoral 3-3, ventral
1 the length of head. Caudal peduncie longer than deep.
Brownish ; a dark stripe from eye to extremity of operculum ;
sometimes a series of blotches along the middle of the side; a
dark spot or ocellus on the upper part of the base of caudal.

R. Orinoco.

1. (159 mm.) Near Bogota. Mr. Cutter.

This specimen agrees so well with the figure of the typical
example of C. geayi given by Pellegrin that I have no hesitation
in referring it to that species. The number of fin-rays(D. XX 12
instead of XXII 11, A. III 9 instead of IIT 8) and of scales in a
transverse series ( = instead of ss although different, fall within
the limits of individual variation, whilst the presence or absence
of a series of blotches on the side is of very slight importance

*

162 MR, C, TATE REGAN ON SOUTH-AMERICAN [ Mar. 7,

5, CRENICICHLA LACUSTRIS.

Cychla lacustris Casteln, Anim, Am. Sud, Poiss. p. 19, pl. vii.
fig. 3 (1855).

Crenicichla lacustris Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 308 (1862); Steind,
Sitzb, Ak. Wien, Ixx. 1874, p. 516; Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soe.
xxxii. 1894, p. 102; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,
p. 379 (1904).

Crenicichla punctata Hens, Arch. f. Nat. i. 1870, p. 57.

Crenicichla polysticta Hens. t. c. p. 58.

Depth of body 43-5 in the length, length of head 3-33.
Diameter of eye 4-5 in the length of ‘head, length of snout 3-3 is
interorbital width 42-53. Nostr il nearer to eye » than to extr emity
of snout. Maxillary estenine to below anterior margin of eye;
depth of preorbital 3-7 the “diameter of eye. Anterior teeth
forming 5 series in the upper jaw, 4 in the lower. 10 gill-rakers
on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales denticulated, except

on the head, the lower parts of thorax and abdomen and anteriorly

above the lateral line, 80-90 on 63-70 in a longitudinal series

below the lateral line, 5 or 6 between last dorsal spine and lateral
line, 3 or 4 between upper and lower lateral lines. Lateral line
23-26+413-14. Dorsal XXII 12 (XX-XXIIT 12-13), the spines
subequal from the ninth or tenth, the last 3 the length of head.
Anal ITT 8-9 (10). Pectoral nearly § 2 the ‘engin of head, ventral
nearly 2. Caudal peduncle 13-13 as long as deep. Olivaceous,
with numerous small dark moles spots on upper part of head
and body and on the vertical fins; sometimes a dark stripe from
snout through eye to extremity of oper culum, continued as a series
of blotches along the middle of the side; a dark spot, sometimes
ocellated, on the upper part of the base of caudal,
Southern and Hastern Brazil.

1. (169 mm.) Porto Real, Prov, Rio Janeiro. M. Hardy du Dréneuf.
2. (88 mm.) Laguna dos Patos, RioGrandedoSul. Dr. H. von Ihering.

6. CRENICICHLA MACROPHTHALMUS,

Crenicichla macrophthalmus Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, 11. 1840,
p. 427; Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 307 (1862); Pellegr. Mém. Soc.
Zool. France, xvi. 19038, p. 379 (1904).

Depth of body about 45 in the length, length of head 38.
Diameter of eye 4 in the length of head and equal to the inter-
orbital width. Nostril about equidistant from eye and tip of snout.
Maxillary extending to below anterior margin of eye; depth of
preorbital 2 the diameter of eye. Scales denticulated, except on
the head, the lower parts of thorax and abdomen and anteriorly
above the lateral line, 66-70 in a longitudinal series below the
lateral line, io ina transverse series. Lateral line 23-25+ 12-13.
Dorsal XX—X XII 10-11. Anal Til 7-8. Pectoral 2, ventral 4
the length of head. Caudal peduncle a little longer ers deep.
Brownish ; a dark stripe from eye to oper vlna ¢ scales of the

1905. | FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDS. 163:

lateral line white with a blackish edge; vertical fins grey,
unspotted, with dark edges.

Rio Negro.

The type measures 225 mm. in total length.

7. CRENICICHLA WALLACI, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.

Depth of body 52 in the length, length of head 33. Snout as
long as eye, the diameter of which is 35 in the length of head,
interorbital width 43. Nostril a little nearer to eye than to tip
of snout. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; depth of
preeorbital 4 the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming 5 or 6
series in each jaw. 9 gill-rvakers on the lower part of anterior
arch. Scales denticulated, except on the head, the lower parts of

thorax and abdomen and anteriorly above the lateral line, 645,
57 in a longitudinal series below the lateral line, 2 between last
dorsal spine and lateral line, 3 between upper and lower lateral
lines. Lateral line 21+10. Dorsal XX 11 (XVIII 13), the
spines subequal from the ninth, the last 7 the length of head.
Anal III 7 (9). Pectoral 2, ventral 3 the length of head. Caudal
peduncle longer than deep. Brownish ; a dark stripe from snout
through eye to extremity of operculum, continued faintly along the
side; dorsal and anal with a blackish marginal stripe; caudal with
obscure cross-bars and with a dark spot on the upper part of its base.

R. Essequibo; R. Negro.

1, (85 mm.) type of the species. R. Essequibo. Mr. Ehrhardt.

Dr. A. R. Wallace has made a drawing of a fish of about the
same size as the one described above and evidently of the same
species, which he obtained in the Rio Negro in 1851. It was a
ereat misfortune that the magnificent collection of Fishes of the
Rio Negro made by the celebrated naturalist should have been
accidentally destroyed and thus lost to science. Dr. Wallace gives
the number of fin-rays as D. XVIII 13. A. HT 9.

8, CRENICICHLA VITTATA.

Crenicichla vittata Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 417.

Depth of body 42-5 in the length, length of head 34-37.
Diameter of eye 5 in the length of head, length of snout 22, inter-
orbital width 44-5. Nostril nearer to eye than to tip of snout.
Maxillary not extending to below the eye; depth of preorbital 2
the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming 7 or 8 series in the
upper jaw, 5 or 6 in the lower. 9 or 10 gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales denticulated, except on the head and
the lower part of thorax and abdomen, 110-120 ne 84-95 in a

longitudinal series below the lateral line, 6 between last dorsal
spine and lateral line, 4 between _upper and lower lateral lines.
Lateral line 27-+12-14. Dorsal XXIII 13-14, the spines sub-
equal from the sixth, the last nearly 3 the length of head. Anal
III 9 (10). Pectoral 2, ventral more than half the length of head.

164 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON SOUTH-AMERICAN [Mar. 7,

Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Brownish; a dark longi-
tudinal band from tip of snout through eye to extremity of caudal ;
upper part of body with traces of dark cross-bars ; 5 a dark oblique
stripe below the eye; a dark ocellated spot on the base of the
caudal, just above the lateral line; dorsal with longitudinal series
of greyish spots; caudal with a dark lower margin.

R. Amazon; R. Paraguay; Eastern Brazil.

1. (146 mm.) R. Parana. Mr. Salmin.
2. (167 mm.) Descalvados, Matto Grosso. Dr. Ternetz.

9. CRENICICHLA ACUTIROSTRIS. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.)

Crenicichla acutirostris Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 307 (1862) ;
Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 384 (1904).

Depth of body nearly 6 in the length, length of head 33.
Diameter of eye 54 in the length of head, length of snout 23,
interorbital width 43. Nostril a little nearer to eye than to tip
of snout. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; depth of
preorbital nearly 2? the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming
7 series in the upper jaw, 4 inthe lower. 9 gill-rakers on the
lower part of anterior arch. Scales denticulated, except on the
head, the lower parts of thorax and abdomen and anteriorly above

the lateral line, 125 os 113 in a longitudinal series below the
lateral line, 7 between last dorsal spine and lateral line, 5 between
upper and lower lateral lines. Lateralline 26+14. Dorsal XXTV
14, the spines subequal from about the tenth, the last 2 the length
of head. Anal TIT 11. Pectoral as long as ventr. al, a Gatle more
than 4 the length of head. Caudal peduncle a little longer than
deep. Brownish, with 10 dark cross-bars on the upper part of the
side; anal with a narrow dark edge.

River Cupai.

1. (217 mm.) type of the species. R. Cupai.

10. CRENICICHLA MULTISPTNOSA.

Crenicichla multispinosa Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1903, p. 124,
and Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 380, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1904).

Depth of body 53 in the length, length of head 32. Diameter
of eye nearly 6 in the length of the head, length of snout 22,
interorbital width 34. Nostvril nearer to eye than to extremity of
snout. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; depth of pre-
orbital? the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming 8 series
in the upper jaw, 4 in the lower. 10 or 11 gill-rakers on the
lower part of anterior arch. Scales denticulated, except on
the head, the lower parts of thorax and abdomen and above the

upper lateral line, 118 = 102 in a longitudinal series below the
lateral line, 9 between last dorsal spine and lateral line, 5 between
upper and lower lateral lines. Lateral line 27+14. Dorsal
(XXIV) XXV 13 (14), the spines subequal from about the eighth,
the last + the length of head. Anal III 9 (10). Pectoral 2,
ventral 3 the length of the head. Caudal peduncle a little longer
than deep. Brownish, with numerous small white spots on the

1905. | FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#. 165

posterior part of body and the caudal fin; a blackish ocellus
on the upper part of the base of caudal.

Guiana.

1, (282 mm.) Surinam. Mr. Kappler.

11. CrEnicicHLA stRicATA. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)

Crenicichla johanna, var. vittata (non C. vittata Heck.) Giinth.
Cat. Fish. iv. p. 306 (1862).

Crenicichla johanna, vax. strigata Giinth. |. ¢.

Crenicichla brasiliensis, var. strigata Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool.
France, xvi. 1903, p. 381 (1904).

2 Crenicichla brasiliensis, var. vittata Pellegr. t.c. p. 383, fig.

Depth of body 43-51 in the length, length of head 34-31.
Diameter of eye 44-51 in the length of head, length of snout 34-32,
interorbital width 32-41. Nostril nearly equidistant from eye and
extremity ofsnout. Maxillary extending to below anterior margin
of eye, depth of preorbital 2-2 the diameter of eye. Anterior
teeth forming 5-7 series in the upper jaw, 4 or 5 in the lower.
About 10 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

denticulated, except on the head, the lower parts of thorax and

abdomen and anteriorly above the lateral line, 110-125 saaee 93-108

in a longitudinal series below the lateral line, 9-11 between last
dorsal spine and lateral line, 5 or 6 between upper and lower lateral
lines. Lateral line 25-28+13-15. Dorsal XXII-XXITI 17, the
spines subequal from the eighth, the last 1 the length of head.
Anal IIL 11. Pectoral 2, ventral }-2 the length of head. Caudal
peduncle as long as or longer than deep. Olivaceous, with blackish
markings ; a stripe from the snout through the eye to the extremity
of operculum, giving rise to two which run along the middle of
the side of the body and unite to form a dark spot on the base
of caudal, from which a single stripe runs to the extremity of
caudal; a stripe along the upper lateral line ; on each side of the
base of the dorsal a series of spots or rings are connected by a
longitudinal stripe; upper part of head spotted ; vertical fins with
marginal bands. In the young the 2 stripes from operculum to
caudal form the edges of a dark longitudinal band, whilst the
caudal spot is indistinct.

R. Amazon.
1-4. (177-188 mm.) types of the species. R. Capin.
5. (108 mm.) R. Cupai.
6. (132 mm.) College of Surgeons.

12. CRENICICHLA LUGUBRIS.

Crenicichla lugubris Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 422.

Crenicichla funebris Heck. t.c. p. 424.

Orenicichla johanna, var. lugubris Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 307
(1862).

Crenicichla johanna, var. funebris Ginth. 1. ec.

Orenicichla brasiliensis, var. lugubris Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zoo).
France, xvi. 1903, p. 383, fig. (1904).

Depth of body 42-5 in the length, length of head 3-33.

166 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON SOUTH-AMERICAN [ Mar. 7,

Diameter of eye 44-52 in the length of head, length of snout 3-3,
interorbital width 34-42. Nostril nearly “equidistant from eye
and tip of snout. Maxillary extending to below anterior margin
of eye; depth of preorbital 3 4-2 the diameter of eye. Anterior
teeth forming 6 or 7 series in “the upper jaw, 4 or 5 in the lower.
10-12 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

denticulated, except on the head, the lower parts of thorax and
abdomen and anteriorly above the lateral line, 120-130 =

106-113 in a longitudinal series below the lateral line, 10 or 11
between last dorsal spine and lateral line, 4-6 between upper and
lower lateral lines. Lateral line 25-27+14-15. Dorsal XXII-—
XXIII 15-17, the spines subequal or only slightly increasing from
about the seventh, the last + the length of head. Anal IIL
10-12. Pectoral 2-2, ventral 1-2 the length of head. Caudal
peduncle as long as ora little long er than deep. Brownish ; a dark
spot above the pectoral and another on the middle of the basal
part of caudal; dorsal and anal with a dark edge and sometimes
a light intramarginal band.
Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.

1,2. (159 and 250 mm.) British Guiana. Sir R. Schomburek.
3. (261 mm.) R. Capin.
4. (255 mm.) R. Essequibo. Mr. Ehrhardt.

13 *, CRENICICHLA CINCTA, sp. n.

Crenicichla brasiliensis, var. fasciata (non Cychla fasciata
Schomb.) Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 383, fig.
(1904).

Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 3 Diameter
of eye 44 in the length of iter length of snout 34, omc
width 32. Nostril a little nearer to eye than to tip of snout.
Maxillary extending to below anterior margin of eye; depth of
preorbital 2 the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming 7 series
in the upper jaw, 4 in the lower. 10 gill-rakers on the lower part
of anterior arch. Scales denticulated, except on the head, the
lower Bere of thorax and abdomen and anteriorly above the lateral
line, 152 = = 120 in a longitudinal series below the lateral line, 11
between last dorsal spine and lateral line, 6 between upper and
lower lateral lines. Lateral line 28+17. Dorsal XXIII 15, the
spines subequal from the tenth, the last + the length of head.
Anal TII 12. Pectoral 2, ventral 4 the length of head. Caudal
peduncle 14. aslongasdeep. Olivaceous, with 9 or 10 dark vertical
cross-bars on the upper half of the body ; a dark longitudinal stripe
from eye to above the pectoral; soft dorsal with a few large dark
spots ; caudal brownish, with round or oval light yellowish spots
and with a blackish spot on the basal part, just above the lateral line.

Marajo Island; Para.

1. (172 mm.) type of the species. Para. Dr. E. A. Géldi.

* The name fasciata is preoccupied in this genus by the Cychla fasciata of
Schomburgk, which I regard as a synonym of Crenicichla johanna Heck.

1905.] FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDS. 167

14, CRENICICHLA ORNATA, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)

Crenicichla brasiliensis, var lenticulata (non C. lenticulata Heck.)
Pellegr. Mém, Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 383, fig. (1904).

Depth of body 43 in the length, length of head 33. Diameter
of eye 5 in the length of head, length of snout 34-32, interorbital
width 32-4. Nostril equidistant from eye and tip of snout.
Maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye; depth of
preorbital 1 the diameter of eye. Anterior teeth forming 6 or 7
series in the upper jaw, 4 or 5 in the lower. 11 gill-rakers
on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales denticulated, except

on the head, the lower parts of thorax and abdomen and above
the upper lateral line, 135-145 = 118-130 in a longitudinal

series below the lateral line, 12 or 13 between last dorsal spine
and lateral line, 5 between upper and lower lateral lines. Lateral
line 27-28 + 14-15. Dorsal XXII-X XIII 17-19, the spines
subequal or only slightly increasing from the eighth, the last 3
the length of head. Anal IIT 11-12. Pectoral 2, ventral 3-2
the length of head. Caudal peduncle as long as or longer than
deep. Olivaceous, with black markings; 7 or 8 cross-bars on the
upper half of the body; a stripe from eye to extremity of
operculum ; head with numerous spots; vertical fins with broad
marginal bands; a series of spots along the middle of the spinous
dorsal, one on each spine; a large spot on the upper part of the
base of caudal.
R. Amazon; Guiana.

1-3. (165-175 mm.) types of the species. Rio Negro. Mr. J. C. Antony.

15. CRENICICHLA LENTICULATA.

Crenicichla lenticulata Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, 11. 1840, p. 419.

Crenicichla adspersa Heck. t. c. p. 421.

Crenicichla johanna, var. lenticulata Giinth, Cat. Fish, iv, p. 307
1862).
eee johanna, var. adsperse Giinth. |. ec.

Orenicichla brasiliensis, var. adspersa Kigenm. & Bray, Ann.
Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 620; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France,
xvi. 1903, p. 383 (1904).

Depth of body about 42 in the length, length of head about 33.
Diameter of eye 6 in the length of head and 2 in its distance
from tip of lower jaw. Maxillary extending to below anterior
edge of eye; depth of preeorbital 3 the diameter of eye. Scales
denticulated, except on the head, the lower parts of thorax and
abdomen and above the upper lateral line, 112-130 in a longi-
tudinal series below the lateral line, = in a transverse series
from origin of dorsal to ventral fin. Lateral lie 28-29 + 15-16.
Dorsal XXI-XXII 17-18. Anal III 12. Brownish; usually a
series of 8 or 9 dark blotches a little above middle of the side
extending from behind the operculum to base of caudal, sometimes
represented only by the first blotch, above the pectoral; head and

168 ON SOUTH-AMERICAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID. [Mar.7,

thoracic region with numerous small blackish spots ; a dark spot
or ocellus on the upper half of the base of caudal; fins unspotted,
the dorsal sometimes with a dark margin, the ventral with the
2 outer rays dark.

R. Amazon.

The type of the species, from the Rio Negro, measures 350 mm.
in total length; that of C. adspersa, from the Rio Guaporé,
265 mm.

16. CRENICICHLA JOHANNA.

Crenicichla johanna Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 417.

Cychla fasciata Schomb. Fish. Guiana, 11. p. 141, pl. iv. (1843).

Crenicichla obtusirostris Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 305 (1862).

Crenicichla johanna, var. johanna Giinth. t. ec. p. 306.

Crenicichla brasiliensis, var. johanna Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool.
France, xvi. 1903, p. 383, fig. (1904).

Depth of body 4-42 in the length, length of head 34-33.
Diameter of eye 43-5 i in the length of head, length of snout
34-32, interorbital width 22-33. Nostril much nearer to tip of
snout than to eye. Ma xillary extending to below anterior margin
of eye; depth of przorbital 3-2 the diameter of eye. Anterior
teeth forming 4 or 5 series in the upper jaw, 3 or 4 in the lower.
10 or 11 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

eycloid, 124-133 7-34, 97-108 in a longitudinal series below the
lateral line, 10 or 11 between last dorsal spine and lateral
line, 6 or 7 between upper and lower lateral lines. Lateral
line 26-27 + 13-14. Dorsal XXI-XXIV 16-17, the spines
subequal or only slightly increasing from about the tenth, the last
$ wae length of head. Anal If] 11-12. Pectoral 2-2, ventral
4-2 the length of head. Caudal peduncle as long as or longer
than deep. Br ownish; 10 or 12 dark cross-bars above the lateral
line, obscure or absent in the adult; body below the lateral line
sometimes with alternate light and dark undulating vertical
stripes ; dorsal sometimes with a dark margin and light intra-
marginal band.
Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.

1. (260 mm.) Zool. Soc.

2. (325 mm.) type of C. obtusirostris. R. Capin.

3. (151 mm.) %. Cupai.

4. (285 mm.) R. Capin. Dr. H. A. Goldi.
5. Skeleton. R. Capin. Dr. E. A. Géldi.
6. (250 mm.) L. Hyanuary. Prof. A. Agassiz.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate XIV.

Fig. 1. Batrachops punctulatus, p. 156.
2. Crenicichla wallacii, p. 163.
3. 55 acutirostris, p. 164.

PratE XV.

Fig. a Crenicichla strigata, p. 165.
5 ornata, p. 167.

1905.] CAPT. R, MEINERTZHAGEN ON A NEW ORIBI ANTELOPE. 169

2. Notes on a New Oribi Antelope from the Kenya District,
British Hast Africa. By Capt. R. MEINERTZHAGEN,

E.Z.8.
[Received February 15, 1905. |

[The complete account of the new species described in this communication
appears here; but since the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the
‘ Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.— Ep1Tor. |

The Oribi found near Mount Kenya, British Hast Africa, has
never been satisfactorily determined, and as I obtained a consider-
able number of skulls, now in the British Museum, I have made a
careful comparison of them with the specimens already in that
collection. The species appears to be undoubtedly different both
from the Ouwrebia montana of Abyssinia and the O. haggardi of
Lamu, and I have therefore proposed for it the name of O. kenye.

OUREBIA KENY.

Ourebia kenye Meinertzhagen, Abstr. P.Z.S. No. 16, p. 15
March 14, 1905.

This new Antelope seems to be most closely allied to Haggard’s
Oribi, of the lower waters of the Tana and the adjacent coast-line,
but differs in the following respects :—

The horns are not so thick nor so roughly and irregularly ridged,
and their “set” seems to differ from that found in O. haggardi in
leaving the skull at a much more forward angle and having a
tendency to a marked forward and divergent curvature.

General colour bright fulvous, corresponding as nearly as
possible with the “tawny ochraceous” of Ridgway. Chin and
throat white. Above the anterior portion of each eye a white
streak, about half an inch broad and continuing towards the
muzzle for about an inch. Ears fringed with dark brown on their
upper parts. Tail about four inches long, the last three inches
thickly tufted, black, the proximal portion white-edged below.

Skull. Dimensions of type specimen * :—

Basaleleme tiniest atte. secon. teens amie senet 145 mm.
Greatest, breadilgeee anon ete ee es Go
Orbits GommauzZlenes ehh Le eh ae orl pees cee 84 C,,

Length of horn on curve 136; circumference at base 53.

The following are some measurements of males taken in the
field :—

at see Length. Gua see
inches. inches. - Ibs. inches.
24 A402 36 pL
23 40 38 6
25 42 36 5d
242 Al 40 BB

* British Museum, No. 4.11.5.28.

170 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Mar. 7,

The following is the measurement of a female :—
Height

at shoulder. Length. Weight.
inches. inches. lbs.
252 433 236 4 teats,

Habitat. As far as is known at present the range of this
Antelope is extremely limited. It is found on the upper water of
the Tana River, about 50 miles due south of Mount Kenya and
about 5 miles south-east of Fort Hall, where it is very plentiful.
It extends only about 10 miles down the Tana River, and is not
found further from the river than the Ithanga Hills and their
immediate neighbourhood.

3. The Gicology and Deposits of the Cape Verde Marine
Fauna. By Cyrit Crosstanp, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z8.,
Carnegie Fellow and Fellow of the University of
St. Andrews.

[Received January 13, 1905. |

(Text-figures 21-26.)

CONTENTS.

Page
1. Introduction’ ...... dats RUA ASBLe MOOR EE SORT avon eee el l7/)
2. Narrative and Results. sae 172
3. Comparison ef the Fauna with that of East Africa... 176
4, The Organic Deposits ...... ee ; soot Jlrs}
5. The St. Vincent Fringing-Reef _ FJORD cen oatente ch oaapadden 182
6. Summary and Gonclisione tee! tetra een mss

1. INTRODUCTION.

An examination of the Collections made by me for Six Charles
Eliot, K.C.M.G., im Zanzibar and East Africa in 1900-1902
showed at once that the whole Indo-Pacific Ocean from Africa to
the Pacific Archipelagoes is one faunistic area. The region,
however, is not so well known as to admit of definite subdivision ;
in East Africa, e. g., we cannot say whether the numerous new
species discovered are characteristic of the region or merely of the
special habitats which we examined. |

The wide distribution of many of the Opisthobranch Molluses
is so striking as to have led Sir Charles Ehot to suggest an
expedition to the Tropical Atlantic, with the object of discovering
whether there is any relationship between the faunas of these so
widely separated oceans. As several species of Polycheta also
appear to range from the Indo-Pacific to the Mediterranean and
even Caribbean Seas, the idea was highly attractive tome. I am
convinced, too, that the special difficulties of systematic work
on the Polycheta can be satisfactorily attacked only by the

1905. | CAPE VERDE MARINE FAUNA. 171

examination of several large collections simultaneously by a worker
(or group of workers) who has seen the specimens alive.

The fauna of the Cape Verde Islands also promises to be
interesting in connection with the ocean-currents of the Atlantic.
The group (text-fig. 21) lies in the path of the southern division
of the Gulf-stream, which is joined by another stream from near
the Straits of Gibraltar. Both these are cold currents, the warm
stream from the Gulf of Guinea passing a little to the south of the
group. It will be interesting to know what constitnents of the
fauna, if any, are derived from the Caribbean Sea. Some North
Atlantic and Mediterranean forms are mentioned below.

Text-fig. 21.

26° 24° 23"
|

ON 1070 |
Gi PAL |
ee

ee |

af Pe 1020 |
SN! ast lucia ie |

a t

Vincent \S5 He PSAL

TN ¥

BRrancas LAS Aoi) 4 3

aa Raza aa us

ays aa |

= = LF
f
e216 R209 f
Letoni Rock
NE

Bomaos on
Romes Istets 34

BRAVA! | 1516

25° MAT oy 2
Chart of the Cape Verde Islands.

&
Ss ; | Mayo
= Sy “20 reel)
HAGUE | 134
es a
Lea oe

oo

For the purpose of a comparison of faunas, the common forms
of life in a few groups are sufficient, and a summer vacation
affords time enough to collect these. I therefore applied to the
Carnegie Trustees for funds to enable me to spend two months in
the Islands, which they generously supplied. The kindness of
many friends at home and in the Islands made my stay most
pleasant, besides contributing much to the success of my work.
T cannot publicly thank all by name, but to Messrs. Rhodes and
Pacey, Managers of Messrs. Wilson’s Coaling Company, I owe
special gratitude for the use of a room in their house as a head.
quarters’ laboratory—a boon the value of which the donors
themselves could hardly fully estimate.

172 MR, CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Mar. 7,

Little previous work on the marine fauna of the Islands has
been done; indeed, it was difficult to get much information of
any sort about the locality*. The ‘Challenger’ spent nineteen days
dredging in the harbour of St. Vincent with somewhat dis-
couraging results as regards the Polycheta and Opisthobranchiata.
The former appear to be unusually interesting, however, since, of
the fourteen species collected, seven were new and obtained
nowhere else, while three were found to be widely distributed im
the North Atlantic and West Indies and others were Medi-
terranean ‘.

The Canary Islands and Madeira have been worked by
Langerhans (Polycheta) and other well-known zoologists. But
these Islands are well north of the Tropical zone and afford no
fair comparison with the Tropics of the Indian Ocean,

2, NARRATIVE AND RESULTS.

In approaching St. Vincent ¢ (text-fig. 22) one is immediately
struck by the physical differences between the Cape Verde Islands
and the coast of East Africa. In place of the low level lines of
the local limestone formation, densely clothed with bush, or, at
Zanzibar, with cocoanuts, cloves, and mangoes, we are here con-
fronted with the huge mass of the Island of St. Antonio, 7000 feet
in height, rising directly from the sea, with St. Vincent to the lett,
lower (2400 feet) but even more ragged in outline. Both islands
show their volcanic origin very obviously, and their grey precipices
and red slopes are utterly devoid of vegetation. The shores
themselves, with which we are more directly concerned, also
differ. In place of the broad shore-platform, smooth, barren, and
almost quite devoid of loose stones, which is characteristic of the
East-African coral-rock, we have here a shore, so narrow as to be
almost invisible on the Admiralty Charts, composed of lava, and
often covered with stones of all sizes, from that of a cottage
downwards.

The tides rise from 3 to 5 feet at springs, according to the
locality, as against 8 to 12 feet in Hast Africa. In partial
correspondence with this the rich zone of the shore in the latter
locality is from lowest tide-level down to 2 or 3 fathoms, so that,
without wading, little could be done. Here also there is a well-
marked rich zone, but it extends halfway up to high-water mark
and ends abruptly 2 or 3 feet below the level of lowest springs.
The rocks of this zone are covered by a belt of mossy green,
brown, and red seaweeds and nullipores; below it they are bare
or only merely painted over by nullipore and bear little else

* The most useful accounts are in the ‘ Universal Geography,’ vols. x1. & xii., and
the Admiralty Pilot Series.

+ © Challenger’ Reports, Summary of Results, vol. i. pp. 303-314. The avian fauna
has been collected for the British Museum by Captain Boyd Alexander, whose
results are recorded in the ‘ Ibis,’ 1898, pp. 74-118 and 277-285.

{ Properly the Island is San Vicente, the town Mindello, and the Harbour Porto
Grande. For simplicity I use St. Vincent for all three.

1905. ] CAPE VERDE MARINE FAUNA. 1s}

but a few isolated coral-colonies, comprising only three species.
Wading is generally impossible on account of the steepness of the
shore and the strength of the surf, which in more or less
diminished strength reaches every part of the few bays.

The native fishermen use nets, traps, and lines, principally the
latter, the universal bait being raw fish. Ground-bait, also raw
fish, is used freely, being prepared by mastication and distributed
about the lines by expectoration.

“ Coral” (Corallum rubrum) fishing was done in the past, but is
wholly abandoned now, some of the merchants attributing this to
the competition of the Japanese, others to the exorbitance of the
Portuguese Customs.

Text-fig. 22.

640
te e East Point
282

ST ANTONIO
(Santo Antao)

Map of St. Antonio and St. Vincent.

But at St. Vincent all these fisheries have small following in
comparison with the number of boats engaged in dredging for
small coal lost overboard from steamers and lighters. The largest
of the native boats, small and simply rigged cutters, engage in
this exclusively, using three light dredges each. However un-
romantic old clinkers may be as a habitat, their richness in
Polyzoa, Polycheta, and small Crustacea is most beautiful, and
the three largest of my Gephyreans were thus obtained.

After a fortnight’s very successful collecting in St. Vinceut

174 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Mar. 7,

Harbour it became evident that the fauna of these coasts is as
distinct from that of East Africa as are the physical aspects and
geological structure of the two localities, and that it contains a
considerable northern or Mediterranean constituent. I therefore
decided to visit one of the Southern Islands in the hope of
discovering :—

(1) Possible effects on the fauna of the Guinea current.

(2) Fresh habitats, e. g. Zostera-beds or completely sheltered
water.

(3) Coral, either as reef or banks, with its peculiar fauna.

A three days’ voyage in a small Portuguese barque brought me
to Porto Praya, a bay in the southern extremity of the Island of

Text-fig. 23.

09 12 —
?. }
SRE OR TO PRAY!

1243
1530

13/4.

Riberra Grov™

1010

Map of St. Jago.

St. Jago (text-fig. 23), situated in latitude 16° N., just a degree
south of St. Vincent. The results of collecting here were negative
as regards (1) and (3) above, but a small extent of stony shore under

1905. | CAPE VERDE MARINE FAUNA. 175

lee of Quail Island* is completely sheltered at all seasons and
gradually slopes into the shallow channel. Consequently, this
area was very rich, large holothurians being seen here for the
first time, and many other fresh forms were added to the
collections. At the same time, it has since become clear that
the fauna is really identical from north to south, and that the
Guinea current is too far away to affect any Islands of the
group.

Tunny- fishing with rod and line is carried on at Praya. The
boats engaged in this rather exciting work are little tubs ee
two men, but which were made to carry three rowers and :
passenger in my dredging-expeditions. Although it is said that
a big tunny may tow a boat seven or eight miles out to sea, the

Text-fig. 24.

54 CM) a

S00 JAZin Wy Wig,
Sol Po nt =.

105

Ea st Sand Head

fe)

BONAVISTA

70
Brazen Hill Bluff

14

Map of Bonavista.

boats are very roughly constructed, leaks being discovered and
roughly caulked every day. On one occasion, when I pointed out a
bubbling spring in the bottom of the boat, one of the crew un-
concernedly handed over a portion of his trousers with which to
plug the leak!

Except for the small sheltered area afforded by Quail Island,
the shores and bottom of Porto Praya are so like St. Vincent that
I took the opportunity of returning there by Portuguese mail,

* This islet is memorable, since Darwin made collections on its shores during the
voyage of the ‘ Beagle.’

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou, I. No. XII. 12

176 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [Mar. 7,

after a stay of a little over a week, in order to find means of
reaching the Island of Bonavista (text-fig. 24), in the east of
the group, to examine some “ coral-reefs ” marked on the charts.
This occurred three days later when the Government steamer
‘Mindello’ left St. Vincent for its monthly circuit of the
Islands. I thus saw the northern point of St. Antonio, with its
deep valleys, carpeted with vivid green, and the huge precipices
of its shores, the lower but rocky shores of St. Nicholas, and the
white sand-spit which forms the southern part of Sal—the Island
of Salt (text-fig. 21, p. 171). This was the first time I had seen
pure white sand in these islands, so suggestive of the vicinity of
coral. However, neither here nor at Bonavista, where the same
sand forms a large part of the western shore, is there any sand,
or indeed any other rock, of coral origin, and the “ coral-reefs ” of
the chart, like others in the vicinity, are simply limestone shoals,
not resembling coral-reefs even in form and with either very little
or no coral anywhere about them.

The same absence of coral-reefs has been characteristic of the
past, for although the greater part of at least the western side of
Bonavista is of recent limestone, containing in places numerous
fossil shells, I found no particle of coral in it, either on the coast
or inland, or in the small shallow limestone beds near the town
of St. Vincent.

Bonavista is not an appropriate name. The appearance of the
island is not at all picturesque, and its discovery has not been
much blessing to the human race. The island is a desert only a
little less complete than the greater part of St. Vincent. As a
little grass grows after rain, a population is established on the
island subsisting by cattle-breeding. Every few years the rain
fails to appear, and as much as a third of the population perishes,
since relief works are practically unknown to the Portuguese
Government. At Port Sal Rei half the houses are in ruins,
and some have even been abandoned during course of erection.
Residence among such signs of misery is not pleasant, and I was
glad to leave at the end of a fortnight, having satisfied myself
that Coral or Zostera habitats do not occur in these Islands.

My return to St. Vincent involved three days in a small Italian
“felua,” but, in spite of the motion of so small a boat and the
primitiveness of the accommodation provided (on deck), much of
the time was rendered delightful by the number and variety of
fish, birds, and dolphins seen close at hand during a calm.

3. CoMPARISON OF THE FAUNA WITH THAT OF HAst AFRICA.

Although several Hast-African species reach the Mediterranean,
and certainly others extend from this sea to the Cape Verde
Islands, it is at once and certainly evident that the faunas of
these two localities, taken as wholes, are distinct. Of species
common to the two localities, there are at least three species
of Crab, several Prosobranch molluscs, the Polychete Hwnice

1905. ] CAPE VERDE MARINE FAUNA. 177

siciliensis (which is, however, well-known to be cosmopolitan), and
Thalassema baronit. Species already recognised as belonging to
the North Atlantic and Mediterannean are as follows :—

PotycH#éTA : Hunice torquata Qfg. (=H. fasciata Risso *),
H. sicihensis Gr., Stawrocephalus rubrovittatus, Hesione
sicula, Nereis dumer iii, and Phyllodoce pancerina Clp.

Nemmrrines: Vemertes neesii.

Of the OpistHopraNcH Monuusca, Sir Charles Eliot gives the
following provisional identifications :—-
Lophocercus olivacea. Mediterranean,

Candiella lineata. British.
Favorinus carneus. 5
Philine aperta. 4

He also remarks that “there are no big Dovids (or, rather,
only one) and only one Chromodoris ; the common Indo-Pacific
forms, Hexabranchus, Asteronotus, Bornella, Phyllidia, Dolabella,
are all absent.”

Indeed, for the present, the difference is most strikingly shown
by the absence from the Cape Verde fauna of groups conspicuously
abundant in Kast Africa, Planarians, such as the highly-coloured
Pseudoceridxe, so abundant in species and in individuals in
the Indo-Pacific, are here practically absent. Is it merely a
coincidence that the family of Opisthobranchs which is also
characterised by gorgeousness of colouring, the Chromodoride,
are here also repr esented by but one species 2

At low spring-tide level, almost everywhere in East Africa,
Aleyonarians, especially Xenide and Clavulariidee, are astonish-
ingly abundant, in places literally carpeting the rocks. Lobophytum,
Sarcophytum, Tubipora, &e. may be equally abundant over certain
areas, while in Wasin Harbour 7'e/esto and other tree-like genera
filled the dredge at every haul. Similarly for the Corals. ‘Large
areas of Hast-African coasts are totally devoid of coral-growths,
but in other parts the quantity and the number of species found
between the levels of low spring-tides and five to fifteen fathoms
are indescribable.

Here, in the Cape Verdes, the littoral Aleyonaria are repre-
sented by but one fairly common Species, a Cornularian, which is
found under stones. A few species of Gorgonians are found, but
rarely, in water of over 18 fathoms in depth.

Of the five littoral species of Coral belonging to the genera
Siderastrea and Pontis, two form incrustations only, and the
colonies do not exceed six or eight mehes in diameter. The
largest mass met with was about nine inches thick, and covered
an area of two or three square feet. Contrast the Porites cylin-
ders of the Zanzibar reefs or the composite masses covering

* Ehlers (Nach. zu Gott. 1900) describes HM. fasciata from a small collection
from Kast Africa, but it does not occur in my own or in Stanley Gardiner’s from the

Maldives.
oaks

178 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [Mar. 7,

hundreds of square yards of the coast of Pemba and the Zanzibar
Channel *.
4. Tor OrGAnic DEpostts.

Nullipores, on the other hand, are extremely abundant; every
rock exposed to the surf is thickly coated with them, and since
the coasts are nearly all rock, and the surf penetrates to every
bay, the total amount is enormous.

Owing to this nature of the shores, it is impossible to land in
most parts of the Islands, so that it 1s not easy for a worker who
is necessarily confined to the few more or less sheltered bays to
obtain a correct general idea of the condition of the balance of
life round the coasts asa whole. I have been able to make
detailed examinations of fully exposed rocks at Bird Island at the
entrance to St. Vincent Harbour and in Bonavista, and have seen
sufficient of other coasts to know that these examples are typical
of practically the whole coast-line.

The most exposed projections of the rock on Bird Island are
covered by a uullipore of a stout foliaceous kind, consisting of
vertical branches connected at intervals by horizontal platforms.
Between the areas occupied by this species the surface seems to
be made of smooth encrusting nullipore bearing clumps of mossy
green and brown weed. These form a broad belt extending from
near high-tide mark to a little below the level of lowest tides.
Above this bed is a zone of Balanus, while below the rock is
merely painted over with nullipore.

On breaking into the smooth incrustation it is almost always
found to consist, not of nullipore alone, as would be concluded
from its external appearance, but largely also of the shells of one
of the fixed Gastropods (Vermetus), the interstices between the
coiled tubes alone being filled in by the Alga.

In the partial shelter of the bays the character of the incrusta-
tion changes, as well as diminishing in thickness. The complete
series of chang es is well illustrated in the vicinity of Port Sal Rei,
Bonavista, as one passes from the complete shelter of Pequena
Island to the exposed rocks of the N.W. corner of the island.
At first nullipores are practically absent, but the shore is covered
by flat round stones, each of which consists of a nucleus of
voleanie rock, the diameter of which has been trebled by the
addition of a mass of the Vermetws round its sides. Passing north-
wards, where the surf begins to take effect, nullipores appear in
conjunction with the Vermetus, forming a more or less smooth
incrustation four inches to a foot in thickness, while outside the
Pequena Channel the foliaceous species of nullipore appear as at
Bird Island and other exposed coasts, and the proportion of
Vermetus has greatly decreased. The mode of growth of the
Vermetus results in the enclosing of spaces between its own mass
and the surface of the rock, which communicate with the outer
water by numerous holes and crevices. As would be expected,

* Millipore is fairly common in many places in these islands, forming incrus-
tations or sparsely-branched growths,

1905. | CAPE VERDE MARINE FAUNA. 179

these spaces are the habitat of a rich fauna; they are often
practically filled with Lamellibranchs and free-living Gastropoda,
while Polycheta, Sipunculids, small Crustacea (especially Amphi-
poda), Nemertines, and even Centipedes can be washed out in
great abundance. Boring Lamellibranchs (Lithophagus sp.) are
common, sometimes astonishingly so, but Polychta and Sponges
of this habit are far rarer than in the pure Alga or Coral of the
shore-pools and bottom below tide-level. Further north still,
where the surf breaks strongly, the surface of the incrustation
becomes more or less bare of the mossy weeds and more or less
foliaceous, and on breaking into its smooth portions the proportion
of Vermelus-tubes is oqnin | to have greatly decreased. Further on
are inaccessible rocks, covered with the light brown branched
nullipore described above,

In some localities, e. g. the promontories just south of St. Vin-
cent Harbour, an Kupsammid coral forms the lower part of the
band of incrustation. This is always in a friable condition, and
large pieces can be detached by the bare hand.

The incrustation is soft but tenacious, so that a crowbar must
be driven in several times before a piece can be detached. Indeed,
I found the best way of breaking it from the rocks to be by
hammering in the blade of a spade. I saw no evidence of pieces
being broken away by the waves, so that the causes of the limita-
tion of these growths to masses rarely so much as one foot thick
are not evident. Owing to the limitation of the zone to so narrow
a band of these steep shores, continued growth would result in
the formation of an unsupported shelf, which would at once be
broken away by the sea. But I believe the action of boring-
organisms to be more important. Physical conditions doubtless
are the prime factors in determining the balance of life, and here
they seem to have given the predominance to the agents of
destruction, while the cold currents from the north account for the
subordinate position of the Corals. A great amount of rock-
formation is going on at depths of from 5 to 20 fathoms. Where-
ever I have dredged in from 5 to 10 fathoms (St. Vincent, Porto
Praya, and Bonavista, text-figs. 26, 25, and 24), nodules of
nullipore Lithothamnion * are strewn abundantly over the bottom.
From 10 to 20 fathoms two more delicate kinds occur, one being
soft and foliaceous, the other consisting of thin and brittle
branches. The fate of these I do not know, but of the nodules
the great majority are rendered rotten by Sponges and boring
Polychzeta, finally breaking down to a grey mud. Among and
below these Algee there is a coarse sand formed almost entirely
of a large foraminiferan. This covers practically the whole floor
of St. Vincent Harbour between the 5 and 20 fathom lines, but
finer sand and mud are plentiful in Porto Praya, and sand of
volcanic origin in Bonavista. In St. Vincent the resultmg mud
from the destruction of the organic rocks appears to be carried to

* Herdman’s ‘ Pearl-Fishing Report’ contains an excellent illustration of these
But in Ceylon the agents of destruction seem to be different.

180 MR. CYRIL GROSSLAND ON THE | Mar. 7

deep water, but the coarser particles of nullipore and some coral,
and the shells of the foraminiferan mentioned, form beach-sand
and sandstone. Between low-tide level and 3 to 5 fathoms the
sand is grey from admixture of black volcanic rock.

wl)

Ley PP

PRAYA bg

“ty Y
¢ Ww) j
HAMS Mjy\\\ %,

WWW, Hi),

ANY ST

Mm’
gy yy

ayy ohh

Lore
Aggy

1, mi ik
if

u,
My

z
=
>

Vs

Zine

Chart of Porto Praya.

The following list of boring organisms is in the order of their
importance in these islands :—

(1) Sponges, yellow or red, are abundant in every kind of
salcareous matter excepting the masses of Vermetus in combination
with nullipore, when the proportion of the latter is below about
one half. Wherever pure nullipore is found, in tidal pools, surf-
beaten rocks, or the sea-bottom, it is almost always riddled with
sponge, or shows the effects of having been attacked in the past.
Coral or nullipore colonies are rarely free, though the action of
the sponge upon these seems to be slower. Certain species of
shell are invariably attacked, e.g. those of the large species of
Strombus, which is so abundant, are invariably riddled unless the
mollusc is quite young. A large red Oyster is invariably attacked,

1905.] CAPE VERDE MARINE FAUNA. {st

also during the life of the animal, but Pecten remains free. The
upper coils of Gastropoda are generally bored, but a large white
Murea escapes. The sponge seems to have a selective action in the
case of living organisms—e. g., a dead oyster-shell was dredged
which had been riddled with sponge: on one side was growing
nullipore and on the other a thick soft crust of Polyzoa, both of
which were free.

The small irregular cavities enclosed by the growth of encrusting
species of nullipore are a great aid to the spread of the sponge
through the mass. The more solid Astreid Corals are far less
rapidly attacked. Hemispherical lumps, apparently long dead, are
frequently dredged, which are quite white and clean inside except
for a tinge of red near the surface, or one or two layers of the
same concentric with this. Some of these lumps have as nuclei a
nullipore nodule, which is absolutely rotten.

(2) Polycheta.—Lysidice, Nicidion, two species of Sabellidee,
Dodecaceria concharum and Hunice siciliensis are ubiquitous in the
same places and generally in company with the sponge. Of these
the Kunicide are the most important, but the one large species,
E. siciliensis, the great borer of the Indo-Pacific Corals, is rare.
The Sabellidee, which are not so conspicuous as borers in Hast
Africa, here occupy an important place. Dodecaceria, the well-
known shell-borer of Kuropean seas, here occupies a subordinate
position. Wherever found it occurs in numbers together, but it
does not occur with anything like the frequency of the Hunicide
and Sabellidee. A favourite habitat for this and other species is the
base of coral-colonies. Splitting an encrusting Astreeid from the
lava rock usually lays bare a number of galleries and their
occupants. The small Hunicide Lysidice and Nicidion are
especially characteristic borers of the encrusting nullipore of
exposed positions, the Sabellidee of dredged Lithothammion nodules,
but either may occur in any position. Although in all cases
sponge seems to be the first of the attacking host, yet in the case
of the Astreeid Corals, whose pores are too minute for the purpose,
the rapid spread of the sponge is dependent on the presence of
unoccupied worm-burrows, around which are seen extensions of
the red tint from the surface, or other zones, into the white and as
yet unattacked portions of the mass. The final state of a nullipore
nodule is a grey mud enclosed in a thin shell of still growing Alga.
The Sponge and boring Polychzeta have now disappeared, the sole
inhabitant being a large but remarkably fragile Capitellid worm.

(3) The Lamellibranch Lithophagus is abundant in Corals;
nullipores are nearly always infested and very often are quite full
of it. This species is notable as being the only borer to attack the
Serpulid and nullipore compound when the proportion of the latter
is low.

Lithophagus lines its burrows with a hard enamel-like secretion
which is not attacked by sponge until after the death of the mollusc.

(4) Sipunculoidea: Aspidosiphon is common in both nullipore
and Coral.

182 MR. CYRTL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Mar. 7,

(5) Hchinoderms.— Boring Kchinids (Hchinometra subangularis)
occur all round the coasts in enormous numbers, in shallow pools
of the shore-platform; the holes are generally drilled as near
together as is possible. Just below the steep incrustation-belt
they occur again in the same profusion, but in the belt itself are
much rarer, except where it is horizontal. It is very remarkable
that this form produces equally conspicuous effects upon rock of
all degrees of hardness, whether nullipore, coral, sandstone, or the
very hard black basaltic rock.

But the total result of their destructive action is small, e.g. on
sandstone of the St. Vincent reef amounting to the deepening of
shallow pools by three or four inches. Indeed in many cases the
Kchinid merely takes advantage of the peculiar ‘“ potholed” forms
the calcareous rocks assume under the influence of the sea and
does no drilling at all. In any case as soon as shelter is obtained
drilling-operations cease, and naturally sheltered crevices show
feeble, merely adaptive traces of this action. On exposed surfaces
as soon as the recess is made deep enough for shelter the action
ceases, though several generations of Behini occupy the same place,
as 1S shown! by the fact that the size of the hole has often no
relation to that of its occupant, full-grown Hchini frequently
occupying extremely shallow depressions and in other cases a
young specimen, an inch or so across, being in possession of a
full-sized hole, 3 inches in diameter and depth.

But on growing Coral the action is more important. Whenever
a colony comes to overhang a burrow it is eaten away and this
portion killed, as though semicircular canals had been gouged out
in a line with the edge of the burrow beneath. In this way pools
which would be full of coral possess but stunted remnants, and
the extent of coral-growth on these coasts is very greatly reduced.

It should be noted that these are not the only borers the instincts
of which may be satisfied by an accidental crevice. I have found
even so highly specialised a borer as the Polychete Hunice
siciliensis inhabiting natural crevices in the nullipore and Serpulid
combination.

5. Tue Sr. Vincent F'rinecinc- REEF.

Although true “ coral-reefs” are absent from these seas, a
remarkable simulacrum of a nullipore fringing-reef exists 1mmedi-
ately to the south of the town of St. Vincent. The Admiralty
chart gives a much larger structure than that at present in
ex intente: In fact, there! have been two distinct though perfectly
similar reefs, the northern and broader having been now com-
pletely removed to make room for the piers &c. of the Coaling
Companies. The two reefs were separated by lava rock at the
base of a volcanic hill, 100 feet high, on the shore, the importance
of which will appear later.

The surface of the reef is at a level of from one to two feet
above that of lowest tides, on the whole flat, with shallow pools,

1905.] CAPE VERDE MARINE FAUNA. 183

but in one part a larger channel exists on its land side. In this
a constant current is produced by the flowing away of the spray
thrown over the reef-edge to the northerly opening of the channel.
Obviously this current is the means by which the channel was
produced. Landwards is a sand-beach, and in places a small
amount of very soft beach-sandstone, at a level of about three
feet vertically above the reef-flat.

Text-fig. 26.

“oo

X
yanco :
oP

yor

Chart of Porto Grande.

The edge is irregular, consisting of a line of rock-masses of
nearly equal height, ¢. e. a few inches higher than the general
level, and usually perfectly continuous with the reef-flat, and its
surface is completely covered with nullipore giving a characteristic
irregularity. There is a precipitous drop into one or two fathoms
of water, beyond which is a slope of sand and stones. In short,
all appearances are those of a growing nullipore-reef with beach-
sandstone towards its landward side, but examination shows
that sandstone extends to the seaward edge, being merely plastered

184 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Mar. 7,

over with the usual incrustation above described. Of the seaward
projecting masses the raised part is in some cases entirely composed
of organic matter, of others the corresponding rock is sandstone
thinly coated with nullipore.

It is here that the mode of growth of the Vermetus is best seen.
Under the influence of the sea calcareous rocks usually become
hollowed into a series of concavities separated by sharp ridges and
pinnacles. On the seaward side of this reef these ridges are
occupied by Vermetus-tubes alone. The coils of shell grow out
horizontally from the top of the ridge, on either side, forming
broad cake-like masses which cover over the depressions between
the adjacent ridges as though one had laid a flat stone across.
In the same way, but on a smaller scale, are doubtless formed
those cavities in the incrustations of the lava rocks which are
the habitat of an important constituent of the fauna.

As one passes to the actual edge of the reef these colonies of
Vermetus become combined with nullipore, the proportion of which
rises until at the extreme edge the compound rock is half or
more than half nullipore.

Rock-boring organisms are here comparatively rare, and Sponges
and Polycheta of this habit are entirely absent! The other
borers are common enough, but the Vermetwus-tubes are apparently
too hard and the intervening layers of nullipore too narrow for
these.

The rock beneath is a sandstone of very variable fineness and
hardness, usually harder at its seaward edge, and softest at the
top of the beach—when it occurs there. It is distinctly stratified,
the strata being nearly horizontal or with a slight but distinct
dip landwards. The surface is cut into hollows and sharp ridges
in the way characteristic of ‘“Coral-rag.” In composition the
rock is practically completely calcareous, consisting of an aggluti-
nation of foraminifera (the large species mentioned as forming
the coarse sand of the bay) and more or less finely broken shells.
It is noteworthy that the sand of the beach consists of exactly
the same materials and in both is found a small quantity of dark
grey sand of voleanic origin. Rolled black pebbles are included,
and sometimes the rock is almost a conglomerate of such, and
shells, apparently those of the present day, are frequently met
with. This rock is bored by the Lamellibranch Lithophagus and
the Kchinid Hehinometra subangularis, but not by Sponge or
Polycheta, &e.

The formation of this rock has taken place in the same way as
the sandstone-reefs off the river-mouths of Brazil. There are no
rivers in St. Vincent (where the rainfall of the past three years
has amounted to just three inches), but these reefs are situated
at the mouths of two flat valleys which slope gently up to the
mountains of the centre of the island, and are separated by
the hill on the shore referred to above. Water continually per-
colates down their beds, and even flows over their surfaces after
very heavy rain. This water takes up lime in solution from the

1905. ] CAPE VERDE MARINE FAUNA. 185

shallow beds of limestone which clothe the lower slopes of the
sides of these two valleys, and this is deposited as the cement of
the sandstone when the fresh water mixes with the salt.

But for the interference of tides and waves the level of this
rock-bed would be that of the valley, z.e. the top of the sand-
beach, where indeed a very soft rock does occur. But the sea
has cut down this mass to the level determined by the height of
the tides &e. in the usual way. As in the case of the reefs of
Zanzibar, we are here shown how purely physical causes, aided
by protective organic growths, can produce reefs closely resem-
bling those the mass of which is due to growth of organisms
in situ, which leads to the conclusion that the forms characteristic
of true coral-reefs are very largely due to the physical action
of the sea as well as to the laws of growth of the organisms
themselves.

That the formation of this sandstone-rock is still proceeding
seems most probable, and it would be interesting to know defi-
nitely the conditions of the landward side of the sti ata underneath
the alluvium of the valley. The solvent and eroding actions of
the sea are very nearly balanced by the growth of calcareous
organisms, but the presence of outlying rocks and submer ged
masses indicate that the sea is slowly encroaching. It is pr abable
that cementing of fresh material is being carried out on the
landward side of the strata at the point where fresh and salt
water meet—a point which is moved backwards just as fast as the
sea encroaches.

It is to be noted that the occurrence of beach-sandstone is
not confined to valley-mouths. Smaller deposits: oweur elsewhere,
and a sample I collected at the! north point of St. Antonio has
the appearance on the surface and the extr eme hardness charac-
teristic of the East-African ‘“ Coral-rag.”

6. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS.

1. Fawnistic.—Although the Indo-Pacific Oceans are one faun-
istic area, there is no fauna common to the tropical seas of the
world, so far as the evidence of the Cape Velde Islands goes,
though certain species are common to the Tropics of both Atlantic
and Indian Oceans. If the Tropical Atlantic is a distinct area
characterised by a special fauna, its northern limit is carried far
to the south by cold currents (and probably northwards in the
south), as in spite of the position of these Islands, between 17°
and 15° N.*, their fauna has a considerable constituent derived
from the subtropical zone. But it may later appear that this
portion of the fauna is unduly conspicuous through its species
being already well-known, while the constituent derived from the
Tropical Region, if any, will not be known until the systematic
examination of the collections is completed.

The scanty representation of some groups (é.g. Corals and

* See the fauna of Suez Bay, which is tropical, though situated in latitude
30° N.

186 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 21,

Alcyonaria) and practical absence of certain families of others
(e. g. Chromodoridee and Pseudoceridee, of Nudibranch Mollusca
and Planarian worms respectively) may be features indicative of
a subtropical fauna, or indications of the existence of a different
balance of life obtaining in the two Oceans.

2. The Formation of Organic Rocks.

(a) Between tide-marks by two kinds of Nullipore and Vermetus-
tubes, principally by the encrusting nullipore and the tubes in
combination. An enormous quantity of these calcareous growths
is present on these coasts, though only as an incrustation a few
inches thick. The absence of reefs may be due to the small
vertical range of these growths on a remarkably steep coast, but
especially to the extraordinary abundance of boring Sponges,
Polycheta, and Mollusea, which more or less infest almost every
fragment.

(6) Below tide-marks, 5-10 fathoms, by the growth of nodules
of Lithothamnion and great quantities of a foraminiferan. The
former is usually reduced to fine grey mud by boring organisms.
In 10-20 fathoms, by two more delicate species of red Alga and
by the above-mentioned foraminiferan.

3. Beach-Sandstone is formed by the deposition of calcareous
cement from fresh water on meeting the salt. The action of the
sea upon this rock has in one case produced a remarkable simu-
lacrum of a growing fringing-reef, which, however, is not being
extended by ‘the erowth of or ganisms upon its margin, but slowly

eroded by the sea. The total extent of this formation is insig-
nificant in proportion to the organic incrustations above.

March 21, 1905.

G. A. BouLEeNGER, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1905 :—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during
the month of February were 103 in number. Of these 26 were
acquired by presentation, 16 by purchase, 39 were received on
deposit, 21 by exchange, and 1 was born in the Gardens. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 94.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
160) S—=

1. A female Kiang (Zquus hemionus kiang) from Eastern Tibet,
deposited by H.M. The King on Feb. 23rd.

2. A male Lynx (felis lynx) from the Caucasus, received in
exchange on Feb. 24th.

1905. | ON A WOUNDED ORYX HIDING. 187

3. A male Leopard of the Persian race (felis pardus tulliana),
received in exchange on Feb. 24th,

4, A semi-albino variety of the Common Fox (Canis vulpes)
from Essex, deposited on Feb. 7th.

The Secretary read an extract from a letter that had been
written to him by Mrs. 8. L. Hinde, who had kept a number of
animals in captivity at her husband’s station in the Kenya district,
British Hast Africa. He remarked that much had been recorded
as to the urgent desire for salt shown by herbivorous animals, but
that he was unaware of any ebservations as to the gratification
of the instinct in a manner so unusual as that observed by
Mrs. Hinde, who was a competent and trustworthy observer.
The following is the extract in question :—

‘You asked me to tell you in detail how my Antelope became
a murderer. He was a Duiker (Cephalophus), and became a
member of my Zoo when a few days old. He was suckled by a
goat, and was one of the few antelopes I have succeeded in
rearing ; he was never ill, and always seemed in excellent con-
dition. My Zoo was a fairly large space, surrounded with wire-
netting, and contained the Duiker, a Dik-dik, a large family of
Dassies (which bred in captivity), and various species of Francolins,
Guinea-fowls, and Pigeons. They lived happily together and
never seemed to fight, but not unfrequently I found one of the
birds literally beheaded. I thought that the Dassies were the
culprits, as they used to chase the green pigeons to eat their
fruit, so much so that ultimately these pigeons became grain-
feeders, doing well on the changed diet. One day, however, when
a new partridge, just captured and weak from flight, had been
put in the enclosure, I saw the Duiker go up to it, put one hoof
on its back, and bite its head off. He was evidently the murderer,
but simply because he needed salt. How he knew he could get it
from blood is unexplained, but he evidently did. From that time
quantities of rock-salt were kept in the enclosure, and there were
no more beheaded birds.”

Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S., exhibited a photograph of a
wounded Oryx (Oryx beisa) hiding under a mimosa-bush (text-
fig. 27, p. 188), showing, what might be taken as an example of
protective coloration. He, however, expressed the opinion that
protective colouring only really took place in insects, birds, and
small animals the enemies of which were birds, and that the larger
animals which were preyed on by the cat and dog tribes, who
hunted by scent, did not require protective coloration. He put
down the difficulty of seeing large animals in their native haunts
to the fact of their being able to remain absolutely still for
long periods, holding the view that any animal in any ordinary
surroundings would become practically invisible by remaining
motionless.

188 ON A WOUNDED ORYX HIDING. !Mar. 21,

Text-fic. 27.

Wounded Oryx hiding in bushes.

1905. | ON DRAWINGS OF FISHES OF THE RIO NEGRO. 189

Mr. C. Tate Regan, B.A., F.Z.8., exhibited an interesting series
of pencil-sketches of Fishes of the Rio Negro and its tributaries,
made by Dr. A. R. Wallace about fifty years ago. Most unfor-
tunately the magnificent collection of Fishes which they repre-
sented, containing examples of about 200 species, was lost on the
voyage home. Dr. Wallace had presented the drawings, accom-
panied by notes on the dentition, the number of fin-rays, and
the coloration, to the British Museum, and Mr. Regan had been
engaged in their determination. A complete list of those which
he had been able to identify follows, but in the case of the others,
a large proportion of which probably represented species as yet
undescribed, it had seemed best not to reproduce the drawings
nor to publish notes on them, but they served to illustrate the
incompleteness of our knowledge of the fishes of the Amazon an
its tributaries. For example, the Cichlid genus Crenicichla,
revision of which was read before a recent meeting of this
Society, was represented by 10 species. Of these only 5 had been
determined, including C. lenticulata Heck., unrepresented in the
British Museum @ollection, and one described from the Essequibo
under the name of C. wallacti*. The other 5 had very distinctive
characters, and certainly did not belong to any of the species
recognised in Mr. Regan’s revision. It was rather curious that
Dr. Wallace should have collected so few Loricariide. The
remarkable habits of the little Silurid Vagdellia cirrhosa had
been the subject of a communication made to this Society by
Mr. Boulenger (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 901), and it was inter-
esting to read Dr. Wallace’s notes on this subject t:—‘ The stomach
is generally more or less filled with blood as it [the fish] attaches
itself to other fish and aquatic animals and sucks them. This
minute fish enters the urinary passage of men and women, wounds
and extracts blood within, and all efforts to extract it are usually
unavailing. Effusion of blood, inflammation, and death have in
several instances occurred.”

The Fishes identified were :—

Torpedinide :—Teniura motoro Mill. & Henle.

Osteoglossidee :—Osteoglossum bicirrhosum Vandelli.

Symbranchide :—Symbranchus marmoratus Bl.

Scombresocidee :—Lelone teniata Giinth.

Characinidee :—Wacrodon trahira Spix ; Erythrinus uniteniatus
Spix, 4. salmoneus Gronov., L. longipinnis Giinth.; Pyrrhulina
Jilamentosa Cuv. & Val.; Curimatus schomburgkit Giiuth., C. spi-
lurus Ginth., C. alburnus Mill. & Trosch., C. elongatus Spix ;
Prochilodus msignis Schomb.; Hemiodus inumaculatus Kner, H.
unimaculatus Mill. & Trosch.; Anostomus teniatus Kner, A. gra-
cilis Kner; Leporinus fasciatus Bl., L. affinis Ginth., L. nigro-
teniatus Schomb., L. striatus Kner, L. frederici Bl., L. leschenaultii
Cuv. & Val., ZL. natterert Stemd., L. margaritaceus Giinth. ;

* Regan, supra, p. 163, pl. xiv. fig. 2.
+ See also note in Arch. de Parasitol. vii, 1903, p. 168 (1904),

190 MR. R. E. HOLDING ON ABNORMAL ANTLERS. | Mar. 21,

Agoniates halecinus Mill. & Trosch.; Cynodon pectoralis Giinth.,
C. scombroides Cuv.; Xiphostoma ocellatum Schomb., X. lateri-
striga Bouleng.; Xiphorhamphus ferow Giinth., X. falcirostris
Cuv.; Tetragonopterus bartlettc Giinth., 7’. oligolepis Giinth., 7.
wappi Ouv. & Val., 7. caudomaculatus Giinth., 7. grandisquamis
Mill. & Trosch., 7’. chrysargyreus Ginth., 7. abranis Jenyns,
T. chalceus Agass.; Brycon pesu Mill. & Trosch., B. schomburgkiu
Mill. & Trosch.; Chalceus macrolepidotus Cuv.; Megalobrycon
cephalus Ginth. ; Crenuchus spilurus Giinth.; Serrasalmo denti-
culatus Mull. & Trosch., S. scapularis Giinth., S. gymnogenys
Giinth., S. humeralis Cuv. & Val.; dMyletes schomburgkit Miill. &
Trosch., J. ellipticus Giinth., W. setiger Mill. & Trosch., 7. duri-
ventris Cuv., WM. rhomboidalis Giinth., WM. rubripinnis Mill. &
Trosch., J. asterias Mill. & Trosch., WM. hypsauchen Mill. &
Trosch.; Anacyrtus gibbosus L.

Gymnotide :—Sternopygus carapus L.; Carapus fasciatus Pall. ;
Gymnotus electricus L. ; Sternarchus natterert Steind.

Siluride :—Vandellia cirrhosa Cuy. & Val.; Callichthys longifilis
Cuv. & Val., C. asper Quoy & Gaim.; Cetopsis cwcutiens Licht. ;
Asterophysus batrachus Kner; Oxydoras stenopeltis Kner, O.
lipophthalmus Kner, O. carinatus Cuv. & Val.; Doras cataphractus
L., D. heckelii Kner; Ageniosus militaris Bl.; Centromochlus
heckelit Filippi; Platystoma planiceps Agass., P. tigrinum Cuv. &
Val.; Callophysus lateralis Gill; Platynematichthys punctulatus
Kner; Pirinampus* typus Agass.; Pimelodus holomelas Giinth.,
P. muelleri Giinth., P. maculatus Lacep., P. ornatus Kner,
P. eques Mill. & Trosch., P. cristatus Miill. & Trosch., P. sebe
Cuy. & Val., P. raninus Cuv. & Val.; Phractocephalus heniliopterus
Bl. Schn.; Piratinga goliath Kner.

Loricariidee :—Loricaria carinata Casteln., ZL. maculata BI. ;
Plecostomus guacari Lacep., Ancistrus gibbiceps Kner, A. bra-
chyurus Kner, A. pictus Casteln.

Scienidee :—Sciena amazonica Casteln.

Cichlidee :—Cichla ocellaris Bl. Schn., C’. temensis Humb. ; Geo-
phagus jurupart Heck., G. demon Heck., G. cupido Heck., G.
surinamensis Bl.; Acaropsis nassa Heck.; Acara vittata Heck.,
A. tetramerus Heck.; Crenicichla johanna Heck., C. lugubris
Heck., C. lenticulata Heck., C. saxatilis L., C. wallacit Regan ;
Cichlosoma coryphenoides Heck., C. severwm Heck., C. festivum
Heck.; Pterophyllum scalare Cuy. & Val.

Mr. Macleod Yearsley, F.Z.8., exhibited an X-ray photograph
of a living Ring-Snake (7ropidonotus natrix), taken by Dr. F. H.
Low a short time after it had swallowed a couple of frogs. The
skeleton of the snake was shown very clearly, and the bones of its
prey could be very easily made out within its body.

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon three
skulls of the Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris), showing arrest of,

1905.] ON HORN-GROWTH IN A CASTRATED PRONGBUCK. 191

or abortive nodular growths in, the antiers, due to complete, or
incomplete, castration ; also two Red Deer skulls (Cervus elaphus),
showing congenital absence, or modification in the growth, of the
antlers.

The following papers were read :—

1. The Hffects of Castration on the Horns of a Prongbuck
(Antilocapra americana). By R. I. Pococr, F.L.S.,
F.Z.8., Superintendent of the Gardens.

[Received February 21, 1905. |
(Text-figures 28 & 29.)

The Zoological Gardens recently received on deposit an adult
male Prongbuck remarkable for the abnormal development of the
horns, which, instead of rising vertically from the forehead, curve
from the root boldly forwards, then downwards, then backwards,
like a pair of teapot-handles, each ending in a slightly incurved
point close beneath the eye (text-fig. 28). There also appears at
first sight to be no trace of the anterior tine or prong characteristic
of the normal horn.

Text-fig, 28.

Lateral view of head of a castrated Prongbuck, showing the abnormal growth and
shape of the horns,

A writer in the ‘ Field,’ on February 4th, commenting on the
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. XIII. ts

192 MR. R. I. FOCOCK ON HORN-GROWTH [ Mar, 21,

animal, remarked that it “evidently bent its horns when young,
probably in a fence.” This explanation, however, even if no
other were forthcoming, would not, in my opinion, account for all
the peculiarities of the case. For, apart from the more deep-
seated modifications enumerated below, the horns differ in three
particulars from those of a typical Prongbuck—namely, in
direction, in the practical suppression of the anterior tine, and in
shape, being subcylindrical and lacking the lateral compression and
basal antero-posterior width observable in the normal horn. An
injury of the nature suggested might perhaps produce permanent
malformation ; but it seems hardly likely that with subsequent
growth the malformation would follow the same line of develop-
ment in the two horns, and result in identity in length and
similarity in shape and symmetry.

After the appearance of the notice in the ‘ Field,’ Mr. Thomson,
the Assistant Superintendent of the Gardens, discovered that the
Prongbuck had been castrated. Castration usually has a marked
effect upon secondary sexual characters ; and since the discrepancy
in size between the horns of the bucks and does of Antilocapra
justifies the inclusion of these structures in that category of
organs, one would expect abnormality in the growth of the horns
to be caused by the operation in question.

T am not aware that any observations on the effects of castra-
tion on the Prongbuck have yet been published. In the case,
however, of Fallow Deer, its results have been recorded in
a few cases by Dr. G. H. Fowler (P. Z. 8. 1894, pp. 485—
494), who summarises his results, based upon the evidence of
undisputed data, under five headings, as follows :—(1) Complete
castration at birth may result in the formation of simple dags,
(2) Castration late in life may produce great asymmetry in the
antlers. (3) Antlers of castrated deer can be shed ; if castrated
after the horns for the year are burnished |[7. e. have lost the
velvet], the animal may shed them prematurely; antlers put up
after castration may be retained for at least two years. (4) Partial
castration soon after birth may result in a comparatively feeble
but normal development of the antlers. (5) Castration on one
side may result in the nearly normal development of one antler,
and in abnormality and reduction of the other*.

Although the shedding of the antlers in Deer is a phenomenon
only analogous to that which takes place in the Prongbuck, and
although the horns of the Prongbuck, inasmuch as they are
sometimes, at all events, present in the female, have not quite so
strong aclaim to be regarded purely as secondary sexual organs
as those of the Fallow Deer, where they are confined to the male,
we should nevertheless look for somewhat similar variations to
be caused by castration in the two animals. And assuming the

* A valuable summary of this question may be found in Mr. J. T. Cunningham’s
book on ‘Sexual Dimorphism in the Animal Kingdom’ (1900). I learn from
Mr. F. C. Selous that castration does not appreciably affect the horns of the Eland.
In that Antelope horns occur in both sexes.

1905. | IN A CASPRATED PRONGBUCK. 193

variations described below to be due to castration, it is evident
that the operation has affected the horns in a very remarkable
manner,

Description of the Horns.

Instead of rising from the forehead as upright, laterally-com
pressed, bony prominences, the horn-cores bend obliquely forwards
in a vertical plane, their axes inclining to the plane of the fore-
head at an angle of about 45°, They are only about 2 inches long.

The horn-sheaths cover the core to the root, becoming gradually
softer proximally, and passing into the hairy integument of the
head. They project nearly horizontally forwards in the direction
of the nose for a distance of about 34 inches, then curve down-
wards for about 24 inches, and then backwards towards the eye
for about 32 inches, the terminal inch curving hghtly inwards
and downwards to a point close to the eye. Their total length
along the outer or convex curve is thus about 94 inches. They
also present a spiral twist forming about one-fourth of a complete
turn. This is attested by the fact that an interfibrous groove
starting in the middle line of what is morphologically the posterior
surface of the base, but which by the change in the direction of
growth has become secondarily the upper or dorsal surface of the
horn, gradually passes on to its inner surface to terminate on the
concave side of the apically curved portion, this concave area
being also, morphologically, although it faces the middle line,
part of the posterior surface of the horn, as is abundantly proved
by the recurvature of the apex of the normally formed horn.
The same extent of torsion is further shown by the lateral
compression of the base of the horn being replaced by dorso-
ventral compression towards the apex, the normal horn being
laterally compressed throughout. Briefly stated, the result of the
twist is to make the distal half of the posterior surface of the horn
face the middle line of the body.

Although the horn-sheaths have been described above as if
each corresponded to a single fully-formed horn-sheath of an
adult Prengbuck, closer examination shows that they are in
reality composite—that is to say, they consist of a series of horn-
sheaths partially severed from each other, The exact number of
sheaths involved in the formation of the whole is not easy to
determine. There appear, however, to be six. In the right
sheath, the outer or convex side shows a continuous and unbroken
surface except at two points, the proximal break occurring at
about 2 of an inch from the base, and the distal a little more
than 21 inches from the apex ; there is, however, a partial break
11 inches behind the distal break. These three breaks arecontinued
yound the horn on to its convex side, and very evidently represent
the proximal ends, formerly extending to the root of the horn-core,
of three separate sheaths. Moreover, on the concave side there
are two additional breaks in the continuity of the tissue which
extend only half round the sheath, one situated at about 1] inches

Ske

194 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON HORN-GROWTH [ Mar. 21,

from the antepenultimate break, the other about I inch behind
the latter and 1j inches in front of the proximal break. These
breaks divide the sheath superficially into six pieces—a proximal,
a distal, and four intermediates, which for convenience of refer-
ence may be numbered, from apex to base, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

No. 6, measuring about 1 inch in length, presents near the
middle of its anterior (inferior) surface a very distinct blunt
tubercle, representing, I believe, the prong of the normal horn.
A similar but smaller boss is also present on its posterior (superior)
side, and corresponds in all probability to the posterior angular
prominence visible in the proximal half of the normal horn.

No. 5, measuring 13 inches, also exhibits on its anterior (in-
ferior) surface, close to the base of no. 4, a small tubercle
representing the prong; but there is no sign of any prominence
on its opposite side.

No. 4, measuring | inch, has no tubercles.

No. 3 measures 17 inches, and shows a very slight eminence
near its distal extremity.

No. 2, also measuring 1} inches, has no trace of the prong.

No. 1, measuring 22 inches, tapers to a point and forms a
semicrescentic curve, ‘There is no trace of a prong.

The measurements above given represent the lengths of the
portions of the individual horn-sheaths left uncovered by the
previously formed sheath, with the exception only of the Ist or
distal sheath, the first formed of the series. This sufficiently
explains the greater apparent length of the latter.

Tn longitudinal section, the true length of the separate sheaths
is more clearly shown. The composite sheath may thus be seen
to consist (1) of a sclid horny central core extending from its tip
to the apex of the cavity of the proximal piece, which fitted over
the bony process of the skull, and serving to bind together the
separate sheaths ; and (2) of a cortical layer which is traversed
by a large number of clefts running longitudinally and obliquely
backwards and slightly outwards from the central core towards
the periphery of the cortical layer. Of these clefts five only
reach the surface, and, being larger than the rest, divide the
sheath into the six component parts described above. The
appearance of the whole series of clefts, however, forcibly suggests
a corresponding number of attempts to get rid of the sheaths at
different periods.

As already explained, a complete interruption of the continuity
of the cortical tissue extending all round the sheath occurs only
in two places, and admits of a certain freedom of movement
between the adjacent portions of the composite sheath. The
cleft defining the distal sheath extends so deeply as almost to
sever this sheath from the apex of the antecedent or 2nd sheath,
the portion of the central core that binds the two together being
only about 2mm. in thickness. Hence the distal sheath is freely
movable. On the other hand, the central core that binds the
proximal sheath (no. 6) to the previously formed portions of the

1905.] IN A CASTRATED PRONGBUCK. 195

sheath is about + of an inch thick, and allows of but little move-
ment between the two. The remaining portions of the composite
sheath are immovably welded together both by the solidity and
thickness of the central core and by the unbroken continuity of
the cortical tissues on the convex side of the horn-sheath.

The approximate length in inches of the sheaths (excluding the
distal) is as follows :—No. 6, 253 nos. 5, 4, and 3, 24; no. 2, 22.
In the proximal sheath the length of the hollow that fits over
the bony core is 1}; in the distal sheath it is 13 inches,

The horn that has just been described was not, I believe, shed
in the ordinary way. It was picked up in the paddock adjoining
that in which the Prongbuck was kept. The paddocks are sepa-
rated by iron bars, and it seems probable that the horn, becoming
entangled, was wrenched off by the animal in its efforts to get
free. Thisis an explanation of its being on the wrong side of the
fence, and also of the fact that the horn-core was naked and
bleeding. In the case of normally-shed horn-sheaths, the core is
covered with the new sheath before the old one comes away.

Text-fig. 29.

Section of the lett compound horn-sheath of a castrated Prongbuck, slightly
diagrammatic, showing the five component sheaths (1-5) and the extremity
of the central strand (A) by which the fifth sheath (6) was fixed to the tip
of the sheath left covering the horn-core.

The lett horn-sheath (text-fig. 29) resembles the right in essential
features. It appears, however, to consist of five, instead of slx,

196 ON HORN-GROWTH IN A CASTRATED PRONGBUCK. {| Mar. 21,

sheaths united by a solid central core. The proximal, or fifth, is
separated from the fourth by a deep cleft extending more than half
way round the sheath. It measures 14 inches, and presents on its
concave (morphologically anterior) side a small but distinct and
sharp tubercle representing the prong. The fourth, measuring
13 inches, is itself subdivided into two bya deep cleft, suggesting
that it may represent two short, partially-separated sheaths.
The third, which is marked off externally from the fourth by a
deep but narrow cleft, measures 1j inches. Neither the fourth
nor the third shows a trace of the prong. The second, measuring
14 inches, has, however, a very pronounced tubercle; it is
separated from the third by a deep cleft completely encircling
the sheath. A similar complete cleft also marks the divisional
line between the second and first, which is curved as in the right
horn-sheath and measures about 2 inches.

In longitudinal section this sheath is also like that of the right
side. The individual components are firmly welded together by
the solid central core, and the cortical layer is subdivided by
oblique clefts, some of which fall short of the periphery of the
sheath and are visible only in section, while others are carried
through to the surface and mark the spaces between the sheaths.
The lengths of the latter from base to apex, as shown in section,
are as follows :—Nos. 5-2 about 24 inches, no. 1 about 23 inches.

The left horn I removed from the animal’s head myself. It
was loose, and the fibres at its base were easily ruptured by
rotation. The sheath came partially away from the horn-core,
leaving it covered with a horny cap, the last-formed sheath.
This cap, however, was firmly united apically to the angle of the
socket of the antecedent sheath by a solid horny strand con-
tinuous with the central core traversing the length of the
composite horn-sheath and binding its constituents together.
This strand (text-fig. 29, A) had to be severed with a knife before
the sheath could be removed. The presence of this horny cap
upon the left horn-core and the naked and bleeding condition of
the right one sufficiently explain the presence of six horn-sheaths
in the right and five in the left detached composite sheath.

The effects of castration on the horns of the Prongbuck may
thus be summarised as follows :—

1. Modification of the Horn-cores.—These are shortened and bent
obliquely forwards and outwards at the apex, causing the
sheath to project in the direction of the nose.

2. Modifications of the Horn-sheath :—

a. Shedding of the sheath does not take place.

6, The first-formed sheath is normal in shape, and at the time
for shedding breaks away from the second except at the
point where the apex of the latter joins the angle of the
cup of the former. A similar partial severance separates
the succeeding sheaths from each other.

1905.] ON MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF LIBERIA, 197

c. The result of this incomplete separation of the sheaths is the
formation of a composite sheath which would presumably
go on increasing in length so long as new sheaths were
formed from the horn-core.

d. With the exception of the first, each newly-formed sheath
is like its predecessor in shape and length, and differs from
the fully and normally formed sheath of an adult animal
in being subconical, with the point straight, and the prong
either unrepresented or represented by a small wart-like
tubercle.

e. The composite sheath at first grows forwards, then down-
wards, then backwards, and is affected by a slight spiral
twist, causing the posterior surface of its distal extremity
to face the middle line.

2, Notes on the Mammals and Birds of Liberia.

By Sir Harry H. Josnston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.S
[Received March 21, 1905.]}

Liberia, as seen on the map, is little more than the southern-
most prolongation of the region which might be styled Northern
Guinea. The southernmost point of Liberia, at the mouth of the
Cavally River, is the most southerly extension of the true West
Coast of Africa. At this point the West Coast reaches to within
little more than 4 degrees of the Equator. Although this
country is not marked off clearly by any natural features either
from Sierra Leone on the one hand or the Ivory Coast on the
other, 1t possesses a certain distinctness and a slight degree
of peculiarity as regards its flora and fauna. The botanical
collections that have been made by those who have been working
with me recently in Liberia have brought to light several
genera and a large number of new species of plants which appear
to be restricted in their distribution more or less to the political
limits of this Negro republic. I do not think that quite the same
degree of peculiarity can be ascribed to the fauna even amongst
vertebrates, which offer the greatest amount of specialisation or
exclusive distribution. As regards mammals and birds, Liberia
is to a great extent a meeting-place for the forms of Northern
Guinea (Sierra Leone to the Gambia) and those of the Gold Coast,
the Niger Delta, and the Cameroons. Some types find Liberia
their northernmost or westernmost limit of range from the Congo
Basin, the Victoria Nyanza, and the Bahr-el-Ghazal. Of such
may be noted, besides various birds, the Bongo Antelope, which
is found abundantly in Liberia, but which does not, I believe,
extend its range much to the west of that country. Also the
Red Congo Buffalo. I fancy i am correct in saying that this type,
the horns of which I have seen in the interior of Liberia, does
not differ from the Red Buffalo of the Congo, but that it scarcely

198 SIR HARRY H. JOHNSTON ON [ Mar. 21,

extends westwards into Sierra Leone, where the Senegalese type
of buffalo is met with. This last may be distinguished from the
Congo Buffalo by its slightly longer horns with less expanded
bases, and by the tendency to black in the colour of the hair*.
Liberia is also, I believe, the westernmost range of the Diana
Monkey.

This country is chiefly remarkable, as regards the possession of
peculiar species of mammals, for the Liberian Hippopotamus, the
Zebra Antelope (Cephalophus doric), Jentink’s Duiker, and
Buttikofer’s Monkey. It is not to be supposed that these
creatures carefully discriminate between the political boundaries
of Sierra Leone, Liberia, and the Ivory Coast; and in all proba-
bility as a zoological district one may have to include within the
limits of Liberia a portion of the eastern part of Sierra Leone and
of the western part of the Ivory Coast, where the dense Liberian
forests extend across the political frontiers. But, so far as present
research goes, the creatures above named appear to be restricted
in their distribution to the Liberian area. I do not think any
trace of the Liberian Hippopotamus has been found in any other
part of Africa. As regards the zebra-striped Duiker, it was
thought at one time that its existence on the northern borders of
the Congo watershed had been discovered by Dr. Junker; but the
portions of the skin of this Zebra Antelope which he obtained
were in all probability part of a young form or a dwarf species of
Okapi.

Tt has been said that the Common Hippopotamus existed in the
lower reaches of the Cavally River, and was formerly found in
the St. Paul’s River. I saw none of them on the latter stream,
and all my European correspondents deny the existence in any
Liberian river (entering the Gulf of Guinea) of the big
Hippopotamus, which, however, is present in the larger streams
flowing towards the Niger. As regards the Dwarf Hippopotamus,
it is met with in most parts of Liberia, wherever Huropean
explorers have penetrated. I have little to add to Biittikofer’s
description of its habits, except that I think that he insists too
strongly on its predilection for a terrestrial life. According to the
statements of European and native observers, it lives a good deal
in the water.

The Zebra Antelope is not met with close to the coast, but is
fairly abundant in the hilly regions of the interior. It would
seem to be very common in the Kelipo country to the west of the
upper Cavally, and also on either side of the upper St. Paul’s
River. The skins which I was able to exhibit came from
the Kelipo country, and were collected by Mr. Maitland Pye-
Smith.

Since I have mentioned the name of this collector (who has
also sent me three Chimpanzee skulls and the skull and teeth
of a Pygmy Hippopotamus), I might state that he forwarded me

* According to Captain d’Ollone, the Senegambian (black) Buffalo is found in
Northern Liberia, the Congo or Red Buffalo in the Southern forest-region.

1905. | MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF LIBERIA. 199

from the same Kelipo country, near the upper Cavally, a curious
statement regarding the existence in this forest of a large black
pig. The natives gave him circumstantial accounts of this pig,
which is said to be five or six feet long, and he was struck by
the resemblance between this story and the description first given
in the ‘ Field’ newspaper of the Hylocherus meinertzhagent. At
the time he wrote to me he knew nothing about the interest I had
taken in the question of this giant pig of the Congo Forest,
nor did he indeed know that the pig had been discovered by the
Belgians in the north-eastern limits of that region. It was
the first description given in the ‘ Field’ of the discovery on the
slopes of Mount Kenia which appeared to him to fit in so nearly
with the stories of the natives of the Kelipo country of the pig m
their country, which was of similar appearance and dimensions.

Mr. Pye-Smith also sent me native stories which he thought
also indicated the existence in Hastern Liberia of a Gorilla. I
mention this for what it may be worth ; but the skull which was
to support this theory never reached Mr. Pye-Smith, or at any
rate never arrived in England. I think, myself, that some of the
gorilla stories which reach the coast from the interior of Liberia
are referable either to big Chimpanzees or possibly to big specimens
of the Drill or Mandrill baboon. Nowhere, as yet, in Liberia
have either the Drill or Mandrill baboons been found, but I should
think it not improbable that they would make their appearance in
the mountainous country of the far interior. I have seen only one
species of baboon in this country myself. It is the common
Guinea Baboon of Sierra Leone and the Gold Coast. A very
common type of monkey in this country is the Sooty Mangabey,
the manners and habits of which are very reminiscent of the
baboons. I would point out one trick that Baboons and Mangabeys
have in common, and that is the friendly greeting which they
make by smacking the lips. I have never noticed this trait in
any other monkey.

The Potto and at least one species of Galago are sufficiently
common to have attracted the notice of the Americo-Liberians on
the coast. Colobus monkeys apparently of four species are
indigenous in this country; but I myself, and those who have
been collecting information for me, have hitherto been able to
obtain only two species—Colobus ursinus and C. ferrugineus.
Biittikofer, however, seems to have obtained specimens of Colobus
polycomus and C. verus. The Bay-thighed Monkey (Cercopi-
thecus diana ignita) is very common.

Bats are well represented, and amongst them are prominent as
regards frequency of appearance the monstrous-looking Fruit-Bats
of the genus Hpomophorus.

Among carnivorous mammals, the most interesting perhaps,
from its relative rarity and its restriction to the West-African
forest-region, is the Golden Cat (felis celidogaster). The range
of this cat has not yet been sufficiently determined, nor has a
decisive opinion been passed as to the marked variations in type

200 SIR HARRY H. JOHNSTON ON [ Mar. 21

which apparently can be derived from one and the same district.
But for the assertions of the German authorities who have de-
seribed specimens of this cat from Togoland, one would be led to
suppose that the reddish-grey form with very small and faint spots
on the upper parts and a somewhat small head was restricted to
Senegambia, Sierra Leone, and the northern parts of Liberia;
while the smocther, shorter-haired, larger-headed form, with very
distinct spots and a greyer coat, extended from Hastern Liberia to
the Niger Delta. (I am not aware that the existence of this cat
has yet been traced to the east of the Niger, but I expect it will
be found to extend to the limits of the Congo Basin.) But the
Germans assert that both varieties are found concurrently. It is
presumably called the Golden Cat because on the flanks, between
the white of the belly and the reddish-grey of the upper parts, are
bands of golden-yellow. This cat has a very savage disposition,
and the closer-haired, more distinctly spotted form grows nearly
to the size of a Caracal. The Serval is fairly common in the
interior of Liberia. The Leopard is everywhere common, and is
often much dreaded by the natives. The Lion appears to be
known in the Mandingo hill-country to the north of the forest.
The Spotted Hyena is known to the Mandingos, though it is
never heard of in the forest-region. The Mandingos from the
interior of Liberia call the Hyena “ Djawa” or “ Djani.” The two
words seem to exist side by side, and it is possible from the some-
what varying descriptions that both the Striped and Spotted forms
may be known in the northern part of Liberia on the verge of
the Niger Basin. The big Civet Cat is very abundant, so also are
the Genets and the Palm-Civet (Vandinia binotata).

Amongst the Rodents I have noticed the African Brush-tailed
Porcupine (Atherura africana); but Biittikofer also records the
Common Porcupine as being a Liberian mammal. Mr. Whyte
obtained specimens of the Graphiurus Dormouse (Graphiurus
hueti), and also of Anomalurus beecroftii, the Scaly-tailed Flying
Squirrel. The Black Rat is present in Liberia, and the Brown
Rat has also reached that country, through the intercourse with
foreign ships no doubt. The other Mice recorded are Mus alex-
andrinus, nigricauda, rufinus, barbarus, trivirgatus, dorsalis, and
musculoides. The Octodont “ Ground Rat,” Thryonomys, 1s
common. Most of the West-African Squirrels are represented, as
also the genera Cricetonys and Lophuromys.

The Elephant is fairly abundant all over the interior of Liberia
but has not within recent times approached nearer than about
twenty miles from the coast. Usually elephants are not met with
till a journey of about forty miles inland has been accomplished,
and then they are so abundant as to be very dangerous to caravans,
which they often attack without provocation. I have seen at
Monrovia tusks of fair size. The largest that was weighed in my
presence was 75 Ibs, The ivory is rather curved as a rule and
fairly thick. I think it will be found as a rule that the elephant
of the densely forested regions in Africa has somewhat smaller

1905. | MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF LIBERIA. 201

tusks than those which are developed by the males in the more
open regions, where perhaps digging for roots or the desire to
uproot trees is more prevalent than in the dense forest, where the
elephant can find abundant sustenance in the leaves and fruits of
trees which he reaches with his trunk. Extremely little is known
by Europeans about the West-African Elephant, as the animal is
so rarely killed in that region. I hope that some of the foresters
of the Rubber Company may be able to kill a Liberian Elephant,
in order to ascertain by photography, or possibly even by
preserving the skin, the shape of the ears. Some little while ago
it was shown by a German zoologist that an elephant received
from the interior of the Cameroons had ears that were smaller
and much more rounded than those of the Hast African type.

The Rhinoceros undoubtedly exists—I cannot say in what
type—in the northern parts of Liberia, as the Mandingos at once
recognised pictures of it, and named it Kowtirt. J might mention
that the Mandingos talk a great deal about a striped animal which
they call Siruku. They recognised a picture of a zebra and called
it Siruku, but at the same “time described the animal as being
extremely ferocious and dangerous to life. As it is impossible to
recognise this description as ‘applying to the zebra, | thought from
fheie gestures that they might mean the leopard ; but to the
leopard they gave a totally different name—Soli, Moreover, they
were particular that this animal had stripes. It may be the
Striped Hyena. At the same time, on every occasion when they
were shown the picture of a zebra they declared that this was the
creature they called Siruku, but that in their country it was
ferocious *,

As regards Antelopes, they are divisible into two groups, so far
as distribution in Liberia is concerned—those that inhabit the
forest and those that are confined more or less to the open, park-
like country. Cephalophus sylvicultrix and C. jentinki ave found
in the dense forest. Most of the other Liberian Duikers, including
the beautiful Zebra Antelope, are more associated with the forested
hills than the lowlands; in fact, they are usually called “ Mountain
Deer” by the Americo-Liberians. The magnificent Bongo is
fairly common. It is called the “ Elk” by the Americo-Liberians,
who have followed the Americans in their maddening habit of
misnaming every living creature they come across; so that the
Bushbuck or rather Harnessed Antelope is called the “‘ Red-Deer,”
while the splendid Blue Plantain-eater is termed the ‘ Peacock,”
and the Turaco, the “ Redwing.” Outside the forest, or on the
northern verge of it, there are Hartebeests—Buhalis major T—

* { Note.—By a curious coincidence, after these lines were written I noticed the
following statement on p. 293 of ‘De la Cote @Ivoire au Soudan,’ by Capt.
ee Ollonce :—“Tl me faut mentionnes...... Vexistence de deux sortes @’hyénes....
beaucoup plus grandes plus fortes et plus hardies que celles d’ Algérie ou d’Orient.
Mais l’une surtout, que les indigénes appellent ‘Sowara > (Cheval- panthére), serait
formidable et inspire une trés grande terreur. Un Sowara avait tué un sergent
francais dans une case peu avant notre passage. Cette hyéne serait, paraitit,

tachetée.” |
+ Horns of this species were brought home by Col. Powney.

202 SIR HARRY H. JOHNSTON ON [ Mar. 21,

(which the Mandingos call Gusu), the Roan Antelope (Mandingo :
Mina), and Cobus singsing. ‘The Mandingos know of the Giraffe,
which is no doubt present in the extreme northern part of Liberia.
The Red Bush-Pig (Potamocherus penicillatus) is abundant
throughout Liberia. It is occasionally tamed by the natives, and
is said to interbreed freely with the domestic swine. I noticed
one very curious point regarding the domestic pigs which were so
common an object in the streets of Americo-Liberian towns on the
coast. These pigs seem to be the degenerate descendants of
Huropean breeds, introduced originally no doubt by the Portuguese,
the Dutch, and the English. It occurs very frequently in the litters
of these pigs that the young are striped and spotted with white,
exactly like the young of the Wild Boar. I have seen it stated
generally that the Domestic Pig was never marked with white like
the young of the wild species of the genera Sus and Potamocherus.
Whether this feature in the domestic pigs of Liberia is caused by
their reverting to the condition of the wild stock of Europe from
which they sprang, or whether it is in any way due to mixture
with the Red Pig, I cannot say positively; but the parents of
these spotted young were emphatically European domestic pigs in
origin, and did not betray in themselves the slightest intermixture
with the Red Bush-Pig. But I know that on the Congo and in
the Niger Delta cases of interbreeding between the Red Bush-Pig
and the domestic swine are occasionally reported.

Liberia, in common with Sierra Leone and perhaps the Ivory
Coast and Gold Coast, boasts of one of the most interesting of
African mammals, the Dorcatherium aquaticwm, the Water-
Chevrotain. The eastern range of this animal has not yet been
determined, I never remember hearing that it had been found
to the east of the Gold Coast, but perhaps this is simply due to
oversight. The Dorcatheriwm is fairly common in the interior of
Sierra Leone, and | believe is occasionally found in Portuguese
Guinea and the adjoining regions of French Senegambia. It is
fairly common in Liberia, though excessively difficult to capture.
It lives a good deal in the water, in which its body is often
immersed, It is said by the natives to conceal itself most cleverly
amongst the water vegetation. It is regarded by the people of
Liberia and Sierra Leone as the embodiment of kindly wisdom.
it takes the place which the hare—otherwise “ Brer Rabbit ”—
fills in the legends of Southern and Central Africa. The natives
state that three or four young are produced at a birth.

The Manatee is common in most of the big rivers; and in the
forests three species of Manis are met with, including Manis
gigantea. Two species of Tree-Hyrax are found in the forest,
and the woodland often echoes to their weird cries.

It should be stated in a general way that the coast-regions of
liberia are exceedingly disappointing to the collector because
of the remarkable absence of any form of bird or beast or even
reptile. It is difficult to understand why there should be this
extreme dearth, because the Americo-Liberians are not very
keen about sport, nor have they any reason for desiring to

1905. | MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF LIBERIA. 203

destroy birds and beasts around them, They are, on the other
hand, rather kindly disposed towards these creatures. In the
interior the indigenous natives have an extraordinary craving for
meat, which they satisfy partly by cannibalism, but also by
devouring even the skin of the creatures that they snare or shoot.
On the lower part of the St. Paul’s River, I have sometimes seen
only one bird in the course of a whole day, and that is the very
common Angola Vulture. As soon as you get into the forest the
beautiful Blue Plantain-eaters (Corythwola cristata) become
fairly common, and enliven the woods with their strange cries.
Although this bird is so abundant in Liberia, very little seems to
be known by the natives regarding its nesting-habits. I have
received the young of Zwuracus and Gallirex trom the nest in
other parts of Africa, when the nestlings were at most four days
old, and I have noticed that they were fairly well covered, except
on the head, with long, fleecy, purplish-grey down. It would be
very interesting to ascertain the condition of the young in
Corytheola, as to whether they are born absolutely naked or
partially covered with down. It is interesting to note that this
bird alone amongst the family of the Turacos offers a marked
difference in size and coloration between the male and the female.
The male of Corytheola is at least a fourth larger than the
female, and the coloration is much brighter and the crest larger.
In the other members of this family there is apparently little or
no difference in size or coloration between the male and female.
The fine examples of Corytheola which have been collected by
Mr. Harold Reynolds in Liberia only differ from those I have
obtained in the western parts of Uganda by the blue in the male
being slightly more ultramarine than the blue verditer of the
Uganda specimens. Young specimens in their first year are much
paler and greyer than the adults. 1 believe the specimens which
I sent back from Uganda will establish this point. The Violaceous
Plantain-eater is found in Liberia, though it is very scarce. I saw
a specimen twenty-two miles inland from Monrovia, at the house of
a German planter. The Turacos of Liberia seem to be Turacus
persa and Turacus macrorhynchus. T'. macrorhynchus is the
common form in Liberia. The only two Guinea-fowls appear to
be the rare White-necked (Agelastes meleagrides), and the Crested
(Guttera cristata). The Agelastes is rather a small bird, with an
absolutely bare red head in the male. The female or the young
bird has short brownish feathers on the head, and the breast
and neck seem to be only patched with white, and not wholly
of that colour. The Francolins as yet recorded are Francolinus
ahantenis (which is usually miscalled the Guinea-fowl by the
Americo-Liberians) and Francolinus lathami. I saw no true
Vultures anywhere in Liberia, the scavenging being done chiefly
by the black and white Scapulated Crows. As already mentioned,
the so-called Fishing- Vulture, Gypohierax angolensis, is common.
Vultures always seem to shun the thickly forested regions of
Africa, the only member of the group which in any way enters
the forest-region being the Necrosyries monacus. But although

204 SIR HARRY H. JOHNSTON ON [ Mar. 21,

this small brown vulture is extremely common and abundant in
most parts of Sierra Leone, I have never seen it anywhere on the
coast of Liberia between Monrovia and Cape Palmas.

The Grey Parrot with a red tail is not indigenous to any part
ot Liberia. It is frequently to be met with in the houses of the
natives on the coast, because it 1s brought there from the Gold
Coast or the Congo by steamers. But the indigenous Pséttacus
is P. timneh, which is without the red tail, and is said not to be
able to learn to talk. The grey of its plumage is browner. The
tail sometimes seems to be a purple or an almost violet colour.
The true Grey Parrot does not seem to make its appearance as a
wild bird in West Africa until the Gold Coast is reached. This
tendency towards a purple tail reappears in the variety of the
true Grey Parrot which is found on the Portuguese island of
Principe, in the Gulf of Guinea. Here also the plumage of the
body is tending towards purple-grey, and is much darker in tone
than the pale ash-grey of the ordinary type. In the western
Congo and Angola, the Grey Parrot is gradually developing into a
type which will be in time scarlet all over. On the island of
Principe it seems to be evolving a purple form; while in the
Timneh Parrot we seem to have a connecting-link between the
genus Psittacus and the brown- grey- yellow- and green parrots of
the genus Pwocephalus.

The Liberian Hornbills belong to the genera Bycanistes, Cera-
togymna, Lophoceros, and Or tholophus. "This selection includes
the smallest of all the Hornbills, Zophoceros camurus, and the
very eccentric-looking Black Hornbill and Elate Hornbill, the
females of which have a bright chestnut head and neck, whilst
the plumage in the same part of the males is black. Apparently
the only form of Ortholophus which has been collected in Liberia
is the smaller of the two species—lewcolophus—ain which the tips
of the secondaries and primaries are noti white, while there is a
slight difference in the distribution of greyish-white about the
cheeks. The larger and handsomer Ortholophus albocristatus is
stated by Elliot (on, apparently, the authority of the type-
specimens, supposed to have been collected by Cassin at Sierra
Leone) to inhabit North-West as well as West and Central Africa
(Niger, Cameroons, Congo, and Angola). Elliot remarks on the
curious occurrence of Ortholophus leucolophus in the middle of
this range, as it were, in the countries of Liberia and the Gold
Coast. So far as I can ascertain, however, no specimens of
O. dbocristatus have been obtained from regions west of Lagos
since Elliot’s monograph on the Hornbills was written. Is it
not possible, therefore, that Cassin or his collector may have
made a mistake in ascribing their specimens of albocristatus to
Sierra Leone? May they not really have been brought from
much further east on the West Coast of Africa? It would be a
very curious point in distribution if albocristatus should be found
in Sierra Leone, and not re-occur again in Western Africa till
the Niger was reached.

Amongst the birds collected by Mr. Reynolds on the St. Paul’s

1905. | MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF LIBERIA. 205

River is a little Waxbill or Weaver-bird (Sporeginthus mel-
podus), about which Mr. Reynolds makes a curious statement.
He remarks that this is a very pugnacious and spiteful little bird,
which does not hesitate in small flocks to attack and kill small
snakes and lizards. The birds endeavour to pick out the eyes of the
creature they are attacking and then to tear off its flesh in small
pieces. They carry these fragments to their nests, and whilst
they are rotting flies settle on them. These flies form the food,
or an addition to the food, of the nestlings.

I append to this paper lists of the mammals and birds collected
recently in Liberia by Mr. Alexander Whyte, Lt.-Col. Powney,
Mr. Maitland Pye-Smith, and Mr, Harold Reynolds.

APPENDIX I.

List or Mammats collected in Liberia in 1903-4 by Mr. Alexander
Whyte, Lt.-Col. Powney, Mr. Maitland Pye-Smith, and
others.

Anthropopithecus troglodytes.
Colobus ursinius.
» serrugmeus.

Cercopithecus bittikofert.

as diana bittikoferi.

a diana ignita.
felis serval.

,, celidogaster.

Viverra civetta.
Crossarchus obscurus.
Nandinia binotata.
Lutra maculicollis.
Graphiurus hueti.
Anomalurus beecrofti.
Cephalophus niger.

3 maxwelli.

at dorie.
Bubalis major.
Hippopotamus liberrensis.

APPENDIX II.

List or Birps collected in Liberia by Mr. Harold Reynolds.
By Cuares Cuuss, Zoological Department, British Museum.

(Mr. Reynolds’ notes are placed in square brackets.)

References are given to the followimg papers and works which
treat of the Ornithology of Liberia :—

(1) Bérrrorer, J.—Zoological Researches in Liberia. A List of
Birds, collected by J. Biittikofer and C. F. Sala in Western
Liberia, with biological observations. Notes from the
Leyden Museum, vii. pp. 129-256 (1885).

206 : SIR HARRY H. JOHNSILON ON [| Mar. 21,

(2) Bérrrxorer, J. Zoological Researches in Liberia, A List of
Birds, collected by Mr. F. X. Stampfli near Monrovia on the
Messurado River, and on the Junk River with its tributaries.
Op. cit. vill. pp. 243-268 (1886).

Zoological Researches in Liberia. A List of Birds,

collected by the author and Mr. F. X. Stampfli during their

last sojourn in Liberia. Op. cit. x. pp. 59-106, plate 5

(1888).

(3)

Zoological Researches in Liberia. Fourth hist of
Birds. Op. cit. xi. pp. 113-138 (1899).

Zoological Researches in Liberia. On a series of Birds,
collected by Mr. A. T. Demery in the district of Grand
Cape Mount. Op. cit. xii. pp. 197—206 (1890),

Reisebilder aus Liberia. Resultate geographischer,
naturwissenchaftlicher und ethnographischer Untersuch-
ungen wihrend der Jahre 1879-1882 and 1886-1887.
2 vols. Leiden, 1890. 8vo, Vogel, 11. pp. 397-434, plates
SRK XORONIIE

On a Collection of Birds sent by the late A. T, Demery
from the Sulymah River (West Africa). Notes from the
Leyden Museum, xiv. pp. 19-30 (1892).

(4)
(5)

(6)

(7)

1 AGELASTES MELEAGRIDES.

Agelastes meleagrides Temm.,; Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vil.
p. 230 (Soforé Place, St. Paul’s River), x. p. 98 (Schieffelinsville),
xi, pp. 126, 136 (Gallilee Mountain); id, Reisebilder aus Liberia,
ii. pp. 424, 425, cum fig.; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 374
(1893).

One adult specimen of this rare bird from St. Paul’s River.

[Bare skin of neck red. |

2. GUTTERA CRISTATA.

Numida cristata Pall.; Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 230
(Bavia and Buluma), x. p. 98 (Hill Town), xi. pp. 125, 136
(Mount Olive); id. Reisebilder Liberia, 11. pp. 424, 425, cum fig.

Guttera cristata, Grant, Cat. B, Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 381 (1893).

No, 9. An adult bird. St. Paul’s River, Dec. 27, 1904.

[Bare part of neck slate-blue. |

3, GALACTOCHRYSEA LIBERIA.

Glareola megapoda Gray, nom. nud.; Biuttik. Notes Leyd. Mus..
Vii. pp. 233, 256 (St. Paul’s River, Fisherman Lake, Marfa
River); id. op. cit. x. p. 99 (Fisherman Lake); id. op. cit. xi.
“pp. 127, 136 (Farmington River); id. Reisebilder Liberia, 11.
p. 427, cum fig.

Glareola nuchalis liberie Schl. Notes Leyd. Mus. ii. p. 58
(1881: Liberia).

Galactochrysea liberice Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, xxiv. p. 63,
pl. v. fig. 1 (1894),

1905. | MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF LIBERIA. 207

No. 12. Four adults. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 5, 1905.

[Rock birds. Found in flocks. Wings stand out at the
shoulders and do not appear to rest close at the sides as in other
birds. |

4, HAGEDASHIA HAGEDASH.

Ibis hagedash (Lath.); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 242
(Buluma), p. 127 (Du Queah River); id. Reisebilder Liberia, u.

Hagedashia hagedash Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 19
(1898).
No. 20. @ adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 27, 1905.
[Eyes red and black. |

5, EuRYSTOMUS GULARIS.

Eurystomus gularis Vieill.; Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vu.
p. 159 (Bavia and Soforé Place, St. Paul’s River), xi. p. 130; id.
Reisebilder Liberia, ii. p. 401; id. Notes Leyd. Mus. xiv. p. 22
(Sulymah River) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 32 (1892).

No. 10. 2 adult. St. Paul’s River, Dec. 16, 1904.

[The so-called “‘ Day Bat” of Liberia. |

6. Hatcyon CYANCLEUCUS.

Halcyon cyanoleuca (Vieill.); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.
p. 162 (Bavia, St. Paul’s River), xi. p. 130; id. Reisebilder
Liberia, 11. p. 401.

Halcyon cyanoleucus Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 245
(1892).

No. 8. ¢ adult. St. Paul’s River, Dec. 1, 1904.

[Bill bright red; eyes black. Feeds on ants. Stands on twigs
with its head at right angles to its body. |

No. 11. ¢ adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 2, 1905.

7. LopHOcEROS CAMURUS.

Buceros camurus (Cass.); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vu. p. 210
(Soforé Place, St. Paul’s River), viii. p. 262 (Junk River), x.
p- 93 (Hill Town).

Tokus camurus Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. xi. p. 134; id.
Reisebilder Liberia, i. p. 419.

Lophoceros camurus Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 404
(1892).

No. 14. ¢ adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 6, 1905.

[Bill very bright scarlet. Rarely met with. |

8. ScOTORNIS CLIMACURUS.

Scotornis longicaudus (Steph.); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.
p. 156 (near Grand Cape Mount), vili. p. 248 (Junk River), x.
p. 68 (Schieffelinsville), xi. pp. 116, 129 (Gallilee Falls), xii.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. XIV. 14

208 SIR HARRY H, JOHNSTON ON | Mar. 21,

p- 198 (Robertsport); id. Reisebilder Liberia, 11. p. 392; id.
Notes Leyd. Mus. xiv. p. 21 (Sulymah River).

Scotornis climacurus (Vieill.) ; Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi.
p- 596 (1892).

No. 7. Two adults. St. Paul’s River, Nov. 23, 1904.
[‘* Night-birds.” |

9. CoRYTHZOLA CRISTATA.

Turacus giganteus (Vieill. 1823); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus.
vii. p. 203 (St. Paul’s River and Grand Cape Mount).

Turacus cristatus (Vieill. 1816); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus.
viii. p. 262 (Junk and Du Queah Rivers), x. p. 92 (in high forest:
along the Upper Du Queah River), xi. p. 134; id. Reisebilder
Liberia, 11. p. 417.

Corytheola cristata Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 449
(1891).

No. 16. 6 & @ adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 12, 1905.

[Bill bright red and yellow. Feeds on fruit. |

10. CLAMATOR CAFER.

Coccystes cafer (Licht.); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 225
(Bavia, St. Paul’s River), xi. p. 135, xiv. p. 29 (Sulymah River) ;
Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 221 (1891).

No. 19. Adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 15, 1905.

11. CHRYSOCOCCYX CUPREUS.

Chrysococeyx cupreus (Bodd.); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.
p. 225 (Monrovia), viii. p. 264 (Messurado River), xi. p. 135; id.
Reisebilder Liberia, 11. p. 423.

No. 15. A ¢ immature. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 7, 1905.

[Not often met with in Liberia. |

12. CEUTHMOCHARES FLAVIROSTRIS.

Phenicophaés eneus Bitttik. (nec Vieill.) Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.
p- 224 (Fisherman Lake), viii. p. 264 (Du Queah River).

Ceuthmochares eneus Biittik. (nec Vieill.) Notes Leyd. Mus. xi.
p- 135, xii. p. 205 (Robertsport), xiv. p. 29 (Sulymah River).

Ceuthmochares flavirostris (Swains.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. xix. p. 401 (1891).

No. 21. Adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 29, 1905.

[ Bill yellow ; iris crimson; bare skin round eyes slaty-green. ]

13. CRINIGER VERREAUXI.

Criniger verreauxi Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 73, pl. iv.
(1881, Fantee); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. x. p. 79 (Hall Town
and Schieffelinsville), xi. pp. 121, 131, xii. p. 203 (Jarjee), xiv.
p- 22 (Sulymah River).

No. 3. Anadult. St. Paul’s River, Nov. 17, 1904.

1905. |} MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF LIBERIA. 209

14, PyCNONOTUS INORNATUS.

Pycnonotus barbatus (Desf.); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.
p. 180 (Buluma and Robertsport), viii. p. 256 (Messurado and
Junk Rivers), x. p. 83 (common along the whole coast of Liberia),
xi. pp. 122, 132 (Mount Olive), xii. p. 204 (Robertsport); id.
Reisebilder Liberia, ii. p. 408; id. Notes Leyd. Mus. xiv. p. 23
(Sulymah River).

Pycnonotus barbatus inornatus Hartert, Nov. Zool. ix. p. 329
(1902, Gold Coast).

No. 6. ¢ adult. St. Paul’s River, Nov. 20, 1904. ‘ Pepper-
bird.”

This specimen, which was just beginning to moult, is very pale
and the feathers are much worn.

15. CisTICOLA LATERALIS.

Cisticola lateralis (Fraser); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vu. p. 171
(Soforé Place, St. Paul’s River), xi. p. 131; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. vii. p. 251 (1883).

No. 18. A 2 adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 14, 1905.

This specimen appears to be identical with Fraser’s type which
is in the British Museum.

16. PRATINCOLA RUBETRA.

Pratincola rubetra (Linn.); Biittik. Notes Leyd. Mus. xiv.
p. 23 (Sulymah River); Sharpe, Hand-list B. iv. p. 171 (1903).

One ? adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 16, 1905.

Although it is well known that this species winters in Africa,
this is only the second record from Liberia.

17. MoractILuaA VIDUA.

Motacilla vidua Sundev.; Buttik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 173
(Bavia, St. Paul’s River), x. p. 73 (Du Queah, St. John, Cess, and
Sinoe Rivers), xi. pp. 122, 132 (Farmington River); id. Reisebilder
Liberia, 11. p. 409.

No. 2. Two ¢ adult. St. Paul’s River, Nov. 16, 1904.

18. VIDUA SERENA.

Vidua principalis (Linn.); Buttik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 197
(Robertsport), viii. p. 259 (Junk River), x. p. 91 (Schieffelinsville
and Marshall), xi. pp. 124, 134 (Farmington, Junk, and Messurado
Rivers), xii. p. 204 (Robertsport); id. Reisebilder Liberia, i.
p. 416.

Vidua serena (Linn.); Reichen. Vog. Afrikas, i. p. 217 (1904).

No. 1. g¢ adult. St. Paul’s River, Nov. 16, 1904.

No. 4. 9 adult. St. Paul’s River, Nov. 18, 1904.

No. 5. g adult. St. Paul’s River, Noy. 19, 1904.

14*

210 MR. M. A, C, HINTON ON ABNORMAL | Mar. 21,

19. SPERMESTES BICOLOR.

Spermestes bicolor (Fraser); Buttik.. Notes Leyd. Mus. vu.
p- 202 (Soforé Place, St. Paul’s River), viii. p. 261 (Monrovia and
Junk Rivers), x. p. 62 (Schieftelinsville), xi. pp. 125, 134 (Mount
Olive), xii. p. 205 (Robertsport) ; Reichen. Vog. Afrikas, 111. p. 151
(1904).

No. 17. Two g, one 9 adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 13, 1905.

All three specimens are in partial moult.

20. SPoORHGINTHUS MELPODUS.

Estrelda melpoda (Vieill.); Buttik. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.
p. 260 (Oldfield and Schieffelinsville), xi. p. 134; id. Reisebilder
Liberia, ii. p. 417; id. Notes Leyd. Mus. xii. p. 205 (Robertsport).

Sporeginthus melpodus Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 325
(1890).

No. 13. A ¢ adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 6, 1905.

No. 13. One ¢ and two 2 adult. St. Paul’s River, Jan. 17,
1905. Billred. Feeds partly on grasses.

[This is a very vicious bird and has the faculty of being able
(several acting in consort) to kill small snakes, first of all attacking
the eyes of the snake. They then cut it into small pieces, carry
them to the nests, where the snake rots—insects swarm on the
decaying flesh, and on these insects the young birds feed.
Native name “ Pessa Silisi.” |

3. On some Abnormal Remains of the Red Deer (Cervus
elaphus) from the Post-Pliocene Deposits of the South
of England. By Martin A. C. Hinton ~*.

[Received February 15, 1905. |

The object of this communication is to place on record the
discovery in various Post-Pliocene deposits in the South of England
of certain remains of Deer which present characters of an
abnormal nature. The specimens consist of more or less perfect
frontal bones, each bearing a greater or less portion of a tyneless
antler attached to a very long pedicle.

The first specimen is in the British Museum and is thus referred
to in Mr. Lydekker’s Catalogue :—

“ Cervus elaphus.

“© 45379. Fragment of the frontal and antler of a very young
individual; from the Pleistocene of Ilford. Brady Collection.”

In Mr. William Davies’s Catalogue of the Brady Collection is
the following description of this specimen :—

“Cervus sp. undetermined.

“ Part of a frontal bone with a long pedicle, having the basal

* Communicated by Dr. C. W. ANDREWS, F.Z.5.

1905. ] REMAINS OF THE RED DEER. 211

portion of the antler attached; it is erect and tapering, and has
no tynes; the upper portion is lost. The antler seems too robust
and the pedicle too long for the pricket, or first antler of the
Red Deer.”

He adds that the missing portion of the antler was probably
much longer than the part preserved.

The next specimen was obtained by Mr. 8. H. Needham from
a Pleistocene fissure-deposit in the Isle of Portland, and it is now
preserved in the Museum of Practical Geology. It consists of an
almost perfect left frontal with the base of the antler attached.
The pedicle is long, directed upwards, outwards, and backwards,
and the antler being obliquely set on the pedicle is still further
directed outwards.

The last specimen to be noticed was obtained from the Holocene
alluvium of Moorfields, London, and is now in the Collection of
Dr. Frank Corner. It is a left frontal with the greater portion
of the antler preserved. ‘The antler and pedicle are much more
erect in this than in the Portland example.

The following are the dimensions im inches of the three

examples :—
Ilford. J. of Portland. Moorfields.

Height of pedicle behind......... 271 1-82 2°16

Circumference of pedicle ...... 3°5 3°8 3°75
Me SALONS GRA See or 39 4-75 5:0

Length of antlers preserved ... 4:5 43 8:2

It is obvious on comparing the three specimens that they are
referable to one species, and if the determination depended merely
on the form of the frontal they would be referred to C. elaphus.
The difficulty which has been felt in making this reference there-
fore arises in the elongation of the pedicle and in the Pricket-like
tyneless antler which it supports.

Prof. Blasius, in his account * of the development of the antlers
in the Red Deer, shows that immediately behind the offset of each
of the principal tynes there is a “‘ knee-bend,” 2. e. the beam above
each of those points is bent convexly backwards. He then deals
with some interesting cases in which the tynes have been sup-
pressed, and I would quote the following passage as particularly
bearing on the present specimens :—

‘“So wie an einer Stange, kann an beiden die Mittelsprosse
fehlen, und nur durch die knieformige Biegung der Hauptstange
angedeutet sein; dann hitte man der Form nach emen Sechser,
der jagdmissig als Gabelhirsch zithlen wiirde. Fehlte auch die
Augensprosse, so hdtte man einen Spiesser, den man der Form nach
jedoch als Sechser ansprechen miisste.”

The Moorfields antler shows on careful examination a very
slight knee-bend behind and a little prominent tubercle in front
at a distance of two inches from the burr ; at a distance of six and

* Blasius, J. H., ‘Saugethiere Deutschlands,’ pp. 444-453, passage cited p. 447.

212 DR. R. BROOM ON THE [ Mar. 21,

a half inches from the burr there is a second slight knee-bend.
These features appear to represent the brow and middle tyne in
anormal antler, and consequently this example corresponds in
form to the third antler of the Red Deer in which the tynes have
been suppressed. From the dimensions and appearance of the
Portland specimen it may be regarded as being of the same indi-
vidual age as that from Moorfields, while the example from Ilford
is more probably the second antler with the brow-tyne suppressed.

In these abnormal forms there has been but little increase of
weight or leverage upon the pedicle, and this has consequently
found its earliest tendency to grow straightly upwards as an
elongated slender cylinder but little retarded. The difference
noted between the examples from Moorfields and Portland as
regards direction is such as one would expect to occur if the
physiological explanation suggested be the true one.

It is probable that these specimens belonged to individuals
which had suffered injury to the testes at an early period of life,
which resulted in making the retention of youthful characters
possible for a longer period than is usually the case*. This view
appears to be supported, firstly, by the fact that the animals died
at a comparatively early age, their decease probably being due to
their physical inferiority ; secondly, by the rarity of the type, for
from what we know of the ease with which much slighter variations
in antlers are transmitted by heredity +, we should expect, had
the possessors of such antlers had the power of propagating their
species, to find their representatives in some numbers ; and, lastly,
by the fact that the rugose surface of the antler in the Moorfields
specimen is greatly eroded and that im all the specimens there is
no regular burr, which seems to indicate that these antlers were
not shed annually as in sexually perfect stags.

In conclusion, I would express my best thanks to Dr. C. W.
Andrews, F.G.S., Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., Prof. C. Stewart,
F.R.S., Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.8., and Dr. Frank Corner, F.GS.,
for the valuable assistance which they have given me.

4. On the Affinities of the Primitive Reptile Procolophon.
By R. Broom, M.D., B.Se., C.M.Z.8., Victoria College,
Stellenbosch, Cape Colony.

[Received January 23, 1905. |

The affinities of few fossil reptiles have given rise to more dis-
pute than those of Procolophon. When first described by
Owen (1) in 1876 it was placed in the Order Theriodontia. In
1878 Seeley (2), as the result of the examination of some fresh
material, regarded it as a “fossil Rhynchocephalian.” In 1888
he (8) made it the type of a new suborder of the Anomodontia

* Prof. G. Rolleston, ‘Scientific Papers and Addresses,’ vol. 11. p. 699.
+ Sir Victor Brooke, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 892.

1905. | PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON, 213

equivalent to Pareiasauria. Cope (4) in 1889 placed it with
Paleohatteria, Mesosawrus, anda number of other primitive types
in the Order Proganosauria, one of the subdivisions of his group,
the Theromora. Zittel (5) in 1890 put Procolophon in the Family
Pariotichide in the Order Theriodontia. In the same year
Lydekker (6) agreed with Seeley in placing it ina distinet Sub-
order Procolophonia of the Order Anomodontia. In 1892
Seeley (7) removed it from subordinal rank, and regarded it as
the type of a distinct family of the Pareiasauria, and this latter
view of Seeley’s has received the support of most recent writers.
Two years ago I (8) expressed the opinion that Procolophon should
be placed somewhere among the primitive Rhynchocephalians—
possibly not far from Paleohatteria, and Osborn (9) has adopted
a somewhat similar view, placing the Order Procolophonia in the
Superorder Diaptosauria. Boulenger (10), the most recent writer
on the subject, however, removes Procolophon entirely from all
close relationship with the Rhynchocephalians and makes 1t the
type of a family of the Cotylosauria, an order which he believes
to be descended from the Pareiasauria.

In the past, much of the difference of opinion arose from an
imperfect knowledge of the structure of Procolophon ; at present it
arises mainly from the imperfection of our knowledge of the struc-
ture of the other early reptiles to which it shows resemblances.

Within the last few years, the view that the Reptiles early
divided into two distinct phyla has been steadily gaining ground
and at present it has the support of the majority of workers on
vertebrate paleontology. In the one branch are the mammal-like
reptiles; in the other the lizard-lke forms. Osborn and most of
the American authorities consider that both phyla have sprung
from a primitive reptilian order, the Cotylosauria; but Boulenger
believes that the common ancestor was a Stegocephalian Batrachian.

Tf we compare an early type of the mammal-like group, @. g. a
Therocephalian, with a generalised type of the lizard-like phylum,
e. g. Sphenodon, we find, that though there are many differences,
there are many striking resemblances, and that they have a large
number of characters in common, which are not found in any
Batrachian. The structure of the palate is almost identical m
the two types, though quite unlike that of the Batrachian. A
well-developed columella cranii is found in both Anomodonts and
Rhynchocephalians and both have an occipital condyle largely
formed by the basioccipital bone. The axis, atlas, and pro-atlas
are essentially similar in both phyla so far as known, and both
have a costo-sternum. Unfortunately we cannot study the soft
parts or the ontogeny of the Anomodonts, but in the closely allied
Mammals we find so very large a number of characters which
are common to the typical Reptiles and are unknown among the
Batrachians, that the advisability of uniting the Mammals with
the Birds and Reptiles to form the Amniota is generally admitted.
To account for the characters which the Mammals and Reptiles
have in common, we must either assume that the characters were

214 DR. R. BROOM ON THE [ Mar. 21,

developed independently in the two groups or that the groups had
a common ancestor in which most of the characters were present.
One or two may have originated independently, but it seems much
more reasonable to assume that the two phyla sprang from an
early true Reptile, than that they originated from a Batrachian
and that all the characters they have in common have been
developed independently.

To what order the common reptilian ancestor belonged it is
difficult to say. The Cotylosauria of Cope is no doubt very
prunitive, but unfortunately it is very imperfectly known. The
type genus on which it was founded is Diadectes, a form which is
not very well known, and the skull of which has so far not been
very satisfactorily figured. A considerable number of other genera
have been placed in the order by Cope and others, some at least of
which are possibly not very nearly related to Diadectes. Pario-
tichus, which is placed in the same order, is much better known,
through the researches of Cope and, more recently, of Case.
Tt has a skull roofed as in the Labyrinthodonts, but a palate very
much like that of Sphenodon. But while Pariotichus might
perhaps have been the common. Amniote ancestor, so far as the
skull is concerned, the condition of the shoulder-girdle shows that
it is not primitive enough. It has lost the cleithrum which the
ancestor must have retained. Pareiasaurus, though it retains the
cleithrum, is further removed from the ancestral type than Pario-
tichus, but in another direction. It seems probable, however, that
there were forms somewhat resembling Pariotichus but sufticiently
primitive to have been the ancestor of Pareiasaurus. If such a
form is discovered, then we may regard the Cotylosauria as con-
taining the common ancestor of all reptiles.

The phylum which contams Pareiasaurus, Dicynodon, the
Theriodonts, and which culminates in the Mammals, probably
originated through the ancestral Cotylosaurian living in marshy
regions and having to walk with the body well supported off the
ground. This habit caused the ilium to become directed mainly
upwards and forwards from the acetabulum, and necessitated the
retention of the precoracoid. From the start once given in this
direction, the evolution went on steadily till the mammal was
formed.

The other phylum, which gave rise to the Lizards and Birds, was
probably started by some of the early Cotylosaurians having to
stalk insect prey on dry sandy or rocky places. The body rested
for the most part on the ground and the legs became relatively
feeble. As this was probably no very great change from the
newt-like gait of the ancestor, it was long before there was much
change in the structure. And some reptiles which are well
advanced along the Diapsidan line, such as Wesosawrus or Paleo-
hatteria, still retain the early types of shoulder-girdle and pelvis
with very little modification. In Palcohatteria the now useless
precoracoid ceases to be ossified, and in all the later Diapsidan
types there is no trace of a precoracoid bone. The plate-like

1905. | PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON. 215

pelvis develops into the trivadiating type such as is seen in
Sphenodon; and in all the Diapsidan reptiles with the exception
of the early Diaptosaurians the pelvis is a modification of this tri-
radiating type.

There probably were in Permian times large numbers of lizard-
like reptiles which retained the roofed temporal region even after
the shoulder-girdle and pelvis had become specialised, as it would
be impossible to derive the Plesiosaurs and the Ichthyosaurs from
two arched forms; and the Chelonians have evidently been
specialised from a form which never had temporal arches at all,
and yet had the Sphenodon type of shoulder-girdle and pelvis.

The question then arises, are we to regard such reptiles as
Cotylosaurians, or are we, in consideration of the fact that they
are distinctly specialised along the Diapsidan line, to put them
among the Diaptosaurians, as has been done by Osborn? It is
the same question as arises in connection with the classification
of many groups of extinct forms; and I am inclined to agree
with Osborn in placing in one group the whole phylum which
has become specialised along one line, even though the early forms
resemble the generalised members of the ancestral order more than
they do the terminal forms.

When we consider Procolophon, we find that while it bears
considerable resemblance to Pariotichus, and even some resem-
blance to Parevasaurus, 1t nevertheless seems distinctly specialised
along the line which gave rise to Sphenodon. It still retains the
roofed temporal region, the precoracoid, and the plate-like pelvis,
but it resembles Sphenodon in the arrangement of the bones of
the temporal region, in the structure of the palate, in the structure
and arrangement of the bones of the lower jaw, in having the
teeth anchylosed to the bone, in the possession of intercentra, of
which the anterior are paired as in the young Sphenodon, in having
a well-developed plastron of abdominal riblets, and in the very
close agreement of the structure of the carpus, tarsus, and
phalanges.

The bones of the temporal region have been variously identified
by different authorities, and unless the squamosal is rightly de-
termined, the other bones cannot be understood. The squamosal
must be the bone that is the homologue of the mammalian
squamosal, which, when we trace down among the Theriodonts
and Anomodonts, we find to be the bone which supports the
quadrate, and is itself supported by the parietal. When two
bones are present in the temporal region, it is found to be always
the inner which fulfils the condition—prosquamosal being,
perhaps, the best name for the outer. In Procolophon the bone
which seems to be undoubtedly squamosal is the one immediately
above the quadrato-jugal, and this is the one which has been
regarded as squamosal by Seeley and Osborn. This bone supports
the quadrate as in Sphenodon, and is itself fixed to the parietal.
The upper and outer bone, which is regarded by Dr. A. 8. Wood-
ward (11) as the squamosal, has no connection with the quadrate,

216 DR. R. BROOM ON THE [ Mar. 21,

and is only a roofing scale of bone. It is probably the homologue
of the bone usually called “ epiotic ” in Stegocephalians, but it is
evidently a membrane-bone and not developed from the auditor Oy
capsule, and hence not a true epiotic. A similar bone is found in
Pariotichus, but is lost in all the higher forms. If we omit from
consideration this so-called epiotic, we find the parietal, post-
orbital, squamosal, jugal, quadrato-jugal, and quadrate bones
having exactly similar relations to each other in Procolophon and
Sphenodon, the chief difference being that there are two fenestre
in the latter form.

The condition of the teeth I do not look wpon as a character of
much importance in the matter of broad classification, but the
teeth in Procolophon are by no means thecodont in the ordinary
sense. Owen, in 1876, rightly stated that “ the base of the tooth
seems to be confluent with the osseous substance of the jaw”;
and Lydekker, in 1890, stated that the marginal teeth are
“completely anchylosed to the bone.” Most likely in the young
condition the teeth developed in sockets, but in the adult they
must be regarded as much more acrodont than thecodont.

Boulenger states that “‘ the thecodont dentition, the absence or
great reduction of the plastral bones, and especially the presence
of ossified precoracoids, are characters which are opposed to the
association of the Procolophonia with the Rhynchocephalia.”
But, as has just been mentioned, the teeth cannot be regarded as
thecodont, being nearly as typically acrodont as in Sphenodon ;
the plastral bones are quite as well developed in Procolophon as in
most Rhynchocephalians ; and the presence of ossified precoracoids
in Procolophon cannot be urged as a reason for removing it from
association with the ancestral Rhynchocephalians, since the early
Rhynchocephalians must have had ossified precoracoids, if the Pely-
cosaurians are descended from them, as is believed by Boulenger.
If Procolophon is to be removed from a position near the ancestral
Rhynchocephalians and placed near Pareiasaurus, it must be for
other reasons than those advanced by Boulenger.

Some additional evidence in favour of placing Procolophon in
the Diaptosauria, or at least among the ancestral Diapsidan
reptiles, is to be found in the striking resemblance which it bears
in many points of structure to Mesoswurus. Unfortunately, the
skull of MWesosaurus is imperfectly known, but all the parts of the
skeleton that can be compared are fairly similar to those in
Procolophon. There is an ossified precoracoid, anchylosed, how-
ever, to the coracoid and scapula, and the pubis and ischium
closely resemble those of Procolophon. Though the carpus is
imperfectly ossified, there can be little doubt, when that of
Stereosternum is considered, that it has been modified from a
Procolophon-like type. The tarsus is almost identical in structure
with that of Procolophon—the intermedium uniting similarly with
the tibiale, and a foramen being formed between the conjoined
bone and the fibulare. The plastron is closely similar in the two
forms. I have recently tried to show (Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc.

1905. | PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON. 217

1904) that IMesosawrus is not a Plesiosaur, mainly because the
Plesiosaurs seem to have sprung from a land ancestor which had
lost its precoracoid and had the Sphenodon type of pelvis, whereas
Mesosaurus has evidently sprung from a land-form which retained
its precoracoid and had a plate-like pelvis. As MJesosawrus lived
in Lower Permian times, it is evident that true reptiles of the
Diapsidan phylum existed at a very early period. Only a few
of them have so far been discovered, and at present we can only
imagine what the structure of many of the early forms was like
from what we know of the specialised descendants. Procolophon
I believe to be a slightly modified descendant of one of the early
Permian Diapsidan types such as that which gave rise to Meso-
saurus. The beds in which Procolophon occurs are either Middle
or Lower Triassic, but there is reason to believe that Sawrosternon
is an allied form, and this occurs in beds which are most probably
Upper Permian. So that the Procolophonia probably originated
in Permian times. The beds in which TYelerpeton occurs in
Scotland are considerably younger than the Procolophon-beds of
S. Africa, being probably Upper Triassic, Rheetic, or possibly
even Liassic.

T hope shortly to give a complete account of the structure of
Procolophon, and it is to be desired that one of the American
workers will do the same for one or other of the Cotylosaurians.
We shall then be in a position to realise more clearly what are the —
relationships of these primitive types to each other.

More important Literature.

1. Owen, R.—Catalogue of the Fossil Reptiles of S. Africa.
London, 1876.

2. Seetey, H. G—“On new Species of Procolophon, kc.”
Q.J.G.S. vol. xxxiv. 1878.

3. Seevey, H. G.—“‘ On Pareiasaurus bombidens (Owen), &e.”
Proc. Roy. Soe. 1888.

4. Corr, E. D.—“ On the Homologies of some of the Cranial
Bones of the Reptilia, &e.” BP. A. A. A. S. xix. p. 13.

5. Zrrrer, K. y— Handbuch der Paleontologie. Vol. 11.

6. LyDEKKER, R.—Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and Amphibia
in the British Museum. Pt. iv. London, 1890.

7. Seetby, H. G.—‘ Further Observations on Pareiasaurus.”
Phil. Trans. 1892.

8. Broom, R.—‘ On the Remains of Procolophon in the Albany

9

Museum.” Rec. Alb. Mus. vol. i. no. 1 (1903).
. Osporn, H. F.—‘“The Reptilian Subclasses Diapsida and

Synapsida, &c.” Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1903.

10. Boutencrr, G. A.—‘“‘ On the Characters and Affinities of the
Triassic Reptile Zelerpeton elginense.” P.Z.S8. 1904, vol. 1.
pt. 2.

11. Woopwarp, A. 8.—Outlines of Vertebrate Paleontology.
1898.

218 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON THE | Mar. 21,

5. On the Primitive Reptile Procolophon.
By H. G. Srezzy, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received March 21, 1905. ]
(Text-figures 30-38.)

The Types of Procolophon.—The two specimens on which
Sir R. Owen founded the genus Procolophon in 1876 are in the
British Museum of Natural History. The author was uncertain as
to the value of the characters in which P. minor differs from P. éri-
goniceps, intimating that it may be a young example of that species.
The skulls seem to differ in their proportions (text-figs. 30 and 31).
P. minor (text-fig. 30) is relatively broader, having the width to
length of the skull as 5 to 4. In P. minor the orbits are more
distinctly ovate, and placed further forward, being in the middle

Text-fig. 30.

Type specimen of Procolophon minor, from Donnybrook [the sutures are not
so distinct in the specimen as in the figure}.

third of the length of the head, in advance of the parietal foramen
and scarcely extending behind the lateral borders of the frontal
bones; the region in advance of the orbits is relatively short ;
the quadrate has no expansion backward as in other specimens ;
there is no trace of a foramen in the malar arch. Neither fossil
gives conciusive evidence of the form of the teeth. Though they
are in both types described as conical and pointed, it is not possible
to determine the form of the crown when the jaws are closed, as is

1905. | PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON. 219

evident in 7rirachodon and other genera. The differences between
the two specimens may be found to justify generic separation.

The Quadrate Bone.—The most striking difference is in the
character of the bone which articulates with the mandible (text-
figs. 30, 31). In P. minor the quadrate bone is partly imbedded
in matrix, so that there is no reason to suppose that any structure
is lost from that region. The quadrate bone is directed downward
and backward, is compressed from front to back, forms a transverse
articulation, somewhat constricted in the middle, and is thickened
on the lateral external surface above the articulation ; but the bone
shows no indication of the posterior development which was named
squamosal by Sir R. Owen, and afterward regarded as probably
quadrato-jugal by myself, which is so well developed in P. trigoniceps
(text-fig. 31). A fresh examination of these and other skulls leads
me to remark that the place of the quadrato-jugal bone is between
the malar bone and the quadrate, but there is no ossification in that
position in Procolophon. Therefore Linfer that the quadrato-jugal
bone has no existence in Procolophon. The thick cellular bone
which extends from the jugal behind the articulation I am unable
to separate from the quadrate bone, which articulates with the
mandible, since no specimen shows a dividing suture between it
and the bone which articulates with the mandible. This deter-
mination, if sustained, removes the anomaly of the quadrato-jugal
attaining an enormous thickness. Its supposed position behind
the malar and external to the quadrate was paralleled by the thin
quadrato-jugal in Jchthyosaurus.

The Parietal Region.—The region behind the frontal bones and
orbits, which is commonly termed parietal, shows faint obscure
markings in P. minor (text-fig. 30) of lines in a transverse curve
from the bone named epiotic to the hinder border of the parietal
foramen, and short longitudinal lines prolonging the inner and
outer borders of the orbits backward. The latter led me formerly
to suppose that the postfrontal occupies a quadrate area in front
of the epiotic extending forward to the orbit. The only other
specimen in which the parietal region appears to be divided in
similar way by famt markings is the British Museum skull
R. 1999. The parietal bone is composite in Mochlorhinus and
other genera. But while the appearances in Procolophon may be
due to squamous overlap of bones, the evidence is insufficient to
establish their nature, though it strongly suggests the structure
in some Labyrinthodont skulls.

The Postsquamosal Bone.—The bone which is found at the
posterior external angle of the flat parietal region I have
formerly referred to as the epiotic. It corresponds in position
with the bone so named in Labyrinthodonts, though, as most
writers on Labyrinthodonts have remarked, it has nothing in
common with the otic bone named epiotic by T. H. Huxley. This
ossification is named squamosal by Dr. A. 8. Woodward in his
‘Vertebrate Paleontology,’ but it is a thin plate of bone, quite
distinct from the squamosal and superimposed upon it. If the

220 PROF, H. G. SEELEY ON THE [ Mar. 21,

markings already referred to, which appear to indicate a posterior
division of the parietal bones, really indicate bones, they would
represent the pair of ossifications termed supraoccipital in
Labyrinthodonts, over which the parietal bones may extend.
Procolophon may thus far be crypto-Labyrinthodont in the struc-
ture of this part of the head. In Pareiasaurus there appears to
be a narrow bone behind the parietal bones (Phil. Trans. Royal
Soe. 1888, p. 69) and also a pair of bones behind the squamosals,
postsquamosal bones as they may be named, which are in the
position of the bones previously termed epiotic. The preservation
in Pareiasaurus of this region of the skull leaves much to be
desired, but it suggests comparison with Procolophon.

Text-fig. 31.

Type specimen of Procolophon trigoniceps, from Donnybrook.
For comparison with P. minor.

The Postorbital bar.—The preservation of the type of Procolophon
trigoniceps (text-fig. 31) is not quite satisfactory, owing to cranial
bones having scaled off from the frontal region and the postorbital
area on the right side. On the left side there appears to be a slight,
almost imperceptible linear separation between the postorbital and
the squamosal and quadrate bones. It might pass as a condition of
fossilization, since it is absent in P. minor, fat for the circumstance
that the condition becomes a foramen in P. laticeps (text-fig. 32).
There is no trace of the slit on the right side of the skull. ‘There
the sutural lines indicate a long narrow strip of bone descending

1905. | PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON. 221

below the postsquamosal above, and between the squamosal and
quadrate bones behind it and the postorbital in front, so that the
space between the bones, which might be occupied by the supra-
temporal, has only a linear extension on the external surface, above
the malar. The internal suture which separates a supratemporal
from the squamosal is not clear in specimens of other species.

The Postfrontal—One of the most characteristic features of
Procolophon is the small size of the postfrontal bone, which is a
narrow strip above the orbit’ external to the parietal and frontal,
contrasting with the relatively large size of the prefrontal bone.
There is an appearance of the prefrontal and postfrontal both
underlapping the frontal bones in P. trigoniceps, but the pre-
servation is dissimilar on the right and left side of the head, and
the evidence is not conclusive that the postfrontal is larger than it
appears to be. This character is in marked contrast to the
condition in Dicynodontia and Theriodontia, in which the post-
frontal not only contributes to the bar which divides the orbit
from the temporal vacuity, but is prolonged backward on the
temporal vacuity along the bevelled margin of the parietal bone.

1 conclude, from detailed comparison of these structures and
from measurements, that the type species are founded upon
characters which clearly distinguish them. Other evidence shows
unexpected variation in the skulls of Procolophon.

In 1878 I described additional material also from Donnybrook,
and discussed the affinities of the genus with Hatteria and Ano-
modont reptiles. Three species appeared to be indicated by as
many specimens, and were described under the names P. griersoni,
P. laticeps, and P. cuneiceps, and figured in pl. xxxii. Quarterly
Journal Geol. Soc. vol, xxxiv. The matrix was afterwards further
removed from these fossils, chiefly in the endeavour to elucidate
the back of the skull and the quadrate region. The published
figures, which are somewhat rough, are chiefly directed to show
external variations of form, and the divided nares. Beyond cor-
recting the identification of the postfrontal bone in the wa
already indicated in the evidence figured in 1889 (Phil. Trans.
Roy. Soe. B. pl. 19), and omitting the quadrato-jugal bone, I have
nothing to modify in those descriptions; but better specimens
would be required to prove that the characters in which they
differ are constant.

The Occipital Region.—Although all these types were developed
to display the occipital region, it was only found in Procolophon
laticeps. 'The transverse, slightly concave occipital border of the
roof of the skull, formed by the parietal bones and postsquamosal
bones at the outer angles (text-fig. 31), extends backward asa ledge
beyond the nearly vertical occipital aspect of the skull, which it
slightly overhangs. The ledge is inclined downward, and termi-
nates in a sharp edge, which at the outer angles curves down with
the postsquamosal to form an arch above the auditory notch
behind the squamosal bone (text-fig. 32).

222 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON THE [ Mar. 21,

Quadrato-squamosal Arch.—The squamosal bone, which occupies
a small area on the lateral aspect of the skull between the post-
squamosal above and the quadrate bone below, is better seen on
the occipital aspect (text-fig. 32), where it forms the upper and
narrower part of the quadrato-squamosal pedicle for articulation
with the mandible. The pedicle is nearly vertical, being inclined
slightly backward as it extends downward, is convex on the straight
side, and concave on the outer part, where the portion regarded
hitherto as the quadrato-jugal is prolonged behind this surface out-
ward and backward. The posterior aspect of the pedicle is crossed
obliquely in its middle part by the sagittate suture which divides
the squamosal bone from the quadrate, so that, passing downward
and inward, it does not reach the mandibular articulation, which
is formed by the quadrate bone. The height to the roof of the
skull is 38; inch. The transverse width of the quadrate bone at
the articulation is about half an inch. This is exclusive of the
great internal process of quadrate contour which extends inward
and forward above the infra-quadrate process of the pterygoid
bone, and internal to the descending process of the squamosal, and
is exposed in one skull by removing the occipital bones.

The occipital surface of the skull, properly so called, is entirely
behind the squamoso-quadrate region. Its vertical measurement
is about half an inch, and the transverse width about an inch and
a quarter. Below the postsquamosal bones its contour inclines
to be transversely fusiform, owing to the inferior median basi-
occipital convexity and the lateral concave inferior emargination
below the opisthotic bones (text-fig. 32).

The foramen magnum occupies the middle of the area. It is
higher than wide, wider below than above, margined laterally by
an elevated rounded border, such as might possibly have carried
a pro-atlas. Inferiorly this border merges in the occipital condyles,
which are defined by a median concavity. The sutures are not
distinct, but the basioccipital appears to enter into this median
concavity, so that the two condyles from which the bony tissue
has been rubbed are upon the exoccipital bones. Above the
condyles a transverse horizontal suture separates the exoccipital
from the supraoccipital bones, which are larger. Externally
these bones are limited by a vertical suture, which separates them
from the opisthotic, which is subtriangular and terminates outward
in a blunt process below the postsquamosal and slightly in advance
of it. There may be an interparietal above the supraoccipital
bones and below the parietal. The flattened surfaces of these
bones appear a little concave, owing to the elevation of the border
of the foramen magnum. The distinctive character of this
region is the closed occiput, which is more like that of Crocodalus
than Zestudo, and if the quadrate bones of a Crocodile were
directed downward instead of backward, the occipital region of the
skull would be more closely comparable with Procolophon in its back-
ward extension and elevation above the mandibular articulation.
The only South African reptile which approximates to this

1905. ] PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON. 223

relation of the occipital and quadrate regions is Pareiasaurus ;
but the large lateral perforations in the occiput and single con-
dyle for the occipital articulation prevent close comparison with
Procolophon. There is a similar approximation to the condition
in some Labyrinthodonts in this relation of the two parts of the
occipital region, but in most of those types the occipital plate
inclines obliquely forward, and is not comparable in the details of
structure of the skull. In no Dicynodon or Theriodont is there
any approximation to Procolophon in this region of the skull,
except in the occipital plate being usually imperforate.

Text-fig. 32.

a

b

Type specimen of Procolophon laticeps, from Donnybrook, showing (a) the vertical
occipital plate and (6) the postorbital foramen.

The specimen figured in 1889 (Phil. Trans. pl. 9)as Procolophon
trigoniceps was thus identified, as I now think, in error, because
the matrix was not then removed from P. laticeps. From its
excellent preservation Dr. Exton’s fossil has been referred to as
the type of Procolophon. That skull is exceptional in showing a
distinct lateral postorbital foramen between the squamosal, post-
orbital, and malar bones. When originally described, the vacuity
was regarded as being in the position of the supra-temporal
bone, which was supposed to have disappeared as in Crocodiles,
leaving a postorbital vacuity. Dr. Smith Woodward speaks of
it (Verteb. Paleont. p. 148) as evidently the beginning of a
lateral temporal vacuity, and this view is adopted by Prof. Osborn
(Mem. Amer. Mus. vol. viii. p. 480). Whatever may be the value
of the character, it is absent from Owen’s types, as already
remarked. It is only found among described species in P. laticeps,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. XV. 15

224 PROF, H, G, SEELEY ON THE [ Mar. 21,

where the foramen is distinct, ovate, and larger (on the left side
of the head), and is between the malar, postorbital, squamosal,
and quadrate. It is a linear gap in the bones in one specimen. .
It is much smaller than the vacuity in the side of the skull in
Paleohatteria. The extension of the foramen downward to the
quadrate bone involves no substantial difference from the British
Museum specimen R. 1999, so that the name Procolophon laticeps
may be used for that specimen, in preference to P. trigoniceps
used in Phil. Trans. 1889, pl. 9.

The Teeth.— Usually the mandible is in close contact with the
skull, so that the teeth are not seen, except on their external or
internal aspects. The incisors are rather longer and stouter in
aspect than the maxillary or molar teeth. They are conical, but
flattened on the inner surface, which carries a few vertical ridges.
T have failed to obtain evidence of implantation in sockets by
making a vertical section.

Text-fig. 33.

,

Palate of Procolophon cuneiceps, showing the molar teeth; from Donnybrook.

A specimen in the British Museum, R. 794, was developed in
fruitless search for the occiput, but now shows with exceptional
clearness the structure of the quadrate region and the palate (text-
fig. 33). The pterygoids and vomera are shown bearing teeth, the
palatine bones, palatine plates of the maxillary bones, and the
maxillary are seen on the palate. The most interesting feature
of the dentition is the crowns of the maxillary teeth, which un-
expectedly have a transverse molar form, as in the lizard Tejus.
They are six in number on each side, wide transversely, with distinct
inner and outer cusps, and with the inner and outer triturating
surfaces separated by interspaces which appear to have received

1905. | PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON. 225

the molar teeth of the mandible, which have not yet been ex-
amined, All the teeth contain large pulp-cavities, which extend
into the cusps of the crowns. This type of dentition, notwith-
standing the suppression of the functional canine teeth, as In
Microgomphodon, is perhaps more like that of existing lizards than
of Theriodonts, though there is a distinct resemblance to the teeth
of some South-African Theriodont fossils, and the skull as a whole
is not Lacertilan.

Forms of Skull—Dyr. Schénland in 1895 submitted to me a
series of casts of specimens of Procolophon in the Albany Museum,
Grahamstown, obtained by Messrs. A. EK. and H. Trollip, of Fern-
rocks. He subsequently brought the original specimens to the
British Museum, and gave me the opportunity of taking a series
of impressions of the more important of them. Figures were
prepared and the following notes drafted on these materials. A
brief catalogue of the specimens was published by Dr. R. Broom,
in 1903, in the ‘Records of the Albany Museum,’ vol. i. part 1,
pp. 8-24, all the specimens being referred to Procolophon trigoni-
ceps. ‘Three specimens are figured by him. Among the casts are
remains of a species of Petrophryne, which need to be carefully
separated.

Text-fig, 34.

Impression of a palate of Procolophon, showing crowns of the molar teeth;
frem Fernrocks.

The Fernrocks specimens appear to be referable to different
species from those collected at Donnybrook. Dr. Broom finds
but three teeth in each premaxillary, and in some specimens from
Donnybrook there are four premaxillary teeth. In the British
Museum specimen R. 794 (text-fig. 33, p. 224), which is the only
Donnybrook specimen showing the entire palate, the palatal suture
between the premaxillary and maxillary bones appears to be trans-
verse and in advance of the first pair of maxillary teeth, which
are level with the small group of palatal teeth at the anterior

extremity of the vomerme bones. In the Fernrocks cast of the
15*

226 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON THE [ Mar. 21,

palate (text-fig. 34, p. 225), which Dr. Schénland numbered 1,
the premaxillary bones extend backward in a wedge between
the maxillary bones, so that the vomerine teeth are behind the
middle of the maxillary teeth. The vomerine teeth, instead of
covering the vomera as in P. laticeps, or forming a close-set group
as in R. 794, P. cuneiceps, diverge backward in two rows from
two strong teeth in front separated by a well-marked median
groove. There are five or six teeth in each row. Internal to
these are parallel shorter rows, which similarly begin with two
stronger teeth infront. Further, in the Donnybrook specimen the
pterygoid bones separate in an arch (text-fig. 33, p. 224) which is
three-fourths of a circle, round which there is a semicircular row of
small teeth. But in the Fernrocks palate this median vacuity 1s
bordered by a pair of prominent ridges which diverge backward
in a V-shape, each carrymg six or seven teeth. These rows are
flanked laterally by parallel rows of teeth, which complete the
form of a letter M (text-fig. 34). The lateral rows appear to be
upon the palatine bones.

Text-fig. 35

Outline showing the truncated snout of Procolophon platyrhinus,
from Fernrocks.

The other examples of skulls which have come into my hands
from Fernrocks, such as those numbered by Dr. Schonland 2, 12
13, all differ from the Donnybrook specimens in having the pre-
orbital region of the skull much wider and flatter above, without
any indication of the tapering conical snout which is found in all
the described species. This character (text-fig. 35) may be con-
veniently expressed in the name Procolophon platyrhinus for the
flat-nosed species, with the region of the nasal bones forming a
flattened truncated prolongation of the frontal region, with the
postorbital region long and wide. A longer flat preorbital region
is seen in another skull (text-fig. 36). If referable to Procolophon,
it may be named P. sphenorhinus, terminating in a vertical wedge
in front,

1905.| PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON. 227

There are many differences from the types of Procolophon in
other parts of the skeleton, which suggest that the Fernrocks
specimens may belong to a different genus; and there are
certainly two species from Fernrocks.

Text-fig. 36.

Outline showing the wedge-shaped snout of Procolophon sphenorhinus,
from Fernrocks.

Pelvis.—The form of the ilium is partly shown in the figure of
the Donnybrook skeleton. Dr. R. Broom has figured the pubes
and ischia (Rec. Alb. Mus. vol. i. pl. 1. fig. 5) from Fernrocks.
The evidence that those bones belong to Procolophon is supphed
by the proximal end of the femur, which shows substantially the
same characters as the specimen from Donnybrook, figured in the
Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. in 1889. It is associated with dorsal
vertebra with small intercentra and a median longitudinal groove
on the ventral aspect ; with caudal vertebre rounded on the ventral
aspect carrying ribs which extend transversely beyond the ischia.
The ilia are less clearly seen than in the original slab. The chief
characters of this pelvis are the foramen perforating the pubis,
the antero-posterior extension of the crest of the ilium, and the
expanded forms of the short pubes and longer ischia. In form
these ventral bones of the pelvic basin differ from Theriodonts
like Cynognathus in the absence of an obturator foramen, though
there is a small semicircular notch on the anterior border of a right
ischium. The perforation of the pubic bone is a character of
Pareiasaurus and of other large undescribed genera in which I
have seen the bone in the South-African veldt. It also occurs
in Phocosaurus and Titanosuchus. ‘The character is not seen
in Microgomphodon, in which the ischium is similar in form.

298 PROF, H, G. SEELEY ON THE [Mar. 21,

The bones have a general resemblance in outline to the Plio-
saurian type and to some Triassic Ichthyosaurs, but in neither is
the pubic bone perforated. In the Trias of Europe the nearest
parallel is found, perhaps, in the Neusticosauride, though, accord-
ing to Volz, the pubis and ischium in that type had no linear
contact as in the Pareiasauria. There is a general approximation
to the forms of the bones in the pelvis of Palwohatteria, as
indicated by Dr. R. Broom, and this is as close as in Pliosaurus,
but the pubis is notched on its hinder border, and not per-
forated as in Procolophon. The Stereosternum twmidum of South

Text-fig. 37.

a b c
Hind limbs of Procolophon, from Fernrocks.

a, femur and tibia from the front; 6, entire hind limb, posterior aspect ;
ce, side view of the femur.

America is the only genus which exactly parallels Procolophon in
the pelvis. It is nearer than Mesosawrus. Neither of these
genera admits of comparison in the occipital region of the skull.
But the pelvic identity of structure may justify the reception
within the Procolophonia of these allied types, although they
have been placed in distinct orders.

Lenur.—The femur of Procolophon from FKernrocks is well shown

1905. | PRIMITIVE REPTILE PROCOLOPHON. 229

in the imperfect example which adjoins the pelvis. Its proximal
end is about intermediate in form between the femur in a Chelonian
and in Ornithorhynchus; for the under surface of the articular
head is a wide concave pit (text-fig. 37, 6), not without suggestion of
the bone in Sawrodesmus and the small mammal from Stonesfield
and certain birds. The trochanters on each side of the articular
head are much less developed than in the Monotreme, and the sub-
articular pit is less conspicuous in the other specimens from Fern-
rocks than in the Donnybrook example, which may indicate other
species. The bone can best be compared with Pareiasauria. The
external or posterior trochanter 1s produced down the shaft as
a slight ridge on the under side of the bone in one specimen.
The triangular section of the shaft is not so marked as in the
Donnybrook specimen, and the proximal end is more flattened on
the superior or anterior surface (text-fig. 37, a). The curvature of
the bone is distinctly sigmoid in length (text-fig. 37, ¢). Distally
it both thickens and widens to the articulation, where it is flat-
tened on the inner side, concave behind, with a pulley articu-
lation in front. One femur is longer and another shorter than
_the common type. There is no living reptile to which the bone
approximates.

Tibia and Fibula.—The tibia is much stouter than the fibula.
Its proximal end is triangular, being flattened behind, more like
the tibia of a mammal than of a Dinosaur. Its wide proximal
end forms the larger part of the articulation with the femur.
The bone is about $ of the length of the femur (text-fig. 37, 5).

Text-fig. 38.

Humerus and adjacent bones of fore limb, from Fernrocks.

The Fore Limb.—The fore limb was relatively small in the
Procolophon laticeps (Phil. Trans. 1889, pl. 9). The humerus is
considerably expanded at the proximal end, with a large radial
crest, and manifestly twisted in the shaft, much as in Aristo-
desmus and in many of the Anomodontia. But the distal end is

230 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS To THE MENAGERIE. [ Apr. 18,

not exposed. Among the materials for which I am indebted to
Dr. Schénland is a slab (showing no conclusive evidence of the
characters of Procolophon) with remains of vertebrze and ribs of a
young animal, in which the humerus, ulna and radius, and
scattered bones of the extremity are preserved. The proximal
end of the humerus is but little seen, the shaft is twisted, and the
distal end of the bone expanded as in Anomodonts, with a large
entepicondylar foramen, and on this side of the distal articulation
the bone is rounded in contour as in Dicynodonts.

The ulna and radius are slightly shifted in position, but are
parallel bones which are shorter than the humerus. I suppose
the bone which is stouter proximally to be the ulna, and that the
slender bone is the radius, which appears to widen distally.

CONCLUSION.

The evidence from all parts of the skeleton points towards
similar conclusions. The skull, with its general affinity with
Anomodont reptiles, comes closer to the Pareiasauria in_ the
relation of the quadrate region to the back of the head, and closer
to the Theriodonts in dentition. The shoulder-girdle is also
suggestive of the Pareiasauria, but the permanent separation of
all the bones and the great anterior development of the pre-
coracoid are distinctive characters. There is a similar affinity in
the pelvis and in the hind limb and fore limb, but the differences
point in all cases to a relation with groups which have Labyrin-
thodont affinities. The evidence is too imperfect to justify a final
determination of relationship with all the Permian and Triassic
Reptilia, but it sustains the conclusion that the order Procolo-
phonia was based upon substantial differences of this type from
its allies.

April 18, 1905.

Hersert Drucr, Esq., F.Z.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made io the Society’s Menagerie in March 1905 :—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the
month of March were 148 in number. Of these 38 were acquired
by presentation, 14 by purchase, 84 were received on deposit,
3 by exchange, and 9 were born in the Gardens. The total
number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 130.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to the
following :—

1. A male Eland (Zaurotragus oryx), born in the Menagerie on
March 24th

1905. |} ON THE DINOSAUR DIPLODOCUS GARNEGII. Dall

A male Bactrian Camal (Camelus bactrianus), born in the
Menagerie on March 23rd.

3. A Brush-tailed Pouched Mouse (Phascologale penicillata) from
Australia, new to the Collection, deposited on March 20th.

4. A Greater Bird of Paradise (Paradisea apoda) from Aru
Island, and two Lesser Birds of Paradise (P. minor) from New
Guinea, deposited on March 2nd.

5. A Black Lory (Chalcopsitiacus ater), from New Guinea,
purchased on March 2nd.

Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.8., exhibited the horn-core (with sheath
attached) of an Urus (Los primigenius). The specimen was
believed to be the only British example of the actual horn of the
Urus in existence. The curious corrugations on the surface of
the lower end were similar to those found on the American and
European Bison, and incidentally supported the view that the
White Cattle at Chillingham, Chartley, and Cadzow were not
descended from this animal.

Dr. W. J. Holland, ¥.Z.8., Director of the Carnegie Museum
and Institute, Pittsburg, U.S.A., gave an account, illustrated by
stereopticon slides, of the discovery of the skeleton of Diplodocus
carnegu Hatcher, a reproduction of which he was at present
installing in the Gallery of Reptiles at the British Museum
(Natural History), South Kensington.

After paying tribute to the generosity of Mr. Andrew Carnegie,
who had supplied the funds necessary for the extensive explor-
ations which were being carried on by the Carnegie Institute,
under his direction, Dr. Holland went on to speak of the
Geology of Wyoming and of the immediate locality, where the
specimen was obtained. He incidentally described the methods
employed by American collectors to secure vertebrate fossils in
fine condition. He then discussed the osteology of Diplodocus,
briefly pointing out some of the more interesting structural
features of the skeleton, and in this connection animadverted
upon certain so-called “restorations” made public in popular
magazines and emanating from artists whose artistic ability was
quite in excess of their scientific knowledge.

Dr. Holland concluded his account by exhibiting in rapid sue-
cession pictures of a few of the more remarkable skeletons which
had been recovered by the palzontological staff of the Carnegie
Museum from various localities in the region of the Rocky
Mountains.

The following papers were read :—

232 ON THE DINOSAUR CETIOSAURUS LEEDSI, | Apr. 18.

1. On Parts of the Skeleton of Cetiosaurus leedsi, a Sauro-
podous Dinosaur from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough.
By A. Suirh Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

[Received April 14, 1905. ]
(Text-figures 39-49.)

Cetiosaurus 1s already the best known of European Sauropodous
Dinosaurs, owing to the discovery of associated limb-bones and
vertebre in the Lower Oolite near Oxford*. Much new infor-
mation concerning its principal characters, however, is now
aftorded by a large part of a new skeleton disinterred with great
skill by Mr. Alfred N. Leeds from the Oxford Clay near Peter-
borough. This specimen is so well preserved that, since its
acquisition by the British Museum, it has been possible to mount
the various bones on ironwork in then natural position, An
opportunity is thus afforded for comparing Cetiosauwrus more
satisfactorily than hitherto with the better known Sauropoda of
Jurassic age in North America.

The new specimen discovered by Mr. Leeds,and numbered R. 3078
in the British Museum Register (text-fig. 39, p. 233), comprises
four portions of dorsal vertebree, some neural spines of the sacrum,
four anterior caudal vertebrz, a continuous series of twenty-seven
middle caudal vertebree, many chevron-bones, the right scapulo-
coracoid and fore limb (lacking manus), parts of both ila, and the
left hind limb. It evidently belongs to the species which has
already been named Cetiosaurus leedsi on the evidence of a pelvis
(Brit. Mus. no. R. 1988) from the same geological formation and
locality 7. To the same species may also be referred four associated
anterior caudal vertebree (Brit. Mus. no. R. 1984) and a portion of
the whip-like end of the tail (Brit. Mus. no. R. 1967). All these
bones have the spongy texture so characteristic of the skeleton of
Cetacean mammals, and the vertebral centra are therefore quite
different from those of the genus Ornithopsis, to which the species
now under consideration was originally assigned. In Ornithopsis
the centrum of each vertebra is chambered throughout, and the
thin partitions between the small cavities consist of hard, dense
bone.

Dorsal Vertebre.

Vertebral centra which seem to belong to the front and middle
of the dorsal series are about as long as deep, and not laterally
compressed though somewhat constricted. The centrum of the

* J. Phillips, ‘Geology of Oxford’ (1871), pp. 245-294; R. Owen, ‘ Monograph on
the Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations’ (Palont. Soc., 1875), pp. 27-43.

+ J. W. Hulke, “Note on some Dinosaurian Remains in the Collection of
A. Leeds, Esq., of Eyebury, Northamptonshire,’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii.
(1887) pp. 695-699. H. G. Seeley, “Note on the Pelvis of Orsnithopsis,” loc. cit.
vol. xlv. (1889) pp. 391-396.

‘QZIS {VU TJOYALY-olo JOG Y *(SULMVIp UL pastoddt Iq ‘pls JYSIL) GUI, a10F poywroosse Fo yoodse [eioywy “VY
“auTLoads LOY JOUR WOAF aUITNO paygop UL poppe Suroq wurst pure srqnd ayy “Quy Pury IoT PUL [IBZ JO META [B.LOUAL)

[*SZ0G “Wf OU “SN “FI TWO eT[ON SpaaT] “Ysno«0(.10}oq, “(AvTQ ptozxQ) oisseang? teddy woay “uspaa] Siu.innsorza—)

"6G “SFL,

234 DR. A. 8. WOODWARD ON THE [ Apr. 18,

anterior vertebra is deeply opisthoceelous, and the anterior two-
thirds of the upper half of its lateral face are impressed on each
side with a shallow ovoid cavity, which has a gently rounded (not
sharp-edged) margin. The centrum supposed to represent a
middle dorsal vertebra is slightly smaller, and the ovoid depression
in the upper half of its lateral face is more extended antero-
posteriorly. Neither specimen exhibits any hollowing of the
lower face. A posterior dorsal vertebra, which seems to be the
last and in direct contact with the sacrum, is represented not only
by its centrum but also by the greater part of the neural arch
text-fig. 40). It is remarkably shortened, the centrum being still

Text-fig. 40.

Cetiosaurus leedsi.—Posterior dorsal vertebra, lacking neural spine ; posterior and
(A) right lateral aspects. zs., zygosphene. About 3 nat. size.

about as wide as deep, but its length somewhat less than half the
extreme diameter. This centrum is much constricted, and the
shallow depression in the upper part of its lateral face disappears
at the base of the neural arch. Its anterior face is not well pre-
served, but seems to have been shghtly convex; while its posterior
face is only gently and irregularly hollowed, as if it had been
originally capped by cartilage. The neural canal is ovoid in
section, and much deeper than wide. The deep and laterally-
compressed zygosphene (#s.) 1s prominent. An isolated neural
spine, which probably belongs to a dorsal vertebra, is laterally
compressed and short, with a truncated and somewhat hollowed
apex; there are no bony laminz or ridges on its lateral face, but
a pair of lamin extend down its postero-lateral edges and expand
below into the prominent triangular zygapophyses.

1905. | DINOSAUR CETIOSAURUS LEEDST. 235

Sacrum.

The sacrum is known only by the neural spines (text-fig. 39,
p. 233), of which it seems possible to identify four. Hach spine
is strengthened on its lateral face by an irregular vertical ridge
of bone, and is sharply truncated at its upper end. Three are
fused together into one plate and (from analogy with a corre-
sponding arrangement in Diplodocus) may be regarded as belonging
to the three anterior sacral vertebrae. The fourth spine is placed
separately just behind the composite plate.

Caudal Vertebre.

Of the four anterior caudal vertebrae preserved in the new spe-
cimen, shown in text-fig. 39, p. 233, the two foremost are too much

Text-fig. 41.

Cetiosaurus leedsi.—Anterior caudal vertebra; anterior and (A) left lateral aspects.
az., prezygapophyses ; 7., broken lateral flange of bone; ¢7., transverse process,
incomplete. About } nat. size.

broken to display many of their characters. As mounted, indeed,
the neural spines are hypothetically ascribed to the centra beneath
them. The centra are very short and slightly broader than deep,
each bearing traces of transverse processes placed rather low on

236 DR. A. S. WOODWARD ON THE [ Apr. 18,

the side. The neural canal in transverse section is somewhat
deeper than broad. The neural spines are laterally compressed,
thinnest at their front rugose border, and hollowed at the apex ;
they bear no lateral ridges, but their postero-lateral edges are pro-
duced into a pair of laminze, which gradually expand downwards
into the posterior zygapophyses. The next caudal vertebra in the
same specimen is probably the fourth, and is comparatively well
preserved with its neural spine complete (text-fig. 41, p. 235). The
centrum is concave in front, but flattened or even slightly convex
behind ; and it is much constricted between the prominent rims
of its two faces, without any trace of lateral pits. It is slightly
broader than deep, and the transverse processes (Incomplete in the
fossil) arise within the upper half. Each lower border is im-
pressed by a facette for the chevron-bone, the hinder being larger
than the anterior impression. The neural arch is very massive,
and the neural canal is still somewhat deeper than wide. The
bases of the anterior zygapophyses (az.) prove them to have been
very stout; and a thin vertical lamina or lateral flange of bone
extends downwards from the level of these zygapophyses to the
transverse processes on the centrum. The neural spine is massive
and placed above the hinder half of the centrum, slightly curved
backwards but scarcely overlapping the next vertebra; it is
laterally compressed, thinnest at its front rugose border, and
somewhat hollowed and roughened at its truncated upper end.
There is a slight oblique ridge extending upwards and backwards
from the anterior zygapophysis on each side but soon dis-
appearing; and the posterior lateral edges of the spine are
produced into rather stout lamimee which would originally ter-
minate below in the posterior zygapophyses. These zygapophyses
evidently converged below into a short median ridge or zygosphene,
which fitted into the zygantrum between the anterior zygapophyses
of the succeeding vertebra. In this next vertebra part of the
bony lamina above the transverse process on the left side is well
preserved, while the oblique ridge above the anterior zygapophysis
is comparatively strong.

The four associated anterior caudal vertebree of another spe-
cimen (Brit. Mus. no. R. 1984) are also very short and broad, with
deeply concave anterior face and nearly flat posterior face. The
largest closely resembles the anterior caudals just described, and
exhibits part of the lateral flange of bone which extends upwards
from the transverse process to the level of the zygapophyses. The
others are evidently intermediate between the most anterior and
the middle caudals, and one of them is represented in text-fig. 42,
p- 237. This specimen shows the complete length of the transverse
processes. It has a less elevated neural arch than the vertebra
already described, and exhibits the lateral bony flange above the
transverse process reduced to a slight rounded ridge.

Apart from the specimens just mentioned, the few vertebre
intermediate between the most anterior caudals and the middle
caudals are unknown; but the latter are represented by a fine

1905. ] DINOSAUR CETIOSAURUS LEEDST. OT

continuous series of 27 vertebre, of which only some of the
foremost are defective in preservation. The first of these middle
caudals is the most imperfect, and its neural spine is hypo-
thetically fixed; but the centrum is shown to be sharply rounded
below, with a distinctly double facette for the chevron behind.
All these vertebree are much more elongated than the anterior
caudals, and somewhat laterally compressed; but they are still
slightly constricted, without any lateral pits, while both their
articular ends are a little concave. As they are traced backwards,
the centra not only decrease in size but soon lose the last remnant
of a transverse process; while their neural spines become shorter,

Text-fig. 42

Cetiosaurus leedsi.mAnterior caudal vertebra; posterior and (A) right lateral
aspects. pz., postzvgapophysis; ¢., transverse process; zs., zygosphene.
[ Brit. Mus. no, R. 1984.) About ¢ nat, size.

broader, and thinner, and more sharply inclined towards unbrica-
tion. The seventh vertebra of this series (text-fig. 43) is especially
well preserved. The anterior face of its centrum (text-fig. 43 A) is
relatively broader than its posterior face (text-fig. 43 B), and the
transverse process is a mere ovate tubercle (é.) on the middle of
the upper part of its side. The neural spine scarcely overhangs
the centrum behind, and its truncated upper end is still slightly
hollowed. The prezygapophyses (@z.) are large and clasping, but
the postzygapophyses (pz.) are feeble, and there 1s no zygosphene-
articulation. A large opening is left for the exit of the spinal

238 DR. A. 8S. WOODWARD ON THE [ Apr. 18,

nerve. The twenty-first vertebra of the same series (text-fig. 44)
is essentially similar, but more elongated, without any trace of
the transverse process, and with the laminar neural spine con-
siderably overhanging the centrum behind.

Text-fig. 43.

Cetiosaurus leedsii—Middle caudal vertebra; left lateral, (A) anterior, and
(B) posterior aspects. az., prezygapophysis; pz., postzygapophysis; ¢.,
transverse process. About 3 nat. size.

Text-fig. 44.

Cetiosaurus leedsi.—Posterior middle caudal vertebra; left lateral, (A) anterior,
and (B) posterior aspects. az., prezygapophysis ; pz., postzygapophysis. About
+ nat. size.
L :

The last-deseribed vertebra might well be named a posterior
caudal, were it not known from American specimens of Diplodocus
that the tail of the Sauropodous Dinosaurs was furnished with a
long terminal lash. This slender appendage was certainly present
in Cetiosaurus, for Mr. Leeds has discovered in the Oxford Clay
a chain of ten small vertebrz precisely similar to the terminal

1905. ] DINOSAUR CETIOSAURUS LEEDSI. 239

caudals of Diplodocus, only slightly less elongated. Each of these
vertebree (text-fig. 45) consists of a long constricted centrum with
strongly convex, almost conical ends; and it bears on the middle
of its upper face only a rudiment of a neural arch in the form of
a pair of elongated ridges (m.a.) which exhibit a facette for a
capping of cartilage above. A chain of such vertebre at the end
of so massive an animal as Cetiosaurus must have been especially
liable to accident; and it is interesting to note that the short
series discovered by Mr. Leeds has been broken at two points and
repaired during the life of its original possessor.

Text-fig. 45.

Cetiosaurus leedsi—One of the terminal caudal vertebre, left lateral aspect.
n.a., surface for cartilaginous upper part of neural arch at summit of ossified
lamina or pedicle. [Brit. Mus. no. R.1967.] 3 nat. size.

Text-fig. 46.

Cetiosaurus leedsi.—Chevron-bones: A, from anterior caudal vertebra, anterior
aspect ; B, C, from middle caudals, upper aspect.

The chevyron-bones are remarkable as varying much in character
according to their position in the tail. Only those beneath the
middle caudal vertebre numbered 15, 16, and 17 were actually
found in direct contact with the centra; but there can be no doubt

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. XVI. 16

240 DR. A. S. WOODWARD ON THE | Apr. 18,

that the others as mounted (text-fig. 39, p. 233) are approximately
in their natural order, each articulating with two adjoining
vertebre. Many, of course, are missing. The most anterior
chevrons (text-fig. 46 A, p. 239) are normal, consisting of a pair of
simple elongated laminz, which are fused together in the long
extension beneath the heemal canal, and are united by a very slight
bridge of bone at their upper articular end. Further back, the
extension beneath the hemal canal begins to shorten and widen
into a triangular expansion, which ultimately becomes forked
below ; and the upper ends of the chevron are no longer united
even by a slender bony bridge. Still further back, the forked
lamin of the two sides begin to be only partially and irregularly
united in the middle line (text-fig. 46 B); while near the end of
the chevron-bearing middle part of the tail the lamine of the two
sides remain quite separate, and each is forked at so wide an angle
that it 1s practically a horizontal splint of bone which tapers to each
end and is suspended by a knob at its middle (text-fig. 46 C).

Fore Limb.

The scapula (text-fig. 39 A, p. 233) is a long and slender blade,
flattened on its inner face, gently convex on its outer face, and
apparently very little expanded at its distal end, which is incomplete

Text-fig. 47. Text-fig. 48.

ae
‘,

Text-fig. 47.—Cetiosaurus leedsi.—Right humerus, anterior aspect, and (A) trans-
verse section showing internal cavity. _¢., internal core of rock representing a
cavity; d., deltoid crest ; h., thickened head. About 5 nat. size.

Text-fig. 48.— Cetiosaurus leedsi—Upper portion of right radius (7.) and ulna (w.),
anterior aspect ; and (A) upper articular end of the same. About 7); nat. size.

1905. ] DINOSAUR CETIOSAURUS LEEDSI. 241

in the fossil at the upper border. The bone becomes thick and
massive in the lower part of the proximal end, where it forms half
the articular socket for the humerus ; above this it expands into
‘a thin lamina of unknown but probably small extent. The
coracoid seems to have been nearly quadrangular and somewhat
broader than long, though its upper edge is incomplete in the
fossil, Its thin upper half is anchylosed with the proximal
expansion of the scapula; but its massive lower half, which
enters into the articular socket for the humerus, is separated
from the scapula bya cleft, which must have been originally filled
with cartilage. The bone is pierced with the usual oblique oval
foramen near the middle of the border which articulates with the
scapula.

The humerus (text-fig. 47, p. 240) is complete in the fossil and
searcely crushed; but an opportune transverse fracture permits the
observation that the shaft has a small cavity, perhaps an original
medullary cavity, perhaps due to decay (text-fig. 47.A). As seen
from the front, the bone is short and stout, with the thickened
articular head near the inner end of its expanded proximal border.
The deltoid crest (d.) is thick and prominent, not extending below
the upper half of the shaft. The distal end of the bone is deeply
furrowed for a cap of cartilage, and its large inner condyle bulges
downwards. The ulna and radius (text-fig. 48, 2., 7., p. 240) are
imperfect and much broken distally ; but there is not much doubt
about the accuracy of their length stated in the table on p. 243,
and the shape of their upper articular end is clearly as shown in
text-fig. 48. The manus is unknown.

Hind Limb.

As shown by the table of measurements on p. 243, the hind limb
is considerably longer than the fore limb, the ratio being about
3 to 2. The ilium is fragmentary on both sides of the fossil, but
the one bone fortunately supplements the other, and justifies the
complete outline given in text-fig. 39, p.233. This element is note-
worthy for its great antero-posterior extent and the length of the
slender pedicle which supports the pubis. The upper rim of the
large perforated acetabulum is not very prominent. The pubisand
ischium of another specimen (Brit. Mus. no. R. 1988) have already
been described by Prof. Seeley, and have been added in outline to
text-fig. 39. The femur (text-fig. 49, p. 242) is complete from end
to end, but part of the surface of the shaft has decayed and been
restored with plaster. Itisarvemarkably slender bone for so massive
an animal, and in broken sections there is no trace of a small
medullary cavity. The head of the bone (/.) is relatively large
and curved inwards, and it rises above the level of the great
trochanter (g.¢.). The shaft is antero-posteriorly compressed, but
bulges considerably backwards just above its lower half into a
prominent fourth trochanter (¢.) on the inner border. The distal
condyles are about equal and well separated by a groove. The
tibia and fibula are too fragmentary for description, and the

iG

242 DR. A. 8S. WOODWARD ON THE [| Apr. 18,

length assigned to them in text-fig. 39 (p. 233) is hypothetical.
The massive triangular distal end of the tibia bears the decayed
remains of the large astragalus still in direct contact, but the
tarsus is otherwise lost. Most of the bones of the foot are
preserved, but they were discovered in a scattered condition and
have only been hypothetically arranged on the plan of the known

Text-fig. 49.

Cetiosaurus leedsi.—Left femur, posterior aspect : A, upper end; B, C, transverse
sections of shaft; and D, lower end. About {4 nat. size.

feet of Diplodocus and Brontosaurus. The innermost digit is the
stoutest and its large claw is present, while the two outer toes
are comparatively small. It may be regarded as certain, indeed,
that Cetiosawrus resembles the other known Sauropoda in having
an “entaxonic” foot approaching that of some of the giant Ground-
Sloths—the three inner toes being well developed and clawed, the
two outer toes being rudimentary.

1905.| DINOSAUR CETIOSAURUS LEEDSI. 243

The following table gives some of the more important
measurements (in metres) of the associated bones in specimen
no. R. 3078 :—

Caudal Vertebre described and figured :—
Text- Text- Text- Text- Text-
fig. 41. fig.42. fig. 43. fig. 44. fig. 45.

Total height to summit of spine ......... 0°66 058 0°45 0225 = =©008
Length of centrum ....... epee nnl Op) 0105 018 O17 0:09
Max. depth of centrum, poser end ... 0:27 0:23 O17 0710 0:027
Max. width % san ORS) 0245 O15 0085 =: 002
Width between extremities of tr: ans. TDIROG> sooae 0°535
Fore Limb :—
Motalglensthvotescapulayeeeeneeee ee eeeeee a eeere Renee rere rer eter rece ean Ole) OD
Width of middle of scapula ..... soaenabondeadenesaanen MUS
Maximum thickness of scapula at articular end..........0....... 0165
Total length of coracoid .. ; Bpadebaa dbondereotmans aooeacmocm, Oe)
Probable extreme width of coracoid .. EM ao Le Ra 0°38
Total height to top of humerus as mounted ............... about 2°00
Total length of humerus.. A eee ae naan Up aa OO) OA
Thickness of articular head of humerus .......0..0c0cc0cccceese. O'IBS
Transverse width of upper end of humerus........................... 0°42
5 55 lower end of humerus........................... 0°29
e diameter of middle of humerus ........................... 018
Antero-posterior diameter of middle of humerus .................. 07135
Total length of radius and ulna... SOOS POSTE STOEL STAND RC EA MSE San U TAG)
Transverse width of upper end ORradius seen ee A OT RE
FF 3 45 LED TT a Ieee hak amar Petals See RADE O21 0)
Hind Limb :—
TORRENS [EEN OF WUTC 45000 000 ope nde cng gondes 000 bdo 005 bod coDbEGeGo.anS bod 1:02
“ depth of ilium at pubic pedicle.............................. O51
Maximum diameter of acetabulum .....................06.0.5 about 0°30
Total height to top of femur as mounted .................. os 315
Total length of femur . aH sobtns Aopen atbeododceoe and. © LceAt
Transverse width of upper end of femur . J eraciaenucd Gao aabeau eee om Oats)
lower end of femur ........ 0°33
Antero- posterior diameter of shaft of femur at 4th trochanter . 019
3 a9 35 v below 4th trochanter 0-145
Transverse 5s PP A ne 0195
Hind Foot :—
Metatarsal staceninecceeen ree i, II. JO, IV. Vi
Extreme length... . O16 0721 0:22 0215 07195
3 width of distal end. 0°13 O11 0:08 0:07 0:04
. depth of distal end. 0°07 ? ® 0°05 0075
Claw of Digit I.;
Total depth of articular end ..................... 07125
5 width of articular end .. Meena O06
» length of upper curved edge Bauabioodens DAOHe

In conclusion, it is evident that the late Professor Marsh * was
justified in regarding Cetiosawrus as one of the most generalised
of known Sauropoda, closely related to the American Morosauridee.
So far as known, in fact, this English Jurassic genus is scarcely
distinguishable from the least specialised American genus Haplo-
canthosaurus +, which has remarkably similar dorsal and anterior
caudal vertebrze, but seems to differ in the more coarsely cancellated
texture of the bone in its vertebral centra.

* O. C. Marsh, ‘Comparison of the Principal Forms of Dinosauria of Europe
and America,” Geol. Mag. [3] vol. vi. (1889) p. 205.

+ J. B. Hatcher, “ Osteology of Haplocanthosaurus,’ Mem. Carnegie Mus. vol. ii.
no. 1 (1903).

244. DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON [ Apr. 18,

2. On a Young Female Giraffe from Nigeria. By P.
CHALMERS Mircnent, M.A., D.Se., Secretary to the
Society.

[Received April 18, 1905.]

(Text-figures 50 & 51.)

Karly in April 1905 Captain H.C. B. Phillips, British Resident
in Northern Nigeria, brought to London, and deposited in the -
Zoological Gardens, a young female Giraffe about a year old,
and standing over 8 feet high, which he had obtained in
Nigeria in the district of Gummel, about 300 miles due west of
the south end of Lake Chad. Giraffes from Nigeria are not well
known. Mr. O. Thomas (P. Z.8. 1898, p. 39) has made the skull
and anterior cannon-bones of a female, obtained near the junction
of the Benue and Niger rivers, some 300 miles to the south and
west of the locality of Captain Phillips’s specimen, the type of a
subspecies, Giraffa camelopardalis peralta; and Mr. Lydekker
(P. Z.S. 1905, vol. i. p. 119) has referred to that name the skin,
skull, and limb-bones of an adult bull obtained by Captain G. B.
Gosling in Nigeria, and now in the British Museum (Natural
History). The head of the young female at the Gardens displays
a well-marked pair of main horns covered with very dark hair at
the tips, feeble swellings in the place of the occipital horns, and
a protuberance, rather large in area, but very flat, in place of
the frontal horn. Mr. Thomas (loc. cit. p. 40) laid some stress
on the direction of the main horns. In Captain Phillips’s young
female, as in the type-specimen, these horns are divergent when
viewed from the front. It appears to me, however, that in this
respect there is evidence of a good deal of individual variation in
Giraffes. In the fine head of the bull G@. c. peralta mounted in
the British Museum the main horns are asymmetrical, that
on the left side being markedly bent in towards the middle line.
In the two examples of the Kordofan Giraffe now living in the
Society’s Collection the condition of the main horns differs. In
the female they are bent in towards the middle line; in the
male they diverge slightly. So also the inclination of the-plane
of the horns to that of the forehead differs in individuals of the
same yace. So far as the shape of the head and horns goes,
it would be difficult to distinguish this Nigerian Giraffe from
the Nubian form. _

As Mr. Lydekker (oc. cit. p. 120) has given a description of
the coloration of the Nigerian Giraffe based on his examination
of Captain Gosling’s specimen, it will be sufficient if I state how
far examination of the young female now at the Gardens confirms
the distinctness of the Nigerian race. The young female (text-
fig. 50, p. 245), like the adult bull, is much paler than the Nubian
form, the paleness being especially marked on the head and thighs
of the female. In the photograph, reproduced as text -fig. 50, whilst

A GIRAFFE FROM NIGERIA.

Text-fig. 50.

Young female Giraffe from Nigeria.

the pattern is shown brilliantly, the dark patches appear notably
darker than in the living animal. The network is broad and

246 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON [ Apr. 18,

nearly pure white, and the lower parts of the legs, as in the
northern forms generally, are white, showing only the faintest
trace of spots. The middle line of the face and forehead, as in
the bull, has a pale fawn band, narrower and paler than the
corresponding region in the Nubian Giraffe. Between the nostrils
in the bull and the young female is a dark spot, not recorded
by Mr. Lydekker, and absent in the specimen of Nubian type
at the Natural History Museum. The dark marks inside the pale
ears are arranged in most Giraffes in three distinct pencillings.
Although I have not seen this pattern called attention to, and
although it is slurred over in most of the published figures, it is
present in all the Giraffes that I have seen, except in the head of
the Nubian Giraffe mounted in the British Museum (Natural
History). In that specimen there are only two pencillings, and
in the young female which is the subject of this note the arrange-
ment is not so clearly divided into three (text-fig. 51, A) as in
most Giraffes, although it does not resemble the Nubian form in
this respect. It would be interesting to have more information
on this point, not only with regard to other examples of the
Nubian and Nigerian Giraffes, but in the cases of many other
animals. In quite a large number of Antelopes, for instance,
there is a trifid dark pattern inside the ear, but I do not know of
any observations on this subject. Two rather regular rows of
pale spots le along the face under the eye and ear, the arrange-
ment of these being similar in the bull and young female, and
different from the irregular spots in the corresponding region of
the Nubian form.

The blotches on the front of the neck of the young female differ
considerably from those in the case of the bull. They are much
more numerous and more regularly quadrangular, and instead of
fading off into the ground-colour, they are sharply marked off
from it. It is possible that in the course of growth they might
come to assume the elongated shape and indefinite margins
characteristic of the neck-blotches of the bull, but in their
present form they differ considerably and yet do not approach
more closely to the condition in the Nubian form.

Mr Lydekker has pointed out that the occipital region, the
back of tne head from the root of the horns to down belowthe ears, is
marked with small spots in all Giraffes, except the Nubian, where
this region is very white, and in the Nigerian, where it is white
with a few fawn spots between the ears and the horns and large
fawn blotches below the ears. The young female Giraffe resembles
the Nigerian bull in this region (text-fig. 51, B). Judging from
these two examples, it would seem as if a special character of the
Nigerian Giraffe is that the characteristic large blotches of
the neck are carried higher upon the back of the head, to a
region which is marked by very small spots in most Giraffes, but
which in the Nubian form is white with only a very few pale
spots between the ears and the horns.

A GIRAFFE FROM NIGERIA. AT

1905.]

%

\

AWN WN
Ms

Fe SS Ww
N \')

tg

ae

WE

l

ys N WN
Hy, (oS
a

Head of Giraffe from Nigeria—A, side view; B, back view.

248 MR, A. E, SHIPLEY ON ENTO-PARASITES. [ Apr. 18,

The skin of the body generally is covered with numerous
brown blotches, separated by rather sharp outlines from the
broad white reticulum. The centres of the blotches are rather
darker, but they do not show the trefoil pattern observed by
Mr. Lydekker in the bull. Nor do they show the white centres
conspicuous in the blotches along the sides of the Nubian male
figured by Mr. Lydekker (P.Z.8. 1904, vol. i. pl. ix.). The
general resemblance of the Nigerian female to the Nubian form
is rather more striking than Mr. Lydekker found in the case of the
male. There is no trace of the large white patch round the front
of the neck where it joins the head, looking as if a white muffler
had been tied round the neck and the ears, which forms so
conspicuous a character in the Kerdofan Giraffes (@. ¢. antiquorum)
now exhibited in the Society’s Collection.

T am inclined to think that the evidence afforded by this young
female strengthens belief in the existence of a distinct race of
Nigerian Giraffes, a race closer to the Nubian Giraffe than to
any other form, but I do not think that as yet there is com-
plete evidence for identifying this female Giraffe and Captain
Gosling’s bull with the G. c. peralta of Thomas. It is certainly
important that all examples of which exact localities are known
should be carefully compared with other forms.

t
3. Notes on Ento-Parasites from the Zoological Gardens,
London, and elsewhere. By A. E. Surprey, M.A.,
F.R.S., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge,
and University Lecturer in the Morphology of the
Invertebrata.

[| Received February 27, 1905. |
(Text-figure 52.)

The collections on which the following notes were made came
chiefly from the animals in the Society’s Gardens. The new
species of Porocephalus was, however, kindly sent me by Dr. von
Linstow of Gottingen. The South-American parasites I owe to
the kindness of Mr. Rosenberg, of Haverstock Hull.

TREMATODA.

PARAGONIMUS WESTERMANT (Kerb.).

Distomum westermani Kerbert, 1878, Zool. Anz.i. p. 271; Arch.
mikr. Anat. xix. 1881, p. 529.

Distoma ringeri Cobb, 1880.

Distoma pulmonale Baelz, 1883, Berl. klin. Wochschr. p. 234.

Distoma pulmonis Suga, 1883.

Mesogonimus westermani Raill. 1890.

1905. | MR, A, E, SHIPLEY ON ENTO-PARASITES. 249

Three specimens from the lungs of a Tiger in the Zoological
Gardens.

This species was first described by Kerbert from a Royal Tiger
in the Gardens at Amsterdam. He states they were found, two at
a time, in pockets in the lungs, which were mostly situated near
the surface. It isa not uncommon human parasite in the Kast,
and was first found by Ringer in the bronchi of a man who
came from Formosa. It is met with in China and Korea, and is
especially common in Japan, where it gives rise to much pulmonary
mischief. It is also recorded trom North America, probably
imported. Besides the tiger and man, it has been recorded from
the pig, the dog, and the cat.

ACANTHOCEPHALA.

HCHINORHYNCHUS SPIRULA Olfers.

Diesing, Syst. Helm. 11. p. 21.

A considerable coliection of specimens of this species of Hehino-
rhynchus was sent me from the following animals :—(i.) Pero-
dicticus potto Bosman, or Bosman’s Potto, found in the West
Coast of Africa, the Gold Coast, Sierra Leone, and the Gaboon ;
(ii.) Lemur coronatus Gray, the Crowned Lemur, from Madagascar ;
and (ili.) Lemur brunneus v. d. Hoeven, the Black-headed Lemur.
The latter is the name given in the ‘ Catalogue of the Animals
in the Zoological Gardens, but I have been unable to find it
or any synonym for it in Trouessart’s great catalogue *.

This species of parasite is recorded in von Linstow’s ‘ Com-
pendium der Helminthologie’ as occurring in Jnuwus ecaudatus
Geoftr. (= Pithecus innuus L., vide Trouessart’s ‘Catalogus
Mammalium,’ Berlin, 1898-1899, p. 26), from Gibraltar and
Northern Africa, and from Cebus fatuellus Erxleben, from 8.
America. Raillet + points out that Leuckart considered this
species may be the same as the 4. hominis Lambl., which was
found, in one instance only, in the small intestine of a child of
nine years of age who died at Prague in 1857.

PENTASTOMIDA.
POROCEPHALUS CROTALI (Humboldt).

Echinorhynchus crotali Humboldt.

Distoma crotali Humboldt.

Polystoma proboscidewm Rudolphi.

Linguatula proboscidea van Beneden.

Pentastomum moniliforme Diesing, Megnin (in parte).
Linguatula quadriuncinata Meyer.

Pentastomum imperatoris Macalister.

Pentastomum probescideum Rudolphi.

* (The Lemurs which have been almost continuously exhibited at the Gardens
for many years under the name of Lemur brunneus v. d. Hoeven are almost
certainly identical with L. mongoz var. nigrifrons M.-Edw. et Grandidier. See
Sclater, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 231.—P. C. M.]

+ ‘Zoologie Médicale et Agricole.’ Paris, 1895.

250 MR. A, E. SHIPLEY ON ENTO-PARASITES. [Apr. 18,

Larval forms :-—
Pentastomum subcylindricum Diesing.
Pentastomum clavatum Wyman.

Three specimens, the largest measuring 11 cm., were taken from
the lungs of a Zamenis mucosus Boul., a snake which occurs
from Transcasp:a and Afghanistan, across Asia, to the sea-board
of China and tothe Malay Peninsula and Java. In my “ Attempt
to revise the Family Linguatulide” (Archiv. Parasit. i. 1898,
p- 52) I have given a list of the numerous hosts which harbour
this form.

There were also some encysted larval forms coiled up in pieces
of the liver or in fragments of membranous tissue which looked
like mesentery. In the relationship of the mouth to the
hooks and in the general appearance of the head they resemble
P. crotali, but they have an unusual number of annuli, quite
fifty. These annuli in the Pentastomida are obviously, very
variable characters, and they do not correspond with any true
segmentation. It has sometimes occurred to me that their
number depends upon the closeness of the coil in which the larva
lies. These larvee, at any rate, were very closely coiled.

POROCEPHALUS MONILIFORMIS (Diesing).
Pentastoma moniliformis Diesing.

A single specimen, somewhat injured, from Python sp.

The club-shaped head and the moniliform character of the
segments and the pointed tail were very marked. The number
of segments, counting the terminal joint, was 28, thus agreeing
with Diesing’s figure *.

POROCEPHALUS HERPET ODRYADOS, Ni. Sp.

Diagnosis.—Length averaging about 10 cm., breadth 2°5 to
3 mm. in the body, in the head 4:55 to5 mm. About 50 annuli.
There are no depressions between these, or hardly any; the body
is smooth, and although the segments are quite distinct they pass
smoothly into one another like the nodes of an Equisetum.
The head is separated from the body by a distinct neck which is
faintly annulated, as is the posterior part of the head. The four
hooks are in one straight line, and the posterior border of the
oval slit-like mouth is on a line with the posterior border of the
hooks. The hooks are simple, there is no accessory hooklet.
There are four conspicuous papille just in front of the hooks.

The presence of a distinct neck associates this species with
P. annulatus Baird and P. tortus Shipley, but the neck is not so
distinct from head and body as in the former, or so short as in the
latter of these two species. The hooks, which have no accessory
hooklet, have a well-developed flange as in P. subuliferus Lekt.
and many others. The hooks are strongly curved, and under the

* Denk. Ak, Wien, xii. 1856, p. 31.

au

1905. ] MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON ENTO-PARASITES. 251

microscope not very sharp. The head is rounded dorsally and
flattened ventrally ; it slopes down gradually to the neck.

Porocephalus herpetodryados—A. Entire worm. B. Head, much magnified.

This form came from a specimen of Herpetodryas carinatus,
probably from the lungs. The particular specimen was killed in
Honduras, but this species of snake extends in South America
east of the Andes to the Rio de la Plata, and is found in Trinidad,
Guadeloupe and St. Vincent.

NEMATODA.

ANGIOSTOMUM SERPENTICOLA von Linstow.

v. Linstow, Centrbl. Bakter. xxxvii. 1904, p. 678.

Von Linstow describes the females which in this genus become
hermaphrodite whilst living in the lungs and pleural cavities of
Amphibia, Reptiles, and more rarely Birds.- The larvee develop
in or on the earth, and form a Rhabditis-like bisexual generation
in those species whose life-history is known. These specimens
were viviparous, the uterus being crowded with young embryos.

Numerous specimens from the lungs of the ‘* Hog-nosed”
Snake, Heterodon platyrhinus.

ASCARIS ANGUSTICOLLIS Molin.
Molin, SB. Ak. Wien, xl. p. 356.
v. Drasche, Verh. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 209.

Mobius’s specimens came from the coats of the intestines of
Buteo vulgaris, the Buzzard. Von Drasche gives two views of the

292 MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON ENTO-PARASITES. [ Apr. 15,

head. My specimens come from the intestines of the Helotarsus
ecaudatus, the “ Berghaan” or “ Bateleur” Hagle.

ASCARIS CAPSULARIA Rud.
Filaria piscium Leuck.
Diesing, Syst. Helminthum, ii. p. 163.
Leuckart, Menschl. Parasit. 1. p. 98.
Zschokke, Arch. Biol. 1884, p. 1.
Von Linstow, Arch. Naturg. 1878, p. 236, 1880, p. 45, &
1884, p. 127.

Numerous specimens of the larve of this form were given me
by Dr. Harmer. The young Nematodes were partly free and
partly encapsuled, and in both cases they were much coiled.
They were found in the tissues of a Scabbard-fish (Lepidopus
caudatus), and are labelled “* Portugal, Dec. 1903.”

This species has been described from Lepidopus argyreus Cuv.,
Gadus morrhua, Aphanopus carbo, Scomber scomber, Lophius
piscatorius, Trigla gurnardus, Cyclopterus lwmpus, and many
other fishes.

ASCARIS LUMBRICOIDES Li,

Two smallish specimens, one male and one female, were taken
from the nostril of a Chimpanzee (7Z'roglodytes anthropopithecus)
in the Zoological Gardens.

FILArIA FOVEATA Schneider.

Schneider, Monographie der Nematoden, 1866.

My specimens were sent me by Mr. Rosenberg, the naturalist,
of Haverstock Hill, London ; they were found in the orbit—“ entre
eraneo y cuero”—of an Asio brachyotus, shot at Tucuman in the
Argentine Republic. Schneider records specimens from the same
bird, which he calls by the old name of Wgolius brachyctus, but
he does not mention in what part of the bird they were found.
In the British Museum Catalogue the bird is registered under the
name Asio accipitrinus.

FILARIA PHYSALURA (Bremser).

Menapetalonema physalurum Bremser.
Molin, SB. Ak. Wien, xxvii. 1858, p. 412.
Diesing, SB. Ak. Wien, xli. 1861, p. 710.

This species has been recorded from <Alcedo amazona Latham,
from the body-cavity of both the thoracic and abdominal regions.
My specimens are from the abdominal region—“ en el vientre ”—
of a male Ceryle torquata shot at Tucuman in Argentina. The
specimens were sent me by Mr. Rosenberg, the naturalist, of
Haverstock Hill, N.W.

FILARIA QUISCALI von Linstow.

Von Linstow, Arch. Naturg. Jahrg. 1904, Bd. i. p. 300.

Dr. von Linstow, to whom I sent the Nematodes mentioned in

1905. | MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON ENTO-PARASITES. 253

the ‘ Proceedings’ * of last year, which were taken from the brain
of the Quiscalus versicolor Vieillot, has described the parasite as
a new species. Unfortunately the specimens were but fragments,
bearing nohead. The tailend is rounded. The breadth 0:21 mm.
The body is uncommonly soft. The cuticle is smooth, not ringed.
The eggs are 0:029 mm. long and 0-021 mm. broad.

These Nematodes were found in the hinder part of both
cerebral hemispheres. They formed a tangled mass lying below
the pia mater. “The bird was reported to have dropped down
suddenly from its perch ‘in a fit.’”

The position of these Nematodes in the brain is a very unusual
one. Dr.von Linstow mentions that the only case known to him
is that of Filaria helicina, found in the brain of Plotus anhinga
from Florida.

SPIROPTERA sp. 2

A number of larvee identified by Dr. von Linstow as belonging
to some species of Spiroptera were taken from Centetes ecaudatus.
It is unfortunate that it was impossible to determine the species
of this parasite, since, so far as I am aware, very little is known
about the parasites of Centetes. All but one or two of the
specimens in question were encapsuled in membranous tissue,

probably peritoneal.

List of Hosts with their Parasites described in the
foregoing Paper.

TREMATODA.
Position

Host. Parasite. in host.

Felis tigris ................:....... Paragonimus westermani (Kerb.). Lungs.
ACANTHOCKPHALA
Lemur brunneus v. d. Hoeven Echinorhynchus spirula Olters.
Lemur coronatus Gray ......... Echinorhynchus spirula Olfers.
Perodicticus potto Bosman... Hchinorhynchus spirula Olters.
PENTASTOMIDA.
TS carinatus ...... Porocephalus herpetodryados, n. sp.
Python sp. ..... ..... Porocephalus moniliformis (Diesing).
Zamenis mucosus Boul. ...... Porocephalus crotali (Humboldt). Lungs.
NEMATODA.

Asio brachyotus ................... Filaria foveata Schneider. Orbit.
Centetes ecaudatus ............ Spiroptera sp. Encapsuled.
Ceryle torquata .. wee. Milaria physalura Brem. Stoinach.
Helotarsus ecaudatus ......... Ascaris angusticollis Molin. Intestine.
Heterodon platyrhinus......... Angiostomum serpenticola v. Lins. Lungs.
Lepidopus caudatus ............ Ascaris capsularia Rud. Encapsuled.
Quiscalus versicolor ............ Filaria quiscali v. Lins. Brain.
Troglodytes anthropopithecus. Ascaris lumbricoides I. Nostrils.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1904, vol. ii. pt. i.: Abstract of the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London, 1904, No. 7, p. 1.

254 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H, SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

4. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—III. List of the
Mammals obtained by Sir. Grant in Zululand. By
OLpFIELD THomas, F.R.S., and HAroLD ScHWANN,

ie ZeS
[Received March 21, 1905. }

(Plate XVI.*)

[The complete account of the new species described in this communication appears
here; but as the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the ‘ Abstract,’
such species are distinguished by the name being underlined.—Ep1ToR. |

In continuation of the collecting-work carried on by Mr.
C. D. Rudd’s generosity, by which our National Museum has
already been so large a gainer, Mr. C. H. B. Grant spent
November and December 1903, and again, after a visit to the
Transvaal, June to September 1904, in Zululand, where he
collected the specimens of which the present paper gives an
account.

Tt was at My. Rudd’s own suggestion that Mr. Grant went to
Zululand, and the resulting collections have more than fulfilled
any expectations that could have been formed as to the value
and interest of a series obtained there, for quite a number
of the species have proved to be altogether new to science,
while in other cases forms only hitherto known from isolated
or unlocalised specimens are now illustrated by good series of
trustworthy skins.

In several instances we have been able to revise confused or
little-known groups, such as J/yosorex and the Golden Moles,
with the result that a number of new forms have proved to need
description.

Of these by far the most noteworthy is the handsome Hare
which we have named Pronolagus ruddi, while other interesting
species are the Golden Moles, Amblysomus iris and A. chrysillus,
and the different forms of J/yosorex.

The localities at which the specimens were obtained are as
follows :—

Eshowe. Altitude 550 m.

Sibudeni and the Jususie Valley, about 20 miles to the N.W.
of Eshowe. Altitudes 1100 to 1700 and 350 m. respectively.

Negoye Hills, 15 miles E. of Eshowe, and about 8 miles inland
from the coast. Altitude 200-300 m.

Unmyolosi Station, 3 miles from the river of the same name and
about 15 miles from the sea, Altitude 30-60 m.

Hlupluwe Stream; about 20 miles N. of Umvolosi.

Of the last localities Mr. Grant says :—

“ Round the Umvolosi Station sandy grass-covered flats and
undulating country stretch away to the south and east, dotted

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 276

2 ZS IOS, wol LPO .

A.J.Engel Terzi,del . Bale & Danielsson Lt¢
1-3. AMBLYSOMUS. 4-5. PRONOLAGUS.

1905. | MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 255

with palms and thorn-bush, the thorns in places forming patches
and thickets interspersed with a few good-sized trees, the surface
broken with both dry and swampy pans and vleys, and deep swampy
sluits filled with dense reeds intersect the country towards the
river. A low range of hills runs along the coast. T'o the north
the country becomes more broken and hills and deeper ravines
begin to appear.

“About 8 miles to the south of the station is a dense thorn-
forest of considerable size, called by the natives the ‘ Dukuduku,’
which joins and disappears in the great swamps and reed-beds
through which the Umvolosi River runs.

“Towards the Hlupeuwe and opposite the north end of the
Lake the country is broken and hilly, palms are not so noticeable,
but the thorns become common and more regular in appearance ;
often as one looks across some hillside or down a long valley they
look park-like in their regularity. One would almost believe they
had been planted by hand. Belts of thick bush fringe nearly all
the rivers, often being very dense and wide.”

After putting aside the duplicates, the Zulu collection, which,
as in the previous cases, is presented to the Museum by Mr. Rudd,
numbers 222 specimens belonging to no less than 49 species. It
thus forms not only one of the most important accessions that
the National Collection has ever received from this part of Africa,
but, owing to the number of the new forms contained in it,
affords a remarkable example of the need for such a scientific
survey of the fauna as Mr, Rudd is carrying on in South Africa.
Mr. Grant, the actual collector, is also to be congratulated on the
striking results that have been obtained from his materials.

1, Papto porcarius Bodd,

3. 588. Sibudeni.

“Zulu name ‘ Jufyane’ *,

‘* Difficult to secure and more often heard than seen, as they
live in large troops in the thick forest.

“They feed principally on fruit, and where wild fruit abounds
they can sometimes be obtained by waiting under the trees, but
they are at all times wonderfully wary.’—C. H. B. G.

2. CERCOPITHECUS PYGERYTHRUS Cuyv.

¢. 832, 840. ©. 827, 841. Umyvolosi Station.

3. 846. Hlatwa District.

The material at our disposal is at present insufficient to decide
definitely as to the relationship of pygerythrus and lalandii, so
we provisionally adopt the earlier name.

“ Zulu name ‘ Nkau.’

“Common in the ‘ Dukuduku’ thorn-forest, eight miles to the
south of the station. Generally seen in parties of from six to

* “Tn the reading of the Zulu names, C, X, and Q are clicks ; Lis pronounced as E,
Aas R, Has 8S, and Eas long A.”—C. H. B. G.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. XVII. 17

256 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

twelve. In the early morning they sit on the tops of the trees
and ant-heaps enjoying the sun. The natives living in the bush

eat the ‘Nkau,’ while those of the open country will not touch
it.” —C. H. B.G.

3. GALAGO CRASSICAUDATUS Geoff.

6. 677. &. 676. Hshowe.

g. 881, 905. Ngoye Forest.

$. 915. Ngoye Hills.

“ Zulu name ‘ Suikwe.’

‘¢ Almost exclusively an arboreal animal.

“Tt sleeps during the day in some hollow tree, waking up at
sundown, at which time and throughout the whole night its
peculiar ery can be heard.

“At Eshowe it frequents the trees close to the houses and is
said to be extremely fond of fowls’ eggs.

“The specimens secured were shot at night with the aid of a
dark lantern, flashing it suddenly into the tree where one was
heard calling.

“This is a favourite method with the natives for obtaining
them, by whom the skin is highly valued. Specimens from Natal
seem much browner than those from Zululand.”—C. H. B. G.

4, EpoMoPHORUS WAHLBERGI Sund.
¢. 879. Ngoye Forest.

“Zulu name ‘Gomboqu.’

“This Bat does not fly till nearly two hours after dark. They
fly low and are very strong and rapid on the wing. At this
time of year they feed on the berries of the syringa-tree.”—
C. H. B.G.

5, RHINOLOPHUS AUGUR ZULUENSIS K. And.

3. 920. Ngoye Hills.

3. 601, 604, 605, 606, 607. 2. 600, 602, 608. Jususie
Valley.

This subspecies was described * mainly on Mr. Rudd’s
specimens, No, 602 being the type.

“Zulu name ‘ Am alulwane.’

“This and the two following Bats were all secured in the old
prospecting drives that abound in the country. The natives do
not distinguish between them, but call all Bats by one name.

‘‘The Horseshoe Bat is generally the first to appear in the
evening. It is often to be seen before the sun has disappeared.

“ Fipposiderus is not so common as the others, many drives
being visited without observing it.”—C. H. B. G.

6. HIpPosIDERUS CAFFER Sund.
3. 626, 636, 637, 640. ©. 638, 639. Jususie Valley.

* Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) xiv. p. 383 (1904).

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 257

7, NYCTERIS CAPENSIS Smith.

SG. 622, 625, 629, 630. 9. 624, 631, 632, 635. Jususie
Valley.

A comparison of these specimens with those obtained by
Mr. Grant in Namaqualand shows that the latter have con-
spicuously larger ears.

It seems probable therefore that WV. damarensis Peters t, of
which a co-type in the British Museum has similarly large ears,
should be recognised as distinct from WV. capensis.

8. PIPISTRELLUS KUHLII FuscATUS Thos.
2. 911. Negoye Hills.

9. ScoropHtius nieRrIva Schreb.
2. 922. Negoye Hills.

10. VESPERTILIO CAPENSIS GRACILIOR, subsp. n.

3. 678. Eshowe.

“ Caught in the house at night.”—C. H. B. G.

Smaller throughout than V. capensis (which includes “J,
minutus” auct.). The fur shorter (hairs of back about 5 mim.).
General colour, both above and below, darker, the light tips to
the hairs shorter and browner. Back of ears less heavily haired
at base. Skull smaller than that of J. capensis, but similar in
shape. Teeth lighter and more delicate, with broader gaps
between the inner halves of the upper molars, the inner lobe
of the large premolars being particularly narrow.

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken in
the flesh) :—

Forearm 29 mm.

Head and body *47 mm.; tail *28; ear *12; tragus 3:5;
expanse *216. Length of third finger 52.

Skull—greatest length 13:2; basal length in middle line 10-1 ;
mastoid breadth 7:8; height of brain-case 4:5 ; combined length of
large upper premolar and first two molars on outer edge 3:1;
front of lower canine to back of m, 5:1.

Hab. Kshowe, 550 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.8.31.3.

in working out this smaller form of the common J. capensis
we have had occasion to examine the specimens and namey placed
by Dobson under the headings of V. capensis and V. minutus, and
have found a considerable amount of revision necessary.

In the first place, all the South-African specimens divided by
Dobson between these two species belong apparently to but a
single one, for which the name V. capensis Smith, the earliest of
all, is available. The forearm varies from 32 to 36 mm. (generally
about 34); its skull is about 14 mm. in greatest length ; the

+ MB. Ak. Berl. 1870, p. 905.
17

258 MESSRS. O. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

combined length of the large upper premolar and two molavrs is
34 mm.

Secondly, the name V. minetws Temminck (1835-41) is ante-
dated by Montagu* (1808) for a Lesser Horseshoe Bat, and is
therefore untenable for any member of the present group.

Next, Vesperugo subtilis Sundevall, placed by Dobson (with a
query) in the synonymy of “ V. minutus,” is really a Pdpistrellus,

as we have found by the examination of the skull of the type,
most kindly lent to us by Dr. Kinar Lonnberg. It is, however,
not P. nanus, as might have been expected, but a species with
incisors and premolars as in P. kuhlii, to which, although much
smaller, it would seem to be allied. Although degenerated by
chemicals, the large upper premolar and first two molars may be
measured as 2-4 mm., and the lower tooth-row (exclusive of
incisors) as 40 mm. The species does not appear to have been
rediscovered since Wahlberg’s time.

Next, Vesperugo smithit Wagner, based on Vespertilio minutus
Smith, of the ‘Illustrations’ (1848), placed by Dobson under
V. capensis, must bea different Bat altogether, as it is said to have
a forearm no less than 42 mm. in length.

Lastly, the Madagascar specimens referred by Dobson (and
Peters, whose writing is on some of them) to “M% esperugo minutus”
represent, as might have been expected, a species conspicuously
different from its Cape ally. It may be called

VESPERTILIO MATROKA 7, Sp. 0.

Size about as in V. capensis, though the skull is shorter.
General colour above uniform rich brown, the type matching
“vandyke-brown ” of Ridgway, widely different from the greyish
brown of V. capensis. Underside between “raw umber” and
“mummy-brown,” rather lighter on the lower abdomen. Hars
rather smaller than in V, capensis and antitragal notch deeper.
Other external characters apparently as in that species.

Skull shorter, more rounded, and with a less flattened brain-
case than in V. capensis. Molars rounded, not so broad trans-
versely. Canines smaller and slenderer, the difference especially
marked in the lower jaw. Anterior lower premolar only about
half the transverse diameter of the posterior one.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 33°5 mm.; third finger 57.

{Head and body (of a spirit-specimen with forearm 382 mm.)
43°5; head 15:5; tail 29°5; ear 11:3; tragus on inner edge 4;
lower leg and foot (¢. u.) 19.]

Skull —greatest length 13°5; basal length in middle line 10;
mastoid breadth 7: G combined length of large upper ian emolar
and two molars 3°2 : fr ont of lower canine tv back of m, 9.

Hab. Madagascar. Type from Ambositra, Betsileo. Altitude
about 1100 m.

* Trans. Linn. Soe. ix. p. 163.
+ Malagasy for “dark brown.”

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 209

Type. Male. B.M. no. 97.9.1.32. Original number 177.
Collected 2 February, 1895, by Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major.

This species is at once distinguishable from its mainland ally
by its rich brown colour and differently shaped skull.

ii. MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI Natt.
3.921. Ngoye Hills,

12, AmBLysomus tRISs Thos. & Schw.

Amblysomus iris Thos. & Schw. Abstr. P. Z. 8, No. 18, p. 23,
April 25, 1905.

3 873. © 829. Umvolosi Station, 50 m.

(?)2 874. Umvolosi Station.

In view of the considerable cranial and dental differences
occurring between the different groups of the Chrysochloride, we
think it advisable to accept the subdivision of the old genus
Chrysochloris into three, as proposed by Prof. Cope*. All the
specimens as yet obtained by Mr. Grant belong to the genus
Amblysomus (type A. hottentottus Smith), no members of the
genera Chrysochloris (type C. asiatica Linn.) or Bematiscus (type
4. villosus Smith) having fallen into his hands.

With regard to the milk-dentition in this group, Dr. Leche
has recently shown that the tooth-change takes places at an
unusually late period of life, so that there is no cranial evidence
of immaturity in specimens still retaining their milk-teeth. It
is on account of this observation that we provisionally assign
specimen no. 874 to the same species as 873 and 829, for while it
shows no indication of youth the considerable difference between
its teeth and those of the others might be explained by a difference
of dentition’. Butif thisis the case, we practically have to assume
that the whole of the Museum series of A. hottentottus are also in
the milk-stage, for all have their teeth shaped as in 874 rather than
as in 873 and 829. In support of this view, it should be noted
that these two latter specimens are the only members of the genus
which have their molars conspicuously more worn than the teeth
anterior to them, thus showing that they at least have their
permanent dentition.

Taking into consideration only the two specimens which are
undoubtedly adult, the species may be described as follows :—

Size markedly smaller than in A. hottentottus, and the claws
rather feebler. Nasal pad apparently as in that species. General
colour smoky blackish, the hairs slaty at their bases, dark silvery

* Amer. Nat. xxvi. p. 127 (1892). The new name founded by Cope, Bematiscus,
has the unusual distinction of being omitted from Palmer’s ‘Index Generum
Mammalium.’ Nor is it included in Trouessart’s Catalogue, and we owe a knowledge
of its existence to our friend Dr. Forsyth Major.

+ We have later found conclusive evidence that the broadly triangular premolars
of No. 874, as figured in the Plate, are the milk-teeth. The British Museum has
also since received from Mr. C. W. Turner a specimen of 4. hottentottus with its
permanent dentition in place.—10 May, 1905.

260 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

grey subterminally, the tips black with a greenish iridescence.
Sides rather lighter, but without rufous tinge, which is however
present in specimen No. 874. Under surface dark grey (“ mouse-
grey”), a narrow median line rather darker. Chin dull whitish,
which colour extends upwards on each side on to the cheeks.
Crown and top of muzzle brown, finely flecked with white, and with
a patch about 2 mm. in diameter over each eye. Limbs grey like
the lower surface, the wrists lighter.

Skull similar in shape to that of A. hottentottus, but markedly
smaller throughout. ;

Teeth: second and third incisors and canine similar in shape,
the last-named not markedly more triangular in section. First
premolar (Pl. XVI. fig. 1) triangular, not elongated transversely.
Two posterior premolars, and the molars, quite separated from
each other, broad transversely, very narrow antero-posteriorly, the
outer cusps little developed, so that the outer antero-posterior
diameter of p* is only about 1-1 mm. In No, 874, which we
suppose to show the milk-dentition of the same species, this last
diameter (including the prominent antero-external cusp) 1s about
1-5 mm. (see Pl. XVI. fig.1). Below, the last two premolars and
the two molars have each a low posterior basal ledge, off which a
small cusp may have been worn. No, 874 has the usual distinct
posterior basal cusps.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 116 mm.; hind foot (s.u.) 13.

Skull—ereatest length 25-4; basal length 20; greatest breadth
15:6; greatest height 12°3; interorbital breadth 8; front of i° to
back of m? 10; palate, breadth across premolars 8-7.

Hat. Umvolosi Station, altitude 50 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 4.12.3.9. Original number 873.
Collected 16 September, 1904.

This distinct species may be readily recognised by its smaller
size, as compared with A. hottentottus. From A. obtusirostris it
differs in having its upper anterior premolars of a distinctly pre-
molariform shape, Peters’s species apparently having them of the
molariform outline also found in A. chrysillus, described below.

These three specimens are of particular interest as illustrating
the very late change of dentition in the group, recently discovered
by Prot. Leche* in Chrysochloris asiatica.

While examining Mr. Rudd’s specimens we have compared all
the Museum examples of Amblysomus hottentottus, and find that
the form found in Pondoland differs so much in colour as to
deserve subspecific recognition. It might be called

AMBLYSOMUS HOTTENTOTTUS PONDOLIA, subsp. n.
Similar to true A. hottentottws in size and other essential
characters, but the dorsal area, from crown to rump, is glossy

* Zool. Anzeiger, xxyii. p. 219 (1904). We owe to the kindness of Prof. Leche
drawing of a milk-premolar of the specimen he described.

a

1905.] MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 261

blackish, as in A. iris, while the sides and under surface are still
rufous, as in true hottentottus. But even the belly, in the most
strongly marked examples, is of a rather smokier rufous than in
the typical subspecies.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 120 mm.; hind foot 14.

Skull—ereatest length 27; greatest breadth 17 ; height 12:5.

Hab. of type. Notinsila, W. Pondoland. Other specimens
from Port St. John.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.6.6.4. Collected 10 February, 1904,
by Mr. H. H. Swinny. Four specimens examined.

The true A. hottentottus, of which the type is in the Museum,
is a reddish animal, not or very slightly darkened on the back.
The specimen from Zuurbron, near Wakkerstroom, obtained by
Mr. Grant, and mentioned in our previous paper, agrees closely
with the type, and other reddish specimens from King Williams-
town and Albany are in the collection.

The species described as Chrysochloris holosericeus by Lichten-
stein and C. rutilans by Wagner seem to be clearly referable to
the true A. hottentoitus. °

C. albirostris Wagn. is also a reddish form, but may prove
to be distinct. Its identification with C. lewcorhina Huet by
Pousargues* is based on a mistake, for Wagner stated clearly in
1855 7, though he did not in 18415, that it had only 36 teeth, a
statement which was overlooked by Pousargues.

Another member of the genus which we may take this
opportunity of describing is

AMBLYSOMUS CHRYSILLUS, Sp. 1.

Nose-pad broad, more than twice as broad as long, its lateral
corners angular, but not produced backwards into a long sharp
point as in Chrysochloris; transverse groove OF infolding little
prominent, not running to the lateral edges. Nostrils extremely
complicated, even more so than in C. asiatica, the opening nearly
blocked up by in-growing foliaceous projections.

Size comparatively small. Large claw of fore foot small, slender,
less curved than in A. hottentottus; its length 8:5 mm., its basal
diameter 3°2; the small outer claw about 2 the length of the
large one, therefore longer in proportion than in the allied species.
General colour pale, much paler than in any other species; the
hairs of the upper surface with only their extreme tips brown
(‘“ wood-brown” in a specimen skinned out of spirit), the greater
part of their length being silvery whitish (with a tinge of yellow.
in the type, but this is probably due to the spirit), very slightly
ereyer at their bases. The brown is as usual most intense on the

* Aun. Sci. Nat. (7) iii. p. 268 (footnote), 1896.

+ Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 581.
~ Op. cit. u. p. 124.

262 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

crown, where it contrasts with the cheeks, which are yellowish
white. Under surface yellowish white, the hairs light to their
bases, line of demarcation on sides not defined. <A slight greenish
iridescence on the dorsal hairs.

Skull small, in general outline more broadly triangular than in
A. hottentottus ; the breadth across the molars nearly equalling the
distance from the last molar to the tip of the first incisor.

Second and third upper incisors flattened and grooved ex-
ternally. Canines more or less premolariform in shape, triangular
in section. First premolar as elongated transversely as the first
molar, its anterior lobe rounded and little projecting. Other
premolars and molars with scarcely a trace of the usual antero-
external projections. Lower teeth all unusually high ; pre-
molars and anterior molars each with a small but distinct low
secondary cusp at the postero-internal angle—absolutely internal,
not mesial as in other species.

Dimensions of a specimen in spirit :—Head and body 93 mm. ;
hind foot (s.u.) 10; nose-pad 54x11. The type is rather younger
and smaller: head and body 82 mm,

Skull (the larger specimen)—greatest length 22; basal length
in middle line 18; greatest breadth 15:6; greatest height 10:5 ;
interorbital breadth 6°6; length of upper tooth-row 9:2; greatest
breadth across premolars 8.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 84.8.30.2. Presented by Mrs. Mon-
teiro. Two specimens examined.

This interesting little species has been hitherto confused with
A. obtusirostris, but differs by its smaller size and whitish fur.
Both species differ from 4. hotéentottus and its allies by the whole
of their upper premolars taking on a molariform shape, while the
canine even is pressed into the same service by having the shape
usually characteristic of an anterior premolar.

As a result of this modification there are (putting aside the
small m?) four large molariform teeth (p'’, m’) as compared
with three (p*~*, m!) in A. hottentotius and its allies. (See Pl. XVI.
fig. 2 6.)

13. Myosorex scLATERI Thos. & Schw.

3. 887, 888, 906, and oneinspirit. @. 886,889,190. Ngoye
Hills.

MYosoREX SCLATERI TALPINUS, subsp. n.
3. 814, 819, 823, and one in spirit. 2. 818. Umvolosi.

MyYosoOREX SCLATERI AFFINIS, subsp. n.

3. 584, 641, 642. 9. 580,594, 643, 645, 666. Sibudeni.

A more detailed examination of the series on which this species
was founded convinces us of the necessity of distinguishing sub-
specifically the specimens from the three localities mentioned
above.

1905. |. MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 263

The characters of the three forms are briefly as follows :—

Myosorex sclateri sclateri.
General colour dark bistre-brown. Skull in length 25 mm. or
over, about 12 mm. in breadth. Hind foot 16 mm.

Myosorex sclateri talpinus, subsp. n.

Larger. General colour above shining black, below sepia.
Hind foot 18 mm.

Myosorex sclateri affinis, subsp. n.

Smaller. Colour as in true sclatert. Skull in length about
24-5 mm., in breadth about 11:3. Hind foot 15 mm.

Below is appended a full description of the two new subspecies :—

MyYosorEX SCLATERI TALPINUS.

General colour of upper surface shining black, lighter on flanks,
passing to sepia on the under surface. Individual hairs above
about 10 mm. long, basal four-fifths slate-grey, tip black. Long
hairs on rump projecting noticeably beyond the short hair.
Fur of under surface very fine and close, about 5 mm. long,
basal two-thirds slate-grey, distal third sepia. Upper sides of
hands and feet light brown as in sclater?, claws light in colour and
rather long. Tail dark brown above and below, no tuft at tip.

Skull as in true sclateri, considerably larger and more strongly
built than in WZ. varius.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and
body 100 mm. ; tail 56; hind foot 18; ear 11.

Skull—back of condyle to front face of i+ 25; basal length 21 ;
breadth across brain-case 12°5; length of upper tooth-series 10:5.

Hab. Umvolosi, Zululand, alt. 60 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.12.3.20. Original number 823.
Collected 23 July, 1904. Four specimens examined.

This subspecies may be easily distinguished from any other form
by its dark velvety coat, which is very like that of a Mole.

“Zulu name ‘ Ngoso ukulu.’ -

‘‘ Inhabits the thick undergrowth on the banks of streams.”—
Cree G,

MYOSOREX SCLATERI AFFINIS.

Smaller. Colour as in true selafer?. Skull smaller throughout
(see measurements below) ; the size rather more constant in the
males than in females. The breadth across the brain-case is notice-
ably greater in sclateri than in the present form, whose skull
therefore appears very slender when compared with that of the
Ngoye Hills race. The antero-posterior measurement of the
second upper molar is slightly larger in selatert than in affinis.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and
body 84mm. ; tail 46; hind foot 15; ear 9.

264 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

Skull—back of condyle to front face of i' 24:5; basal length
19°8; breadth across brain-case 11:5; length of upper tooth-
series 10.

fab. Sibudeni, Zululand. Alt. 1700 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.1.5.25. Original number 641. Col-
lected 17 December, 1903. Hight specimens examined.

14. Myosorex varius Smuts.

2. 665. Sibudeni.

3. 806, 815 (I in spirit). Umvolosi.

“Zulu name ‘ Cwinini.’

“They are common everywhere, inhabiting the thick grass and
undergrowth along the spruits, in ‘the vleys and at the edge of the
bush, also in the bush itself, especially under fallen trees. They
apparently live on the surface of the ground and do not burrow.
They feed principally on smail insects and are both nocturnal and
diurnal.”—C. H. B. G.

A specimen collected at Umvolosi, B.M. no. 4.12.3.22, appears
to represent a species allied to JZ. tenwis, but we are unable to
decide definitely as it lacks its skull.

15. CrocrpuRA MARTENS! Dobs.

3. 81/7. @&. 831 (2 in spirit). Umvolosi.

3. 909 (1 in spirit). Ngoye Hills.

“Zulu name ‘ Ngoso.’

“Habits probably similar to C. flavescens. Not by any means
common.’ —C. H. B. G.

16. CrocrpUuRA FLAVESCENS Geoff.

3. 892. 2. 894. Negoye Hills.

This series agrees very well with the Specimens we consider
typical of flavescens Geoff., which is not the case with the series
from Umvyolosi.

“Zulu name ‘Ngoso. Common. Inhabits the cultivated and
deserted native lands, the thick undergrowth in the vleys and on
the banks of streams. Entir ely noctur ane (CHE Es Ge

17. CRocIDURA FLAVESCENS FLAVIDULA, subsp. n.

3d. 860, 861, 870. @. 830, 866, 869. Umvolosi.

Size smaller than in true flavescens. Colour throughout as in
that animal, the tone, perhaps, slightly warmer.

Upper surface rather lighter than ‘“‘ Mars brown” (Ridgway) ;
under surface smoke-grey, frequently with a yellowish suffusion.
Interramia and wrists indistinctly white in several specimens. Old
males with a well-developed lateral gland, the hair covering it
conspicuously whiter than the surrounding pelage.

Skull and teeth much smaller and more delicately built than in
true flavescens, the difference in size being very marked in the
molar teeth ; m* in the type of favidula is only 2°6 mm. in breadth,
while it is 3-2 mm. in the case of the larger form.

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 265

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and
body 102 mm.; tail 51; hind foot 14:5; ear 10.

Skull—back of condyle to front face of i’ 23°5; basal length
20°5; breadth across brain-case 10; length of upper tooth-
series 9:8.

Hab. Uravolosi, Zululand. Alt. 70 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.12.3.29. Originalnumber 861. Col-
lected 5 September, 1904. Six specimens examined.

While there is a general agreement in size throughout the
Shrews assigned to C. jiavescens, these specimens from Umvolosi
are so markedly smaller that we think they should have a sub-
specific name.

18. HERPESTES GRACILIS PUNCTULATUS Gray.

g. 081. @&. 610, 614, 653. Sibudeni.

6. 833. @. 800. Umvolosi.

©. 899. Negoye Hills.

As we have shown in a previous paper, H. g. punctulatus is a
perfectly tenable subspecies, which is widely distributed over
South-east Africa, being replaced further north by the paler
Hi, g. cau.

“ Zalu name ‘ Cagiti.’

“Seems to be exclusively a bush animal, living singly or in
pairs, but not in colonies. It is more often taken with dogs than
trapped. It sleeps and breeds in some hollow tree and lives
principally on insects.”—C. H. B. G.

19. HERPESTES GALERA Hrx!.
@. 917. Ngoye Hills.

20. CROSSARCHUS FASCIATUS Desm.

3. 852, 853. 9. 855, 856. Umvolosi.

“ Zulu name ‘ Oguya.’ On the whole rather a rare animal. It
frequents the thorn-bush and thickly wooded sluits and river-
banks, generally in parties of half a dozen. When chased the
whole party will, asa rule, take shelter in the same hole. The
skin, especially the banded part of the back, is valued by the
natives. It feeds principally on coleopterous insects.” —C. H. B. G.

21. LiycAon PICTUS ZULUENSIS Thos.

Two native skins. Itala Mts.

“* Zulu name ‘ N’Kenjane.’

“The two specimens sent were obtained by the natives from a
troop of some eight individuals which had probably come from the
Umvolosi River. The survivors did not remain long, but returned
to the river.

“The natives say they ave rather savage when hard pressed,
and are very destructive to goats and sheep.”—C. H. B. G.

266 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON | Apr. 18,

22. P@CILOGALE ALBINUCHA Gray.

3d. 659. Sibudeni.

2. 598. Jususie Valley.

“Zulu name ‘ Myenelesana.’

‘Common, but exceedingly difficult to trap. They frequent
the thick overgrown sluits and kloofs in and around the Kaitir
mealie-patches, but do not live in the bush.

“The male specimen was killed in the act of eating a vley
Otiomys.

“They have a pungent smell, but not so strong as /etonyx
capensis.” —C. H. B. G.

23. SCIURUS PALLIATUS ORNATUS Gray.

3. 880, 895, 901, 907, 910, 914. 2. 884, 891, 903, 908, 912,
913. Ngoye Hills.

‘Zulu names ‘ Inpuguloti’ or ‘ indane.’

“Similar in habits to the European squirrel. ¢ is not easy to
approach and keeps entirely to the thick forest. It does not
seem to live in parties, but two are often observed together. This
animal is curiously local in Zululand. It is common at Ngoye, in
the neighbourhood of Kosi Bay, and on the Maputa River. Near
the mouth of the St. Lucia Lake and in the bush toward Cape
Vidal it is rare. It is unknown between Ngoye and the Lake
district and in Natal.”—C. H. B. G.

24. TATERA BRANTSII Smith.

36. 838, 842. ©. 813, 839, 872.- Umvolosi.

“Zulu name ‘ Ibuusi.’

‘Fairly common, especially in the native gardens and potato-
patches. Their burrows are of considerable size, especially on the
grass-covered flats, where they are undisturbed. This animal is
very wary of traps, and can only be caught with a buried trap
baited with a sweet potato. I tried digging them out, but the
holes went down to such a depth that they were lost in the loose
sand. Strictly nocturnal and a vegetable feeder.”—C. H. B. G.

25. GRAPHIURUS MURINUS Desm.

3. 595, 656. 2. 648, 663, 672. Sibudeni.

“Zulu name ‘ Mpuguloti.’

“Fairly common, but nocturnal. Almost exclusively a bush

animal, though sometimes found in the rocks on the hill-sides
some little distance from the bush.”—C. H. B. G.

26. OTOMYS IRRORATUS Brants.

2. 675. Sibudeni.

This specimen agrees closely in skin and skull-characters with
the series collected by Mr. Grant in the neighbourhood of Cape
Town, which may be considered as representing Brants’s irroratus.

“Zulu name ‘ Ibusi.’

“Fairly common, frequenting the overgrown sluits and vleys

1905. | MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 267

close to water. Like other members of the genus, they will
seldom take baits, but are usually caught by their accidentally
running over the trap. They live singly or in pairs, and do not
burrow.”—C. H. B. G.

27. Oromys LAMINATUS Thos. & Schw.

Oiomys laminatus Thos. & Schw. Abstr, P. Z.S. No. 18 p. 23,
April 25, 1905,

GS onten! Ox) Gi3ea Sibudenn.

This species may be shortly described as a member of the
wroratus group, with nine or occasionally ten lamine on the third
upper molars instead of six or seven, and seven on the first lower
instead of four.

General colour of the upper surface, in the type, raw umber
(Ridgway), slightly more rufous on the rump, which may, how-
ever, be due to faded fur, and paler on the fianks. The female
distinctly darker in colour, more as in irroratus. Fur soft, fine,
and thick, about 20 mm. long, basal four-fifths blackish slate, a
subterminal ring rufous, extreme tip black. Under surface duil
yellowish, the bases of the hairs grey. Forehead and cheeks like
back; lips, interramia, and throat dull yellowish white. Ears of
medium length, ternal surface thinly covered with fine yellowish
hair, naked externally. Upper surface of hands and feet blackish
grey. Tail thickly barred, blackish above, dull bufty below.

Skull as in wroratus, but with a widely different laminal for-

a. viz, 2D
Mula, V1Z. : 799"

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and
body 180 mm,; tail 120; hind foot 31; ear 22.

Skull—greatest length 44; basilar length 35; zygomatic
breadth 22; nasals 20x84; interorbital breadth 4:5; palate
length 20-4; length of upper molar series (crowns) 9°7 ; antero-
posterior diameter of bulla 7-2.

Hab. Sibudeni, Zululand. Alt. 1050 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.5.1.45. Original no, 657. Collected
-1 January, 1904.

The difference between the laminal formula of this species and
O, irroratus is so great that we have no doubt the former should
be specifically distinguished. Mr. Sclater, in his ‘Mammals of
South Africa’ *, mentions a specimen from Pondoland that agrees
with daminatus in having nine lamine on the third upper molar,
and should probably be referred to this species. With the ex-
ception of this specimen, no greater variation has been recorded
than between six and seven.

With regard to Lichtenstein’s Huryotis obscura from Kaffraria,
we are informed by Dr. Matschie that the type is not now to be
found in the Berlin Museum, so that the name may well remain
buried in the synonymy of the common 0. trroratus.

* Vol. wu. p. 27.

268 _ MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

MUS GHRYSOPHILUS de Wint.

577, 593, 596, 661,670. 9. 592, 575,591,658. Sibudeni.
620. ©. 617, 627. Jususie Valley.

808, 812, 820, 858. ©. 797, 821, 835, 868. Umvolosi.
885, 919. d. 918. Negoye esis.

“Zulu name ‘ Gwenea.’

“‘Tnhabits the clumps of rocks on the hill-sides and krantzes,
as in other parts of the country ; it occasionally invades houses,
where it is a perfect nuisance. Mainly a vegetable feeder and
nocturnal.” —C. H. B. G.

29. Mus DOLICHURUS Smuts.
3. 878. Negoye Hills.
30. Mus COUCHA ZULUENSIS, subsp. n.

3. 576, 579, 582, 644. ©. 574. Sibudeni.
3. 513. 9. 571,572. Eshowe.
3. 621, 628. Jususie Valley.
789, 807. @. 786, 788. Umvolosi.

A long- tailed, fulvous-suffused form of the coucha group.

General colour of the upper surface “ bistre,” with a distinct
fulvous suffusion, which is much more marked in some specimens
than others. Posterior half of the back strongly pencilled with
black. Fur very soft and fine, the hairs of the back about
10 mm. in length. Underfur slaty-grey basally, fulvous at tip.
Flanks lighter than back, buffy yellow fading into the greyish
white of the under surface. Fur of belly grey basally, dirty white
terminally, except on interramia, where it is entirely white. Head
coloured like back. Ears covered with minute very dark brown
hairs. Hands and feet dirty white or cream-colour, very different
from the snowy white feet of true coucha. Tail considerably
longer than in cowcha, brown above, lighter below; scales about
13 to the centimetre.

Skull slightly larger than in the typical subspecies and with
longer palatine foramina.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and
body 123 mm.; tail 123; hind foot 23; ear 19.

Skull—greatest length 30°5; basilar length 25-0; brain-case
breadth 12-0 : zygomatic breadth 34:5; length of palatine foramina
7°3; length of upper molar series 4:5.

Hab. Umvolosi Station, Zululand. Alt. 70 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 4.12.3.62. Original number 786.
Collected 25 June, 1904.

An examination of the type specimen of Smith’s coucha, and of
other modern specimens from the same region, shows that that
animal is a shorter-tailed, smaller, whiter-footed, and greyer form
than its representative in Zululand, to which we have therefore
decided to give a special name.

The only other South African form in this group is IZ. silaceus
Wagn., of which Thomas has examined the type in the Munich

bo
go

C5 Os Cs

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. — 269

Museum. This has a tail only 85 mm. in length, as in coucha,
and so may be provisionally retained in the synonymy of that
species, where it has been placed by de Winton and Sclater.

31. Mus cotonus Brants.

3. 187, 792, 793. 2. 798. Umvolosi.

The four specimens correspond closely with the type of JZus
natalensis Smith.

“Zulu name at Umvolosi ‘Igundane,’ literally ‘a rat.’

“Common everywhere, both in the country and the native kraals.
Nocturnal only.”—C. H. B. G.

32. LEGGADA MINUTOIDES Smith.

©. 589. Sibudeni.

2. 871 (1 in spirit). Umvolosi.

“ Zulu name ‘ Ngoso.’

‘““ Apparently rare; the specimens obtained were trapped in
thick bushes close to houses. Nocturnal only.”—C. H. B. G.

33. ARVICANTHIS DORSALIS Smith.

g. 882. 92. 883. Ngoye Hills.

“ Zulu name ‘ Mbiba.’

‘“‘It is undoubtedly rare and very local.’”—C. H. B. G.

34, ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO Sparrm.

3. 587, 590, 654, 655, 660. 2. 585, 649. Sibudeni.

©. 795. Umvolosi.

This very richly marked series shows an unusual amount of
variation from light yellowish grey to strong buffy yellow.

“ Zulu name ‘ Mbiba.’

“Common in all grassy places, exclusively diurnal and a
vegetable feeder. It makes single holes in which to breed and
sleep.” =C. H. B. G.

35, SACCOSTOMUS MASHON® de Wint.

6. 196, 851, 862, 867. Umyvolosi.

We are glad to be able to continue the use of the familiar
generic name Saccostomus, as we do not consider that it is invali-
dated by the existence of the earlier Saccostoma Fitzinger, on
whose account Mr. Palmer has renamed it Hosaccomys *.

“ Zulu name ‘ [gundane.’

“Uncommon. Inhabits the undergrowth on the banks of
streams and the native lands. The pouches contained mostly
sweet potato and seeds of various wild plants. Nocturnal only.”—
C. H. B.G.

36. STEATOMYS PRATENSIS Peters.

3. 791. Umvolosi.
Should the Zululand form be found to differ from that in-

* Science, (2) xvii. p. 873 (1903).

270 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H, SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

habiting the Zambesi Valley, the name krebsii Peters would
probably be available for it.

“ Zulu name ‘ Ngoso.’

“The specimen sent was the only one observed and was caught
in the long grass on a sandy slope close to a stream. The natives
did not know whether it was common or not.” —C. H. B. G.

3/7, GEORYCHUS HOTTENTOTUS Less.

©. 8438. Umvolosi.

“ Zulu name ‘ Mfuvuzi.’

“This animal makes runs and mounds similar to Amdblysomus.
It occasionally works just below the surface. It is very partial to
the native lands and is strictly a vegetable feeder.”—C. H. B. G.

38. Dasymys iIncomTus Sund.

3S. 651, 669, Sibudeni.

“Zulu name ‘ Ibusi,’

“* Habits very similar to Otomys wroratws, frequenting the vleys
like that species, but not necessarily close to water.”—C. H. B. G,

39. THRYONOMYS SWINDERENIANUS Temm.

3g. 618. Jususie Valley.

6. 875, 876 imm. Umvolosi.

¢. 850. Hlupluwe Stream, Hlatwa District.

‘Zulu name ‘ lvondwe’ (‘ Mavondwe’ plural).

‘‘ Not so common as it might be owing to its being killed off by
the natives, both for food and because of the havoc it works among
the mealies. It inhabits the thickly overgrown sluits and banks of
streams, as a rule close to some mealie-garden, It is very quick
when pursued and is only to be caught by using dogs, It cannot
be trapped owing to the softness of its skin and flesh, the part
that is trapped being pulled off and left.”—C. H. B. G.

40. LEPUS SAXATILIS ZULUENSIS, subsp. n.

6. 799. Umvolosi.

Sunilar to the true sewatilis, but smaller and with shorter ears.

General colour above drab-brown, freely pencilled with black ;
flanks much lhghter, owing to the absence of the black annulation.
Individual hairs about 20 mm. long, basal two-thirds grey (no. 9,
Ridgway), subterminal ring dark brown, tip “ ecru-drab”; under-
fur very thick, grey basally, dark smoky-brown terminally. Under
surface pure snowy white; throat coloured like back. Muzzle,
interramia, and a ring round eyes dirty white ; cheeks, forehead,
and anterior surface of ears coloured like back, internal margin of
ears lined with light buffy hairs, external margin with white, tips
of ears black. Nape of neck bright ‘“‘ ochraceous-buff.” Under
surface of fore and hind limbs pure white; upper surface light
sandy grey. Tail black above, white below.

Skull considerably smaller than in the Cape form, and with
smaller bulls (see measurements below).

1905. | MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND, 271

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and
body 467 mm.; tail 94; hind foot 109; ear 106.

Hab. Umyvolosi Station, Zululand.

Type. Male. B.M. no, 4.12.3.91. Original number 799. Col-
lected 30 June, 1904.

This Eastern form of the common Z. sawatilis is so much
smaller, and has such a conspicuously smaller skull, than its Cape
ally, that we have no alternative but to give ita special subspecific
name. Further material from different localities will be needed
before any exact idea of its distribution can be obtained.

While comparing the specimen with the Museum series of skins,
we have also been much struck by the characters of the three
specimens of this group collected by Mr. Grant at Klipfontein,
noticed by us in our paper on the Namaqualand collection.

This Western race is markedly larger than the Southern or
Cape form, represented in the collection by two specimens from’
Deelfontein collected by Messrs. Grant and Seimund during the
late war. In agreement with Waterhouse* and other authors,
we synonymise the remainder of the names hitherto applied
to members of this group with the true Lepus sawatilis Cuv., of
which, in the absence of modern material from the neighbourhood
of Cape Town, we provisionally take a Deelfontein example as
representative. We propose to call the Namaqualand form

LEPUS SAXATILIS MEGALOTIS, subsp. n.

Size very large. General colour as in zulwensis; flanks and
throat rather lighter ; muzzle, cheeks, and round the eyes silvery
grey ; basal two-thirds of internal margin of ears lined with long
pale buffy hairs, distal third lined with black, external margin
bordered with white. Nape-patch between “ clay-colour” and
‘“‘isabella-colour” (Ridgway), rather darker than in zuluensis ;
hair on under surface of fore and hind. limbs grey basally with
white tips, producing a silvery appearance ; tail much longer than
in the Zulu or Deelfontein forms.

Skull approximately of the same size as that of the specimen
from Deelfontein taken as typical of true sawatilis, in spite of the
fact that its external measurements are much greater.

Dimensions of Specimen
the type from from Deelfontein,
Klipfontein. B.M. no. 3.3.6.11.

mm, mm.
Head and body......... 542 528
Mea. gates sacsradeato screen 132 115
img foot arcana eee 137 128
ait eek Pt ieterrem ena 147 130

Hab. Klipfontei, Namaqualand.
Type. B.M. no. 4.2.3,103. Original number 520. Collected
23 June, 1903.
* Nat. Hist. Mamm. vol. ii. p. 93 (1848).
Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. X VIII. 18

272 MESSRS, 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [Apr. 18,

A short table of comparative skull-measurements will serve to
show the distinctness of the Zululand form, while the Namaqua-
land race may be distinguished at once by the great size of the
ears.

Specimen from

Type of Deelfontein, Type of
LL s. megalotis, B.M. no. 3.3.6.11. L. s. zuluensis.
mm, mm. mm,
Greatest lencblnyeeseeee scary 102 103 91
Basilarlemoths ners. acce: 175 79 70
Zygomatic breadth ............ A4 A5°5 AQ
Nasals, oblique length ......... 43°5 44 40
» greatest breadth ...... 23 23°4 21
Interorbital breadth, inside
i UAT LTS Rr SRA one RRR SRO Eta 21 20 17°5
Breadth of brain-ease ......... 33 33 29°5
DISCS MINA RE at ty cen eee 30 30 25°5
iPalateplenct lta spe secs ae 37°5 3 34
Palatalliforamiinae... oss ce 27 x 12 Dien) 24s all
Length of cheek tooth-series . 16 7 15°5
Antero-posterior diameter of
ASE aR RUE SAD, Me ike 12 3 i

It is perhaps worth mentioning that in the type of JZ. s.
megalotis the small posterior molar m* is wanting on both sides
of the upper jaw. This abnormality occurs, according to the
observations of Dr, Forsyth Major, more frequently in Hares of
this species than in any other.

“Zulu name, ‘Gwaja.’ Rather scarce, owing to the continuous
persecution of the natives with traps and snares,”—C. H. B. G.

4], PronoLaGcus RuDpI Thos. & Schw.

Pronolagus ruddi Thos. & Schw, Abstr. P. Z. 8, No. 18, p. 23,
April 25, 1905.

So. 664, Sibudeni.

This fine Hare, which we have named in honour of Mr. Rudd,
has a somewhat complicated history, owing toa confusion between
it and the true P. crassicaudatus Geoff.

In 1832 the latter species was described on a specimen from
“Port Natal” still in the Paris Museum. This typical specimen
is mounted, and has its skull still in the skin, whence none of the
successive Directors have thought fit to have it extracted.

In 1853 the British Museum received from the Zoological
Society’s Museum a Pronolagus which was determined as P. crassi-
caudatus, and remained the only adult representative of the group
until comparatively lately. It was therefore always treated as
being the true crassicaudatus, as, for example, in Thomas’s paper *
describing Oryctolagus c. nyike and curryi, where its hind foot
and cranial lengths are quoted as being those of Geoffroy’s
animal,

* Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) x. p 244 (1902).

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 273

But on the arrival of the fine series from Deelfontein,
Namaqualand, and Zuurbron that have resulted from the Sloggett
and Rudd collections, it soon appeared that this specimen belonged
to quite a distinct species, different both in size and cranial
characters, and of which we have had great pleasure in recognising
a second specimen in the present example.

The specimen, ‘‘ No, 22972,” used to illustrate P. crassicaudatus
in Mr. Lyon’s recent work on Leporide* is evidently also an
example of this larger and rarer species.

But as the two species both occur in or at least near Natal, the
type locality of crassicaudatus, and are very similar externally,
the question has naturally arisen as to which is the original species
described by Geoffroy. Fortunately Mr. J. L. Bonhote has been
able to settle the question for us by taking over to Paris, and
comparing directly with the type, an example of the smaller species
from Natal collected by Mr. Wroughton. Judging mainly by the
length of the foot and the q: uality of the fur, Mr. Bonhote is
definitely of opinion that the type of cr assicaudatus is the smaller
form, and we therefore now describe the larger one as new :—

Size larger than in crassicaudatus. Fur very distinctly harsher,
as coarse as In a European Hare, while in crassicaudatus the fur
is very soft, especially on the feet. Ground-colour coarsely
grizzled black and pale buffy, the long hairs black with a pale buffy
subterminal ring. Wool-hairs everywhere slaty-grey basally, but
their tips blackish | brown on the back, buffy rufous on the rump,
and buffy on the sides. Head, and especially cheeks, clearer grey.
Under surface reddish buffy, the centre of the belly more whitish.
Front half of outer surface of ears pale greyish brown, its basal

ortion fringed with dull whitish hairs, its wpper third narrowly
edged with black, which disappears, however, on the extreme tip ;
inner surface of ear pale greyish white. Nape-patch dull greyish-
brown, with but little tinge of rufous. Limbs buffy rufous,
becoming more whitish on the digits. Tail not quite so bushy as
in crassicaudatus, deep reddish throughout.

While the external distinctions from crassicaudatus are but
little tangible, the skulls are extremely different, as may be seen
by the following contrasted descriptions :—

bai eee uddi the skull is lar ge (see measurements), heavily
built, the muzzle broad and heavy proximally, and the frontal]
profile convex. Postorbital wings proportionally small, the
posterior angle between them and the brain-case broad and open.
Anterior shoulder of zygoma-root strongly projecting forward.
Palatal foramina large, broad mesially, narrowing posteriorly,
where they are constricted by the sharp inwardly-directed edges,
which entirely hide in this region the walls of the nasal chamber
below them. Sphenoid openings on each side of the front half
of the presphenoid narrowed to mere slits. Bulle very smali, con-
siderably surpassed by the paroccipital processes.

* Smiths. Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. (1904).
18*

274 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H, SCHWANN ON [ Apr. 18,

Incisors with their notch shallow, situated in a comparatively
broad flattening of the front surface of the tooth. Large upper
molars and premolars (shown in Lyon’s pl. xci. fig. 8) with the
uncrenulated anterior enamel-wall of the posterior lamina of each
tooth extending nearly halfway across the tooth towards the outer
border ; erenulated adjoining outer parts of the enamel-walls of
the two lamine subequal in development, strongly crenulated.
Anterior lower premolar with its anterior enamel-wall deeply
crenulated. Thin front wall of the hinder lamina of each lower
tooth (apart from m,) very strongly crenulated.

In P. crassicaudatus, on the other hand, the skull is small, more
slenderly built, the muzzle narrow, and the frontal profile flat.
Supraorbital wings larger, their hinder edge closer to the brain-
case. Anterior shouider of zygomasmall. Palatal foramina large,
evenly broadened to their hinder edge, widely open behind, with
slanting and scarcely ridged margins which do not hide the walls
of the nasal chamber below. Sphenoid openings comparatively
large. Bulle fairly large, not surpassed by the small paroccipital
processes.

Incisors with a comparatively deep sharply defined notch
dividing the two strongly convex portions of the anterior surface.
Large upper cheek-teeth with the uncrenulated part of the
anterior enamel-wall of their posterior laminz extending only
about a third across the tooth; in the crenulated part of the
enamel-walls the hinder wall of the anterior laminz is considerably
more developed than the front one of the posterior, and all are less
strongly crenulated than in P, ruddi. Anterior lower premolar
simply notched in front. Front wall of the hinder lamina of the
large lower cheek-teeth scarcely crenulated.

It will thus be seen that while externally P. ruddi is very like
P. crassicaudatus, the differences in the skull are so considerable
that almost any part of the skull, or any single tooth, can be
readily assigned to one or the other.

Dimensions of the type of P. ruddi (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 482 mm.; tail 52; hind foot 99; ear 98, (The
hind foot of P. crassicaudatus is seldom over 80 mm.)

Skull—greatest length 92; basilar length 72 ; zygomatic breadth
40; nasals 44x22; interorbital breadth 16; intertemporal
breadth 13:3; diastema 30; palatal foramina 26 x 8°5; palatal
bridge 9-7.

Corresponding measurements of two members of the P. crassi-
caudatus group are to be found in Thomas’s descriptions of P. c.
nyike and P.c. curryi*.

Hab. Sibudeni, Zululand. Alt. 1100 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.5.1.78.

The discovery and elucidation of this remarkably fine hare is a
valuable result of Mr. Rudd’s exploration of S. Africa, and one of
special interest, as it forms a second species of the recently erected
genus Pr -onolagus.

* Amn. Mag. N. H. (7) x. pp. 245-6 (1902).

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. 275

Pronolagus ruddi would appear to be confined to a compara-
tively small area in §$.H. Africa, while P. crassicaudatus in its
different subspecies (nyike, melanurus, curryt, &e.) is spread over
all South Africa, from Nyasa in the north and Namaqualand on
the west to Wakkerstroom and Natal on the south-east.

“Zulu name ‘ Ntenetsha.’

“Rather uncommon. Frequenting the stony crests of the hills,
but taking to the bush if pursued. As in other parts of South
Africa, Pronolagus frequents one particular spot to leave its
droppings and may sometimes be trapped there in consequence.
The natives hunt this species incessantly.” —C. H. B. G.

42, PROCAVIA CAPENSIS Pall.
$. 615. Sibudeni.

“Zulu name ‘ Imbile.’

“ Uncommon—partly on account of its forming an article of
food for the natives, and also because places suited to its habits
are scarce in this district. It frequents the loose boulders under
the krantzes, thickly overgrown with vegetation.

‘Other specimens besides the one sent home were shot, but
were not secured.”—C. H. B. G.

43. CEPHALOPHUS NATALENSIS Smith.
S$. 863, 877. Umyvolosi.

“ Zulu name ‘ Mkumbi.’

“This little buck seems to keep entirely to the coast-line of
Zululand and Nata). Itis rather local, but where found is common.
It is strictly a bush-buck and in habits is very similar to the blue-
buck, but perhaps is more partial to swampy ground.’”-—C, H. B.G.

44, CEPHALOPHUS MonTICOLA Thunb.

3. 674. &. 611, 616, 646, 662, 667. Sibudeni.

“ Zulu name ‘ Impiti.’

‘“‘ Very common in the bush, which it never leaves, even when
hard pressed. It sleeps during the day under a fallen tree or in
thick undergrowth in some dry place. When chased by a dog it
inyariably makes for the nearest sluit of running water and runs
in the middle of it, gomg downhill. It makes a snuffling noise
when running and a loud ‘ baa’-like ery when caught by a dog or
badly wounded.”—C. H. B. G.

45, CEPHALOPHUS GRIMMI Linn.

3. 619. Jususie Valley.

o. (94, S265 Oa SONS i Wamvolosi

o. 849. Hilatwa District.

“Zulu name ‘ Mpuusi.’

““Mhis species and the Oribiare the only two open-country buck
left in the greater part of the western districts of Zululand. The
latter is now extremely rare and rigorously protected. Unlike

276 ON MAMMALS FROM ZULULAND. [ Apr. 18,

most South-African buck, the Duiker never stands when once put
up until it is out of sight. To this it probably owes its existence in
many parts, as a native will seldom risk wasting his powder and
shot on a running object. It lies down during the day in the
patches of thick grass on the hill-sides and feeds from sundown to
just before sunrise. It is very destructive to pumpkins and sweet
potatoes, but does not touch mealies.”—C. H. B. G.

46. RAPHICEROS CAMPESTRIS Thunb.

3g. 803. ©. 804,810. Umvolosi.

©. 847. Hlatwa District.

“ Zulu name ‘ Nxiua.’

“Common, inhabiting the grassy flats and undulating open
country. It is especially fond of lying in the long reddish grass
in the dry vleys, probably because of the similarity of its own
colouring.’—C. H. B. G.

47. CERVICAPRA ARUNDINUM Bodd.

g.— @. 848. Hlatwa District.

@. 801. Umvolosi.

“ Zulu names ‘ Mplangu,’ ‘ Sasako,’ Sasogo,’ and ‘ Umsigi.’

“ Fairly common, frequenting the long grass on the flats and
hill-sides and the deep reed-filled sluits. It is easy to approach
and when flushed it stands and looks back before it has gone far.
In this part of the country the does outnumber the bucks by quite
six to one, owing to the latter having been killed out.”—C. H. B. G.

48. CERVICAPRA FULVORUFULA Afzel.

3. 845. Hlatwa District.
“Zulu name ‘ Nxala.’

“Fairly common. They keep entirely to the stony hill-sides
and are not easy to approach. The most I saw together were
four.”—C. H. B. G.

49, TRAGELAPHUS SYLVATICUS Sparrm.
@. 668. Sipudeni.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Amblysomus iris (p.259). a. Upper view of skull. 6. Left upper tooth-row,

permanent dentition, from the type. c. The same, milk-dentition, from
No. 874.

2. Amblysomus chrysillus (p. 261). a. Upper view of skull. 6. Left upper
tooth-row.

3. Amblysomus corrie*. a. Upper view of skull. 6. Left upper tooth-row,
permanent dentition. c. The same, milk-dentition.

4. Pronolagus ruddi (p. 272). Skull of type, lower aspect.

5. Pronolagus crassicaudatus curryi (p. 274). Skull of type.

* Thomas, Abstr. P. Z.S. No. 20, p. 5, 23rd May, 1905.

Poa ian
a
rae:

Th
an

Weld SO ASST ale TOWN. SE) UCU

dunt pl Msspere dy aqeq gary 78 “PPp uses) '[

TWACaAT & GOBL S Z al

1905. | ON A NEW NEWT FROM YUNNAN. 277

5. Description of a new Newt from Yunnan.
By G. A. Boutunerr, F.R.S., V.P.Z8.

[Received April 18, 1905. |
(Plate XVIL*)

Mr. John Graham, who has made so many additions to our
knowledge of the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes of Yunnan,
the latest of which is the remarkable Discoglossid described by me
as Bombinator maximus 7, has also obtained several examples of a
new Newt, which I propose to name in honour of Dr. Wolterstorff,
of Magdeburg, one of our Corresponding Members, who for some
years has been engaged ona Monograph of the Tailed Batrachians
of the Old World.

MOoLGE WOLTERSTORFFI, sp.n. (Plate XVII.)

Fronto-squamosal arch bony, thick. A chevron-shaped series
of palatine teeth, the apex on a line with the choane. Tongue
small, subelliptical, the sides slightly free. Head without
grooves, once and one-fourth to once and one-third as long as
broad, its length contained three and two-thirds to four times in
the length to base of tail; the greatest width of the head behind
the eyes, which are rather small and feebly prominent; snout
broadly rounded; labial lobes much developed. Body rounded in
both sexes ; no dorsal crest, no vertebral ridge. Limbs moderate ;
fingers and toes depressed, free; outer carpal and tarsal tubercles
small but distinct, the latter sometimes very prominent. Tail
strongly compressed, blade-like, with upper and lower crest,
obtusely pointed, its length about that of head and _ body.
Cloacal lips as in JZ. vulgaris. Skin perfectly smooth and shiny ;
a strong gular fold. Blackish olive above, with an orange or
orange-vermilion vertebral stripe, with or without round or
roundish spots or dots of the same colour; orange-vermilion
beneath, with black spots or marblings, which may be confluent
into longitudinal bands; lower edge of tail vermilion-orange.

3. e

mm. mm.
Wotaltlemoth: is ¥en 110 140
From snout to cloaca ......... 55 70
IE eaclpaigcen Aakers: 16 19
AWVaudhelm Ore LEBEL ae oweacovcnoasves 12 15
Horned tee see oe eee 19 22.
‘Ehiadelimibhicies alesis 2? 24
SP ora a crae italieaht Wiens Bye by 55 70

Of the six specimens sent by Mr. Graham, all except the male

* Hor explanation of the Plate, seep. 278. _
+ Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xv. 1905, p. 188, pl. xiii

278 DR, EINAR LONNBERG ON HYBRID [Apr. 18,

of which measurements are here given have preserved the external
gills,—another instance of the neoteny already observed in Tailed
Batrachians living at great altitudes. The altitude of Yunnan fu,
where the specimens were obtained, is about 6000 feet. The
skull in these branchiferous specimens is fully ossified and has
all the features of the mature state. The female is full of ripe
spawn.

In the structure of the skull and the absence of crest or digital
web in the male this new species approaches the Spanish-
Portuguese J/, bosce Lat., and the Chinese-Japanese IZ. pyrrho-
gaster Boie, the affinity of which I pointed out many years ago*.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Molge wolterstorffi, sp. n.

a. Male, natural size, side view.
6. Male, natural size, lower view.
e. Female, natural size, side view and lower view.

6. On Hybrid Hares between Lepus timidus L. and Lepus
europeus Pall. from Southern Sweden. By Ervar
Lonnpere, C.M.Z.S., de. ¢

{Received February 21, 1905. |
(Text-figures 53 & 54.)

Among the sportsmen of Southern Sweden it has for several
years been regarded as a fact, that hybrids were produced between
the native Variable Hare of Scandinavia (Lepus timidus L.) and
the Common Hare of Middle Europe (Z. ewropeus Pall.), intro-
duced for sporting purposes from Denmark or Germany. This
opinion had not, however, been proved by any scientific inves-
tigation, and the question therefore remained open.

Hybrids between mammals living in an entirely wild state are,
as 1s well known, exceedingly rare, although such among domesti-
cated mammals, or even those kept only in confinement, are quite
common as well as numerous with regard to the combinations.
It seemed thus desirable to subject the supposed Hybrid Hares of
Scania to a closer examination. . For this purpose I tried to obtain
further information about them and material for investigation 7.
Thanks to the kindness especially of Count Tage Thott and Count
C. C. Beck-Friis, 1 have succeeded in getting several specimens,
which proved to be hybrids, and: the same and some other gentle-
men furnished me with fresh material for comparison.

* Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1880, p. 37. ,
+ This material is now kept in the Swedish Museum of Natural History in
Stockholm.

1905. | HARES FROM SOUTHERN SWEDEN, 2719

The first Hare I had the pleasure of receiving, and about
the hybrid nature of which there cannot be the slightest doubt,
was shot the 28th of October, 1904, by His Royal Highness
Gustavus Adolphus at Skabersjé in Scania, on the rich and well-
kept hunting-grounds of Count Tage Thott, and immediately sent
up to the Swedish Museum of Natural History in Stockholm,
where it is now mounted. It is a female of rather large size,
measuring about 60 cm. from the snout to the root of the tail.
The length of the head is about 11 em. The length of the
ears, measured from their base on the outer side, but without
the hairs at their tips, is 129 mm. (or with the hairs 137 mm.),
the length of the hind foot from the heel to the tip of the
middie claws is 17 cm., and the length of the tail, not counting
the hairs, 87 mm.

From these dimensions it may be seen that this Hare does
not agree with Lepus timidus or with L. ewropweus with regard
to such measurements that are of value for the distinction of these
two species, viz., those of the ears, tail, and hind foot. The first
two dimensions are plainly intermediate between the correspond-
ing ones of the species of Hare mentioned above. The maximum
length of the ear of Lepus timidus, measured as above, seems to
be about 114 to 12 cm., and the same dimension of L. ewropeus
about 12 em. The tail of the former without the hairs is about
60 to 72 mm., and of the latter 95 to 105 mm. The hind foot of
L. ewropeus does not seem to exceed 150 mm., at least not much,
when measured as above, while that of a full-grown L. timidus
usually is from 160 to 165 mm. In this respect this hybrid
specimen consequently has attained a larger size than either
parental species.

A deseviption of the colour of the hybrid reveals the double
origin just as plainly as the measurements. It is almost com-
pletely still in its summer pelage, but the new winter coat is showing
here and there. The nose is rust-coloured aboveasin L. europeus.
The sides of the nose are lighter, partly whitish. The lips are
whitish, light greyish in the middle; the chin and throat are
white. The sides of the head and the nose are rust-coloured,
but somewhat mixed with dark brown hairs. There is a darker
vertical spot below the anterior angle of the eye. The anterior
and upper vibrisse are black, the lower and posterior white. The
hairs of the forehead are dark brown with yellowish-white tips,
the combination producing a general yellowish-brown colour.
The anterior surface of the ears is quite similar to the fore-
head, the median surface rust-coloured ; the posterior half and
the base have assumed the winter coat and are white; the tip is
margined with black,a 15 mm. broad black band extending about
27 mm. from the tip (including the hairs). The inside of the
ear-conch is in the middle whitish, but the more conspicuous
marginal parts are rusty yellow. The sides of the occiput from
behind the eyes and below the ears rust-coloured mixed with
white. The middle of the occiput, from behind the ears, and the

280 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON HYBRID | Apr. 18,

upper neck are white, but with the under-fur basally rusty yellow.
The colour of the back is due chiefly to the longest hairs, which
are dark brown with broad subapical rings of yellowish white.
Nearly covered by these is a stratum of rust-coloured shorter
hairs. The general colour of the upper parts of the body becomes
through this arrangement greyish brown, lighter than the
summer coat of Lepus timidus, but less rusty red than that of
LL europeus.

The under-fur is white, and on the sides the winter coat has
developed so far that here and there cloudy spots of white are
visible, and the lower parts of the flanks are clouded by white
nearly all over. The shoulders could almost be termed yellowish
white, the thighs ashy grey (“blue”) with intermixed dark hairs
and a slight tinge of rusty. The under parts are white with a
yellow stripe bordering the flanks. The fore legs and feet are
light rust-coloured as in Lepus ewropeus, with white spots of the
winter coat. The hind legs are as the thighs, only a little lighter,
but the heel has a dark spot like the back. The hind feet are
almost white on their upper surface, but some rust-coloured
patches are left of the summer coat. The tail is white with a
blackish-grey stripe above, better developed than in Lepus timidus
but much less so than in ZL. ewropeus.

The chest is ight brownish grey with the white winter coat
showing through. The belly and inner side of legs are white.

The white “blue” winter coat is to be regarded as an in-
heritance from Lepus timidus, but it is evident that in the
summer coat the head, neck, legs, and feet have had a colour that
has agreed very well with that of LZ. ewropewus. Consequently it
appears as if those parts which in summer are most like Zepus
europeus in the winter become most like Z. timidus, which is a
rather interesting fact.

When skulls of these two species of Hares are compared with
one another, the difference in the shape and size of the nasals is
most conspicuous. Those of Lepus timidus are broader and
shorter and form in the middle a rather broad, flattened area,
from which the lateral parts are almost angularly bent and slope
down towards the premaxillary. In LZ. ewropews the upper
surface of each nasal is evenly convex, and this results in making
the groove between the nasals in the median line deeper than in
the former species. The upper and lateral parts are also less
defined from each other in this species. The nasals in the hybrid
are quite intermediate in shape. The convexity is less pronounced
than in Lepus ewropeus, but the median groove is deeper than in
L. timidus, and so on. The greatest width of both nasals is
contained fully twice or more in the greatest length of the same
bones in LZ. ewropeus, but, as a rule, this is not the case in
L. timidus, with which the hybrid agrees in this respect.

The zygomatic arches of LZ. timidus are more strongly developed
and broader than in LZ. ewropeus. The shape of the anterior end

1905. ] HARES FROM SOUTHERN SWEDEN. 281

of each zygomatic arch is especially different in the two species.
In L. ewropeus the distance from the anterior end of the deep
groove for muse. masseter lateralis (portio profunda) to the
anterior vertical border of the arch itself is greater than the
height of the same portion of the zygomatic arch. In L. timidus
the condition is quite the opposite, the height of the anterior
portion of the zygomatic arch being greater than the distance
from the anterior end of the groove or fossa mentioned above
and the anterior border of the arch. In the hybrid the condition
is intermediate, but nearer that of Z. timidws. The anterior,
inferior angle of the orbit in the hybrid has a structure which,
singularly enough, differs from that of both parental forms.
In both the latter the jugale and the lower part of the processus
spheno-orbitalis of the maxillary project in such a way that a
rather deep fossa is formed in the inferior anterior angle of the
orbit between the bones mentioned and the alveolar protuberances.
This fossa is, however, entirely missing in the hybrid. This
depends evidently upon a different arrangement of the insertion
of the muscles. In the parental forms, to judge from my material,
the anterior portion of the masseter lateralis is confined to the
interior surface of the zygomatic arch and its upper margin in
the anterior corner of the orbit; but in the hybrid it spreads
further forward on the facial area, where a tubercle and some
rugosities indicate the limit of its insertion. The difference be-
tween the hybrid and the parental forms indicates accordingly an
increase of a part of the masticating apparatus in the former.
The very great development of the whole zygomatic arch of the
same shows that other parts of the masseter as well have been
enlarged to a considerable extent. The greatest height of jugal
is in the hybrid 12°5 mm., while the greatest corresponding
measurement for Z. timidus is 10 mm., and for LZ. ewropeus only
a little more than 9 mm., so far as my material goes. The fossa
pterygoidea in the hybrid specimen is larger (its width being more
than 8 mm.) than in either of the parental species, and its shape
is intermediate: thus the musculus pterygoideus internus has a
wider area of insertion in the hybrid than in the parental forms,
and the great breadth of the lamina lateralis proves the same
for the m. pterygoideus externus. The sulews temporalis of the
squamosum has in the hybrid almost the same shapeasin LZ. éimi-
dus, that is to say deeper and narrower than in L. ewropeus.

The supraorbital processes are very strongly developed in the
hybrid, but the frontal region of the skull behind the processus
supraorbitales posteriores is very strongly constricted, not measuring
more than 13 mm. This, which is the more striking when the
great size of the skull is considered, I regard as an inheritance
from Z. ewropeus; as of ten skulls of Z. timidus none is so narrow,
the limits of variation being 15-19 mm. and the usual dimension
17 mm. In ZL. ewropeus the same dimension is in my material
from 12 to 15 mm.

282 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON HYBRID [ Apr. 18,

The foremost premolar of the maxillary is more simple in
LL, europeus, with, as a rule*, only two enamel-folds, while the
same tooth in Z. timidus has three. In this respect the hybrid
resembles the latter species, as text-figure 53 shows. But the size
of the teeth is, as also can be seen from the figure, larger than
the average in the parental species.

Text-fig. 53.

Hirst premolar of the maxillary: A of L. ewropeus, C of L. timidus, and B of
hybrid between both. (A and C 10 times enlarged, B 8 times enlarged.)

This description appears to be sufficient not only to prove the
presence in the hybrid of characteristics from both the parental
species, but also to show that the hybrid is physically very strongly
developed, even more so in certain respects than either of the
parents. The masticating-power of the hybrid appears to have
been especially greatly developed, with a grinding-surface larger
than the average in the parental species. This has needed a
greater development of the muscles moving this apparatus, and
with the increase in size of the muscles the bones standing in re-
lation to them have become altered, which indicates how easily
even such characteristics as those derived from the skull may
become altered (see text-fig. 54, p. 283).

Two months later, when all the Hares, even in Scania, had
assumed their winter garb, some more specimens were received
from Count Thott. They all differed somewhat in colour. The
two darkest had the fore-neck and breast, the colour extending
even somewhat on the flanks, uniformly deep rusty red. The
hairs of the upper parts were mostly black with broad subapical
or apical bands of a rusty yellow. In these two specimens
there were only very few traces of a lighter winter coat on the
sides of the hind legs. The third was a little lighter and had
a broad band above the tail on the lower back mixed with
bluish grey. These three were no doubt true examples of Lepus
europeus.—The fourth, however, seemed more than doubtful. It

* Indications of the third fold may, however, sometimes be seen.

1905.] HARES FROM SOUTHERN SWEDEN. 283

Text-fig. 54.

Anterior part of the zygomatic arch: A of ZL. ewropeus, C of L, timidus,
B of hybrid between both. (2 nat. size.)

284 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON HYBRID | Apr. 18,

was much lighter than the others. The general colour of the
back is a sandy greyish yellow, produced by the pale yellow to
whitish-yellow tips of the hairs which almost entirely conceal the
next portions of the hairs which are dark brown. The under-fur
is silky white. The sides of the breast have a silvery-white haze
on a rusty ground-colour, produced by long white hairs and white
tips to the other hairs, the lower portions of which are rusty. The
lower neck and chest have a pale rusty-yellow ground-colour,
which, however, is almost concealed, or at least veiled over, by
very long white tips to the hairs. The head is like that of a
Lepus europeus in its winter coat, but the white areas are more
extended and more purely white, and the darker parts lighter,
rust-coloured. The throat is pure white. The ears are somewhat
lighter than those of Z. ewropwus. The hind-neck is rust-coloured,
much mixed with white. Hind-quarters and a portion of the
lower back to an extent of 7 cm. are bluish ash-coloured. Fore
legs rusty red in front, otherwise white ; hind legs white with rusty
patches. Tail white with a narrow stripe of greyish black
above.

The dimensions of this Hare were :—Total length about 58 em. ;
length of head 114 em.; length of ears (measured as above)
13 em.; hind foot 16 em.; tail 10 em. These measurements are
partly intermediate between the average measurements for
L. timidus and ewropeus, especially the length of the ears. ‘The
hind foot is nearly as large as in LZ. timedus and the tail as in
L. europeus. These facts taken together with the colour indicate
that this specimen is a hybrid. Such an opinion is also
strengthened by an investigation of the skull. The greatest width
of both nasals is contained more than twice in their length, as in
L. europeus, but otherwise then general shape is intermediate.
The height of the zygomatic arch is only 9 cm., but its foremost
part in front of the deep groove for the insertion of masseter
lateralis is almost higher than long, and differs in this respect from
the condition found in LZ, ewropeus. The foremost premolar of
the maxillary has three enamel-folds.

Although, as the description indicates, this specimen is a hybrid, it
resembles L. ewropeus more than the former hybrid does, and it may
therefore be possible that it is the product of a secondary crossing
between a hybrid of the first degree and a specimen of L. ewropeus.
No real proofs for such an hypothesis can be offered, but it is made
probable per analogiam by the existence of other specimens which
also may be supposed to be products of a secondary crossing, but im
this latter case between hybrids of the first degree and L. timidus.
The first of such specimens was received in the middle of January
1905, from the estate Vrams-Gunnarstorp in Scania, belonging
to Governor Tornerhjelm. Its ears were intermediate in length
and measured about 13cm.* The tail was rather less than inter-

* T reeret to say that the head of this specimen had been cut away in front of the
ears, as is an old and habitual custom in Sweden, probably originally an act of
superstition.

1905. ] HARES FROM SOUTHERN SWEDEN. 285

mediate, measuring only 74 cm., and the hind foot was 16 cm.
In its general colour it resembles L. timidus (bluish-grey variety)
more than the specimen described above, but there is, on the other
hand, a very conspicuous inheritance from LZ. ewropeus. The back
has a rusty-brown colour modified by whitish and yellowish hair-
tips, but below these tips the hairs are not so dark as in ZL, ewro-
peus, and may be described as dirty umber-brown. On the sides
of the breast the broad white or whitish-ashy tips dominate, and
below them the hairs are rusty brown, and the under-fur is light
rusty yellowish-grey. The chest is covered by very long white
tips to the hairs, but below these the fur is pale rusty yellow, a
certain inheritance from JZ. ewropeus. On the neck and round
the ears the rusty colour is less concealed as the white tips are
shorter. The flanks and hind-quarters are mostly bluish ash,
perhaps with a rusty hue on the flanks, The same colour extends
on the lower back about 12 cm. from the tail. The feet are
coloured as in the foregoing hybrid specimen, but the tail is less
grey above, although more so than in Z. timidus. Still more
like L. timidus was another hybrid presented by Count C. C.
Beck-Friis, and shot at Borringe, in Scania, at the end of
January 1905. The greater part of the body of this Hare is
bluish ashy, but a large patch 18 em. in length and 7 cm. in
breadth on the back behind the shoulders is sandy brown. This
colour is produced by a mixing of rusty yellow, white, and brown
tips to the hairs, but below these tips the hairs are almost as dark
brown as in LZ. ewropeus, from which it undoubtedly is an inheri-
tance. Towards the periphery at the patch mentioned this colour
becomes paler. The under-fur has a more or less rusty tinge all
over the back. The hairs of the neck are rusty with white or
ashy tips, and the hairs of the chest and lower neck are pale rusty
yellow with long white tips to the hairs; but here, as well, the
inheritance from L. ewropeus is quite conspicuous, Nose and fore-
head rusty; sides of the nose and the head and a broad streak
behind the eye white, a patch below and behind the eye ashy
grey. Ears rusty brown on the anterior side, black-tipped, and
white behind ; inside of the ear-conchs coloured as in ZL. ewropeus.
Their length may be termed intermediate, as it measures 12°7 em.
The hind feet are also intermediate in length, measuring 15:8 cm.

The skull resembles most nearly Z. timidus with regard to the
shape and dimensions of the nasals and the zygomatic arch.
There are three enamel-folds on the first premolar of the maxillary,
but the third is not much developed and it resembles therefore
the same in ZL. ewropeus*.

* [Since this paper was read I have had the opportunity of seeing another
specimen of hybrid Hare which had been shot near Gothenburg. The “ German
Hares ” introduced there had been obtained from Frankfurt-am- Main, where Lepus
europeus assumes a more pronounced winter garb extending over the flanks and
haunches. The Variable Hare has also in the neighbourhood of Gothenburg a
lighter winter coat than in Scania, and is often quite white, consequently ‘the
hybrid Hare from Gothenburg was much lighter than the hy ‘prids from Scania.
It was almost white with a large brownish saddle- patch. he characteristic rusty

286 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON HYBRID [ Apr. 18,

As the two specimens last described show mixed characters,
derived from £. ewropeus as well as from L. timidus, their hybrid
nature appears to be proved. But, on the other hand, as the
characters derived from the Variable Hare are more dominating,
there is a probability that they are products of a secondary crossing
as alluded toabove. If such a supposition be correct, the hybrids
between the two species of Hare now living in Scania must
be fertile with the parental stock. The genital organs of such
specimens as I have had the opportunity of examining appeared
to be quite normally developed and not at all smaller than in other
Hares, when killed in the winter. As the two species are closely
related, the interbreeding and the fertility of the hybrids do not
appear to be unnatural or unexpected. It is nevertheless inter-
esting to verify this.

Count Tage Thott informs me that it is a rather common
occurrence, which he himself and his gamekeepers have observed
many times, that Hares belonging to the two different species
copulate with each other. It is evident from this that the two
species have no antipathy, as sometimes is the case even between
related species. The result of this must therefore be that hybrids
are produced in such localities where representatives of both
species meet. It is especially likely that a crossing may take place
when either species has been introduced into a country formerly
inhabited only by the other, as is the case in Southern Sweden.
Tt also appears as if the opinion of the sportsmen there was correct,
and that there is an actual occurrence of hybrid Hares in all
degrees of mixing of both species. Jf then, as is supposed and
also seems probable, the hybrids are fertile, the final result may he,
either a new race which, so to say, swallows the two original species
through unlimited intercrossing, or, may be, one of the races gains
superiority over the other, the latter in course of time being
eliminated and disappearing, while the former breeds true and
becomes more and more pure again. At least in some places in
Scania, as for instance at Skabersjé, the latter seems to be the
case with Lepus europwus, or the ‘German Hare,” as we eall it
in this country. Count Thott has told me that when this species
had been recently introduced, such specimens as he regarded
as hybrids were rather numerous, but later they have become
more and more scarce, so that among the first two hundred
Hares shot this last season only one (viz., the one first de-
scribed in this paper) seemed doubtful; the others were considered

colour of the under-fur of the chest, the broad black stripe on the comparatively very
long tail, prove a certain amount of inheritance from L. ewropeus. The measure-
ee the characteristics of the skull indicate the hybrid nature of the specimen
as well.

The differences between the specimens of ZL. ewropeus from Eastern Germany
and those from Denmark alluded to above are rather striking, at least when both are
in winter garb, the latter being much darker above and having the chest coloured
with a deep rusty red. It appears, therefore, that the Danish Hares forma separate
geographical race. |

1905.] HARES FROM SOUTHERN SWEDEN. 287

to be true LZ. ewropeus. Whether the condition is different at
other places in Scania, I do not know.

The two species have not, as is well known, the same habits.
The “German Hare” frequents open and cultivated fields,
in which it seems to select and prefer the most fertile spots.
The Variable Hare, again, gives preference to a landscape where
forests or groves and shrub-covered hills alternate with pastures
and cultivated fields*. These biological differences might perhaps
result ina third kind of modus vivendi, viz., that either species may
select its own suitable localities and “settle” there, without mixing
any more with the other or interfering with the same on its own
grounds, so to say. In such a way an explanation might be found
for the fact that in other countries, where both these species of
Hares occur side by side in a wild state, or where, at least partly,
their areas of distribution overlap, so very few hybrid-crossings
have been found, to judge from the available literature. Or is it
probable that such hybrids are not so very uncommon? In sucha
case they must have been overlooked, for the literature concerning
sunilar cases is very scanty.

In ‘Zool. Garten’ + O. von Loewis writes that he has seen at
least a dozen such hybrids within 20 years in Livonia, and states
that he has ascertained the correctness of this opinion through
comparative measurements; but his narrative is confined to this,
and he does not quote any measurements nor give any description.

In Switzerland it appears that hybrids have been found between
the Common Hare (LZ. euwropeus Pall.) and the Alpine Hare
(LZ. varronis Miller). At least parti-coloured specimens have been
described as such by Tschudiand others. Captain Th. C. zu Balden-
stein described 1863 a Hare which he had obtained in Dec. 1862
at Paspels in Switzerland, and which seems to have been most
probably a hybrid, to judge from its colour and from the statement
that the ears and tail were shorter than in L. ewropeus, with
which the specimen otherwise agreed in size. There is, however,
no description of the skull, so that it would have been fortunate
if the case had been more fully proved, even if it must be admitted
as very probable.

* From this may be concluded that the food chosen by the two species is some-
what different, and that of £. ewropeus probably more tender. This again may
serve as an explanation of the differences in the development of the masticating-
apparatus of the species in question, that of LZ. ewropeus being somewhat weaker,
with narrower zygomatic arch, &c. (conf. above).

+ Jahre. 1877.

t Jahresber. d. naturf. Ges. Graubiindens, n. F. viii. Jahre.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. XIX. 19

288 MR. A. L. BUTLER ON THE GIANT [ Apr. 18,

7. On the Giant Eland of the Bahr el Ghazal, Taurotragus
derbianus gigas (Heugl.). By A. L. Buruer, F.Z.S8.,
Superintendent of Game Preservation, Soudan.

[Received March 21, 1905. }

It is with great pleasure that I at last find myself able to
give a fairly accurate description of the Giant Eland of the
Bahr el Ghazal—the grandest of all African antelopes.

The name Boselaphus gigas was given to the Eland of this
region by Von Heuglin in 1863, and was based only on a massive
pair of horns which measured 35 inches in length and 32 inches
between the tips. Later on, the observations of Schweinfurth
proved that this Eland belonged to a striped form, but from that
day until now no complete description of the animal has ever been
recorded. ;

In the ‘ Book of Antelopes’ this Eland is treated asa subspecies
of Taurotragus oryx, but, naturally, no description of the animal
being available, Messrs. Sclater & Thomas were very doubtful
where to place it. Thus (‘ Book of Antelopes,’ vol. iv. p. 199)
they say :—“‘ In these respects (the great size of the horns and
the presence of white stripes) it would seem to approach Zauro-
tragus derbianus, but Schweinfurth says nothing about the black
neck of that species.” And on p. 208 they remark :— “‘ It may be
identical with Tauwrotragus oryx livingston, but as Heuglin has
given it a name we will allow him the benefit of the doubt for the
present, and will call this northern striped form TYaurotragus
oryx gigas until further investigations have been made.”

This name I have ventured to alter to Tawrotragus derbianus
gigas, as there is now no doubt whatever that the animal is no
subspecies of Zaurotragus oryx, but a very close ally of the West-
African Eland. With this it agrees in its large, wide ears, in
having the neck black with a sharply defined white posterior
margin, in the black on the lower surface, in the stripes, and in
the black patches above the inside of the knees. (These patches
are present also in 7’. oryx, but absent or only faintly grey in
T. oryx livingstonit, from which the Bahr el Ghazai Eland proves
to be quite distinet.) Indeed, from 7’. derbianus the Soudan
form seems to differ only in its much lighter body-colour (a pale
‘‘café-au-lait” fawn instead of a rich ruddy brown), in the
greyish white of the black-maned dewlap, and in carrying even
grander horns.

I have from time to time been able to examine nine pairs of
horns of this Eland, and they are wonderfully large and massive.
The finest pair I myself have handled measured 393 inches
(straight) in length and 39 inches between the tips, but several
of the other heads were very little inferior. It is probable that
a length exceeding 40 inches is occasionally attained. What seem

1905. | ELAND OF THE BAHR EL GHAZAL. 289

to me typical horns are very straight, stout, and heavy, have the
spiral ridges very strongly developed, and generally measure
nearly as much between the tips as they do in length.

The first specimens of this Eland killed by an Englishman (to
my knowledge) were shot about two years ago by Col.-Sergt.
Boardman, Egyptian Army, in the country west of Dem Zubeir—
just north of the 7th degree of N. latitude. The extreme
thickness of the neck-skins proved too much for the worthy
sergeant’s taxidermic ability, and he managed to save only the
skulls and horns. Beyond the facts that the animals were striped,
that he could only just get his arms round their necks, and that
he shot them in pyjamas from the door of his tent (!), I could not
obtain much information from him.

About a year ago the late Captain Haynes, R.A.M.C., while
accompanying a punitive expedition in the Niam-Niam country,
wounded a bull, but had to leave the animal owing to want of
time. <A few days later the gallant officer received the wound
which caused his death, subsequent to which the head of his
Eland was recovered and brought in by natives.

In 1903 My. Leo Franco, an employé of the Forest Depart-
ment, shot two bulls near old Wau, but also failed to preserve the
thick skins; and quite recently thiee British officers have suc-
ceeded in shooting specimens only a short distance from Wau.

One of these fortunate sportsmen—Bimbashi Collins, Egyptian
Army—has kindly sent mea letter containing a description and
measurements of the two animals shot by him, and also their
head-skins and hides to forward to England. From his letter,
and from my examination of the skins, the following description

the credit for obtaining which belongs entirely to Bimbashi
Collins) is drawn up :—

Description of Taurotragus derbianus gigas, adult male.

Height at withers 68 inches.

The frontal mat of hair dark chocolate brown, merging into the
colour of the nose, which is black. Sides of the head light grey,
becoming pale fawn-colour on the cheeks. From the anterior
angle of each eye a narrow white stripe runs forwards and
inwards, sharply defining the edges of the frontal mat. On each
cheek, about 2 inches behind and rather below the eye, there is a
circular white spot about an inch in diameter, surrounding two or
three coarse black hairs an inch in length.

The upper lip and chin are white.

The ears are large and wide, externally mostly black, but with
grey bases and conspicuous white tips ; inside they are black and
white. The large, pendulous dewlap is whitish grey, with a
narrow mane of coarsé black hair running below it from the
throat to the chest, where it terminates im a large tuft. The
hairs in this mane are from 2 to 4 inches in length; at the centre
of the dewlap there is a small mingling of white hairs. The sides

1G

290 ON THE GIANT ELAND OF THE BAHR EL GHAZAL. _[ Apr. 18,

of the neck are covered with longish, coarse hair, brown and black
mixed. Round the base of the neck the hair becomes entirely
black, forming a conspicuous collar about 8 inches wide. This is
sharply separated from the colour of the body by a narrow half-
collar of pure white, which extends from the chest tuft half way
to the withers.

The body is very pale fawn-colour, almost (as Bimbashi Collins
terms it) “ café-au-lait,” becoming white on the belly. On the
white of the under surface there is a long black patch, com-
mencing in a point between the fore legs and extending backwards.
to the navel. A black spinal stripe of longer hair runs the
whole way along the neck and body, and from this about ten
white stripes run down the sides and haunches. The hair of the
body is very short, smooth, and sleek.

The limbs are pale fawn-coloured, like the body, white on the
inner sides, with black patches at the back of the fetlocks and
round the pasterns, and black patches 4 inches in length on the
back of the fore limbs, just above the knees.

The following additional notes and measurements are from
Bimbashi Collins’s letter to me:

“T killed one old solitary bull and one younger herd bull. In
the herd which I saw I counted 50 horned heads and 10 calves
running with them, and I am told there is another herd on the
same ground. The horns of my lone bull I make out to be
39 inches, and those of the herd bull 38 inches, but I am not
quite sure of my measurements.

‘“‘ Dimensions of solitary bull were :—

Height from heel, leg in standing position, 5 ft. 8 in.
(17 hands).

Nose to base of tail (along curves? A. L. B.) 9 ft.

Length of body, shoulders to hindquarters, 6 ft. 2 in.

Length of tail, 2 ft. 3 in.

Girth 6 inches behind shoulder, 7 ft. 14 in.

Girth round centre of neck, 4 ft. 25 in.

“In the herd which I stalked there was one bull which looked
enormous, and must have had horns well over 40 inches, but I
lost sight of him in the bush, and shot the younger bull in
mistake for him.

‘“‘The animals were very tame, and were not much disturbed
by my firing one shot, but the herd was spread out over so much
ground that it was next to impossible to stalk any particular
animal.

‘« According to natives, old bulls have a curious habit of rubbing
the mat of hair on the forehead in the puddle made by their own
urine. The old bull had damp mud on the forehead which smelt
distinctly of urine. The young bull’s forehead was dry and
clean.”

1905. | ON THE ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 291

8. Notes on the Muscular and Visceral Anatomy of the
Leathery Turtle (Dermochelys coriacea). By R. lel
Burne, B.A., F.Z.8.

[Received March 20, 1905. |
(Text-figures 55-73.)

In May 1904 the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons
obtained a specimen of the Leathery Turtle (Dermochelys
coriacea L.) from Japan, with the object, mainly, of adding the
skeleton to the Museum.

On account of the rarity of the animal, it was thought advisable
to make also a careful dissection of the soft parts, more particularly
of those that must of necessity be destroyed in the preparation of
the skeleton.

The notes taken during this dissection, arranged for easy
reference and collated with previous descriptions of the anatomy
of the animal, form the contents of the present paper.

The specimen was a young female of the following dimensions :-—

centim.
Total length (following the curve of the carapace)... 135
Length (between the bases of the flippers) .....-... 68
Girth (under fore limbs) ............:.:sesseeeetereee ees 135
Girth (midway between the limbs)......-...:.++++++ 140
Girth (at base of hind limbs) ..........::seseeseeeeeees Sil
Length of fore limb, from its point of emergence
from the body (following the outer curve)......... 82
Greatest breadth of hand ............:::eseeee eee eee eens 20
Length of hind limb (tibial border) .....-..--+++-+++ 33
Girth of head at hinder extremity of the gape...... 53
From point of snout to inner canthus of eye......... 8:5
From point of snout to nostril ..........eeeeeeee rere 2°95

In colour the animal was black above, blotched with irregular
white spots, each of which measured on an average 1—2 cm. in
diameter. The ventral surface of the body, limbs, and tail was
dirty white, marked with irregular longitudinal bands and blotches
of black.

The six longitudinal areas into which the carapace is divided
by seven bony ridges are approximately of equal breadth—I1 em.
in the middle of the trunk,— gradually narrowing towards the tail.

There are six rows of scutes half embedded in the thick plastral
integument—a double row along the mid-line, with two single
vows about 11 em. apart on either side.

The true plastron-bones (text-fig. 57, p. 298) lie close beneath
the deep surface of the integument, and form a ring whose)
lateral parts lie about half way between the mid-line and the
lateral margin of the plastron. They do not seem to bear any
particular relation as regards position to the superficial rows of
scutes.

292 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

The ribs and the nuchal plate are embedded in the deep surface
of the dense integumentary carapace. In a similar way, the
dorsal parts of the dorso-lumbar region of the vertebral column
are partially embedded in the deeper parts of the carapace as far
back as the last ribs. The sacrum and tail are free. The sacral
region had been injured by a spear-thrust and the surrounding
parts were somewhat decayed, so possibly the freedom of the
sacrum may have been artificial.

THe Muscutar SYSTEM.

The muscles of the trunk of a young animal have been
described by Rathke*, and those of the shoulder in another small
specimen by Fiirbringer 7. As most authors, who have dealt with
the muscles of Reptiles, have used different names for the same
muscle, I have thought it best to adopt the names and numbers
given by Hoffmann in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich’ (Bd. vi. Abt. 11.)—in
the first place because they do not carry witn them any implied
homology with the muscles of mammals, and in the second place
because a full synonymy is given with each name and the com-
parison with other descriptions is thereby very much simplified.
An exception has been made in the case of the hind-limb muscles,
for which Dr. Gadow’s = names and numbers are used.

Muscles of the Head and Neck.

Squamoso-maxillaris (depressor maxille) (text-fig. 55. 11).—
Origin : hinder edge of the squamosal. Insertion: ventral surface
of the angle of the jaw.

A cylindrical muscle with fleshy origin and insertion. Separated
at its origin into two parts by the insertion of a slip of the
mylohyoid.

Dilator tube (text-fig. 55. 12).—Origin : squamosal, internal to
origin of squamoso-maxillaris. Insertion: upon the external
meatus.

Testo-occipitis (text-fig. 55, 13).—Origin: the anterior part of
the nuchal plate, close to the mid-line. Insertion: the hinder
edge of the parietal, 2 cm. from the mid-line.

A cylindrical muscle 2 cm. in diameter.

Testo-capitis (text-fig. 55. 14).—Origin: the carapace, along a
line that slopes outwards from the point of the first rib to the
second. Insertion: the hinder margin of the skull between the
insertion of the testo-occipitis and the origin of the squamoso-
maxillaris.

A very powerful muscle, with an extensive narrow origin.

Cervico-capitis (text-fig. 55. 15).—Origin: the dorsal parts of

* Rathke: Ueber die Entwicklung der Schildkréten, 1848, p. 154.
+ Furbringer: “Zur vergl. Anat. der Schultermuskeln,” Jena. Zeits. Bd. viii.
1874, p. 221.
Gadow : “ Beitr. zur Myologie d. hinteren Extremitit der Reptilien,’ Morph.
Jahrb. Bd. vii. 1882, p. 329,

1905.] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 293

Text-fig. 55.

M7
Vi
Dermochelys coriacea, muscles of the neck.

11. Depressor maxille, 12. Dilator tube, 13. Testo-occipitis, 14. Testo-capitis, 15.
Cervico-capitis, 16. Testo-cervicalis, 17. Transversalis cervicis, 18. Testo-
cervicalis lateralis, 19. Sphincter colli, 26. Dorso-occipitis, 28. Collo-squa-
mosus, 29. Longus colli, 38. Capiti-plastralis, 40. Collo-scapularis, 42. Testo-
coracoideus, 49. Testo-humeralis dorsi.

294 ; MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [Apr. 18,

vertebre iv., v. Insertion: the hinder margin of the parietal
between the insertion of the testo-occipitis and the mid-line.

This muscle usually takes origin from vertebre II1., Iv., V.
(Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ Bd. vi. Abt. 111. p. 79.)

Testo-cervicalis (text-fig. 55. 16).—This muscle can be separated
into a superficial and a deep part :—

(a) Superficial part.—Origin : the nuchal plate parallel to the
anterior border of the scapular articulation. Insertion: the
latero-dorsal parts of vertebrze III., IV., V., VI.

(b) Deep part—Origin : the carapace along the median border
of the scapular articulation. Insertion: dorsal surface of vertebree
Way Wile WOE

The two parts of the muscle form a very powerful mass, clearly
separable in front and at their origin, but fused posteriorly.
The muscle does not agree very well with the description of any
ot the neck-muscles given by Hoffmann in Bronn’s ‘Thierreich,’
but most nearly resembles the testo-cervicalis, especially that of
Trionyx, which rises from the nuchal plate and is inserted upon
the 7th vertebra.

Transversalis cervicis (text-fig. 55. 17).—Origin: the lateral
parts of vertebree Iv., V., VI., VII. above the transverse processes.
Insertion: basioccipital and posterior zygapophyses of vertebrze
Te gus

This muscle is the most lateral of the strictly dorsal neck-
muscles. In other Chelonians it seems (Hoffmann, p. 80) to rise
further forward and not to be inserted upon the skull.

Testo-cervicalis lateralis (text-fig. 55. 18).—Origin: by several
flat strands from the deep surface of the testo-capitis near its
origin. Insertion: by a round tendon to the transverse process
of vertebra II. in conjunction with part of the sphincter colli.

Sphincter colli (text-fig.55. 19).—A sheet of muscle that covers
the front of the throat from the tip of the posterior cornu of the
hyoid to the clavicle. It varies considerably in muscularity in
different parts. At its anterior and posterior ends it is strongly
muscular, but in its central parts almost entirely fibrous and
quite thin. It is inserted along the sides of the cervical vertebrze
from the 1m? backwards and to the inner anterior border of the
scapula, I can find no mention of the sphincter colli being
attached to the scapula in other Chelonians.

Mylo-hyoideus (19 @).—An anterior extension of the sphincter
colli sheet. Insertion: into the whole length of the inner surface
of the mandible, just ventral to the genio-hyoideus, and by a
small separate slip mto the squamosal in the middle of the origin
of the squamoso-maxillaris.

Capiti-plastralis (text-figs. 55 & 59. 38).—A sheet of muscle
covering the ventral surface of the throat deep to the sphincter
colli. Insertion: the outer end of the clavicle, the lateral parts
of vertebre 11., 111., Iv., and by a separate and very definite slip
into the inner surface of the squamosal, just dorsal to the dilator
tube.

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 295

The muscle can be separated into three strands. The most
anterior is the part inserted upon the skull, and forms a very
definite muscle that passes from the mid-line of the throat just
internal to the middle cornu of the hyoid. The other two strands
are thinner and less defined. All three parts form towards the
mid-line of the throat a fairly continuous sheet, whose hinder
part extends back beneath the clavicular portion of the deltoid to
the clavicle.

Coraco-hyoideus (text-figs. 58-60. 20).—Origin: from the
antero-dorsal border of the coracoid about its middle. Insertion :
upon the ventral surface of the body of the hyoid. In its course
it passes dorsal to the clavicle.

Coraco-ceratohyoideus (21).—This muscle was continuous with
the longitudinal muscles of the cesophagus. No origin from the
coracoid was seen (it may have been missed), Insertion: ito
the ventral surface of the body and middle and posterior cornua
of the hyoid. It is stated (Hoffmann, p. 82) that this muscle is
peculiar to Chelone.

Genio-hyoideus (22).—Origin: the anterior two-thirds of the
inner surface of the mandible, just above the insertion of the mylo-
hyoid. Insertion: upon the anterior border and ventral surface
of the middle cornu of the hyoid.

Cerato-mazillaris (23).—Origin: the tip of the middle cornu of
the hyoid. Insertion: upon the inner surface of the angle of the
jaw, just above the insertion of the squamoso-maxillaris.

Ceratoglossus (24).—Origin: the ventral surface of the proximal
end of the middle cornu of the hyoid. Insertion: into the
tongue.

Dorso-occipitis (text-fig.55. 26).—Origin : by tendon from the
ventral surface of the second dorso-lumbar vertebra. Insertion :
by a narrow tendon to the base of the skull 3-5 cm. in front of
the foramen magnum.

A flattish muscle, lying just ventral to the roots of the brachial
plexus. It passes dorsal to the outer end of the posterior cornu
of the hyoid, and at this point forms a narrow tendon.

In most Chelonia (Hoffmann, p. 83) this muscle appears to
have a more extended origin, including usually several dorso-
lumbar vertebree, as well as the ribs connected with them. In
its insertion it resembles the dorso-occipitis of Chelys and
Chelemys.

Collo-squamosus (text-fig. 55. 28).—Origin : from the lateral
parts of vertebre 1, 11. Insertion: upon the squamosal close
above the dilator tube.

Longus colli (text-fig. 55. 29).—A complex mass of muscle
covering the ventral surface of the cervical vertebre. Upon its
surface are a number of half independent tendinous slips. The
detailed origins and insertions of its various parts were not made
out.

There was no origin from the anterior ribs or nuchal plate such
as seems to occur generally (Hoffmann, p. 84).

296 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

One muscle in the neck-region I have not been able to
satisfactorily identify :—

(Text-fig. 55. 29a.) Origin: from the ventral surface of the
last cervical and first dorso-lumbar vertebrae. Insertion : upon,the
ventral and lateral surfaces of vertebrz Iv., V., VI., VII.

This muscle, the front end of which lies lateral to the longus
colli, can be separated with difficulty into at least three more or
less separate bellies.

Vestigial Back-Muscles. (Text-fig. 56.)

The dorsal surface of the dorso-lumbar region of the vertebral
column is covered by a layer of intermingled muscular and
tendinous tissues that represents the back-muscles in a degenerate
condition.

Text-fig. 56.

Dermochelys coriacea, anterior part of the vestigial muscles of the back.

In this mass three parts can be distinguished by their position,
_ although they are in no other way separable from one another :—

a. Fibres running from spine to spine. These parts are con-
tiguous in the mid-line, except where they are interrupted
by the neural spines.

6. Fibres that run beside the neural arches above the necks of
the ribs.

ce. Fibres running from 1ib to rib.

In front of the second-pair of ribs these parts can be to a
certain extent separated mechanically.
In the anterior thoracic region parts 6 and ¢ are strongly

1905. ] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 297

muscular, and in front form a rounded tendon that runs forward
above the transverse process of the last cervical vertebra towards
the anterior cervical vertebre. Its insertion was, unfortunately,
not seen. Posteriorly, this mass is attached partly to the second
rib, partly to the sides of the second dorso-lumbar vertebra, and
partly goes on directly above the neck of the second and succeeding
ribs. Part a@ (interspinales) in this region forms a definite
strand of muscle running between the spines of the last cervical
and first two dorso-lumbar vertebre.

These degenerate muscles could not be followed beyond the
sacrum, owing to injury of that part, but behind the ninth rib
they showed no signs of diminution, so that probably, as in very
young animals, they passed on over the sacrum.

In Chelonia in general these muscles terminate from the second
to the eighth ribs in the adult, while the interspinales are entirely
lost.

As regards these muscles, therefore, Dermochelys is less spe-
cialised than the rest of the Chelonia. And as the degeneration of
the back-muscles is due to the immobility of the carapace, we
may infer that the relative softness of the carapace in Dermochelys
is a primitive condition—a stage in the development of a true
carapace, and not a secondarily acquired softness brought about
by retrograde modification of a hard carapace.

Muscles of the Shoulder Girdle and Fore Limb.

Collo-scapularis (text-figs. 55 & 60. 40).—Origin: from the
lateral parts of vertebrze III., Iv., V., VI., vil. Insertion: upon
the median border of the scapular fossette and upon the median
surface of the head of the scapula.

This muscle is separated by the roots of the brachial plexus
into four layers. The insertion does not agree with that given by
Firbringer for Sphargis and Chelone.

Another muscle (text-figs. 55 & 59. 40q@), which I cannot very
satisfactorily identify, may possibly be part of the collo-scapularis.
It takes origin from the lateral parts of the second vertebra in
forward continuation of the preceding muscle, and is inserted
upon the upper end of the scapula just dorsal to the insertion of
the posterior part of the sphincter colli.

Testo-coracoideus (text-figs. 55, 57, 58, & 60. 42).—Origin: the
plastron, along a line that runs diagonally forward and outward
along the posterior edge of the outer part of the origin of the
pectoralis, and thence passes behind the arm to the carapace and
along the anterior border of the second rib to the hinder margin of
the scapular fosette. The origin from the plastron is fleshy, from
the border of the rib tendinous.

Insertion: fleshy, to the deep surface of the posterior half of
the inner end of the coracoid, and by thin tendinous aponeurosis
along the coraco-clavicular ligament and down the inner border
of the scapula very nearly to its dorsal end.

298 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

The part of this muscle that rises nearest the vertebral column
and is inserted upon the extremity of the scapula corresponds, I
think, to the testo-scapularis of Firbringer. This part, by its
thickness and fleshy structure, could be distinguished from the

Text-fig. 57.

Dermochelys coriacea, mner surface of the plastron.

42. ‘Testo-coracoideus, 43. Pectoralis, 44a. Supra-clavicularis, 73. Obliquus
abdominis internus, 75. Rectus abdominis.

1905. ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 299

rest of the scapular portion of the testo-coracoideus, although it
seemed to be continuous with it.

Pectoralis (text-figs. 57 & 58. 43).—Origin: from the plastron
by a large anteriorly concave semilunar attachment, the middle
(longest) arm of which extends from 13 em. behind the anterior

Text-fig. 58.

Dermochelys coriacea, muscles of the right shoulder, ventral aspect.

20. Coraco-hyoideus, 42. Testo-coracoideus, 43. Pectoralis, 44a. Supra-clavicularis,
44.6. Supra-coracoideus, 45. Coraco-brachialis brevis externus, 46. Coraco-
brachialis brevis internus, 47. Coraco-antebrachialis, 50 a & b. Deltoideus.
65. Humero-digiti I—V. volaris.

border of the plastron to 11 em. behind its mid-transverse line.
The muscle-fibres converge towards the shoulder. Insertion: by
mixed tendon and muscle upon the lateral process of the humerus

300 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [Apr. 18,

In conjunction with the tendons of the supra-clavicularis and
supra-coracoideus.

Firbringer states that in Chelone and Sphargis the tendon of
the pectoralis divides into two, one of which extends on to the
radius. I did not see this part of the tendon in my specimen.

Supra-clavicularis (text-figs. 57-61. 44a).—Origin: from a
median raphé and the plastron in front of the clavicle; from
the anterior, ventral, and posterior surfaces of the clavicle.
Insertion : upon the lateral process of the humerus.

This is a very large mass of muscle, measuring, at 6 cm. from
its insertion, 10 cm. x 2 cm. Towards its insertion its deeper
parts blend with the supra-coracoideus. Fiirbringer states that
this muscle is weak in Sphargis, but peculiarly strong in Chelone.

Text-fig. 59.

Dermochelys coriacea, left shoulder-girdle, anterior view.

38. Capiti-plastralis, 40 a (see text), 44a. Supra-clavicularis, 50a. Deltoideus
(clavicular part), 506. Deltoideus (scapular part), 52. Scapularis.

Supra-coracoideus (text-figs. 58&61. 44 b).—Origin : from the
anterior margin and median end of the dorsal and ventral
surfaces of the coracoid. Insertion: upon the lateral process of
the humerus.

This is a relatively thin sheet, separable at its origin with some
difficulty from the coraco-antebrachialis.

Coraco-brachialis brevis externus (text-figs. 58,61,&64. 45).—

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 301

Origin: from the ventral suriace of the outer third of the coracoid.
Insertion: upon the humerus in the hollow between the lateral
and median processes, just proximal to the insertion of the
pectoralis.

A. thin sheet of muscle capping the shoulder. The median
nerve follows its hinder border, lying between it and the coraco-
brachialis brevis internus.

Coraco-brachialis brevis internus (text-figs. 58, 60, 61, & 64.
46).— Origin : from the outer three-fourths of the hinder border of
the coracoid, encroaching somewhat upon both dorsal and ventral
surfaces. Insertion: upon the processus medialis of the humerus.

An undetermined muscle (text-figs. 60 & 62. 46.4), probably a
separate part of the coraco-brachialis brevis internus. Origin :
from the ventral and posterior border of the coracoid, extending
slightly on to the coraco-scapular ligament. Insertion: upon
the extensor surface of the median process of the humerus between
the insertions of the coraco-brachialis brevis internus and of the
subscapularis.

Coraco-antebrachialis (biceps) (text-figs. 58, 61, & 64. 47).—
Origin: from the median end of the ventral surface of the
coracoid, posterior to the origin of the supra-coracoideus. In-
sertion : by a round tendon to the heads of the radius and ulna.

This muscle passes into the arm between the head of the humerus
and the median process, overlying the median nerve. As it
enters the arm it forms a single rounded tendon that extends to
the hollow of the elbow. Here, the tendon unites to a great
extent with the dense connective tissue upon the surface of the
humero-radialis longus dorsalis, but strands can be traced to both
the ulna and radius. Fiirbringer describes a separation of the
muscle into definite superficial and deep parts during its passage
along the humerus.

Humero-antebrachialis inferior (text-fig. 64. 48).—Origin :
from the flexor surface of the humerus distal to the lateral
process. Insertion: by tendon upon the flexor surface of the
head of the ulna, in common with the tendon of the biceps.

Testo-humeralis dorsi (latissimus dorsi) (text-figs. 55 & 62,
49).—Origin: from the carapace along the anterior border of the
second rib just in front of the testo-coracoideus, and along the
outer margin of the scapular fossette to the posterior limit of the
nuchal plate. Insertion: upon the middle of the extensor surface
of the humerus between the insertion of the subscapularis and
the origin of the anconzeus.

Fiirbringer states that in Chelone (adults) the origin of this
muscle extends back to the third rib, but that this is a backward
migration that takes place after embryonic life.

Scapulo-claviculo-plastro-humeralis (Deltoideus) (text-figs. 58,
59, & 62. 50).—This consists of two entirely independent
muscles :—

a. Pars claviculo-plastro-humeralis.—Origin: from a median
ventral raphé in front of the shoulder-girdle and from the anterior

302 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

and dorsal surfaces of the median half of the clavicle. Insertion :
upon the extensor surface of the humerus, close to the insertion

of the latissimus dorsi.
The tendon of this part of the muscle overlies a bursa as it

passes over the anterior edge of the humerus.

Text-fig. 60.
Text-fig. 61.

Dermochelys coriacea,
right shoulder-girdle, dorsal view. left shoulder-girdle, ventral view.

Dermochelys coriacea,

Text-fig. 60—20. Coraco-hyoideus, 40. Collo-scapularis, 42. Testo-coracoideus, 44a.
Supra-clavicularis, 44. Supra-coracoideus, 46. Coraco-brachialis brevis in-
ternus, 46a. (see text), 50a. Deltoideus (clavicular part), 52. Subscapularis,
52 a. (see text).

Text-fic. 61.—44a. Supra-clavicularis, 44 bd. Supra-coracoideus, 45. Coraco-brachialis
brevis externus, 46. Coraco-brachialis brevis internus, 47. Coraco-ante-
brachialis.

1905.] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 303

b. Pars scapulo-humeralis (text-figs. 58, 59, & 64. 506).—
Origin : from the whole anterior surface of the scapula. Insertion :
by a round tendon to the proximal parts of the processus lateralis
humeri—in a position on the flexor surface of the humerus exactly
opposite that occupied by the insertion of the pars claviculo-plastro-
humeralis on the extensor surface.

Text-fig. 62.

Dermochelys coriacea, right fore limb, extensor surface.

46 a. (see text), 49. Testo-humeralis dorsi, 50a. Deltoideus (clavicular part), 52. Sub-
scapularis, 52a. (see text), 53. Anconeus, 56. Humero-carpali-metacar-
palis I., 59. Ulna-carpo-ulnaris, 60, 61. Ulna-carpo-radialis + carpali digiti
T.-V. dors., 63. Humero-carpali-ulnaris, 65. Humero-digiti I.—-V. volaris,
X ulna-carpalis, Y intrinsic hand-muscles.

Fiirbringer mentions that in Chelone and Sphargis these two
parts are more independent than usual, but states that both are
inserted upon the processus lateralis humert.

The two parts together form a very large mass of muscle.

Proc, Zoou, Soc,—1905, Vou. I. No, XX. 20

304 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

Subscapularis (text-figs. 59, 60, & 62. 52).—Origin : from the
whole length of the outer surface of the scapula and partly also
from the anterior and posterior surfaces. Insertion: along the
extensor surface of the humerus from the median process to the
origin of the anconeus. Fiirbringer gives an origin also from
the inner surface of the scapula.

A muscle (text-figs. 60, 62, & 64, 52a) I was unable to deter-
mine, but probably : a separate part of the subscapularis. Origin:
from the posterior surface of the scapula (except its dorsal third).
It passes behind the outer end of the coracoid, and is inserted
between the median process and the head of the humerus.

Anconceus. Pars anconeus humeralis (text-fig. 62. 53).—
Origin: from the distal half of the extensor surface of the
humerus. Insertion: upon the head of the ulna,

Fiirbringer speaks of this muscle as taking origin equally from
both sides of the humerus. In my specimen, the flexor surface of
the humerus was oceupied by the origin of the humero-radialis
longus dorsalis,

Humero-radialis longus dorsalis (text-figs. 63 & 64, 55),—A
large but thin sheet of muscle that arises from the radial half of
the flexor surface of the humerus distal to the lateral process, and
extends on the radial side of the forearm to the wrist.

The surface of the muscle is covered by a layer of dense con-
nective tissue, but by cutting this away three fairly distinct
muscle-bellies can be made out. From the ulnar side these are:
(1) a part united by fibrous tissue to the tendon of the biceps,
and inserted just to its radial side upon the head of the radius;
(2) a part extending down the flexor surface of the radius and
inserted about its middle: (3) a part closely applied to the outer
border of the anconzeus, and inserted upon the whole of the radial
and part also of the extensor surface of the radius down to the
wrist.

Humero-carpali-metacarpalis 1. (text-figs. 62 63. 56).—Origin :
from the outer condyle of the humerus, between the anconzeus and
the humero-radialis longus dorsalis, Insertion : upon the head of
metacarpal I., and to the back of the hand by a tendinous expansion
that runs diagonally towards the little finger. Hoffmann gives an
insertion for this muscle in other Chelonia upon the radius and
carpus.

Ulna-carpo-radialis + Carpal digiti 1.-V. dorsalis (text-figs. 62 &
63. 60+61).—Origin: from the inner surface of the ulna, from the
ligaments of the extensor surface of the wrist, and from the greater
part of the extensor surface of metacarpals I-IV. Insertion :
by a slip into the head of metacarpal I., and by flat tendons into
the distal phalanges of digits I—IV. and into metacarpal V.

This isa thin muscle-sheet of very degenerate character, espe-
cially towards the ulnar side of the hand. Its tendons are bound
closely to the periosteum of the finger-bones and can have little
or no play. It corresponds fairly to the above-mentioned muscles
of Hoffmann, The part proper to digit V, forms, however, a

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 305

completely separate muscle, that rises from the wrist proximal to
the origin of the part proper to digit II., and thence runs almost
directly outwards to the head of metacarpal V. and the pisiform.
I saw no signs of a humero-digiti IV. dorsalis (extensor com-
munis).

Ulna-carpo-ulnaris (text-figs. 62 & 63. 59).—Origin: from the
inner condyle of the humerus. Insertion: upon the proximal
edge and flexor surface of the pisiform and to most of the inner
surface of the ulna.

This does not agree in detail with Hoffmann’s description of the
muscle in other Chelonia, but from its position and attachments
is evidently an extensor carpi ulnaris.

Text-fig. 63.

Dermochelys coriacea, muscle-attachments upon the extensor surface of the
forearm and hand.

55. Humero-radialis longus dorsalis, 56. Humero-carpali-metacarpalis I., 59. Ulna-
carpo-ulnaris, 60, 61. Ulna-carpo-radialis+carp. dig. I-V., 63. Humero-
carpali-ulnaris, X ulna-carpalis, Y intrinsic muscles of hand. :

(Ulna-carpalis) (text-figs. 62 & 63, X).—Origin : from the inner
surface of the shaft of the ulna beneath the ulna-carpo-radialis,
Insertion: into the skin of the wrist above the origin of carpali-
digiti V.

This is a small muscle running diagonally towards the little
finger. J could find nothing in Bronn to correspond with it, so
have called it ulna-carpalis.

Humero-radialis volaris (text-fig. 64. 62).—Origin: from the
flexor surface of the inner condyle of the humerus. Insertion:
upon the inner surface of the shaft of the radius, passing super-
ficial to the tendon of the humero-antebrachialis inferior,

Humero-carpali-ulnaris (text-figs. 62-64. 63).—Origin: from
the ulnar border of the humerus proximal to the origin of the

20*

306 MK. R. H, BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

ulna-carpo-ulnaris. Insertion: upon the proximal edge of the
pisiform, extending onto its flexor and extensor surfaces.

Humero-digitil.—V .volaris(text-figs. 62 & 64. 65).—Origin: from
nearly the whole length of the ulnar edge of the humerus, passing
at the proximal end somewhat onto the flexor surface alongside
the median nerve. Insertion : partly into the dense fibrous tissue
that covers the flexor surface of the wrist, and partly (by its ulnar
side) into the deep flexor, contributing to form the tendons for
digits III. & IV.

Text-fig. 64.

i
a
a

ars

Dermochelys coriacea, right fore limb, flexor surface.

45. Coraco-brachialis brevis externus, 46. Coraco-brachialis brevis internus, 47.
Coraco-antebrachialis, 48. Humero-antebrachialis inferior, 506. Deltoideus
(scapular part), 52a. (see text), 55. Humero-radialis longus dorsalis, 62.
Humero-radialis volaris, 63. Humero-carpali-ulnaris, 65. Humero-digiti
I-V. volaris, 67. Flexor digitorum profundus, Y intrinsic hand-muscles.

The distal part of this muscle is represented by an independent
short flexor sublimis, Origin: from the dense fibrous tissue that

1905. j ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 307

covers the flexor surface of the wrist and partly from the outer
side of metacarpal I. Insertion : upon the penultimate phalanges
of digits II., III., [V., and upon the flexor surface of the pisiform
and of metacarpal V. The parts of the muscle proper to digits
II., III., IV. are perforated by the tendons of the deep flexor.

Olna-digiti lV. (Flexor digitorum profundus ) (text-fig. 64. 67).
—Origin: from the whole length of the flexor surface of the ulna
and from that of the ulnar half of the carpus exclusive of the
pisiform. Insertion; by four round tendons to the terminal
phalanges of digits I.-IV.

Intrinsic muscles of the hand (text-fig. 64, Y).—These are seven
in number. They take origin from the distal parts of the flexor
surface of carpus and are inserted upon the metacarpo-phalangeal
joints. There are two in connection with the thumb, very much
matted together and partly fused with the tendon of the deep
flexor ; one to the second digit, having a common origin with the
outer one of the two to the thumb; two to the third digit; and
one each to the outer side of digits IV., V.

Abdominal Muscles.

Rectus abdominis (text-figs. 57, 65, 66. 75).—a. Anterior part.
Origin : from the plastron about 4 cm. behind the pectoralis by a
backwardly concave semilunar attachment. Insertion: into the
anterior margin of the lateral horn of the pubis. The insertion
encroaches somewhat upon both dorsal and ventral surfaces of the
pubis.

6. Inner posterior part. Origin: from the hinder edge of the
plastron close to the mid-line. Insertion: upon the anterior end
of the epipubis.

c. Outer posterior part. Origin: from the hinder edge of the
plastron to the outer side of the origin of “6.” Insertion: upon
the ventral surface of the lateral horn of the pubis posterior to
the insertion of “ a.”

The anterior part is a large fan-shaped muscle, the outer parts
of which are lost in the loose skin of the groin. The two posterior
parts are ribbon-shaped and fairly stout. The part “6” does not
tally with any part of the rectus abdominis described by Gadow*,
but I think it must be regarded as forming part of this muscle-
sheet.

Obliquus abdominis internus (text-figs. 57 & 67. 73).—Origin :
from the plastron close outside the lateral part of the origin of the
anterior rectus abdominis, and from the loose skin of the groin.
Its fibres run inwards and forwards dorsal to the thigh and are
inserted upon the dorsal posterior border of the lateral horn of
the pubis.

Transversus abdominis (74).—A very small muscle-sheet lying
between the lateral parts of the obliquus internus and the perito-

* Gadow : “ Untersuchungen iiber die Bauchmuskeln der Krokodile, Hidechsen
und Schildkréten,’” Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vii. (1882) p. 57.

308 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE | Apr. 18,

neum. Its fibres run forward and towards the mid-ventral line.
The dorsal limit (origin) of this muscle was not clearly seen.

Muscles of the Hind Limb.

Ambiens (text-figs. 65, 67. 1).—Origin: from the outer extremity
of the upper surface of the lateral horn of the pubis. Insertion :
into the superficial fascia upon the inner surface of the knee
proximal to the insertion of the pubi-tibialis.

Text-fig. 65,

&

Dermochelys coriacea, left hind limb, ventral aspect.

1. Ambiens, 3. Femoro-tibialis, 8. Flexor tibialis externus, 9. Flexor tibialis internus,
11. Ischio-femoralis, lla. (see text), 12. Pubi-tibialis, 14. Pubi-ischio-
femoralis externus, 17. Tibialis anticus, 20. Gastrocnemius, 20a. Perforated
flexors, 21a. Flexor longus digitorum, 216. Tibialis posticus, 23. Flexores
breves, 75. Rectus abdominis.

The tendon of insertion is usually (Hoffmann) combined with
that of the femoro-tibialis.

1905.] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 309

Extensor ilio-tibialis (text-fig. 67. 2).—Origin: outer surface of
the head of the ilium, distal to the origin of the ilio-fibularis.
Insertion : to the outer side of the knee-joint.

Femoro-tibialis (extensor cruris) (text-figs. 65-67. 3).—Origin :
from the anterior (extensor) surface of the proximal three-
fourths of the shaft of the femur. Insertion: upon the head of
the tibia.

The proximal part of this muscle is divided into two heads by
the insertion of the pubi-ischio-femoralis externus.

I could not distinguish the separate parts (vastus externus and
internus and crureus) mentioned by Gadow.

Iho-fibularis (text-fig. 67. 4).—Origin: from the ventral part
of the outer surface of the head of the ilium. Insertion: to the
outer side of the fibula just above the ankle.

Llio-femoralis (text-fig. 67. 5).—Origin : from the anterior and
outer surfaces of the ilium in posterior continuation of the origin
of the pubo-ischio-femoralis internus, and also from the carapace
(2) or vertebral column (?) just in front of the sacro-iliac articu-
lation. This part of the muscle was damaged, so that its exact
attachment is doubtful. Insertion: upon the outer side of the
neck of the femur, in outward continuation of the insertion of the
pubi-ischio-femoralis internus.

Flexor tibialis internus (text-fig. 65. 9).—Origin: destroyed on
both sides, probably from the vertebral column close behind the
ilium. Insertion: to the inner side of the tibia, in common with
the distal part of the pubi-tibialis.

Flexor tibialis externus (text-fig. 65. 8).—Origin: destroyed,
probably from the vertebral column in the neighbourhood of
the origin of the flexor tibialis internus. Insertion: into the
tegumentary fold between the tail and the heel, on a level
with the ankle.

Ischio-femoralis (text-figs. 65-67. 11).—Origin: from the deep
surface of the posterior half of the raphé of origin of the pubi-
tibialis, and from the ventral surface of the ischium. Insertion :
upon the distal three-fourths of the posterior and inner surfaces
of the femur.

A separate portion of the /schio-femoralis (text-fig. 65. 11 @).—
Origin: from a median raphé behind the ischium, in common
with the pubi-tibialis. Insertion: by a round tendon into the
flexor surface of the capsule of the knee-joint.

Pubi-tibialis (text-figs. 65 & 66. 12).—Origin: in a continuous
line from the ventral surface of the lateral horn of the pubis
posterior to the insertion of the rectus abdominis; from the
margin of the pubo-epipubic notch; by tendinous fibres from
the epipubic part of the pubi-ischio-femoralis externus; from a
median raphé extending back to the ischium; from the ischial
symphysis and from a short post-ischial median raphé. Insertion :
upon the ventral and inner side of the tibia from the distal limit
of the insertion of the ambiens half way along the shaft. The
upper part of the insertion is attached to superficial fascia only.

310 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [Apr. 18,

This muscle is indistinctly separable into two parts comparable
to the ischio-tibialis and pubi-tibialis of Hoffmann (Bronn’s
‘Thierreich,’ Nos. 86, 87).

In Chelone there is apparently no origin from the lateral horn
of the pubis.

Text-fig. 66.

Dermochelys coriacea, muscle-attachments to the left hind limb.

3. Femoxo-tibialis, 11. Ischio-femoralis, 12. Pubi-tibialis, 13. Pubi-ischio-femoralis
internus, 14. Pubi-ischio-femoralis externus, 20a. Perforated flexor V,
21. Flexor longus digitorum, 216. Tibialis posticus, 23. Flexores breves,
75. Rectus abdominis.

Pubi-ischio-femoralis internus (text-figs. 66,67. 13).—Origin :
from the greater part of the dorsal surface of the pubis from the

1905. ] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 31

pubo-epipubic notch to the obturator foramen. Insertion: upon
the inner half of the neck of the femur, continuous upon the
anterior edge of the bone with the ilio-femoralis.

Text-fic. 67.

Dermochelys coriacea, muscle-attachments to the dorsal surface of the
left hind limb.

1. Ambiens, 2. Extensor ilio-tibialis, 3. Femoro-tibialis, 4, Iio-fibularis, 5. Ilio-
femoralis, 11. Ischio-femoralis, 13. Pubi-ischio-femoralis internus, 14. Pubi-
‘ischio-femoralis externus, 16. Extensor longus digitorum, 17. Tibialis anticus,
18. Peroneus, - 22. Extensor brevis I].—-IV. + Extensor Hallucis proprius,
73. Obliquus abdominis internus, 75. Rectus abdomiunis.

This muscle answers to the pubic part of Gadow’s pubi-ischio-
femoralis internus.

312 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

Pubi-ischio-femoralis externus (text-figs. 65, 66. 14).—Origin :
from the whole ventral surface of the pubis and epipubis between
the insertion of the epipubic part of the rectus abdominis and the
origin of the pubi-femoralis and the obturator foramen; from
the ventral surface of the ischium between the obturator foramen
and the mid-line; and from the dorsal surface of the ischium and
the root of the ilium. Insertion: upon the tuberosities of the
femur, just distal to the posterior third of the neck.

The part of this muscle that arises from the dorsal surface of
the ischium and from the ilium is probably the representative of
Gadow’s pubi-ischio-femoralis posterior.

This muscle, with the pubi-ischio-femoralis internus and the
ilio-femoralis, forms a thick continuous muscular sheath around
the hip-joint.

Extensor longus digitorum (text-fig. 67. 16).—Origin: from
the external condyle of the femur covered by the insertion of the
extensor ilio-tibialis. Insertion: by tendinous expansion to the
extensor surface of metatarsals IV. and V., in conjunction with the
peroneus ; by tendinous slips between each of the four inner toes
on the level of the metatarso-phalangeal joints; and by a strong
tendon to the inner margin of the head of the first metatarsal.

The insertion is less definite than that described for this muscle
in other Chelonia,

Trbialis anticus (text-figs. 65 & 67. 17).—Origin: from the upper
two-thirds of the inner (radial) margin of the radius. Insertion:
upon the extensor surface of the head of metatarsus I. and also
by a tendinous expansion to the fibrous tissue on the flexor
surface of the ankle.

Peroneus (text-fig. 67. 18).—Origin: from the distal half of
the extensor surface of the fibula and from the extensor surface
of the fibular side of the tarsus. Insertion: upon metatarsals IV.
and V, The radial side of this muscle is continuous with the
deeper parts of the extensor longus digitorum.

Gastrocnemius (text-fig. 65. 20).—Origin: from the inner
condyle of the femur and from the inner and flexor surfaces of the
shaft of the tibia, around the insertion of the pubi-tibialis.

At the heel the muscle 3s transformed into a dense sheet of
fibrous tissue, from which arise in the sole of the foot the super-
ficial (perforated) flexors of the digits.

The gastrocnemius has also direct attachments to the base of
metatarsal I. and to metatarsal V.

Perforated flexors (text-fig. 65. 20a).—Origin : from the fibrous
expansion of the gastrocnemius. Insertion: into the first phalanx
of digits I. to [V. These small muscles surround the tendons of
the deep flexor and are inserted directly into the periosteum.

Flexor longus digitorum (text-figs. 65 & 66. 21).—Origin:
from the hinder (flexor) surface of the internal condyle of the
femur, from the whole flexor surface of the fibula, and from the
proximal half of the fibular side of the tarsus.

1905. ] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 313

Towards its distal end the muscle divides in two fairly distinet
sheets :—

a (superficial). Giving off four rounded tendons inserted
respectively into the distal parts of the four inner toes.
The tendons towards their ends blend with the periosteum
so that their exact point of insertion is not definite.

b (deep). Inserted upon the tibial side of the heel.

The superficial part is the deep flexor proper, the deeper layer
is Gadow’s tibialis posticus.

Two small slips, to which T ean find no reference, pass from the
surface of the deep flexor (just above the ankle) to the base of
metatarsus V.

Extensor brevis 11,1V. + Hetensor hallucis proprius (text-tig.
67. 22).—Origin: from the inner border of the shaft of the
fibula and extensor surface of the tarsus in a line with digit IT.,
and from the extensor surface of metatarsals L., I1., I1L., IV.
Insertion : by tendons that gradually fuse with the periosteum to
the terminal phalanges of digits I., I1., I11., IV.

Flexores breves (text-figs. 65 & 66. 23).—Five small muscles
inserted upon the base of the first phalanges of digits elles
T., EV. Origm:—

i. From the radial side of the tarsus, it is partly fused with
the deep flexor.
ii. By two heads, one from the head of metatarsus II., the
other from the fibular margin of the tarsus.
iii. From the fibular margin of the tarsus.
iv. From the head of metatarsus V.

There is no interosseus cruris, which in Chelone is a very strong
muscle.

Hyer.

The eyelids (text-fig. 68) have the same general form and
structure as those of Chelone. Their inner surface, and more
especially that of the nictitating membrane, is deeply pleated.
The pleats, or rather laminz, lie close together like the leaves of
a book and run approximately parallel to the margins of the lids.
The basal parts of each lamina are the seat of smaller secondary
pleats.

In Chelone there is a somewhat similar but relatively extremely
feeble pleating of the conjunctival surface of the lids, and in this
case the epithelium that covers the ridges consists almost entirely
of mucous cells. It seems probable that in Dermochelys also the
object of the pleating is to extend the mucous secreting surface.

The contents of the orbits were decayed, with the exception of
the bulbus oculi, but a large mass of granular greasy débris was
most probably the remains of an enormous lJacrymal gland such
as that found in Ohelone. The globe of the eye measures 55 mm.

314 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

in transverse diameter X 26 mm. in depth. Its hinder parts are
encased in a thick cartilaginous sclerotic, which thins out anteriorly
where it meets the circlet of sclerotic bones.

The latter resemble those of Chelone in form, number, size, and
arrrangement, but are stouter.

Text-fig. 68.

Dermcechelys coriacea, lids of the left eye seen from within.

1.0. lower lid, U.p.m. levator palpebrx: muscle, m. nictitating membrane,
n.m. nictitator muscle.

The outer parts of the sclerotic cartilage are hyaline, but
towards the inner surface it gets more and more fibrous, the inner
parts consisting of fibrous tissue interspersed with small and
scattered centres of cartilage formation.

The lens, like that of Chelone, is relatively very small; it
measures 7 mm. in the antero-posterior and 7:5 mm. in its trans-
verse diameter.

THe ALIMENTARY SYSTEM.

The general anatomy of the alimentary canal has been accurately
described by Rathke*, and more recently by Vaillantt. The
following additions may be made to their accounts of these organs.

The Hsophagus.
(R.C.S. Museum, Physiol. Series 461 B, C, & D.)

The horn-capped processes that beset the inner surface of the
cesophagus are of all sizes. The larger ones average about 4 cm.
im length, and, except in the pharyngeal region, are set so close

* Rathke : “Ueber die Luftréhre, die Speiserdhre und den Magen der Sphargis
coriacea,” Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol. 1846, p. 292.

_t Vaillant : “Remarques sur Vappareil digestif et le mode d’alimentation de la
Tortue luth,” Comptes Rendus Ac. Sci. t. xxiii. 1896, p. 654.

1905. ] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. BS,

together that their backwardly directed pomts form practically
the whole of the exposed inner surface. Between the larger
processes and upon their bases are smaller ones of various sizes.
The processes are different in shape in the various regions of the
esophagus. Near the pharynx they have a spur-lke, slender, and
slightly flattened form and are always single. Further down
they become far stouter with a thick conical point, and are often
bifid or even trifid (text-fig. 69). The horn cap has a very definite

Text-fig. 69.

Dermochelys coriacea, cesophagus.

A. Bifid process from the middle part.
B. Trifid process from the lower end.

limit towards the base of the process, beyond which the surface of
the shaft is relatively soft and more or less wrinkled. In Chelone,
so far as I have seen, the processes ave far more regular in form
and are always single.

Stomach and Intestine.

The tubular part of the stomach (R.C.S. Museum, Physiol.
Series 516 A) is partially divided into compartments by thirteen
or so low irregular transverse folds, none of which is, however,
sufficiently marked in this specimen to warrant the expression
‘‘ diaphragms perforated in their centre” used by Vaillant in his
description of them. The inner surface of the stomach is smooth.

The intestine (text-fig. 70, int.) passes at first im an anterior
direction from the pylorus to the median border of the left lobe of
the liver. It then turns to the right along the dorsal surface of
the isthmus to the outer border of the right lobe. The bile and
pancreatic ducts open into this transverse segment, and here also
lies the transversely elongated pancreas, as in Vestudo. Near the
outer border of the right lobe of the liver, the mesentery increases
very much in extent and the gut is thrown into numerous coils,
that occupy the right side of the abdominal cavity.

The small rounded spleen (text-fig. 70, spl.) is lodged in a fold
of the peritoneum at the root of this mesentery under cover of

316 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

the apex of the right lobe of the liver. It has a similar position
in Hmys and Testudo.

The lining membrane of the first fourteen feet of the intes-
tine is strongly reticulated, as in Chelone imbricata (Bronn’s
‘ Thierreich,’ Bd. vi. pl. 38. fig. 1).

The last thirty-two inches form the rectum, distinguished by a
finely villous lining.

Text-fig. 70.

Dermochelys coriacea, adominal viscera seen from the ventral aspect.

asc.es. ascending limb of csophagus, dese.es. descending limb of cesophagus,
gl.b. gall-bladder, gl.st. globular part of stomach, int. intestine, l.a.abd.v.
left anterior abdommal vein, pe. pericardium, pt.s. peritoneal sac, r.a.abd.v.
right anterior abdominal vein, s.v. sinus venosus, spl. spleen, ¢b.st. tubular
pat of the stemach.

The Liver. (Text-fig. 70.)

The liver consists of a large right and a smaller left lobe united
by a narrow transverse isthmus, and thus has very imuch the same
form as that of 7estudo,

1905.] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 317

The gall-bladder lies half embedded in the deep surface of the
right lobe, just distal to the attachment of the duodenal mesentery.
A very short common bile-duct, formed by the union of the cystic
duct with an hepatic duct coming from the left lobe, enters the
wall of the intestine slightly to the left of the gall-bladder.

The duct does not, however, open into the intestine here, but
runs on, as a dilated channel 15 mm. in diameter, for another
9 em., away from the pylorus, and there opens by a long slit-like
mouth bordered by foliate lips. A similar arrangement of the
bile-duct has been briefly described by Temminck *,

The Mesenteries.

When the body-cavity is opened along the ventral surface, the
coils of the small intestine are seen lying to the right and the
cesophagus, stomach, and first part of the intestine to the left.
The coils of the intestine are suspended by a sheet of mesentery
in the ordinary way, but the complex on the left is apparently
enclosed almost completely within a loose peritoneal bag (text-
fig. 70, pt.s.). The relations of this bag to the various parts of
the alimentary canal in connection with it were not determined
in every particular, but so far as seen were as follows :—

Text-fig. 71.

Derinochelys coriacea, diagrammatic transverse section through the mid-region
of the peritoneal sac.

Letters as in text-fig. 70.

The descending cesophagus when it enters the abdominal cavity
is surrounded by a loosely fitting layer of splanchnic peritoneum,
Along the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the cesophagus this
layer gives off a pair of mesenteric sheets that form by their
union a closed sac (text-fig. 71, pi.s.). In the dorsal wall
of the sac are suspended the coils of the tubular stomach, and
in its ventral wall the first seement of the small intestine. Free,
within its cavity, lie the ascending arm of the @sophagus and
the globular region of the stomach suspended by a mesentery
given off from the left surface of the descending cesophagus.

* 'Temminck : Fauna Japonica (Reptilia), 1838, p. 6.

318 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE | Apr. 18,

Anteriorly, part of the ventral wall of the sac is attached to the
dorsal surface of the left lobe of the liver in continuation of the
mesentery of the transverse segment of the intestine and also to
the lateral border of the liver. Otherwise, the anterior attach-
ments of the sac were not very satisfactorily made out, but in all
probability it merges with the peritoneum that lines the anterior
end of the abdominal cavity. Another detail that does not
appear so clearly in my notes as I could wish, is the exact point
at which the cwsophagus comes to lie entirely free within the
sac.

In Hmys, although there is no similar sac of anything like
these dimensions, there is an arrangement of the mesenteries that
seems to represent it in a very much less developed condition.
The esophagus and stomach are suspended from the deep sur-
face of the liver by a mesentery continuous with that which
supports the transverse segment of the small intestine. This is
no doubt comparable to the ventral wall of the sac in Dermochelys.
But there is also a more dorsally placed and much looser sheet of
mesentery that extends from the peritoneal lining of the anterior
parts of the abdominal cavity to the stomach and lower end of the
esophagus. This, which I take to represent the dorsal wall of
the sac, encloses between itself and the first-mentioned mesentery
a deep pouch that lies behind the liver in the bend formed by the
cesophagus, stomach, and intestine, but does not enclose within its
cavity any free parts of the alimentary canal. The great develop-
ment of this mesenteric sac in Dermochelys is most probably to be
referred to the excessive length and bent form of the cesophagus
and to the much complicated stomach.

Ten inches beyond the point of entry of the bile-duct into the
intestine wall, a free mesenterial fold appears upon the anti-
suspensory surface of the gut. The line of attachment of the fold
is at first rather to one side of the mid-ventral line of the intes-
tine, and in this part the fold is deep, and owing to the shortness
of its free border compared with the length of its attachment
forms a pouch in which are contained three coils of the gut.
Beyond the region of the pouch the fold rapidly diminishes in
depth and continues along the ventral surface of the intestine for
some 16 inches, It terminates by branching off to either side to
lose itself in the dorsal mesentery. In the angle between these
two terminal folds is a small pigmented nodule, which may
possibly be an extremely vestigial Meckel’s diverticulum, TI can
find no indication of this ventral mesentery in Hnvys.

Food.

With the exception of the mouth, in which there was a small
Teleostean fish, the only part of the alimentary canal that con-
tained food was the tubular region of the stomach. In this part
there were numerous tests of compound Tunicates, several small
simple Ascidians, and a small piece of seaweed.

1905. ] ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 319

In the specimen examined by Vaillant there were in the
stomach remains of Hyperia galba, fragments of Medusze, as well
as 20 grms. of plant-débris. I have also come across a statement
in Tickell’s ‘ Reptilia’ that, according to Audubon, the food of
this Turtle consists of Mollusks, Fishes, Crustaceans, Sea-urchins,
and various marine plants.

Its diet appears, then, to be chiefly animal.

ORGANS OF CIRCULATION.

The Heart.

The heart agrees with that of other Chelonia in all essential
characters. It differs, however, from the normal condition in
shape, being somewhat long and narrow instead of peculiarly
broad. The length is chiefly due to the narrowness and elon-
gation of the ventricle, the apex of which tapers to form a very
long and stout gubernaculum cordis attached distally to the
pericardium. In connection with the question of shape, it is
interesting to note that Rathke* mentions that in embryos of
Chelone the heart is relatively longer and narrower than in the
adult.

The great trunk-veins open into a sinus venosus of moderate
size, which in turn opens into the right auricle by a long slit-like
orifice the axis of which slopes from below upwards and to the
right, and which is guarded laterally by a pair of simple valves.
The posterior wall of the sinus venosus is attached by a stout
band of splanchnic pericardium containing the coronary vein to
the right upper part of the ventricle. A similar band is figured
by Fritsch f in the hearts of Chelhydra serpentina and Crocodifus ;
and I have seen one in Zestudo indica, but it is apparently absent
in Chelone.

The left auricle, as usual, is relatively very small, being not
more than a quarter the size of the right. The pulmonary veins
unite as they enter it, and their common opening is protected to
some extent by a valvular flap, formed by a prolongation of its
upper and outer lip into the auricular cavity. Asa rule, in the
Chelonia the opening of the pulmonary veins into the auricle is
not valved in any way.

The interauricular septum is convex towards the left auricle.
Its lower edge is thickened and longitudinally split to form a
valve for each auriculo-ventricular opening.

The walls of the auricles are very thin in comparison with those
of Chelone mydas and show little trabecular structure.

The cavity of the ventricle is peculiarly small and scarcely
extends half way to the apex. The lower half of the ventricle,

* Rathke : Entwickl. p. 210.
+ Fritsch : “ Zur vergl. Anat. der Amphibienherzen,” Arch. f. Anat. 1869, p 737,
pl. 17. fig. 2, and pl. 18. fig. 2.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. X XI. 21

320 MR, RB. H. BURNE ON THE [ Apr. 18,

although to a certain extent trabecular in structure, consists
practically of solid muscle. The ventricular septum is quite
normal.

The great vessels arise from the ventricle in the usual positions,
but it is worth noting that the carotids, 7 em. above their origin
from the innominate artery, suddenly dilate to at least twice
their original diameter and then very gradually narrow again
towards the head.

The arches of the two aorte are equal in size—2 em. in diameter
when flattened. They unite on a level with the apex of the
ventricle. The cceliac artery arises from the left arch close to its
union with the right, the mesenteric from the left side of the
upper extremity of the abdominal aorta.

The Veins.

The Renal Portal System (text-fig. 72)—The chief aftluent
(text-fig. 72, 2l.v.) of the afferent renal vein is formed by the
union of a number of small vessels upon the inner side of the
ihum. The trunk thus formed runs forward to the hinder end
of the kidney, and there divides into two branches—a dorsal one
(the afferent renal vein) that runs upon the medio-ventral sur-
face of the kidney, lateral to the ureter, and very soon becomes
embedded in the kidney-substance; and a ventral branch that,
after taking up the obturator vein, forms one of the roots of the
anterior abdominal vein. The latter branch lies wpon the dorsal
surface of the intra-pelvic muscles, and appears upon the surface
of the body-wall in the pubo-epipubic notch. Just in front of
the epipubis it unites with its fellow of the opposite side, and the
trunk formed by the union runs forward in the substance of the
body-wall to the cleft between the ends of the coracoids. Here
it receives vessels from the muscles of the left coracoid, then dips
down towards the liver and enters it about the middle of the
ventral surface of the left lobe. This is the left anterior abdo-
minal vein, The right anterior abdominal vein is represented
only by the small vessel formed by the union of the veins
from the muscles of the right coracoid. It enters the posterior
edge of the isthmus of the liver about its middle, in relatively the
same position as the fully developed right anterior abdominal vein
of Hmys.

The persistence of only one (the left) anterior abdominal vein,
although normal in Amphibia and Lizards, is not the condition
generally described as typical of Chelonia, in which (7estudo, Hmys)
both veins persist, forming right and left anterior abdominals.
I notice, however, that Rathke* mentions that in young indi-
viduals of Chelone and in his specimen of Dermochelys the left
anterior abdominal vein only is present. In Vestudo greca also

* Rathke: Entwickl. p. 213.

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 32]

—
the right anterior abdominal vein may be quite insignificant, not

more than a quarter the size of that of the left side.

Within the liver there is an open communication between the
anterior abdominal and hepatic portal veins.

Text-fig. 72.

WG,

if oft
eal \)

Dermochelys coriacea, left kidney with its associated veins and arteries.

affr.v. afferent renal vein, ao. aorta, eff-r.v. efferent yenal vein, i.ilium, 7.v. chief
affluent of afferent renal vein, l.a.abd.v. lett anterior abdominal vein, obt.v.
obturator vein, wr. uretur, v.c.d. vena cava inferior.

The efferent renal veins are in no way peculiar. They run
forward, one on either side, along the median borders of the
kidneys, and at their anterior extremities unite to form the vena

S22 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [Apr. 18,

cava inferior. The vena cava lies to the right of the aorta, and
enters the deep surface of the right lobe of the liver. Just
before leaving the anterior border of the liver, it receives a large
hepatic vein.

Two trunks of the hepatic portal system were noted, one
coming from the stomach and entering the liver at the anterior
end of its left lobe, the other from the first part of the intestine
opening into the lower border of the same lobe.

The Thyroid Body.

The thyroid body has the normal position between the roots of
the carotid arteries; it is supplied with blood by branches of the
subclavians.

ORGANS OF RESPIRATION.

The Larynx.—The larynx closely resembles that of Chelone.
The procricoid cartilage is not, however, a completely separate
nodule, but forms a process of the anterior dorsal border of the
evico-thyroid.

The first complete tracheal ring lies 7 cm. behind the anterior
margin of the crico-thyroid cartilage. In front of it, included
within the crico-thyroid cartilage, there are six imperfect or
slightly indicated rings. These, as usual, are more marked and
extend further forward on the ventral surface than on the dorsal.

The constrictor and dilator laryngis muscles are quite normal.

The Trachea.—The lower end of the trachea is divided into
two lateral channels by a dorso-ventral partition for a distance
of 11°5 cm. upwards from the bifurcation of the bronchi. This
has been accurately described by Rathke (Miiller’s Arch. 1846,
p. 292).

In this part of the trachea the rings tend to be somewhat
irregular and frequently show partial duplication.

RENAL ORGANS.

The kidneys are large and flattened dorso-ventrally. Each
measures 23 cm. in length by 11 cm. in breadth at the hinder
end, and 6 em. at the anterior end.

Like the kidneys of other Reptiles they are much lobulated,
the lobes having roughly the form of irregular transverse bands,
which are themselves further subdivided by close convolutions.

The ureters emerge from the hinder part of the ventral surface
of each kidney between the main trunks of the afferent and
efferent renal veins, and from this point run directly backwards
to the lateral walls of the uro-genital sinus, into which they open
upon a pair of prominent papille. The walls of the ureters are
thick and pigmented.

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. 323

REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS.

The ovaries are attached by the parovarium to the dorsal peri-
toneum just lateral to the efferent renal veins. They are very
similar to those of Chelone, and, in this young individual, have
the form of a flattened band very much folded transversely upon
itself. They extend from about 3 cm. behind the posterior end of
the kidneys to nearly the same distance in front of their anterior
end.

The oviducts, like the ovaries, are in a very immature con-
dition. Hach extends from the uro-genital sinus to a point some
little distance in front of the ovary, suspended from the dorsal
body-wall by a peritoneal fold that passes on anteriorly for some
distance beyond the mouth of the duct. The duct does not
occupy the free border of the peritoneal fold, but lies about 1 em.
within it; the mouth, however, opens actually upon the free
border. The anterior part of the oviduct is slightly wavy.

Posteriorly the oviducts enter the lateral walls of the uro-
genital sinus, near the ureters; but on neither side do they in
any way communicate with the cavity of the sinus. After an
injection of water into both oviducts had failed to show any such
opening, the oviducts and ureters were slit up (text-fig. 73). Upon

Text-fig. 73.

Dermochelys coriacea, part of wall of uro-genital sinus, with termination of
oviduct and ureter (right side).

entering the wall of the uro-genital sinus, the character of the
lining io the oviduct suddenly altered, from being perfectly
smooth it became deeply laminate longitudinally. This pleated
segment of the duct passed towards the urinary papilla and
gradually narrowed to a blind end. Fluid injected down the
right ureter entered the uro-genital simus by two mouths situated
on the apex of the urimary papilla. When the ureter was opened
it was found that close to the apex of the papilla it forked, each
branch being in connection with one of the two openings.

On the urinary papilla of the left side there were also two

324 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE LEATHERY TURTLE. [Apr. 18.

openings; but here one only was in connection with the ureter,
the other led into a blind pit.

This imperforate condition of the oviducts is probably normal
in immature individuals. Professor Stewart has pointed out to
me a somewhat similar “ hymen” observed by him in a young
female Crocodile (Orocodilus acutus, R. Coll. Surg. Museum,
Physiol. Series, 2725 B), in which the mouth of each oviduct is
covered by a delicate membrane.

The cloaca and clitoris closely resemble those of Ohelone. The
cloaca 1s 25 cm. long. The clitoris is bluntly conical and free at
its extremity. It is situated 15 cm. from the external opening of
the cloaca.

Acanthias
vulgaris, 42, 45, 47,
48, 49.
Acara
punctulata, 152.
tetramerus, 190.
vittata, 190.
Acaropsis
nassa, 190.
ABcolius
brachyotus, 252.
/Enomys
hypoxantha, 83.
Agama
colonoruim, 11, 14.
Agelastes
meleagrides, 203, 206.
Ageniosus
militaris, 190.
Agoniates
halecinus, 190.
Alauda
arvensis, 5D.
Alcedo
amazona, 252.
Alcis
nausori, 94, 95.
tongaica, D4.
vitensis, 93, 95.
Alestes
baremose, 151.
dentex, 151.
nurse, 151.
Alopias
vulpes, 46, 47.
Amblysomus, 270.
chrysillus, 254, 260,
261, 276.
corri@, 276.
hottentottus, 1380, 259,
260, 261, 262.
— pondolie, 260.
iris, 254, 259,
276.

INDEX.

Amblysomus
obtustrostris, 260,
262.
Amphibolurus, 5, 14, 16,
17, 18, 19.
barbatus, 22.
Am philius
angustifrons, 64.
atesuensis, 64.
brevis, 64.
grandis, 63, 64.
longirostris, 64.
platychir, 64.
uranoscopus, 64.
Anacyrtus
gibbosus, 190.
Anas
boschas, 147, 148.
pecilorhyncha,
148, 149.
superciliosa, 147, 148.
Ancistrus
brachyurus, 190.
gibbiceps, 190.
pictus, 190.
Angiostomum
serpenticola, 251, 253.
Anisodes
porphyropis, 94.
Anolis, 19, ~
Anomalurus
batesi, 82.
beecrofti, 81, 82, 200,
205.
beldeni, 82.
fulyens, 82.
Anoplopterus, 64.
Anostomus
gracilis, 189.
teniatus, 189.
Anseranas
semipalmata, 118.
Anthropoides, 117.
paradisea, 111, 113.

147,

Anthropopithecus, 68
troglodytes, 205.
Antilocapra
americana, 118, 191.
Antilope
cervicapra, 118.
chora, 140.
_ tendal, 140,
Aphanopus
carbo, 252.
Aquila, 109, 111, 117.
verreauxi, LO8.
Ara, 107, 117.
hyacinthina, 105, 106.
Arcilasisa
plagiata, 93.
Arctocebus
aureus, 72.
Argyrothripa
nigrostrigata, 93, 95.
Aristodesmus, 229,
Arvicanthis
dorsalis, 269.
pulchellus, 84.
pumilio, 136, 269.
Ascaris
angusticollis,
253:
capsularia, 252, 253.
lumbricotdes, 252, 253.
Asio, 117.
accipitrinus, 252.
brachyotus, 252, 253.
mexicanus, 108.
Aspidosiphon, 181.
elegans, 33, 40.
ensularis, 40, 41.
steenstrupiti, 39.
truncatus, 34.
Asteronotus, 177.
Asterophysus
batrachus, 190.
Athene
chiaradie, 149.

251,

326

Atherura
africana, 84, 200.

Babax
lanceolatus, 54.
waddellt, 54, 55.
Bagrus
bayad, 151.
Balanus, 178.
Barbus
gibbosus, 63.
hindii, 63.
longicauda, 63.
miolepis, 68.
perplexicans, 63.
thikensis, 63, 64.
wernert, Od.
Batrachops
cyanonotus, 154, 156,
ocellatus, 154.
punctulatus, 154, 156,

reticulatus, 154, 155.

semifasciatus, 154, 155.
Bdeogale

nigripes, 76.
Belone

teniata, 189.
Bematiscus

villosus, 259.
Bison

priscus, 53.
Boggiania

ocellata, 154.
Bombinator

maximus, 277.
Boocercus

eurycerus, 17.
Bornella, 177.
Bos

primigenius, 51, 59,

Zee

Boselaphus

gigas, 288.
Brontosaurus, 242.
Brycon

pesu, 190.

schomburghkti, 190.
Bubalis

major, 201, 205.
Buceros

camurus, 207.
Buteo

vulgaris, 251,
Byeanistes, 204.

Callichthys
asper, 190.
longifilis, 190.

INDEX.

Callithrix
cuprea, 118.
Callophysus
lateralis, 190.
Calotes, 2.
Camelus
bactrianus, 231.
Candiella
lineata, 177.
Canis, 98.
vulpes, 187.
Carapus
fasciatus, 190.
Carcharias
glaucus, 42, 43, 48.
laticaudus, 43.
Cariama, 113, 117.
cristata, 113.
Cathartes, 117.
atratus, 111.
Cebus
fatuellus, 249.
Centetes
ecaudaius, 253.
Centrina
salviant, 45.
Centromochlus
heckelii, 190.
Centrophorus
sp., 42.
Cephalophus, 187.
callipygqus, 77.
castaneus, 77.
dorie, 198, 205.
grimmt, 138, 275.
jentinki, 201.
maxwelli, 205.
melanorrheus, 77.
monticola, 275.
natalensis, 275.
niger, 205.
sylvicultrix, 201.
Ceratogymna, 204.
Cercocebus
agilis, 71.
albigena, 71.
collaris, 71.
Cercopithecus
cephus, 10.
diana ignita, 199,
205.
eralebent, 70.
lalandit, 255. -
neglectus, 70.
nictitans, 70.
pousarguer, 1.
pygerythrus, 250.
talapoin, 70.
Cervicapra
arundinum, 276.

Julvorufula, 276.

Cervus

sp., 210.
elaphus, 191, 210, 211.
Ceryle
torguata, 252, 253.
Cetiosaurus
leedsi, 232-243.
Cetopsis
cecutiens, 190.
Cetorhinus, 42.
Ceuthmochares
eneus, 208.
flavirostris, 208.
Chalceus
macrolepidotus, 190.
Chaleopsittacus
ater, 231.
Chelhydra
serpentina, 319.
Chelone, 300, 301, 308,
310, 318, 314, 315,
819, 320, 322, 328,
324.
imbricata, 316.
mydas, 319.
Chiloscyllium
indicum, 44.
Chimera
monstrosa, 43, 46.
Chimarrhoglanis, 64.
Chlamydosaurus
kingi, 9-22.
Chlamydoselachus
anguineus, 47.
Chromis
erotus, 89.
Chromodoris, 177.
Chrysochloris
albirostris, 261.
asiattca, 259, 260, 261.
holoserrceus, 261.
leucorhina, 261.
rutilans, 261.
Chirysococeyx
cupreus, 208.
Cichla
labrina, 159.
ocellaris, 190.
temensis, 158, 190.
Cichlosoma
coryphenoides, 190,
Jestivum, 190.
severum, 190.
Cisticola
lateralis, 209.
Citharinus
citharus, 15).
Clamator
cafer, 208.
Clarias
lazera, 151.

Clarotes
laticeps, 151.
Cloeosiphon
aspergillum, 33, 39.
Cobus
singsing, 202.
Coccystes
cafer, 208.
Colobus
Serrugineus, 199, 205.
polycomus, 199.
ursinus, 199, 205,
verus, 199.
Corallum
rubrum, 173.
Corytheola, 203.
cristata, 203, 208.
Crenacara
elegans, 152.
maculata, 153.
punctulata, 152, 153.
Crenicichla
acutirostris, 158, 164,
168.
adspersa, 167, 168.
anthurus, 160.
argynnis, 159.
brasiliensis adspersa,
167.
— fasciata, 166.
— johanna, 168.
-— lenticulata, 167.
— lugubris, 165.
— marmorata, 158.
— strigata, 165.
— vittata, 165.
cineta, 158, 166.
cyanonotus, 156.
elegans, 155.
Frenata, 159.
Junedris, 165.
geayi, 157, 161.
johanna, 157, 158, 166,
168, 190.
— adspersa, 167.
— Junebris, 165.
— johanna, 168.
— lenticulata, 167.
— lugubris, 165.
—- strigata, 165.
— vitiata, 165.
lacustris, 158, 162.
lenticulata,
189, 190.
lepidota, 157, 158.
lucius, 157, 160.
lugubris, 158, 168,
190.
macrophthalmus, 158,
162.
multispinosa, 158, 164.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1905, Vou. I, No, XXII,

158, 167,

INDEX.

Crenicichla
obtusirostris, 168.
ornata, 158, 167, 168.
polysticta, 162.
proteus, 159.

-— argynnis, 159.

punctata, 162.

reticulata, 155, 156.

sawatilis, Moi, lad)
190.

— albopunctata, 159.

— semicincta, 159.

semifasciata, 155.

strigata, 158, 166,
168.

vaillanti, 159.

vittata, 158, 163.

wallacti, 158, 163, 168,
189, 190.

Crenuchus
spilurus, 190.

Cricetomys, 200.
gambianus, 84.

Criniger
verreauxi, 208,

Crocidura
flavescens, 130, 264,

265.
— flavidula, 264.
flavidula, 264.
martenst, 264.

Crocodilus, 222, 319.
acutus, 324.

Crossarchus
fasciatus, 265.
obscurus, 76, 205.

Ctenacodon, 98.

Curimatus
alburnus, 189.
elongatus, 189.
schomburgkit, 189.
spilurus, 189,

Cychla
Jasciata, 166, 168.
lacustris, 162.
rutilans, 159.

Cyclopterus
Jumpus, 252.

Cynictis
penicillata, 152, 135.

Cynocephalus, 69.

Cynodon
pectoralis, 190.
scombroides, 190.

Cynognathus, 96, 98, 99, |

100, 102, 227.
Cynopithecus
niger, 22-26,

Dadessa
fluminalis, 95.

327

Dafila

acuta, 147, 148.
Dama

vulgaris, 190.
Dasychira

vitensis, 92, 95.
Dasymys

incomtus, 270.
Dasypus, 101.
Dasyurus, 102.
Deilemera

Fasciata, 92.
Deilephila

placida-torenia, 95.
Dendrohyrax

dorsalis, 79.
Dendromus, 156.

melanotis, 136, 137.

mesomelas, 136, 157.

messorius, 84.
Dendromys, 137.
Deomys

ferrugineus, 84.
Dermockelys

coriacea, 291-824.
Diadectes, 214.

Diademodon
mastacus, 96-102.
Dicrossus

maculatus, 153.
Dicynodon, 214.
Diplodocus, 235, 258,

239, 242.

carnegit, 231.
Discognathus

blanfordii, 62.

hindti, 62, 64.
Distichodus

brevipinnis, 151.

rostratus, 151.
Distoma

crotali, 249.

pulmonale, 2A8.

pulmenis, 248,

ringert, 248.

westermani, 248.
Dedecaceria

concharum, 181.
Dolabella, 177.
Doras

cataphractus, 190.

heckeiit, 190.
Doreatherium

aquaticum, 78, 202.
Dromeeus, 117.

nove-hollandie, 105.

Wehidna, 100, 101.
Echinometra
subangularis, 182, 184.

22

328 —

Echinorhinus
spinosus, 46, 47

Eehinerhynchus
crotali, 249.
hominis, 249,

spirula, 249, 258.

Elephas
africanus, 80.

Emys, 316, 318, 320.

Enhydra, 98.
Eosaccomys, 269.
Epomophorus, 19
Sranqueti, 72.
wahlbergi, 256.
Equus

heniionus kiang, 186.

Erythrinus

9:

longipinnis, 189.

salmoneus, 189.

uniteniatus, 189.

Kunice
Ffasciata, 177.

siciliensts, 177, 181,

182.
torquata, 177.
Euryotis
obscura, 267.
Hurystomus
gularis, 207.
Hurytorna
heterodoxa, 95.

Faleo, 111, 117.
lanarius, 109.
Fayorinus
carneus, 177.
Felis

celadogaster, 199 205.

lynx, 186.

ocreata cafra, 132.

pardus, 74.

— tulliana, 187.

serval, 205.
tigris, 259.
Filaria

Joveata, 252, 258.

helicina, 258.

physalura, 252, 253,

piscium, 252.

quiscali, 252, 258

Francolinus
ahantensis, 203.
lathami, 203.

Gadus
morrhua, 252.

Galactochrysea
liberia, 206,

Ye.

INDEX.

Galago
allent, 71.
crassicaudatus, 256.
demidoffi, 71.
pallida, 71.
Galeorhinus
canis, 42.
japonicus, 42.
Galeus
canis, 47, 48, 49.

(Galeorhinus) canis,

Gallirex, 203.
Garrulax
sannio, 5d.
tibetanus, 54, 55.
Genetta, 75.
Geophagus
cupido, 190.
demon, 190.
Jurupari, 190,
surinamensis, 190.
Georychus
hottentotus, 270.
Gerbillus
brantsiz, 135.
Gerrhonotus, 7.
Giraffa
camclopardatis, 119.
— antiquorum, 248.
— cottont, 121.

— peralta, 119, 120,

121, 244, 248.
— rothschildi, 121.
— tippelskirchi, 119,

120
— typica, 120, 121.
Glareola

megapoda, 206.

nuchalis liberia, 206.
Glyphodes

cesalis, 95.

psittacalis, 95.

Gomphognathus, 96, 98.

Gorilla, 67.
castaneiveps, 56.
Goura, 105, 114, 117.
coronata, 114.

victoria, 1.
Graphiurus

hucti, 200, 205.

murinus, 266.
Guttera

cristata, 208, 206.
Gymnarchus

niloticus, 151.

Gymnorhina, 107, 116,

117.
leuconota, 114, 115.
Gymnotus
electricus, 190.

|

Gypohierax

angoiensis, 203.

Hagedashia
hagedash, 207.
Haleyon
cyanoleucus, 207.
Haplocanthosaurus, 242.
Haploceros
montanus, 56.
Hatteria, 2, 4, 5, 221.
Heliobueco
bonapartet, 73.
Heloderma, 7, 8, 19.
suspectium, 7.
Helotarsus
ecaudatus, 252, 253.
Hemiodus
tmmaculatus, 189.
unimaculatus, 189.
Heptanchus
cinereus, 42, 47.
Herpestes
cauui, 135.
galera, 265.
gracilis, 76.
— cauui, 135, 265.
— punctulatus, 135,
265.
naso, 76.
Herpetodryas
carinatus, 251, 253.
Hesione
sicula, 177.
Heterobranchus
senegalensis, 151.
Heterodon
platyrhinus, 251, 253,
Heterodontus
(Cestracion) philippi,
45.
Hexabranchus, 177.
Hippopotamus
liberiensis, 205.
Hipposideros
caffer, 180, 256.
commersoni, 73.
cyclops, 73, 82.
Hydrocyon
brevis, 151.
Hylocheerus
meinertzhagent, 199.
Hypzena
masurialis ferriscitalis,
93.
Hyperia
galba, 319.
Hyperopisus
bebe, 151.
Hypsignathus
monstrosus, "12,

Ibis

hagedash, 207.
Ichthyosaurus, 219.
Ietonyx

capensis, 135, 266.
Idiurus, 73, 82.
Iguana, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,

10, 16, 17, 18, 19.

tuberculuta, 6, 16.
Thuus

ecaudatus, 249.

Labeo
horie, 151.
senegalensis, 151,
Lacerta, 7, 8, 20.
galloti, 17.
muralis, 118.
Lamna
cornubica, 47.
(Oxyrhina) cornubica,
Lanius
algeriensis, 5D.
lama, 5d.
schach, 5d.

Larentia

rewacnsis, 94, 95.
Lates

niloticus, 151.
Leggada

minutoides, 136, 269.
Lemur
sp., 118
brunncus, 249, 258.
coronatus, 249, 258.
mongoz nigri ifrons, 249,
Lepidopus
argyreus, 252.
caudatus, 252, 253.
Leporinus
affinis, 189.
fasciatus, 189.
frederici, 189.
leschenaultii, 189.
margaritaceus, 189.
nattereri, 189,
nigroteniatus, 189.
striatus, 189.
Lepus
angolensis, 158.
capensis, 157.
curopeus, 278-287.
ochropus, 137.
saxatilis, 138, 270,
271.
— megalotis, 271, 272
— zguluensis, 270, 272.
limidus, 278— 287.
varronis, 287.

INDEX.

Linguatula
proboscidea, 249.
quadriuneinata,

Lithophagus, 179,

ist.

249.
181,

Lithothamnion, 179, 181,

186.
Lobophytum, 177.
Locastra

drucei, 94, 95.
Lophius

piscatorius, 252.
Lophoceros

camurus, 204, 207.

olivacea, \77.
Lophuromys, 200.

sthapusi, 84.
Loricaria

carinata, 190.

maculata, 190.
Loxosoma

sp., 28.
Lutra, 98.

maculicollis, 205.
Lycaon

pictus zuluensis,
Lysidice, 181.

Macrodon
trahira, 189.
Malacomys
longipes, 8A.
Manis

gigantea, 85, 202.

Margarona
oceanitis, 95.
Megalobrycon
cephalus, 190.
Menapetalonema
physalur um, 22,
Mesogonimus
wester mani, YAS.
Mesosaurus, 213,
216, 217, 228,
Mierogomphodon,
225, 227.
Mier Glectes! 98.
Miniopterus
schreibersi, 259.
Mochlorhinus, 219.
Molge
bosce, 278.
pyrr OSES a
wolterstorffi, 2
Monitor, 12. ie
Mormyrus
caschive, 151.
gubetini, 151.
Motacilla
vidua, 209.

265.

DA
102,

5 lsh

eu)
i)
ide)

Mus
alexandrinus, 200.
barbarus, 200.
chrysophilus, 268.
colonus, 136, 269.
coucha, 268, 269.
— zuluensis, 268.
dolichurus, 268.
dorsalis, 200.
musculoides, 200.
natalensis, 269.
nigricawda, 200.
rufinus, 2
silaceus, 268.
trivirgatus, 200.
tullbergi, 83.
univittatus, 83.
Mustelus
levis, 44, 47, 48, 49.
vulgaris, 42.
Myletes
asterias, 190.
duriventris, 190.
ellipticus, 190.
hypsauchen, 190.
rhomboidalis, 190,
rubripinnis, 190.
schomburgkt, 190.
setiger, 190,
Myliobatis
aquila, 46, 47.
Myosorex, 254.
sclateri, 131, 152, 262,
263.
— affivis, 262, 263,
— sclateri, 263.
— talpinus, 262, 263.
tenuis, 131, 1382, 264.
varius, 130, 181, 263,
264.
Myrmica
ruginodis, 8b.
Mystromys
albicaudatus, 137.
— fumosus, 137.

Nandinia
binotata, 75, 200, 205.
Necrosyrtes
monacus, 203.
Nemertes
neesit, 177.
Neotragus
batesi, 77.
Nereis
dumerilii, 177.
Nicidion, 181.
Notidanus
cinereus, 49,
(Heptanchus) cznercus,

330

Numida
cristata, 206.
Nycteris, 73.
capensis, 257.
damarensis, 257.
Nyctinomus, 73.

Cionistis
delia, 92.
entella, 92.
Ornithopsis, 282.

Ornithorhynchus, 98,

229.
Ortholophus
albocristatus, 204.
leucolophus, 204.
Orycteropus, 99.
Oryctolagus
crassicaudatus
272.
-— nyike, 272.
Oryx
beisa, 187.
Osteoglossum
bicirrhosum, 189.
Otocorys
elwesi, 5D.
Otomys
arroratus,
270.
laminatus, 2067.
Ourebia
haggardi, 169.
kenye, 169.
montana, 169,
Ovibos
moschatus, 50-53.
Ovis
musimon, 118.
Oxydoras
carinatus, 190.

135,

Curry,

266,

lipophthalmus, 190.

stenopeltis, 190,

Paleohatteria, 213, 214,

228.
Papio
porcarius, 255.
Paradisea
apoda, 231.
minor, 281.
Paragonimus

westermant, 248, 258.

Pareiasaurus, 214,
217, 220, 223.
Pariotichus, 214,
216.
Parus
cinereus, 5d,

215,

O15,

INDEX.

Pavo
nigripennis, 149.
Pecten, 180.
Pelecanus, 1138, 117.
Juscus, 108, 109.
Pentastomum
clavatum, 250.
crotali, 250.
imperatoris, 249.
montliforme, 249, 250.
proboscideum, 249.
subcylindricum, 250.
Perca
brasiliensis, 158.
saxatilis, 159.
Perodicticus, 71.
potto, 249, 253.
Petrocephalus
bane, 151.
Petrophryne, 225.
Phacocherus
ethiopicus, 118.
Phascologale
penicillata, 251.
Phascolomys, 101, 102.
Phascolosoma
dissors, 33.
glaucum, 32, 30.
papilliferum, 30.
pellucidum, 28.

pyriformis, 86, 39, 41.

semperi, 31.
vulgare, 27.

— selenke, 31, 35.
— tropicum, 31.
wasini, 32, dd.

Phassodes, gen. noy., 89.

bimorpha, 91.
guthrei, 90, 95.
nausori, 91, 95.
odorevaluula, 89, 90,
95.
rewaensis, 91, 95.
vitensis, 92, 95.
Philine
aperta, 177.
Phocosaurus, 227.
Pheenicophaés
@neus, 208.
Phractocephalus
hemiliopterus, 190.
Phrynosoma, 9, 18.
Phyllidia, 177.
Phyllodoce
paucerina, 177.
Physcosoma
evisceratum, 31, 30.
gaudens, 36, 38, 41.
lurco, 37.
nigrescens, 380, 36.
psaron, 38.

Physcosoma

scolops, 28, 30, 36.

— mossambicense, 30.

socium, 37, 41.

weldonit, 36, 38.
Physignathus, 9-22.

lesueuri, 22.
Pica

bottanensis, 55.
Pimelodus

cristatus, 190.

eques, 190.

holomelas, 190.

maculatus, 190.

muellert, 190.

ornatus, 190.

raninus, 190.

sebe, 190.
Pipistrellus

kuhlit, 258.

— fuscatus, 129, 257.

nanus, 129, 258,
Piratinga

goliath, 190.
Pirinampus

typus, 190.
Pithecus

innuus, 249,
Plagiaulax, 98.
Platynematichthys

punctulatus, 190.
Platystoma

planiceps, 190.

tigrinum, 190.
Plecostomus

guacari, 190.
Pliosaurus, 228.

Plotus
anhinga, 259.
Peecilogale

albinucha, 266.
Pceocephalus, 204.
Poiana

richardsoni, (5.
Polyodon

spathula, 41.
Polystoma

proboscideum, 249
Pontis, 177.
Porocephalus, 248,

annulatus, 250.

crotali, 249, 253.

herpetodryados, 250,

251, 253.
moniliformis,
253.

subuliferus, 250.

tortus, 250.
Potamocheerus

penicillatus, 202.

porcus, 78,

250,

Potamogale
velox, 73.
Pratincola
rubetra, 209.
Pristis
perotett?, 42.
Pristiurus
sp., 42.
melanostomus, 42, 44,
48.
Procayia
capensis, 1388, 275.
Prochilodus
insignis, 189.
Procolophon, 212-230,
cuneiceps, 221, 224,
226.
griersoni, 221.
laticeps, 220, 221, 223,
224, 226, 229.
minor, 218, 219.
platyrhinus, 226.
sphenorhinus, 226,
227.
trigoniceps, 218, 219,
220, 221, 223, 224,
220.
Pronolagus
sp., 133.
crassicaudatus, 272
273, 274, 275.
—curryi, 138, 274,
275, 276.
— melanurus, 279.
— nyike, 274, 275.
ruddi, 254, 272, 273,
274, 275, 276. —
Psamimosaurus
griseus, 15, 17.
Psilogramma
jordana, 88, 95.
Psittacus
timneh, 204.
Psophia, 111, 117.
leucoptera, 111.
Pterophyllum
scalare, 190.
Pyenonotus
barbatus, 209.
— inornatus, 209.
Pyrrhulina
jilamentosa, 189.
Python
sp., 253.

Quiscalus
versicolor, 253.

Raja
clavata, 43, 46, 49.

INDEX.

Rana
alticola, 59, 61.
Raphiceros
campestris, 276.
Rhina
squatina, 45, 47, 49.
Rhinobatus
productus, 45, 47.
Rhinoceros
wnicornis, 56.
Rhinolophus
augur, 130.
— zuluensis, 256.
denti, 130.
Rhodoneura
myrted, 92.
Rhynchobatis
djeddensis, 43.

Saccostomus
mashone, 269.
Samia
cecropia, 86, 87.
Sarcophytum, 177.
Saurodesmus, 229.
Saurosternon, 217.
Scarus
pavoninus, 159.
rufescens, 159.
Schilbe
mystus, 151.
Scizna
amazonica, 190.
Sciurus
auriculatus, 83.
isabella, 82.
lemniscatus, 82.
mystax, 83.
nordhoffi, 82.
palliatus ornatus, 266.
poensis, 83.
pyrrhopus, 83.
rufobrachiatus, 82.
wilsont, 82.
Scomber
scomber, 252.
Scotophilus
nigrita, 257.
Scotornis
climacurus, 207, 208.
longicaudus, 207.
Seyllium
burgeri, £2.
canicula, 42, 44, 47.
Semnopithecus, 23.
Serpula, 178, 180, 184.
Serrasalmo
denticulatus, 190.
gymnogenys, 190.
humeralis, 190.
scapularis, 190.

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. XXIII.

331

Siderastrza, 177.
Sipunculus
australis, 30, 36.
billitonensis, 30.
boholensis, 27.
cumanensis, 27, 29, 36,
oT.
— opacus, 27, 36.
— semirugosus, 29.
— vitreus, 27, 29.
edulis, 29.
indicus, 29.
robustus, 27.
titubans, 29.
Sorex
cafer, 131.
Sparus
saxatilis, 159
Spermestes
bicolor, 210.
Sphargis, 300, 303.
cortacea, 314.
Spheniscus, 107, 117.

demersus, 105, 109,
110.
Sphenodon, 213, 214,

215, 216, 217.

Sphyrna

malleus, 47.

(Zygena) malleus, 43.
Spinax

niger, 42.
Spiroptera

sp., 253.
Spirostreptus

pyrocephalus, 118.
Sporeginthus

melpodus, 205, 210.
Squatina

vulgaris, 42.
Staurocephalus

rubrovittatus, 177.
Steatomiys

krebsti, 270.

pratensis, 270.
Stereosternum, 216.

tumidum, 228.
Sternarchus

natterert, 190.
Sternopygus

carapus, 190,
Stictoptera

describens, 93.
Strepsiceros

abyssinicus, 140,

capensis, 140.

imberbis, 141, 142.

strepsiceros, 1.

— chora, 140.

— strepsiceros, 141,

zambesiensis, 141.

23

332

Strepsimela
pseudadelpha, 99.
Strombus, 180.
Struthio, 105, 114, 117.
masaicus, 102, 103.
Suricata
suricatta. 134.
hamilton,
34.
— lophurus, 138, 154.
— namaquensis, 134.
Sus, 202.
Symbranchus
marmoratus, 189.
Synodontis
batensoda, 151.
clarias, 151.
serratus, 151.
Syrnium, 107, 117.
aluco, 107.

133,

Texniura

motoro, 189.
Tantalus, 115, 117.

ibis, 111, 112.
Taphozous

peli, 72.

Tatera

brantsii, 185, 266.
Taurotragus

derbianus, 288.

— gigas, 288, 289.

oryx, 230, 288.

— gigas, 288.

—- livingstonti, 288.
Tejus, 224.
Telerpeton, 217.

elginense, 217.
Telesto, 177.
Teretocnemus, 228.
Testudo, 222, 315, 316,

320.

greca, 320.

indica, 319.
Vetragonopterus

abramis, 190.

bartletti, 190.

caudomaculatus, 190.

chalceus, 190.

chrysargyreus, 190.

grandisquamis, 190.

INDEX.

Tetragonopterus
oligolepis, 190.
wappt, 190.

Tetrodon
fahaka, 151.

Thalassema
sp. 34.
baronit, 34, 177.
decameron, 30.
moebit, d4.
pellucidum, 39.
sabinum, 40, 41.

Thalassodes
veraria, 94.

Thryonomys, 200,
swinderenianus, 270.

Tilapia
nilotica, 151.

Tiliqua, 12.

Vitanosuchus, 227.

Tokus
camurus, 207.
Torpedo

marmorata, 43.
ocellata, 46, 47.
Tragelaphus, 77.
sylvaticus, 276.
Tribolodon, 100.
Trigla
gurnardus, 252.
Trirachodon, 96, 98,
219.
Tritylodon, 98, 99.
Troglodytes
anthropopithecus, 252,
253.
Tropidonotus
natrix, 190.
Trygon
sephen, 43.
walga, 46, 47.
Tubipora, 177.
Turacus
cristatus, 208.
giganteus, 208.
macrorhynchus, 203.
persa, 203.
Tursiops
sp., 125, 126.
abusalam, 125, 126,
127, 128.

THE END.

Tursiops
catalania, 122,
126, 127, 128.
fergusont, 122, 126,
126, 127, 128.
gilli, 126, 127, 128.
parvimanus, 126.
tursio, 125, 126, 127
128.
Turtur
orientalis, 5D.

128,

| Uromastix, 2-19.

acanthinurus, 14.
hardwickit, 2-9.
spinipes, 2-9, 18.
Ursus, 98.
piscator, 1.
Utetheisa
pulchella, 93.

Vandellia

cirrhosa, 189, 190.
Varanus, 12, 19.
Vespa

vulgaris, 86.
Vespertilio, 73.

capensis, 257, 258.

— gracilior, 257.

matroka, 258.

minutus, 257, 258.
Vesperugo

smithit, 258.

subtilis, 258.
Vidua

principals, 209.

serend, 209.
Viverra

civetta, 74, 205.

Xiphorhamphus
falcirostris, 190.
ferox, 190.

Xiphostoma
lateristriga, 190.
ocellatum, 190.

Zamenis
mucosus, 250, 253.
Zenkerella, 82.

Priuted by Taysor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. .

Se ee ee ye he im aig 0 pte ba > 7
Sic ej a Re ere Sat: SST ee AT Py
5, = & aos Ee Pee ss eater r

Ba

PROCEEDINGS

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1905, vol. I.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

JANUARY anv FEBRUARY.

A\S
JUNE 1905. Yo

PRINTED FOR THE; ‘SOCIE .
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN. HANOVER SQUAR
LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
PATERNOSTER-ROW. >

\ysonian lnstity ii
AVE 20 1905

S Mationg| Laas

[Price Twelve Shillings. |

The Secretary.

‘The Secretary. Eehibition of a Scone of an ugha rec) ahead

1. Some Notes on the Cranial Osteology of the Mastigure Lizard, Uromastiz. ;
Peet E. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the ney SEN Oa naa aoe

. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Frilled bard (Chlamydosawrus ae seen i

e

“i other Agamide. By Frank E. Brpparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Societ ae

3. A Note on the Brain of the Black cae Ciopithecus niger.

By ae Bn.

Crossland in the Years 1901 and 1902.— Gephyrea, .By W. F. Taneuaden M. LA.
Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology in University College, Dundee. _
; CO Aue Nae Re

‘

7. On the Oral and harraeeel Denticles of Piawabilieh Fishes. “By A. D. 1 a Se.
(Lond.), Zoological Laboratory, University of Birmingham. (Plate IIT.) ..........

aS Note on some recently discovered Remains of the Musk-Ox (Ovibos moun ene
sa ce yan sp- from the Pleistocene Beds of Southern England. Bt W. Anprnws,

), Descriptions of Three new Species of Birds obtained during the recent Hixpedition 4 to. Mie
Lhassa. By Huyry E. Drusser, M.B.O.U., F.Z.S. (Plates IV. & V.) ...........- )

February 7, 1905, a val
The Seeretary. Exhibition, on behalf.of the Hon. Walter Rothschild, of a par, of preer

Gorillas 64.5 l.s eels cee dalam eleiele oils oe) piles ti inp be vipm oslo Wight h ¥en Lele ae

Mr. Frederick Gintais F.Z.8. Exhibition of some mounted heads of the Roeky Mountain —

Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens made from the
yisvera of an Indian Rhinoceres that had died in the Gardens ......-..+..e+.eeee. 5G

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Turs Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarruns,

Mr. J. Sasrne, Mr. N. A. Vieors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACH THH DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.

Sir ALEXANDER Barro, Br.

Wisuum T. Branrorp, KEsa.,
C.LE., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-
President.

Grorek A. Bovtenerr, Esa.,
F.RAS., Vice-President.

Tuomas H. Burrovenss, Ese.

F. G. D. Drewitt, Esa., M.A.,
M.D., F.R.C.P.

Herpert Druce, Ese., F.LS., |

Vice-President.
Cuartes Drummonn, Ese.,
Treasurer.
Sir Epwarp Duranp, Br., C.B.
Frepericx Giitetr, Esa.
F. Dv Cane Gopman, Ksa.,

D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President.

W. R. Ocitvie-Grant, Ese.

J. Jackson Lisrer, Ese., M.A.,

Srr Epmunp Gines Lover, Br.

K. G. B. Meapr-Watpo, Esa.

P. Caaturers Mircuett, Esa.,
M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

KK. Lort Parnties, Esa.

Howarp Saunpers, Esa., Vice-
President.

Cuartes §. Tomus, Ese., M.A,,

Aveustus F. Wiensr, Esa.

Henry Woopwarp, Ese., LL.D.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

2

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications
should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-
days, when they are closed at Two o'clock P.m.

The Library (8 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of
Mr. F H. Warernouss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.,

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Seientifie Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.,
or the nearest convenient day (April 28, 1905).

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Fritows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.

No person can become a Frttow until his Admission Fee and
First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments

have been compounded for.

Frttows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Fetrows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.

Frttows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders
every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each

3

Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday
Orders are not available if the Frxrow shall have used his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.
y y g y

Frtrows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),
each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,
including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in leu of
Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to cne
Adult’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are
available for following years.

In no case can two children be passed through the gates as

one adult.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book
of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of
Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,

and the exchange can only be made daring the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the
Ist of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing
Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what
address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.
The Wire of a FeLtow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications
on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every
year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must
be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which
the privilege lapses. Fxrxitows are likewise entitled to purchase the
Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.
less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of
25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Frtiows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
Ist July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

4
Frettows may obtain a TransFeRABLE Ivory Ticket admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frtiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society
are requested to communicate with the undersigned.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Se.,

Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, London, W.,
June, 1905.

MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR

S CLR NA DEC BU SaeNeiins s:

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

1905.

Turspay, JUNE.... 6 Turspay, DecremBer 12
af November 14 and 28

The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at snch meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings”’ by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume
for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901
they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.

The “Transactions ”’ contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea defore the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 30s.
(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist July
in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid Jefore the 1st of December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued.

| June, 1905. ]

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

4to. 16 vols. and Index. Tpiverte iillee 0 ins
ellows. Public.
Vol. _I., containing 59 Plates.:.. (1833-35) .... £813 6 .... £418 Of
4 + ; (Dereon kes a Ob) oo) HOO shun 8. GB GP
aoe eS ., GEMM gma, (BE es BL SB. AA Oi
Se GN 3, + (Gm ne Clipe) lan By OF ie, Sama
‘ Ni 5 VO coog UII) bogs ) AB BID Oo
Pele, ns, BP nt) Goo UkeaCO8) oog5 SO sang 15 © O
NLL, = mine) eae (UE) Sono MO. 2 Oo i IG TD ©
5 WLILy i Ce sooo USTZSI) o ono OD 8.8 so55 12 il 0
an 1 EOS Memeo odio Oe Ik UG. 16 2 0
“ X., ‘ SON wasoe lst) Gea e 10) O° SR). is 7 ©
dindexc, Wools MSXC ie Visca cei GssE=—72)) soo, © 7 G 010 0
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0. IAG @
Pee Ue OO) pn oe Ulises: oF 8 O., (ea)
op UU, re Oe es) he (IEC ae BB. ey IHL (0)
ny LOS 5G ae ch (ISIE) oy Sy Os, ¢ 0 W
OE i Be S OCLEIOO) Ge IEG... FL 0
as WIL y se aa So KIO) 56° 8 O. 72450
eyo NOD lati IEE Sa Sp 56 (Ae GOS) co. 1 2 6. Ii® ©
po lls eee as, Bi ay oo (Awe IGOR) 5. O18. 6. 018 0
AONOV lilies Hee MON sp, 1B (Oct QOL Aen alee ORG. Ik 0). ©

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). rice to Beige tone
Js lo TICBOSSIG syle SOs agoacccocceonc As iGds sao sks
» lL Wee a LIME es As. Gd, ane. Ge

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1833) I vol. 8vo. 4s. Gd. .. Gs-f | Part IX.1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s: Gd... Gsek
pee ds. GOR yy. 96s: aD Gal Oe er. 6s,
MOP ANT ISS 5. |. 5.8 AavOd. bn iGs. 3. XL 1848; ;,, ede Ca ye mOeer

, JA¥, ISB, eg Gi 50 GS, SW XT, 1844, Camas
Weiss. 9) “decd Gs, XT 1845, 3 Mevegemes
= WTS 25 Gah 8. Gs MLV, 1846. 5 14s Gr ene
VIL 1839. , 48. 6d... 68+ XVISA7A ,. » As ea etree
Vill 1840, ~ dsi Gd 4 Gs) Index 1630-1647, 5") 4s, Gauence

8vo. 13 oe and Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Publie.
Part DOWIE, ICES Il ayall, ShyO> 4s Goh 5p (GS boon vse £1) 0 188 fei
oe VI 1O40) 55 OP) NG ANe IRs OP can i 1) 0.8) 2 aon
op OM UDI, ISSO, 95 ASUOUEA REMOSs An Sativa I @ € Hie} Op
Bee OTN 185i: ey Sadek aeendGna: ease knee 015 9 1 1 OF
is 5 OG same ters We a (Cyr ale Ge Sy genet 015 9 1 1 OF
Mme KT Ghe. Hate | AaNOUn ter 0 Ukcy eam 018 0 1 4 Of
fe XIN 1854" oe MAG MR Gr nrc une 019 6 1 6 OF
EPR OXOKT 1855.0" 3 TAS Gal gee eaosu ee wee RS ANG 118 OF
OMY 1856. "as Noam ttrOsal ate ae ip aOMnS 1 7 6+
Me XOVIS57. |, . AseGg. wa Mules oeeunee 1-O 8 ie Ge
MEE OMS. Aste oer nae il @ 2 2 0+
Moai eno!: 7 ase Sikreee ne taneel Lil 2 2 0+
XXVIII. 1860. ss Ais. Ga.' ak hOSS Eat antaprantde Hod 6 Ba Op
Index 1848-1860, ip Bal Gs, :

i Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public. Fellows. Public.
USS 55 4 GH ocoo G8 onccce 9s. AES coral OSes See OG, coon 4aSsT
ISG 45 41, Gee cons O85. a Fea see 9s eee MILO Stumee BUR eter Se, Cth sooo GaxSAr
NSCB, 6 ASG 6000 GS eoosae 9s. Brahe lll Gin i euata aes BE Be sooo 4S
UG 55 44, Gt oco5 Oke occonc 9s seusyeh ASSN n toa DOGS ILO Laon eae 45s.F
USES 66 2 Ct cooo O& soo000 9s, Ri eeyrom Lek peigeraa BE Qh ooo, 4D
IGG oo 4S) (Beh oh e0 GH bono 6 9s, an Te eemo dod COM ek bene CNS,
HES G fears ove stan clan e arena as 9s. so00 ARS sodas Gees Oh Sono. CS
NSO SMe reese co oe care ea Mrrseat onan 9s. Tiana ee Sweeter eet Se Wh sooo 45S
MSG OMie eee terse ten iam ss nye baeanyetne east 9s EAA AS era rete Bek, Wh conn “HS.
TSAO) sees ther care eecunnete i rroenunt re ee 9s By Pde peas SB, Beh coco ZR:
lunglexg, NGOS “Gosdqcccs500u ASTRO Tree te 6s.
TGI7(a Ls SN ee reer RO eee en ira iat esr an Vat 9s; Bel naee ED Sea en Sa Bee ooao 4K
TCI SARS peaco ten or EROS AOI OI 9s IPRs BE ona Ss Wb oooo 4S
STOR Mis a ae ke aT Oe 9s Ae eae Dh Mh cone Cae
SANT Somer tr weer ae wearers Sa Oe 9s Schr 368 . 48s.F
FSIS. seers ieee amr 9s sears 36s 48s
MSS eseaces ee tec costae es a neaeeoe oielien 9s Ys: 36s 485
Siete. Leen oreeneo ne ae oe 9s 5 Bs; 36s 483
ITS es es eee Hees Ota CRE REN CREE ote aes 9s sell eat dt 36s 48s
MES TO Beiter ove: ako sauevevecelvaia esos eee 9s. A Ma Sh ne peers 36s. so00 64468;
TCH is sae ieenescaect on re EN eR 9s. Rit a ae 36s, ua ABS:
Ibnclese, ISA AUSINO Sop cansnuoce As eGd cae 6s.
SSM ee ihysveseeccceceroteee eee a 9s. ei LOAD cota OOM Heoe kee,
SSO Mere seen pete nee niet sGarcencrercea Gmmorone 9s Ean ND Share ee OS 48s
ISS Bier tens Hea CMA manne aercre 9s > 12s, 36s 48s
SSA tes. Mec evra ee meee 9s tel OS as Sera 36s 48s
HSS Due te Hees crs Ache cine etere tear 9s polis: 386s 48s
SS Gertie creer niarca citesataen ewe nearer 9s » Is, 36s 48s
USS Mee Nee rehearse eer ee 9s eG) Deere 36s 48s
PIS SOAs ctor ates faster Geman aoe eee 9s 5 Js, 36s 48s
MSS Oieeesrencre henson @ aus ateebeceu shut 9s. anole cd Ker aaiees aes 36s. soco Choe
SOD: a acieecctan deine cutee tame ene ais 9s. Beebe Swe parses soon 4h,
Ibaclexe, USISMANSO 5 o5acenenc06 AG, Bb acon
HES Oi eererepe eke neue astaspiicar siete teuedete elie Cree RENT Co uaiare 36s, So 6 Cab,
CINSTS Ps aces aearatetaa ames a\ erehOet eo aue cecal ee ievelcncnet ortbay cure 36s A8s.
HSS) Pee aegis nes Sheva ove eniou nal carcesalcveajUaN eee See RRR aOR eS 36s. 48s,
AES See osetia Cover cls desea cia Gs es a Gear ee EN SUED ee Ane ae 36s, 48s,
I G65 8 od bb Se ETRE iy eign etn ou 36s. 48s,
INNS ia-cte dcolols 5 cee On eae eet RRC oe ini icl cieacioeo min Catan 36s. 48s.
Oats 2s 9 or nie aR Ra Sto ane aera irere inert Per tishate Gielen ao ty 36s . ABs,
THEAGISS: Gita aacsisttt (cick oo es a DAR eee RS RETR ee PUL Coase asin Re te A, 36s. 48s,
SO Oar ony isis tat ayia ke. ciguas!s i au eee ee Raa ee oe TER eee 36s. Bipiaia nebo.
NOG) it ce ik 3 Bis ep eR RC RT Pe Reel ast OD Oe Bare 36s. ASS
index SI SOIENOO) i. eh e ec 5 dbs, (Ge, on oc Gs

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tour GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tur ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 8 vols.

Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
HOON ol. Ts. wee Sonic syeadieueranslere qeteie ete sge roars Sone Re et kc Rne ltehee & aeomeeeian 2S
spa tle siteuste teahare auomeh SOROS Ate ou Nae ao oks anion oo Dee WSS etoneecsen 24s.
MOOD ci Ue Roe se ccaiu tons aueueteoeiade seeiaunieae eaicreseyete teccheieeeca anaes USS, coocos C4
4 Are 8 aR me Aa herrea ee RMR ER ARR er odo G NSS eteruevar 24s
INSU Meare Ee Neg Leen Ann ce nen Geese Rem a Aidan to aks A 8 INCE Ararat QAs,
x sig ellenist ERO Ne ase chases Ss Ln a eee heme ve a A a TUSK Seetaies QAs
GOT oe eo AIL Ae tre Patents iene chance nea Siok Sater eR RCN en SS ei 2As.
as FAL y, ROM ss ore gk Wee pce Ac ze Ne HO hy gee S'S eee a ee 94s
BQO Os 9 x seis, ves yO Uber ok 88 ira eee nn cel cate: er eR ara USUNcro marcel eas:

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.
1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFFICE
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
.C.), or through any bookseller.

DWE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

——-0595,00—

ie object of the Zoorocicat Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its
value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record,’ after Vol. 40, will be published by
the Society at the price of 40s. per volume. But all Members of the
Zoological Society of London will have the privilege of receiving it,
including the cost of delivery, at a subscription price of 30s. per
annum. This Subscription is due on the Ist of July in every year,
and the privilege of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be
paid before the Ist of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of
the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete sets. The
thirty-seven Volumes to the end of the nineteenth century, and the
Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supplied for £15
net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net). Volumes of
any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can
likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net.

The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1880-1900)
is 20s., to Fellows 18s.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
supplied to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society.

The divisions of the ‘Zoological Record’ may be obtained
separately as shown on the next page.

SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

At present each Volume of the Zootocican Recorp consists of
20 separately paged Divisions. These may be obtained separately,

in paper covers, stitched and lettered.

The following are the Divisions and their net prices, viz. :—
s.

List of abbreviations of journals, ete.

Special Records, viz. :—

I.
TI.
JNOE,
EVE
. Pisces
. Tunicata
. Moilusea
. Brachiopoda ..
ID
X.
XI.
xGar
XIII.
XIV.
XV.
Davee
XVII.
QA

General Subjects ..
Mammalia

Aves eR Sea
Reptilia and Batrachia. .

Bryozoa
Crustacea
Arachnida
Myriopoda
Insecta ..
Echinoderma
Vermes ..
Coelenterata .
Spongize
Protozoa

Index of new names of genera and subgenera

re
HKwWwWnwDwreWwworH HY Be bb om DY bo

2

bo bo bo

d.
)

T[TPFOMCTMSORMRSCHACOSCSCAaDCOag

On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon

as ready.

These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological
Society, 3 Hanover Square, London, and also from the following
Agents: Friedlander & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin; Librairie
A. Hermann, 6 rue Sorbonne, Paris. Cheques and Post-Office
Orders should be made payable to ‘‘ The Zoological Soe1ety,” and
crossed ‘* Drummond’s,”

P. CHALMERS MITCHELE,
Secretary.
June, 1905.

ZooLoGicaL Society or Lonpon,
3 Hanover Square, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or tne “ZOOLOGICAL RECORD,’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1868, Vols. 1.-v.
Edited by Ausurr C. L. G. Giwrnmr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &e.
Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869, Volume Sixth.
Edited by Atperr C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,
E.Z.S8., &e. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vir.1x. Edited
by Atrrep Newton, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &e. Price 10s.
each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols. xxx. Edited by
Epwarp Carpwett Rvs, F.Z.8., M.E.S. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xx1.,xx11. Edited
by F. Jerrrey Bert, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xx11.—xxvit.
Edited by Frank E. Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.S. Price 10s. each
Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1891-1898, Vols. xxvu1.—xxxv.
Edited by D. Sarr, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &. Price 10s. each
Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-sixth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. By
J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, EH. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and R. v. Lendenfeld.
Edited (for the Zoclogical Society of London) by Davin SHarp, M.A.,
E.RS., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1900. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and E. A. Minchin.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Saarp,
M.A., F.B.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1901. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-eighth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
Alice L. Embleton, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8. Pace, Albert
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for
the Zeological Society of London) by Davip Smarp, M.A., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-ninth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1902. By
D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,
E. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Davin SuHarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.
London, 1903. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Fortieth; being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1903. By D.
Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, EK. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F, A. Bather,
K. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Davip Saarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
London, 1904. Price 30s.

Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera
and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the
Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not
included in the ‘ Nomenclator zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com-
piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by CHartes Owsn
WarerHouse and edited by Davip Smarr, Kditor of the Zoological
Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the
public, 20s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orrice
(3 Hanover Square, W.).

No. 13.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON*

January 17th, 1905.

G. A. Bountenesr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The SEcRETARY read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December
1904, and called special attention toa young male Greater Koodoo
(Strepsiceros kudw) presented by Major Irvine, I.M.8.; to a
Hairy-eared Bear (Ursus piscator) presented by Mr. Frederick
Ringer ; to two Victoria Crowned Pigeons (Gouwra victorie),
obtained by purchase; and to a young specimen of Pousargue’s
Guenon (Cercopithecus pousaryuer) presented by Mr. L. Lester.
The last-named animal was new to the Collection. The total
number of additions during the month was 125.

The Secretary exhibited an enlarged photograph, taken by
Mr. H. Sandland and presented by hin to the Society, of ‘“ Jim,”
the Indian Rhinoceros which had recently died in the Gardens
after an existence there of forty-one years.

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., read the following three papers
based on observations he had made on specimens that had died
in the Society's Gardens :—(1) Some Notes on the Cranial
Osteology of the Mastigure (Uromastix) ; (2) A Contribution to
the Anatomy of Chlamydosaurus and some other Agamide ; and
(3) A Note on the Brain of Cynopithecus mger.

In three communications by Mr. W. F. Lancuester, M.A.,
was given an account of (1) a collection of Sipunculids made at
Singapore and Malacca; (2) a collection of Gephyrean Worms
from Zanzibar ; and (3) the Sipunculids and Echiurids collected

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Szr
Shillings per aunum, payable in advance.

2

during the “Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula. Four

new species were described in the second paper and nine in the
last.

A communication was read from Mr. A. D. Inns, entitled

On the Oral and Pharyngeal Denticles of Elasmobranchs.” The
Author had found that these denticles were present in varied
abundance over the mucous membrane lining both the oral and
pharyngeal cavities in many of these fishes. Out of the specimens
of the nineteen species (representing eighteen genera) examined,
only five, belonging to as many genera, were found to be totally
devoid of these structures. In some cases the denticles were
uniformly distributed over the whole of the mouth, pharynx, and
branchial arches, and this appeared to be the primitive method
of distribution. In other forms they tended to disappear from
the roof and floor of the mouth and pharynx and became more
or less restricted to the branchial arches, or confined almost
entirely to the oral cavity. The structure of the denticles proved
that they were undoubtedly placoid scales. They did not appear
to subserve any definite function, and they were probably to be
regarded as vestigial organs.

Dr. C. W. AnvreEws, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon
the skull of a Musk-Ox from the river-gravels of the Severn
Valley at Frampton-on-Severn, near Stonehouse, Gloucestershire.
The specimen consisted of the cranial portion of the skull of
an old ball, and was found by Mr. W. T. Rennie, of Chepstow,
who had presented it to the British Museum. Remains of this
species were comparatively rare in Britain, and the nearest
previously recorded locality to that described was Barnwood, near
Gloucester.

Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., exhibited and described three new
birds obtained by Col. Waddell, C.B., on the recent expedition to
Lhassa, these being the ornithological first-fruits of that expe-
dition, viz. :—

BaBaX WADDELLI, nearest to, but differing widely from, Babaa
lanceolatus ;

GARRULAX TIBETANUS, a much darker and more uniformly
coloured bird than Garrulax sannio, with the terminal part of the
tail white; and

Lanivs LAMA, a much darker bird than Lanius schach, with less
white on the forehead, no rufous on the back or scapulars, and no
trace of an alar speculum.

3

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, the 7th February, 1905, at half-past Hight
o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Mr. Netson ANNANDALE.—On Abnormal Ranid Larve from
North-eastern India.

2. Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.—On a Second Collection of
Fishes made by Mr. 8S. L. Hinde in the Kenya District, Hast
Africa.

3. Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.8.—On some Points in the Anatomy
of Diademodon.

4. Mr. Grorce L. Bares.—Notes on the Mammals of Southern
Cameroons and the Benito.

The following Papers have been received :—

1. Mr. Martin A. C. Hinton.—On some Abnormal Remains of
Cervus elaphus from the Post-Plocene Deposits of the South
of England.

2. Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.8.— A Contribution to our
Knowledge of the Varieties of Lacerta muralis in Western
Europe and North Africa.

3. Mr. G. T. Bernune-Baxer, F.Z.S.—Notes on a small Col-
lection of Heterocera from the Fiji Islands, with Descriptions of
some new Species.

4. Mr. R. LypexKxer.—On Dolphins from Travancore.

5. Mr. R. Lypexxer.—On the Nigerian and Kilimanjaro
Giraffes.

6. Mr. Cyrim CrossnanD, F.Z.8.—The Cicology and. Deposits
of the Cape Verde Marine Fauna.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZoouocGicaL Society or Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretiry.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.
24th January, 1905,

No. 14.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
February 7th, 1905.

Ffowarp Saunpers, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Srecrerary exhibited, on behalf of the Hon. WALTER
Roruscuitp, F.Z.S., a pair of mounted Gorillas. The animals
appeared to be nearly adult and were probably from 12 to 13 years
old. The male was unusually red on the head, while the female
displayed no trace of this colour. This difference of coloration
confirmed Mr. Rothschild’s opinion that Gorilla castaneiceps of
Slack was an aberration and not entitled to specific or subspecific
rank,

My. Freperick Giiiert, F.Z.S., exhibited some mounted heads
of the Rocky-Mountain Goat (Haploceros montanus), with the
object of calling attention to a gland lying at the base of each
horn, which he believed had not been previously described.

Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens made from
the viscera of the Indian Rhinoceros “Jim” that had lately died
in the Society’s Gardens.

A communication from Mr. Netgson ANNANDALE contained a
description of two abnormal larve of the Frog Rana alticola.

Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., gave an account of a second
collection of Fishes made by Mr. 8. L. Hinde in the Kenya
District of East Africa. Examples of five species were contained
in the collection, three of which were new to science.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W.., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subseribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, rent post-free for the sum of Sia
Shillings per annum, payable in adrance.

6

A paper was read from Dr, R. Broom, C.M.Z.S., entitled “On
some Points in the Anatomy of a Theriodont Reptile.”

A communication from Mr. Grorce L. Bares contained field-
notes on the Mammals of Southern Cameroons and the Benito.

A communication from Mr. G. T. Beraune-Baxer, F.Z.S.,
contained an account of a collection of Heterocera from the Fiji
Islands. Of the species enumerated eleven were new to
cience,

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., read a paper entitled “A Contri-

bution to the Knowledge of the Arteries of the Brain in the
Class Aves.”

Mr. Mactrop Yearstny, F.Z.8., read a paper on the Function
of the Antenne in Insects. After reviewing the literature on
the subject he pointed out that Lowne, in his work on the
Blowfly, suggested that the antenne were probably balancing
rather than auditory organs. Lord Avebury and Latreille were
cited in favour of this view, and the work of Yves Delage on
Crustacea and of Clemens upon a moth (Samia cecropia) as
confirmatory experiments.

The Author then gave details of experiments upon 30 Wasps
(Vespa vulgaris) in which the antenne had been removed. The
results of this mutilation were:—1l. Loss of power of flight ;
2. Loss of sense of direction; 3. Noticeable slowness in all
movements. ‘The conclusion arrived at was that, in Wasps, the
antenne were equilibrating in function. This supported Lowne’s
surmise and corroborated the experiments of Clemens on Samia
cecropit.

‘The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 21st February, 1905, at half-past Hight
o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Mr. G. A. Boutencrr, F.R.S.—A Contribution to our
Knowledge of the Varieties of Lacerta muralis in Western
Europe and North Africa.

2. Mr. R. Lypexxer.—On the Nigerian and Kilimanjaro
Giraffes.

3. Mr. Cyrm Crossnann, F.Z.8.—The Cicology and Deposits
of the Cape Verde Marine Fauna.

4, Mr. OuprietD Tuomas, F.R.S., and Mr. Haroww Scuwany,
F.Z.8.—The Rudd Exploration of South Africa—II. List of
Mammals from the Wakkerstroom District, South-eastern
Trarsyaal,

7

The following Papers have been received :—

1. Mr. Martin A. C. Hiyron.—On some Abnormal Remains
of Cervus elaphus from the Post-Pliocene Deposits of the South
of England.

2. Mr. R. LypExKEer.—On Dolphins from Travancore.
3. Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.8.—On the Affinities of Procolophon.
4, Mr. R. I. Pococx.—On the Greater Kudu of Somaliland.

~

5. Mr. C. Targs Recan, F.Z.8.—A Revision of the Fishes of
the South American Cichlid Genera Crenacara, Batrachops, and
Crenicichla.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZOCLOGICAL SocrEry oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 HANOVER Square, Lonpon, W.
14th February, 1905.

No. 15.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
February 21st, 1905.

Howarp Saunpers, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secrerary read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January
1905, and called special attention to a Red Teetee (Callithria
cuprea) from Brazil, representatives of two unknown species of
Lemur from Madagascar, a pair of Mouflon (Ovis musimon)
from Corsica, a Prongbuck (Antilocapra americana) from North
America, an Ethiopian Wart-Hog (Phacocherus cethiopicus), and
two Black-and-White Geese (Anseranas semipalmata) from
Australia. The total number of additions during the month
was 70.

Mr. Henry Scurrren, F.Z.S., exhibited, on behalf of Mr.
RowLanb WaArD, F.Z.8., a mounted specimen of the Blackbuck
(Antilope cervicapra). ‘The animal was remarkable for the extent
and depth of the dark coloration which covered the whole of the
face, obliterating the white eye-patches.

Mr. R. I. Pococn, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of the
South-African Millipede (Spirostreptus pyrocephalus), presented by
Mr. Guthrie, of Port Elizabeth, to the Society’s Gardens. These
Millipedes had bred in the Gardens.

Mr. G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S., read a paper entitled ‘“ A Con-
tribution to our Knowledge of the Varieties of Lacerta muralis
in Western Europe and North Africa.”

A communication was read from Mr. R. Lypexker, F.R.5., on
the Nigerian Giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis peralta) and the

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Siz
Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.

10

Kilimanjaro Giraffe (@. camelopardalis tippelskirchi), based on
specimens recently received at the Natural History Museum.

A second communication from Mr. LypEKKsr, on Dolphins from
Travancore, was alsoread. In it the author made special reference
to two specimens of the genus Z'ursiops, drawings and particulars
of which had been supplied to him from the Trevandrum Museum.

A paper by Messrs. OnprieLD Tuomas, F.R.S., and Harop
Scuwann, F.Z.S., giving an account of a second collection of
Mammals made by Mr. C. H. B. Grant for Mr C. D. Rudd’s
exploration of South Africa, was read.

The collection, which had been presented to the National
Museum by Mr. Rudd, was made in the Wakkerstroom district
of the South-eastern Transvaal and includes examples of twenty-
SLX species.

Several local subspecies were described, besides the following
new Shrew from Zululand :—

MYosorREX SCLATERI, Sp. n.

Allied to Myosorex varius, but larger and darker. General
colour dark bistre-brown instead of grey.

Dimensions of the type (male):—Head and body 99 mm. ;
tail 53; hind foot 16; ear 10°5.

Skull: basal length 22; greatest breadth across brain-case 12:5 ;
length of upper tooth-series 10°5.

Hab. Ngoye Hills, Zululand: alt. 250 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.12.3.12.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8., read a paper on the Greater Kudu
of Somaliland, and pointed out that the northern form of Sérepsi-
ceros strepsiceros differed from the southern in having only about
five white stripes instead of nine or ten on each side of the body.
The northern form should thus rank as a distinct subspecies, for
which the name chora was available. The difference in coloration
seemed to be correlated with a difference of habitat, the northern
form frequenting more mountainous and less thickly-wooded
country than the southern, which was frequently found in the
thick jungle along river-banks as well as in the hills.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 7th March, 1905, at half-past Hight
o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Sir Harry Jounston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B.—Notes on the
Mammals and Birds of Liberia.

2. Mr. Cryiz Crossuanp, F.Z.8.—The Cicology and Deposits
of the Cape Verde Marine Fauna.

11

3. Mr. C. Tare Reean, F.Z.S.—A Revision of the Fishes of
the South-American Cichlid Genera Crenacara, Batrachops, and
Crenicichla.

4, Capt. R. Merverrzaacen, F.Z.S.—Notes on a new Oribi
Antelope from the Kenya District, British East Africa.

The following Papers have been received :—

1. Mr. Martin A. C. Hinton.—On some Abnormal Remains
of Cervus elaphus from the Post-Pliocene Deposits of the South
of England.

2. Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.S.—On the Affinities of Procolophon.

3. Dr. E. Lénnpere, C.M.Z.8.—On Hybrids between Lepus
timidus and L. europeus from Southern Sweden.

4. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8.—On the Effects of Castration on
the Horns of the Prongbuck.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZCOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.
28th February, 1905.

ees te es oe
bse

“es Ge db a. aM ve Scene LSet
shisha ahs | es bes eyes
Por |

won Gethes

TGR TE
: i

f

LOE OAL EAE

ee - eh
SS At

capes) ha ee

aid

dessa ¥ au
bY Teor tar Peasy) ve L feet &
[dab 1

at Sa

ContENTs (continued).

February 7, 1905 (continued).

x : Page
1. On Abnormal Ranid Larve from North-Eastern India. By Neuson AnnAnpAts, B.A.,
: Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. (Plate VI.) ............ 58
2. On a Second Collection of Fishes made by Mr. 8. L. Hivide in the Kenya District, Hast

Africa, By G. A. Bounuyaer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plate VIL.) ........2..0.0.2 0005 62

3. Notes on the Mammals of Southern Cameroons and the Benito. By Guorcz L.

4, A Contribution to the Study of the Function of the Antenne in Insects. - By Macrrop
Sane SEPP Gia ss Hsia tahis s nehsisvaliata eimai ake\a. aldo taig'wie oi alalstah evel Suskate oy atentsmerl a Ce en eae 8h

5. Notes on a amall Collection of Heterocera from the Fiji Islands, with Descriptions of
some New Species. By G. T. Bernune-Baxer, F.L.S.,F.Z.8. (Plates VIII. & IX.).. 88

6. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Theriodont Reptile Diademodon. By R.

Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S., Victoria College, Stellenbosch. (Plate X.) ..........0e.005 96
7. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Arteries of the Brain in the Class Aves. By
Frank H. Bupparp, M,A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society .... 0.2... ...00. 00 eee. 102

February 21, 1905.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in J. anuary 1905 .... 118

Mr. Henry Scherren, ¥:4.8. Exhibition, on behalf of ee Rowland Ward, of a melanistic

SPECI eM Ot UNO ts lACK OUCH vas coie aeaavcese aiuis 4 Aisle alc: ein al eccanet ea tatmaero Unmet a thie hi ada 118

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of specimens of the South-African Millipede,
IS UROSEREDLUS) BY UOCCPRALUS) a oVel taints a ,sicysistaneicts ms icies venenatis ae eM TRO 118

‘Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled “A Contribution to our

Knowledge of the Varieties of Lacerta muralis in Western Europe and North;
ene ee ea om Yoh estate a, s/'a's}c\cicte Osteo wid ow hig Sialetoneie’s Se slureeeL ae x eae came Vn: Liar 118

1. On the Nigerian and Kilimanjaro Giraffes. By R. Lypexker. (Plates XI. & XII.) .. 119
2. On Dolphins from Pravancore. By BR. Lypuxxer. (Plate XIII.) . RODS A tain it : ial DD

3. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—II. List of Mammals from the Wakkerstroom
District, South-Eastern Transvaal. By Oxuprretp Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8., and Haroup
Scuwann, F.Z.8.

4..On the Greater Kudu of Somaliland. By R. I. Pocock, Superintendent of the

Gardensiavperisa hie ak betas 139

Rabas aga petal RA LE TE eres

‘V. 1, Lanius lama. 2, Gains ihetanns
VI. Abnormal Ranid ‘hens sense
Es Mi ee Discognathus hindii. 2, Barbus t ihensis, oa
Maer

4

: ee : ah

ax Heterocera, from the Fiji Taare Co aeee ease

4 ee xX, Diademodon mastaons see ssssevsverveers

et ‘Figs. 1,2 . Head and neck of Giraffe camaopardai pe alta, | }
iis Bios 3. Back view of head of G. (es cottoni a Aa ;
XIII _ Dolphins from Travancore Badia

#3 A 1
ses y F y

%

“NOTICE. ae

. The : Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, fo m g two
- as follows:— melas 3 os ~
a, VOL, a Speed B
Pash \E: containing papers ‘read in January and Febmoary, in
Bath Talk Hd) 9, ne and @ Apri ji in A
i‘ ‘you. a
Part J. containing papers read in nce and J une, in n Octo

; ane ” ” ”

‘The Abstracts of the papers read at que Scientific ‘Mec
iw: ances and February are containe

AN

PROCEEDINGS

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

| ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
| OF LONDON.
1905, vol. I.

PART. £f.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MARCH anp APRIL.

AUGUST 1905.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON: ; —

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,
PATERNOSTHR-ROW.

_ [Price Twelve Shillings.]

4

List OF CONTENTS.
1905.—Vor. i

Part II.

March 7, 1905.

Dr. Albert A. Gray. Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides of, and remarks upon, the
Membranous Labyrinth of certain animals 2.0.0.6. 2. eee ee elec eee ee cereus

Mr. Henry Scherren, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, illustrations of a Zebra in
works by Aldr ovandus and nid olplius esi iers: stae obatatstelstn incel asia iteverte lace niche sehen eae

Mr. J. Lewis Bonhote, F.Z.S. Remarks on the Hebuicattod of Ducks, illustrated with
SPR CUMEDB acon Korie tae cs pitiesats, « <idin ej nlete's sina lac slgle nihig'P n'a) Una Mien get ae la an aaa

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Exhibition of a series of Fishes from Lake Chad and the
SeleanPMRTvi ia raseese au aca Cau ate fate dco: bs) chine, GulameIre tenes eicepe tele meeene raamttale ae is ala as SOR bac Ma bean en MO

1, A Revision of the Fishes of the South-American Cichlid Genera Orenacara, Batrachops,
and Crenicichla. By OC. Tare Ruaan, B.A., F.Z.S. (Plates XIV. & XV.) ..........

2, Notes on a New Oribi Antelope from the Kenya District, British East Africa. By
Capt. R. MEINBRTZHAGEN, F.Z.8. 0 006... e eee eee cette e eee se tneene

3. The Gicology and Deposits of the Cape Verde Marine aehnene By Cyrin Crossianp,
M.A., B.Se., F.Z.8., Carnegie Fellow and Fellow of the University of St. Andrews ..

March 21, 1905.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1905

Mrs. 8. L. Hinde. Extract from a letter from, giving an account of an Antelope killing

Fev Si ele Dnt ace are Ree IB aL ee eich STR oR ey nti e Velslent eval dceratalnceNaen aster Re aie Lae EN AM rea

Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a ee aph of ayouyae
Oryx hiding in bushes .... 2... see eee cece ce weet cece et ce eet tte n cece ee etna:

Mr. C. Tate Regan, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of sketches of Fishes
of the Rio Negro ......-.... LUN e tems abba tadate Stn ee CM el fe p es te afin. Pci eee ah cian ag

Page

143
145,
147

151

169

170

186
187
187

189

me Macleod Yearsley, F.Z.S. Exhibition of an X-ray Aa a of a Snake with two

Frogs within it 1... 2s. eer re tee ee eee eect e tte eee eee cette eter te ans

Mr. R. BE. Holding. Exhibition of Antlers of Deer showing arrest of development due to —

MOISE ALTON Ae aban lo seleigicie ielb re, fiep avayaiehienaltbs jnteleaebatsh vertu ieh- spall steikt ator e ictal ete Gel nena nase mat ae ‘

i ee Effects of Castration on the Horns of the Prongbuck (Antilocapra americana). By
'R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.8S., Superintendent of the Gardens ....,.-............4.

2. Notes on the Mammals and Birds of Liberia. By Sir Harry H. Jounsron, G.O.M.G.,
CRS Se Se aos atproionate il atavs ion Seaterer siete aisles da ee pisiein teatn(a rein an tie abclaly «cota cle

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tus Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrtes,
Mr. J. Sapine, Mr. N. A. Vicors, and other eminent Naturalists,
for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the
introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

COUNCIL.
HIS GRACH THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.
Srr ALEXANDER Batrp, Br. | J. Jackson Lister, Ese., M.A.,
Groner A. Bounmnenr, Esa., ERS.

F.R.S., Vice-President. Str Epmunp Gites Lover, Br.
Tomas H. Burrovauss, Esa. FE. G. B. Mnavr-Watpo, Ese.
F. G. D. Drewirt, Ese., M.A. || P. Caanrmers Mrrenet, Ksa.,

M.D., F.R.C.P. M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.
Herrsert Drvucr, Ese, F.LS., || E. Lorr Parruips, Hse.

Vice-President. Howarp Saunpers, Ese., Vice-
Cuartes Drummonp, Esa, President.

Treasurer. H.S.H. Prince Francis or TEcx.
Str Epwarp Douranp, Br., C.B. Cuarurs §. Tomzs, Esa., M.A.,,
Freperick Ginter, Hse. F.R.S., Vice-President.

F. Dv Cane Gopman, KSHsa., Aveustus F. Wiener, Ksa.

D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President. || Henry Woopwarp, Esa., LL.D.,

W. R. Oeitvie-Grant, Esa. | F.R.S., Vice-President.

2

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset.

The Offices (8 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications
should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-
days, when they are closed at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of
Mr. F H. Wareruovuss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.,
on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.,
or the nearest convenient day (April 28, 1905).

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.

No person can become a Fertiow until his Admission Fee and
First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments
have been compounded for.

Fextows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.

Fettows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders
every year, ‘hese Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each

3

Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday
Orders are not available if the Fetxow shall have used his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Frttows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),
each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,
including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of
Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to cne
Adult's. hese Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

In no case can two children be passed through the gates as
one adult.

Fritows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book
of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of
Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,
and the exchange can only be made during the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Frntow on the
1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing
Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what
address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied
on application.

The Wire of a Frrtow can exercise all these privileges in bis

absence.

Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications
on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every
year. This Subscription is due upon the 1st of January and must
be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which
the privilege lapses. Fxttows are likewise entitled to purchase the
Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.
less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of
25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued
prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
~ Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
lst July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

4

Frettows may obtain a Transrerartn Lvory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum.* A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frtiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frtxow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society
are requested to communicate with the undersigned.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc.,

Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, London, W..,
August, 1905.

MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR
SCLEN LTT PLC BU SN Ess:

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

1905.

DunsDAY, JUNE. . 126 Turspay, Decemper 12
ne November 14 and 28

The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tx scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and ‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume
for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901
they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.

The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea defore the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 30s.
(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist July
in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued.

| August, 1905. ]

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 16 vols. and Index Price Pilea fo as
Fellows. Public.
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... £3 18 6 .... £418 OF
¥ 5 o i; a) (LS30=4) ie Sa One Ome a 6) (Gi
SiS eer ae GB 51) 2 oe a GiS4 2-19) oye Ome oeee AN ke Oyp
iy ive “A (en ie een aa Cleo) ye, Be WO) 82) Gi;
Wy 5 Shae too CLIP EGS) aago © 4.3, 619 0
ae Nes . OO e tte eeu S666) er ears lolear ie Ome 1 © ©
ewe like. - Ud. tye 2 ee SS CO2 72) revel) melee ae 13120
_, \WJ00L,, 5 Cm ysog Clee ein O BS SB, 12) EO
Fidei Bee s OD) done (ClES=7) Seon LY IG, Ie 2 @
, exe. Af Bi 4 pace Csi) 10) -@ 8. 3) 7 0
Minclexc; VOSS NG rte tome eee CBE SiO nooe OC GS . 010 0
Wol, 20h, “Gomaraine Obes. , (isi 285)) caro 9 1A © ..., 1B ©
SUG. me ly FP Ge CSIO-80) a Onno Ome C2 ©
pee Xalililee mm OP axe (IE) CG tS, ill ©
“DY, Gy MORES) ste (0) 7 0 0
oe ON pO) Me etre (1898-1901) . 15) GB 5 Wiel ©
epxoVvilie Me Pols a) ao CRUISIGOS S55 eG SO: . 7 4 0
XNA et alla Slee tens ean CCU LOO) ips tetas ones? ea ouee 110 O
XN lea ere whit Salve Mee CAE, rule OW eB us O
oy NIU yp pie IS fen (Cem IOs. IIe Ge, i i@ ©

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE = SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). tice te Brice tolthe

Fellows. Public.
lene los ICBO SSI I yalltshv@s. sboscbaonoooce AsGd. Soa 1O8sh
7 1b Ilse sy MME > 1 cdek- sgorstaeesehe ates ANS Esso + OSs

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part I. 1883. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. Gs. | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.+
eed de Gal? Gs. Pe Gul Ga,
y WON ESS A MS. Gi en 5, 7) RLS43. 55), dated Semmens
, IRB IRS) al JasGik 8. Gs eR Eg 4, oe Acros
a ISG een Ae Ne Pe WCU At 5. Bi... Bs,
Men Vi 1e38) ee MS Gr bs 5) X1V.1846, |, 4s. Games
PoVE isso) 2) 4s Ga Gs | 5 XViL847,, ee ome cent
"VII 1840.. |, 4s. 6d. .. Gs-+ | Index 1880-1847. ,, 48. 6d. .. 6s.

8vo. 13 alee and Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part MOVIL ISAS, Ivo, Bros ES Ge oy GH soocceoe Gils 0. 6s. ec aeons
9° XVII. 1849, . ASO Barn MOSEs Catt ewere ies £0. 8 22) aoa
Gr OUTRO, ae Ye AG got Gao nua cse ee 1 8.6 118 O+
ORD S LM Ue ee -AguiGre nl Ekies, ve eae 015 9 1 1 OF
(i KOSH A Wt: I AsaGe: ioe Paes 015 9 1 1 OF
Mo Nebo Uy aes ed eiOok eu Osh eee 018 0 1 4 Of
Me XK S54 ARGH Atha, JO sc ete ie 019 6 1 6 OF
MOOK KUT 155. 2 as Ga ee Gs een 18 6 118 O+
pie XSL 1856). Oe Ga take. BGs ee 10 8 1 7 6+
MX X VE ICh7 leith wAsiGar fait mest het 1.0 8 ee? Wer
MEX XV LVIS5S: 4g BG Ge ia 2 2 OF
MPR S59. |, eAseGd. le) Gs nate ith B 2 2 Ot
ORAM OTSEGO, 1 sadahGdl nn 16s eee 1ll 6 2 2 OF
Index 1848-1860. “5 As. 6d. Gs.

if Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Letterpress only.

With Plates uncoloured.

8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
WSS. 5 6 41S, ACh ooo GR eeaaac Qs. gS eS eee et ae. opr Oh soon Zour
ISG? 5, 49, Ge con. Gk ROS: Oe Mecrawor So, Bh ooo SBGSP
NO 3 46 th echo OS ooscoe Qs. ND Sheehan 3es. 9d. 45s.
IGE 55 2s Ob cone Gaeeseonas 9s: Pits chdan Ossy Wh tec 45s.
WSC 55 449; Ge 600 Gh conone 9s, Shears BBR, Mh oooa GDR
SOS 5 26) Gh Vou e wos oo: 9s. IPA Reo or 38s. Od. .... 45s.
TUSKSV (ANS os shesc a aR er Sa en SP Eo Qs. NOG 6 bo B3S Sh soos 45s,
JSG) cc ol Goer Reem ne oS ere eee Qs. iD Sarena BB CU sooo hae,
MS COMBO Cr tern ee e cee Fee 9s. AD) staan aoe, Bh, coon 458
SiO Meer amen a reherstencicsi-onea) » 9s. a BBS, Wh cocoa Ata
Thavales-e JUSKON SYA)” ino dines betes 5 2S, Ob, o 656 6s.
IES elliearaietecrvnhs ace eae earner ar exer. vasie 9s. SC SS Oh soon 4h,
TNGBAN. sity (es sieutis, eaeee Sit mien LAr 9s. WE. oo ce BBe, Qh sooc 45s.t
TESS ak panier ey sranel nkeare ohana Sori 9s. 1 ae aerate 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
NS (Aire eye ack se etciam ow Meet ate 9s. 128.7. 36s. A8s.F
HS Omran tens ceaeh cece, sreeaiatee nae eyes 9s. LPS eae 36s. A8s.
JS IAG) Ai alee Oa a Nei OO ae eee 9s. ED Siete eee 36s. 48s,
JUSITTE. eeaio on OS Ale CL ae OER ERIEN 9s. 1 ie Ronee 36s, 48s.
ISAS Gm eeear ciate che a eheee ei chGich are ee 9s, MS arcs 36s. 48s,
SO De rere ott ie es 9s. 12s: 36s. 48s,
SSON a cayses cares Se ee eeaee ann Oar Qs. Rie bas eran ee 36s. 48s.
IGarlere,, Wey) * Sooo uadeson ASS iOd saan 6s.

Stel cease partes ione ne Ue nera HS 9s. SORA OLS eee cra 36s. 48s,
NS SO Recenter epee Nem aati cima mA 9s. 12's3 36s. 48s.
SS aaerder teeta racwee race ee ene” os genes 9s. 12s, 36s. 48s.
SSA ape ae atnus Caee a aerators 9s. IA a eae eke 36s. 48s.
TUS pacts Geer abe rae teenies pole arr Qs. ADS kee ures 36s. oo ates,
NSS Gees mare eee as enh Rr 9s. AS eae rans ae 36s. 48s,
WSS aren eccarsensecen eet clicevecttreans 9s. OE aac Gages 36s. ‘ 48s,
SSS eee eeeabe wee sh cew heres he eras 9s. US the See er 36s. 48s.
TUS) Aa ae be tae Reece peemneeuer en 9s. MD SS tera, cis 36s. no 448,
SS HOXO) ihc a Ta Ao Pe ee Qs. LO She wee ae 36s. 48s,
indexes pS SIUSGO eset crerere BS, Go sooo Gh
ALES IMI ie tee cre tiered oo ace me) AEG De he LG oe Re ep ee ap aN, cr en 36s. 48s.
AS Oe ave 2 URC eC nce ct UL Ny A Aes SU ety Re SC NV ire etn 36s. 48s.
TIGRE es eseee eee perenne cia, Pee eter cag el re arte ROR aIs epi PLS Bi SR eae 36s. 48s.
ISO Aer aoe saeee a Map Sc) caer esa steacencle Neueye Rosana en Shanice Revie Nater aE et 36s, 48s,
TUKEY cries aay ea een AMER an eni Laas NAR ETM are 36s. 48s.
TIESYO YG: 2 50 ms Ol ecureuil UA oh ee WA 36s. 48s,
HS Ope e te koeiats cheliae salle a canes At Mu SEU baby Wes ee Ce aac 36s. 48s,
AS Ohare ear heen teat cto tae tech se a ee cat tn go teint rai Re RGN dem OOS 5 48s,
TUCO acai ac ay A EUR erase PPR ena ON Te Maa Carel NA o HOS, oS A8s,
HLS) (0 ra ia Ae ore, EI AN a Se ra or ea GIN NS goat Sie 36s. A8s,
Imdexs SOT G00) wears ae 4S, Gh oo00 (OS

* No perfect copies in stock.

t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or toe GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or toe ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 9 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.
[OO Ol Mes ohcht ty ants cent conse ORR aoe eee Se ee ee 24s,
GEN acai concen tee tia Cee ee (Cae ee 24s,
HOOT SOM ccna ne ces, aN anger teen eee ee TSs) nee ds,
* ot 70 ede fe eitintn AR a reraracar oinici sine Dl. chiac pioin SIAR o) o-dig & SS: 24s.
TIGICE ect eam Re ME CMR Levant 28, SS a eae 2As,
3 chien | MBER nyse RRC UCR RA iene age 18s. (2 mone
HOON cei hcat gente SNC lee Rie Vcr | S00 Lae ane ange Les ae 2As,
ms Pr Uli canal AU Paat et cect pi MRnE RO Die 5 PNG Cucina tices AOA 73 Ss teh oper 24s.
TSO Ss pearean el alae ricer cetaceans OMA OME cans Otto tino cea tweicsorncia ¢ Ss nuk cone 24s,

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Kighth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.
1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s OFFICE
(8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL jRECORD:

——2-0595, 00-—-

YHE object of the Zootoercan RecorD is to give, by means of an
annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its
value for the Student in future years.

The ‘Zoological Record,’ after Vol. 40, will be published by
the Society at the price of 40s. per volume. But all Members of the
Zoological Society of London will have the privilege of receiving it,
including the cost of delivery, at a subscription price of 30s. per
annum. This Subscription is due on the Ist of July in every year,
and the privilege of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be
paid before the 1st of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of
the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete sets. The
thirty-seven Volumes to the end of the nineteenth century, and the
Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supplied for £15
net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net). Volumes of
any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can
likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net.

The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1880-1900)
is 20s., to Fellows 18s.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record ’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
supplied to those who prefer that mode of payment. ‘This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society.

The divisions of the ‘Zoological Record’ may be obtained
separately as shown on the next page. .

SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

At present each Volume of the Zootogtcan ReEcorp consists of
20 separately paged Divisions. These may be obtained separately,

in paper covers, stitched and lettered.

The following are the Divisions and their net prices, viz. :—

List of abbreviations of journals, ete.

Special Records, viz. :—

d.
0

XVIII. Protozoa aewiites
Index of new names of genera and subgenera

I. General Subjects .. 2

II. Mammalia 286
III. Aves AS astea Bee oO ©
IV. Reptilia and Batrachia. . 2
VY. Pisces 2-36
VI. Tunicata t ©
VII. Mollusca 4 0
VIII. Brachiopoda .. Nal)
IX. Bryozoa IL ©
X. Crustacea 2G
XI. Arachnida Pex
XII. Myriopoda I
XIII. Insecta . 12 ©
XIV. Echinoderma 3 6
XV. Vermes .. 3 0
XVI. Coelenterata .. i 6
XVII. Spongiz Zi)
2-0

2 (0)

On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon

as ready.

These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological
Society, 3 Hanover Square, London, and also from the following
Agents: Friedlinder & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin; Librairie
A. Hermann, 6 rue Sorbonne, Paris. Cheques and Post-Office
Orders should be made payable to ‘The Zoological Society,” and
crossed ‘‘ Drummond’s.”

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
August, 1905.
ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,
3 Hanover SQuarz, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or rae ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1868, Vols. 1.-y.
Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Ginwruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &e.
Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869, Volume Sixth.
Kdited by Atperr C. L. G. Ginter, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,
F.Z.S., &e. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vi1.tx. Edited
by AtFrep Newton, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. Price 10s.
each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols. x._xx. Edited by
Epwarp Canpwett Ry, F.Z.S., M.E.S. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xx1., xxu1. Edited
by F. Jerrruy Bent, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xx111.—xxvut.
Edited by Franx EH. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S. Price 10s. each
Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1891-1898, Vols. xxvitI.—xxxv.
Edited by D> Swarr, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &. Price 10s. each

Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-sixth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. By
J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, EH. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and R. v. Lendenfeld.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1900. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh ; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, KE. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and E, A. Minchin.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1901. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-eighth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
Alice L. Embleton, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8. Pace, Albert
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for
the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.B.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-ninth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1902. By
D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,
E. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.
London, 1903. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Fortieth; being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1903. By D.
Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,
EK. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Kdited (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.
London, 1904. Price 30s.

Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera
and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the
Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not
included in the ‘ Nomenclator zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com-
piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cartes Owen
WatERHOUsE and edited by Davip Suarp, Kditor of the Zoological
Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the
public, 20s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrnty’s OrricE
(3 Hanover Square, W.).

No. 16.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

March 7th, 1905.

Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, C.I.E., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

Dr. Aupert Gray exhibited a series of lantern-slides in illus-
tration of remarks upon the membranous labyrinth of certain
animals.

Mr. Henry Scuurren, F.ZS., called attention to pictures of
the Zebra in Aldrovandus (1640) and the ‘Commentarius’ of
Ludolphus (1691). In the course of his remarks he said that in
the seventeenth century Zebras (now known as Lgwus grevyi)
had been sent by the Ruler of Abyssinia to the Governor of the
Dutch East India Company at Batavia, and to the Sultan of
Turkey, so that the species was seen in Europe two centuries
before the type of Hquwus grevyt reached France in 1882. In
proof, passages were cited from Philostorgius Ludolphus, Jean de
Thévenot, and other writers.

Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., exhibited and made some
remarks on a series of spirit-specimens of Fishes from Lake
Chad and the Chari River, collected and presented to the British
Museum by Capt. G. B. Gosling.

Mr. J. L. Bonnors, F.Z.8., gave an exhibition of hybrid Ducks
which had been bred in his aviaries at Cambridge. The crosses
exhibited dealt chiefly with four species, of which the following
were shown :—

Anas boschas x A. pecilorhyncha,

Anas boschas x A. pecilorhyncha x Dafila acuta,

Anas boschas X A. pecilorhyncha x A. superciliosa,

Anas boschas x A. pecilorhyncha x A. superciliosa x D. acuta.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Sir
Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.

14

Tn describing the various plumages Mr. Bonhote pointed out that
the hybrids Mallard (Anas boschas) x Spotbill (A. pacilorhyncha)
x Pintail (Dasila acuta) were divisible into two races, a light
and a dark, and also that, whereas in the full-plumaged drakes
the Mallard and Pintail characters were chiefly apparent, in the
eclipse plumage the characters of the Spotbill supervened. Some
curious resemblances to species other than their parents were
then noticed, and also characters that could be referred to no
known species.

Mr. Bonhote then referred to a paper he had read to the
Linnean Society last year, poimting out that colour-variations
tended to appear first of all on certain definite parts of the body,
and that these parts, to which the name “ poecilomeres” had been
given, were common to mammals and birds alike. After treating
of this matter at some length, Mr. Bonhote came to the conclusion
that, from the study of the birds shown, hybridisation tended
to bring about great variation, which followed the lines of the
pecilomeres, and as the result of that variation resemblances were
shown towards species which had no part in their parentage.

As illustrating this last statement, a bird (presumably a hybrid
between a Wigeon and Pintail) which had been shot wild a short
time back was shown. This bird, in addition to the characters
of the two parent species, showed on the head markings that
might be referred to both the Teal and the New Zealand Duck.

A communication from Mr. Cyrit Crossianp, F.Z.8., contained
an account of the Cicology and Deposits of the Cape Verde
Marine Fauna. The Author po:nted out that so far as the Cape
Verde Group was concerned there was no evidence of any common
tropical marine fauna, though certain species were found in both
the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. Reef animals were remarkably
few in number, the fauna in their place having a considerable
subtropical constituent.

Rock simulating coral-rag was formed at the low-tide level by
serpulid tubes fused together by Lithothamnion, and by the latter
and Foraminifera between 5 and 20 fathoms. The absence of
reefs might be due in some degree to the remarkably steep coasts
of the islands, but it was more especially owing to the extra-
ordinary dominance of boring sponges, worms, and molluscs.
Beach sandstone was formed by the deposition of calcareous
cement where the fresh water met the salt; it was only found in
certain situations, and was everywhere being slowly eroded away
by the sea.

Mr. C. Tare Rucan, F.Z.8., read a paper entitled ‘A Revision
of the South-American Cichlid Genera, Crenacara, Batrachops,
and Crenicichla,” in which 23 species were described, 4 of them as
new to science.

A communication from Capt. R. MErrmNgERTZHAGEN contained

15

the following description of a new Antelope from British Hast
Africa :—

OUREBIA KENYA, sp. n.

Allied to 0. haggardi, but with the horns smaller, thinner, and
smoother.

Basal length of typical skull 145 mm.; length of horns 136,
circumference at base 53.

Hab. Upper Tana River, Mt. Kenya District,

Type. British Museum, No, 4.11.5.28,

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 21st March, 1905, at half-past Hight
o'clock P.M., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Sir Harry Jounston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B.—Notes on the
Mammals and Birds of Liberia.

2. Mr. Martin A. C. Hintron.—On some Abnormal Remains
of Cervus elaphus from the Post-Pliocene Deposits of the South
of England.

3. Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.S.—On the Affinities of Procolophon.

4, Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S.—On the Effects of Castration on
the Horns of the Prongbuck.

The following Papers have been received :—

1. Mr. A. E. Suiptny, F.R.S.—Notes on Parasites from the
Zoological Gardens, London, and elsewhere.

2. Dr. HE. Lonnperc, C.M.Z.S.—On Hybrids between Lepus
timidus and L. ewropeus from Southern Sweden.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZooLoGicaL Sociery or Lonvon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.
14th March, 1905.

No. 17.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON?

March 21st, 1905.

G. A. Bounenesr, Esq., F.R.S8., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February
1905, and called special attention to a female Kiang (Zqwus
hemionus kiang) deposited by H.M. The King; to a male Lynx
(Felis lynx) from the Caucasus and a male Leopard of the Persian
race (felis pardus tulliana), received in exchange ; and to a semi-
albino variety of the Common Fox (Canis vulpes), received on
deposit.

The Secretary also read an extract from a letter from Mrs. 8.
L. Hinde describing the act of a Duiker (Cephalophus sp. inc.)
killing a Partridge and devouring its head, which it was thought was
committed by the animal to gratify its desire for salt.

Mr. Freperick Giuuert, F.Z.8., exhibited a photograph of a
wounded Oryx (Oryx beisa) hiding in undergrowth of wood in
its native haunts, in order to show the protective nature of the
coloration of the animal.

Mr. C. Tats Ruean, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon
a series of pencil sketches of Fishes of the Rio Negro and its
tributaries made by Dr. A. R. Wallace about fifty years ago.

Mr. Mactrop Yearstey, F.Z.S., exhibited a radiograph of a
living Snake showing the skeletons of two frogs it had swallowed
some hours previously.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London:
W.., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’; butit may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six
Shillings per annum, payable in advance

18

Mr. R. KE. Houpine exhibited and made remarks upon some
skulls of the Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris) and the Red Deer
(Cervus elaphus) showing arrest of the growth of the antlers due
to complete or partial castration.

Mr. R. I. Pococn, F.Z.8., read a paper upon the effects of cas-
tration upon the horns of the Prongbuck (Antilocapra americana),
and pointed out that in a gelded specimen recently deposited in
the Gardens the horns formed a semicircular procurvature from
the root, ending in a slightly incurved point close beneath the eye;
that each horn-sheath, measuring about 9 inches along its convex
side, was composite, consisting of six partially severed stunted
sheaths; that the “prong,” or anterior tyne, was sometimes
represented by a small tubercle, but was not present upon all the
component sheaths. Hence the effects of the operation were
curvature in growth, prevention of exuviation, and practical sup-
pression of the anterior tyne.

Sir Harry Jounnston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., read a paper on the
Mammals and Birds of Liberia. He was of opinion that, although
Liberia was not marked off clearly by any natural features from
either Sierra Leone on the one hand, or the Ivory Coast on the
other, it possessed a certain distinctness and a slight degree of
peculiarity as regards its flora and fauna. As regards Mammals
and Birds, Liberia was, to a great extent, a meeting-place for the
forms of Northern Guinea (Sierra Leone to the Gambia) and those
of the Gold Coast, the Niger Delta, and the Cameroons. The
species of Mammals peculiar to it included the Dwarf Hippopo-
tamus, the Zebra Antelope, Jentink’s Duiker, and Biittikofer’s
Monkey. The author enumerated eighteen species of Mammals
and twenty of Birds, specimens of which had been obtained by
various collectors in Liberia.

Mr. Martin A. C. Hinton read a paper on Abnormal Remain
of the Red Deer (Cervus elaphus). The remains consisted of
three antlers which were obtained from different Post-Pliocene
deposits in the South of England. They agreed in having all the
tynes suppressed and in being supported upon very long pedicles,
thus resembling in form, though much exceeding in size, those of
the Pricket. Rudimentary offsets were seen on the most perfect
example, which proved the antler to be the third in the series.
These antlers belonged to individuals who had suffered testicular
injury at an early period of life, by which the characters of youth
were retained for a longer period than was usual.

A paper by Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.S., entitled ‘On the Affinities
of Procolophon,” was communicated by Dr. A. Smith Woodward,
E.RS.

The author believed that Reptiles in Permian times became

19

specialised along two distinct lines: the one represented by the
Pareiasaurians, Anomodonts, Therocephalians, and Theriodonts,
and terminating in the Mammals; the second giving rise to all
the other reptilian orders. The common ancestor was believed to
have been a true reptile probably belonging to the order Cotylo-
sauria. Procolophon was held to be an early member of the
branch which led to the Rhyuchocephalians, and possibly fairly
closely allied to the land ancestor of Mesosawrus.

Professor H. G. Seutny, F.R.S., described the skulls of the
Fossil Reptile Procolophon from Donnybrook and Fernrocks. He
considered that the bone hitherto regarded as quadrato-jugal was
the quadrate bone, which was embedded in the squamosal and
sent a strong thin process inward above the pterygoid. The size
of the posterior process of the quadrate was a character distin-
guishing species. There was no postorbital foramen in several
species; it attained its maximum in Procolophon laticeps. ‘The
occipital region was closed and projected beyond the squamosal
and quadrate bones. ‘The molar teeth had inner and outer cusps.
The fore and hind limbs were also described. The author con-
cluded that the main affinities were with the Anomodontia, chiefly
with the Pareiasauria, and in the teeth with the Theriodontia ;
but that in a less degree there were indications of affinity with
Reptiles classed as Labyrinthodonts. All parts of the skeleton
supported the separation of the Procolophonia as an order of
extinct Reptilia.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Busmess will
be held on Tuesday, the 18th April, 1905, at half-past Hight
o'clock Pp.M., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Mr. A. E. Suretey, F.R.S.—Notes on Ento-Parasites from
the Zoological Gardens, London, and elsewhere.

2. Dr. EH. Lonnpere, C.M.Z.8.—On Hybrids between Lepus

timidus and L. ewropeus from Southern Sweden.

3. Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.8.—Notes on the Muscular and
Visceral Anatomy of a Leathery Turtle (Demochelys coriacea).

The following Papers have been received :—

1. Prof. E. A. Mincuin, F.Z.8.—On Lewucosolenia contorta
Bowerbank, <Ascandra contorta Haeckel, and <Ascetia spinosa
Lendenfeld.

2. Mr. A. L. Burtsr, F.Z.8.—On the Giant Eland of the
Bahr-el-Ghazal (Zaurotragus derbianus gigas Heugl.).

20

3. Mr. F. EK. Bepparp, F.Z.8.—Some Notes upon the Anatomy
of the Ferret-Badger (Helictus personatus).

4, Messrs. OLDFIELD Tuomas, F.R.S., and Haro~p Scuwann,
F.Z.S.—The Rudd Exploration of South Africa. III. List of the
Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant in Zululand.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZOOLOGICAL Society or Lonpon should be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 HANOVER Square, Lonpon, W.
28th March, 1905.

No. 18.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,*
April 18th, 1905.

Herpert Druce, Esq., F.L.S8., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The SECRETARY read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1905,
and called special attention to an Hland and a Bactrian Camel,
born in the Gardens ; to a Brush-tailed Pouched Mouse (Phasco-
gale penicillata), a Greater Bird-of-Paradise (Paradisea apoda)
and two Lesser Birds-of-Paradise (P. minor), received on deposit ;
and to a Black Lory (Chalcopsittacus ater) obtained by purchase.
The total number of additions during the month was 148.

Mr. J. G. Miuuais, F.Z.8., exhibited the horn-core (with sheath
attached) of an Urus (Bos primigenius). The specimen was
believed to be the only British example of the actual horn of the
Urus in existence. The curious corrugations on the surface of
the lower end were similar to those found on the American and
European Bison, and incidentally supported the view that the
White Oattle of Chillingham, Chartley, and Cadzow were not
descended from this animal.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. OLDFizLD THomas,
F.R.S., a photograph of the horns of a Roberts’s Gazelle (Gazella
grantii robertsi) which had been obtained by Mr. C. L. Chevalier,
Medical Officer to the Anglo-German Boundary Commission.

Dr. W. J. Houanp, F.Z.8., Director of the Carnegie Museum
and Institute, Pittsburg, U.S.A., gave an account, illustrated by
stereopticon slides, of the discovery of the skeleton of Diplodocus
carnegit Hatcher, a reproduction of which he was at present

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Stwpence, or, if desired, sent post-iree for the sum of Six
Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

22

installing in the Gallery of Reptiles at the British Museum
(Natural History), South Kensington.

After paying tribute to the generosity of Mr. Andrew Carnegie,
who had supplied the funds necessary for the extensive explor-
ations which were being carried on by the Carnegie Institute,
under the direction of the speaker, he went on to speak of the
Geology of Wyoming and of the immediate locality, where the
specimen was obtained. He incidentally described the methods
employed by American collectors to secure vertebrate fossils in
fine condition. He then discussed the osteology of Diplodocus,
briefly pointing out some of the more interesting structural
features of the skeleton, and in this connection animadverted
upon certain so-called “restorations” made public in popular
magazines and emanating from artists whose artistic ability was
quite in excess of their scientific knowledge.

Dr. Holland concluded his account by exhibiting in rapid suc-
cession pictures of a few of the more remarkable skeletons which
had been recovered by the paleontological staff of the Carnegie
Museum from various localities in the region of the Rocky
Mountains.

Dr. Smira Woopwarp, F.R.S., read a paper on a unique
specimen of Cetiosaurus leedsi, a Sauropodous Dinosaur from the
Oxford Clay of Peterborough. He described the fore and hind
limbs and the tail, and confirmed the observation of the late
Prof. O. C. Marsh, that Cetiosawrus was one of the more
generalised Sauropoda.

The SEcrRErARY read a short paper entitled “On a Young
Female Nigerian Giraffe.” On the evidence afforded by a young
female giraffe, obtained by Captain Phillips in the district of
Gummel, about 300 miles due west of Lake Chad, and now
deposited in the Society’s Gardens, he was inclined to believe in
the distinctness of the Nigerian Giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis
peralta of Thomas), which, however, was closely allied to the
Nubian form (G’. ¢. typica).

A communication was read from Mr. A. E. Suiptey, F.B.S.,
dealing with the Ento-Parasites he had obtained from the Zoo-
logical Gardens, London, and elsewhere. Thirteen species were
enumerated, one of which was described as new.

Mr. R. H. Burnu, F.Z.S., read a paper descriptive of the
muscular and viscerai anatomy of a Leathery Turtle (Dermato-
chelys coriacea). The animal was a young female about four feet
long, and was thus considerably larger than the few examples of
this rare Chelonian that had previously been dissected. It came
from Japan. The muscles of the neck, trunk, and limbs were
described in detail, and notes were made of numerous hitherto
unrecorded or imperfectly described features of the alimentary
and other internal organs.

23

Mr. Haronp Scuwann, F.Z.8., read a paper, prepared by
Mr. OvprieLp Tomas, F.R.S., and himself, which gave an account
of a third collection of Mammals made by Mr. C. H. B. Grant
for Mr, C. D. Rudd’s Exploration of South Africa, and presented
by the latter gentleman to the National Museum.

The present series was obtained in Zululand, and consisted of
222 specimens, belonging to 49 species, of which several were
described as new, besides a number of local subspecies.

Of the new forms, the following were the most noticeable :—

AMBLYSOMUS IRIS, Sp. 0.

Allied to A. hotientottus, but much smaller. Colour smoky
blackish above and below.

Dimensions of the type :—Head and body 116 mm.; hind foot
13. Greatest length of skull 25:4. ;

Hab. Umvolosi Station, Zululand. Type. B.M. No. 4.12.3.9,

OTOMYS LAMINATUS, sp. n.

Allied to 0. wrroratus, but with 9 laminz on the last upper
molar and 7 on the anterior lower.

Dimensions of the type :—Head and body 180 mm. ; tail 120;
hind foot 22. Basilar length of skull 35.

Hab. Sibudeni, Zululand. Type. B.M. No. 4.5.1.45.

PRONOLAGUS RUDDI, sp. nD.

Allied to P. erassicaudatus, but considerably larger and with
coarser fur, Palatal foramina narrowed and sharply edged
behind,

Dimensions of the type :—Head and body 482 mm.; tail 52;
hind foot 99; ear 98. Greatest length of skull 92.

Hab. Sibudeni, Zululand. Type. B.M. No. 4.5.1.78.

A communication from Mr. G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S., contained
a description of a new species of Newt from Yunnan.

The Secretary read, on behalf of Dr. Einar Lonnperc,
C.M.Z.S., a paper on hybrid Hares between Lepus timidus Linn.
and ZL. ewropeus Pall., in Southern Sweden. The hybrids had
become comparatively common in this part of Sweden owing to
the introduction of the latter species for hunting purposes,

A communication from Mr. A. L. Burimr, F.Z.8., contained a
description of the Giant Eland of the Bahr-el-Ghazal. Mr. Butler
was of opinion that this Eland was more nearly allied to the West
African form than to that of South Africa, and proposed to dis-
tinguish it as Tawrotragus derbianus gigas. It differed from the
typical 7’. derbianus in its much lighter body-colour (a pale “café-
au-lait ” fawn instead of a rich ruddy brown), in the greyish white
of the black-maned dewlap, and in carrying grander horns,

24

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 2nd May, 1905, at half-past Hight
o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Prof. EK. A. Mincury, F.Z.S.—On Leucosolenia contorta

Bowerbank, Ascandra contorta Haeckel, and Ascetia spinosa
Lendenfeld.

2. Mr. F. EK. Bepparp, F.R.S8.—Some Notes upon the Anatomy
of the Ferret-Badger (Helictis personata).

3. Mr. W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.8.—Contributions to the Osteology
of Birds.—Part VIL. Lurylemide, with Remarks on the Systematic
Position of the Group.

The following papers have been received :—
1. Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S.—A Contribution to the Know-
edge of the Encephalic Arterial System in Sauropsida.

2. Dr. E. Bercrorn, C.M.Z.8.—On Stridulating Halyime, with
Descriptions of new Genera and Species.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZOOLOGICAL Socinty or Lonpon sheuld be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 HANOVER Square, Lonpon, W.
25th April, 1905.

ContTENTS (continued).

March 21, 1905 (continued).

Page
3, On some Abnormal Remains of the Red Deer (Cervus elaphus) from the Post-Pliocene
Deposits of the South of England. By Martin A. C. Hinton ....... wha‘ eysiwseteler sear - 210

4, On the eae of the Primitive Reptile Procolophon. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc.,
C.M.Z.8., Victoria College, Stellenbosch, Cape Colony ........ 00.0.0 0. .eeceecece 212

5.£On the Primitive Reptile Procolophon. By H. G. Suuuey, F.R.S., F.Z:8............. 218

ae April 18, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1905 ...... 230
Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the horn of an Urus........ 231

Dr. W. J. Hoiland, F.Z.S, Remarks, illustrated with Lantern-slides, on the discovery of
the) skeletontom, Dip lodocus COTNEOUG inlets s sint a» sve Sen woke sopeea Lal Rteiar eae aces 231

1. On Parts of the Skeleton of Cettosaurus (cedsi, a Sauropodous Dinosaur from the Oxford
Clay of Peterborough. By A. Sarr Woopwarp, LL.D., B.R.S., F.Z.S. .......... 232

2. Ona Young Female Giraffe from Nigeria. By P. Cuanmers Mitcnecn, M:A., D.Se.,
Secietary tOnsmes SOCLeLy ter wise cise cist crepe e tage aameteies seat Eee cae nena 244

3. Notes on Ento-Parasites from the Zoological Gardens, London, and elsewhere. By

A. E. Surerzy, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge, and
_ University Lecturer in the Morphology of the Invertebrata .............. 0.00020. 248

4, The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—III. List of the Mammals obtained by

Mr. Grant in Zululand. By Oxprie.p Tnomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8., and Haroxip Scuwann,
Zeon (bletiey kav) \-) sre ate RE fe een week neta Ae 4 rm V0'2 = cl minor cine Pega Absa ca 254

5. Description of a new Newt from Yunnan. By G. A. Bovnuncur, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
Tere eRGVET De ies sat) Saris epee ere tere ee eaOeE chs ntti secs aie eels Sieh ate toeg OG aaa a 277

6. On Hybrid Hares between Lepus timidus L. and Lepus europeus Pall. from Southern
Sweden. by (MENA, WONNBERG WO UMSAL Ss eWlc: ireinisniah as iuelcisne semen eects Ser OTS

hs On the Giant Eland of the Babr el Ghazal, Taurotragus derbianus gigas (Heugl.). By
A. L. Burtzr, F.Z.8., Superintendent of Game Preservation, Soudan .............. 288

8. Notes on the Muscular and Visceral Anatomy of the Leathery Turtle (Derinochelys
coriacea). By-R. H. Burnn, BAL, W.ZS. 20. ce ee ee Pence cnet eee eens 291
LIAR Poe he ARE AV Ere ie IER OR cee aN ery Nay ote ts 3 ECT rE RES UR IOAN oh 325
Titlepage....-- Mp sialon wine win oie n wkalwnialiale sidan a/als Wit sialic ole v's wel nieie eialais youn ele alum eei e i
PISTOLS CUA maki COrG: as sec erase chee arena ia unrcce aia mieila vor Ora me eneelMoe argc ApoE eM ate li
sera OOMbeits Selec ne eoecna sos sn seperepo com siete iepetichal ciate iete pect aia ona amaenevamt sataaMve manne andi lil
Alphapetical Pash Of Comtributars: <6) <a <ici cote iowa ajarnya cine ein athesiv aie wi eecee alo slam sale 2h cio ix
Mistromeleihesy sete cm oeeeeds sta alec eho arer gra wiemntaiennUstaA an ttt tee ed eee eee eee xvil

hist of Wext-fioures) oo. 005... ese eee ee CHR TA Bie see on eis WOOD OR CARRE AS SAS oe Say

' New Generic Term ..... aS euabettate te oa atteta to Spal ialounsicies EAC eR HY ooh ea Mn pividrciniote eae XX1i

ae ash sIUN0a aL Geo eon Ta Cac FRCS TER Ea DUOC BES Pert ee tears Mapeisrare eis s wrarmroneas XXil

LIST OF PLATES. -

1905: V Ode oF

BARD Tay
Plate Penh Page
XIV. 1. Batrachops punctulatus. 2, Crenicichla wallacit.. 3. C.acuti-|, -
POSETIS\ i's. Saito staat as eke ceteneen Mahone merge Be Rice te 152
KV. 1. -Crenicichla strigdta. 20°C. OF NGG pis'se's Seeivar tne wars «ani
XVI. 1-3. Amblysomus. 4,5. Pronolagus......++...+-. Bate ac rae 254
KVL. <Molgeaolaerstor ffi. ii). elc\a\siate ce nin eee xisjanle meio Sia haskin cibbarnern 277
NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in fowr parts, forming two volumes,
as follows:—
VOL, I.
Part 1. containing papers read in January and February, in June.
Tf, 4 eS », March and April, in August.
COR:
Part I. containing papers read in May and June. in October.
II. is x ». November and December, in April.

‘ Proceedings,’ 1905, Vol. I. Part I. was published on June Ist, 1905.

The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meetings in
March and April are contained in this Part.

{

P9700

ery

i

ae
ilies
et KY

Bape

cate

1
=)
Naa i!

} ah
¥ ai. at

iki

sh,

ye

zyban

eg i
ee

sk

a “ sone .

ra aie is ay
: su to wht
ins

Ha

ans ata i
Fait) WM ne
a i ie Ns

Td 2 Oeguene nig
easy
ty bis als ae
Mavanens) it
ee nantiea'
th

f H
esti vty it r
‘3 Hey nes
Rotel en p (i we
ay

Sprite
Myvgaiene

aay
esr net
Na
ati
Wee nt aoe
ee ae

e Pe sab HH aT Ade)
be neh Shea ey Noe
raat (a

aie ee tay
Wald rages
Syme SY SiG ably,

ae as ienialea

fe nae

menses
ey
or a

gt

He aenSay &)
BO We InP Gest

Me Tg ayy alte
sit ee

Fok ee

7h Te
4 wy ipa ye Ns Tat Te
a Lee

at
NG aH

yee i wae

” ff
Be ILAB apt hy
ch enn ne

et
‘ Heater 1
eh auh aly Css

then iy 4 yk
Maratea

ce sarin ten
eoMieait Sh Ente 8
Pate uy oA

ary rp

YO RUE a

ene

Nyasa
Ratan Aalt
ie aD

hy
sty aes
ay

ake ag
sg v4 att SDAA
We eel 62d Ges MGs
Daath ta whe age
Pa) vi a
Ame A
20)

Whey eh
, Be iy we

ny “ee

eu

fae

ie if Hattee
he

te aif

yas 4

pedach &
“ahi Os

ae
ue eat

Ban ines

ya wasn,a eal

Re hi:

(Uv tuiig Na :
eee

AUN Hs
ay alacant
SING des sdeaye

& cot

ns

HER Wie a avenge ey
ey

ney
Voto

oa suet on
bay Me wee aa

pra Si
STERIL ICR NOR )

age 14

SU

vay
Pari “
ae. AUCH gy gh ay

Wouter

ne tet
Nain spy te!
Sat eee

ies “ bf

EN

Bey

hates
a OR
Pes a AY
4 iy

en
wk a a y

econ
CCU
uae fut! 2. ven

¢

Mah LS WAL eb seve
Ht Ne

SW Nahas) ie ke ie

Vddie, 64

“yiasiSy

et \
Nai aS hae
TWiT REA he

whys toh wn he
WS Sona

CC ee ma)

Wa bey 4